Xerox Phaser 6700 SM

Phaser® 6700
Color Laser Printer
Phaser® 6700
Service Manual
Xerox Internal-Use Only

Phaser 6700 Printer ®
Service Manual
Warning
The following servicing instructions are for use by qualified service personnel
only. To avoid personal injury, do not perform any servicing other than that
contained in the operating instructions, unless you are qualified to do so.
First Printing: September 2011 Xerox Internal Use Only

Prepared By:
Xerox Corporation
Content Development and Language Services
26600 SW Parkway
Wilsonville, OR 97070
© 2011 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved.

XEROX® and XEROX and Design®, Phaser®, CentreWare®, PrintingScout®, Walk-Up®, WorkCentre®, FreeFlow®, SMARTsend®, Scan to PC Desktop®,
ColorQube, Global Print Driver®, and Mobile Express Driver are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries
Unpublished rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States. Contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any form without
permission of Xerox Corporation.
Copyright protection claimed includes all forms and matters of copyrightable materials and information now allowed by statutory or judicial law or
hereinafter granted, including without limitation, material generated from the software programs which are displayed on the screen such as styles,
templates, icons, screen displays, looks, etc.
Xerox technical training materials and service manuals are intended for use by authorized Xerox service technicians and service partners only and are
not for resale. These materials may not be distributed, copied, or otherwise reproduced without prior written consent from Xerox Corporation.
Adobe Reader®, Adobe Type Manager®, ATM™, and PostScript® are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other
countries.
Apple®, AppleTalk®, Bonjour®, EtherTalk®, LaserWriter®, LocalTalk®, Macintosh®, Mac OS®, and TrueType® are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc.
in the United States and/or other countries.
HP-GL®, HP-UX®, and PCL® are trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Windows®, Vista™, and Windows Server™ are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Novell®, NetWare®, NDPS®, NDS®, Novell Directory Services®, IPX™, and Novell Distributed Print Services™ are trademarks of Novell, Incorporated in
the United States and/or other countries.
SunSM, Sun Microsystems™, and Solaris™ are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
SWOP® is a trademark of SWOP, Inc.
UNIX® is a registered trademark in the US and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited.
As an ENERGY STAR® partner, Xerox Corporation has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. The
ENERGY STAR name and logo are registered U.S. marks.
PANTONE® Colors generated may not match PANTONE-identified standards. Consult current PANTONE Publications for accurate color. PANTONE® and
other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc. © Pantone, Inc., 2000.
ii Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

Contents
Contents
About this Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii

Manual Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
Symbols Marked on the Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Power Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Service Safety Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Regulatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx
1 General Information
Printer Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Technical Support Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Printer Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Parts of the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Front and Side Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Right Door View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Control Panel Special Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Printer Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Optional Feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
Printer Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
Customer-Replaceable Maintenance Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Printer Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14
Memory Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
First Print Output Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
Installation Clearances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17
Reports, Information and Test Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
External Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Network Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
PDL/Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual iii

Contents
2 Theory of Operation
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Print Process Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Print Process Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Primary Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
Secondary Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Neutralization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Waste Toner Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Photo Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Microswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Sensors in the Media Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Media Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Printer Media Path Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Printer Media Path Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31
Multipurpose Tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Trays 2 ~ 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Media Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Transfer/Fusing/Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Duplex Feed Single Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37
Major Printer Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Multipurpose Tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
Trays 2 ~ 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41
Tray 2 Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43
Process Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44
Laser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45
Toner Dispense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Imaging Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Transfer Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
Print Quality Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-79
Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-79
Laser Intensity Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-79
Image Process Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-79
Fuser Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-82
Optional Feeders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-83
Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-83
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-84
Finisher Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-87
Finisher Media Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-88
Media Path Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-89
iv Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

Contents
Major Finisher Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-93

Horizontal Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-93
Finisher Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-94
Compile Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96
Stapler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-99
Stacker Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-101
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-110
3 Error Messages and Codes

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Fault and Status Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Viewing Fault and Status Messages at the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Viewing Fault and Status Messages in CWIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Printing the Fault History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Servicing Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Messages, Codes, and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Error Messages Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Fault and Status Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Tray 3 ~ 6 Right Side Door Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Front Door Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Right Side Door Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
XPC Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Tray 2 ~ 6 is Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Laser Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Engine Motor Failure - K Developer Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Engine Motor Failure - CMY Developer Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Waste Cartridge is Full / Near Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
CMYK Toner is Low or Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
CMYK Imaging Unit is Near/Past End of Life or Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51
Fuser Envelope Lever is Up/Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
Fuser is Past End of Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
Maintenance Kit is Near/Past End of Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
Invalid CMYK Imaging Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56
Transfer Belt is Missing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57
Transfer Roller is Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58
Ribbon in CMYK Imaging Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59
Invalid CMYK Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-60
Invalid Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-62
Engine Motor Failure - Fuser Drive Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-63
Fuser is Missing or Misinstalled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64
Fuser Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-65
Engine Fan Failure - Fuser Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-67
Engine Fan Failure - LVPS Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-68
Fuser Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-69
Finisher Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-70
Finisher Communication Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-71
Finisher Failure - Stack Height Sensor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73
Finisher Failure - Stacker No Paper Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-75
Finisher Failure - Stacker Lower Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-77
Finisher Failure - Front Tamper Home Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-79
Finisher Failure - Rear Tamper Home Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-81
Finisher Failure - Eject Clamp Home Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83
Finisher Failure - Set Clamp Home Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85
Finisher Failure - Stapler Home Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-87
Finisher Failure - NVM Read/Write Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-89
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual v

Contents
Staple Cartridge is Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-91

Staple is Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92
Unable to Staple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94
Jam at Finisher - Compile Exit Sensor Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-96
Jam at Finisher - Compile No Paper Sensor Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-98
Finisher Output Tray is Jammed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
Finisher Front Door is Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
Paper Transport Cover is Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
Engine NVRAM Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
Engine Firmware Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105
Printer Failure - Image Marking Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
Unrecognized Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
Engine Motor Failure - Transfer Belt Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
Engine Motor Failure - Imaging Unit Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109
Transfer Belt Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-110
Printer Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
Feeder Communication Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
Misfeed in Tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-116
Tray 1 is Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-118
Engine Motor Failure - Feed Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119
Misfeed in Tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-120
Optional Feeder Configuration Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-122
Tray 2 ~ 6 is Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-124
Optional Feeder Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-126
Misfeed in Tray 3 ~ 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-128
Optional Feeder Failure - Feed Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-131
Jam at Right Side Door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-133
Jam at Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-136
Jam at Tray 3 ~ 6 Right Side Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
Engine Sensor Failure - Mode Switching Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-141
Imaging Unit Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-143
Printer Failure - HVPS Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-145
Density Sensor Failure - ADC Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-146
Dusty Density Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-148
Engine Sensor Failure - Environmental Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-149
Imaging Unit Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-151
CMYK Toner Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-153
4 General Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Initial Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Display Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
System Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Power On Self Test (POST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Service Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Entering Service Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Exiting Service Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
vi Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

Contents
Service Diagnostics Tests and Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

dc104 Usage Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
dc108 Software Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
dc122 Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
dc131 NVM Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
dc135 CRU/HFSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
dc137 Page Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
dc140 Analog Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
dc301 NVM Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
dc330 Component Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
dc361 NVM Save and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
dc612 Test Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
dc701 Fuser Temp Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
dc711 Roller Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
dc741 Paper Size Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
dc909 Calibrate for Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
dc960 High Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
Print Engine Test Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Exit Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Envelope Mode Detection Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23
Front Door Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
Right Door Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
Full Stack Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
Tray 1 No Paper Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
Tray 2 Low Paper Sensors 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
Tray 2 Size Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
Black Switching Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Color Switching Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
Waste Toner Full Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Fuser Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
Fuser Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36
LVPS Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
Feed Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
Duplex Dive Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
Registration Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40
Tray 1 Feed Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41
Tray 2 Feed Clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
Tray 2 Take Away Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Exit Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
Exit Inverter Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45
Exit Inverter Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-46
Imaging Unit Link Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47
Color Mode Switching Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48
Erase LED Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49
Developer Drive Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50
Toner Dispense Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
Transfer Belt Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual vii

Contents
Optional Feeder Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

Tray 3 ~ 6 Take Away Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53
Tray 3 ~ 6 No Paper Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54
Tray 3 ~ 6 Size Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
Tray 3 ~ 6 Low Paper Sensors 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56
Tray 3 ~ 6 Right Side Door Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57
Tray 3 ~ 6 Feed Drive Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
Tray 3 ~ 6 Take Away Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59
Tray 3 ~ 6 Feed Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60
Finisher Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-61
Compile Tray Exit Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-61
Compile Tray No Paper Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62
Front and Rear Tamper Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63
Low Staple, Self Priming, and Staple Home Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64
Eject Clamp Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-65
Set Clamp Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66
Stacker No Paper Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-67
Stack Height Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68
Finisher Front Door Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69
Horizontal Transport Open Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70
Sub Paddle Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-71
Tamper Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72
Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-73
Staple Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-74
Set Clamp Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-75
Eject Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-75
Stacker Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-76
Control Panel Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77
No Display after Power is Turned On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77
Printer Hangs at the Xerox Logo, or Continuously Reboots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77
Ready LED is On, Display is Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77
Control Panel has Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78
Intermittent Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-79
Inoperable Printer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-80
AC Power Supply Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-80
DC Power Supply Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-81
+24 VDC Interlock Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-83
Image Processor Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-84
Printer Continually Displays Warming Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-85
Abnormal Noises. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-86
Abnormal Noise When Power is Turned On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-86
Abnormal Noise During Standby. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-86
Abnormal Noise During Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-86
Loud Clicking During Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-86
Electrical Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-87
Operating System and Application Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-88
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-88
Verify Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-88
Verify Driver Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-88
Macintosh Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-89
viii Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
Contents
5 Print-Quality Troubleshooting
Print-Quality Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Defects Associated with Specific Printer Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Checklist Before Troubleshooting Print-Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Check Printer Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Troubleshooting Print Quality Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Symptom Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Print-Quality Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Print-Quality Defect Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Light or Undertone Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Blank Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Black Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Vertical Blank Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Horizontal Band, Voids, or Streaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Vertical Stripes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Horizontal Stripes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Partial Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Random Spots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Repeating Bands, Lines, Marks, or Spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Residual Image or Ghosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Background Contamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Skew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Damaged Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Unfused Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Color Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Test Prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Fault Isolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Engine Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
CMYK Sample Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Cyan 50% Test Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Magenta 50% Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Yellow 50% Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Black 50% Test Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
RGB Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Fuser Cleaning Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Repeating Defects Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Test Patterns Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Image Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Print Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
6 Adjustments and Calibrations

Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Color Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Image Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
NVRAM Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Reset NVRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Reset Control Panel Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Maintenance Kit Life Count Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Network Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only ix

Contents
Service Diagnostic NVRAM Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

dc131 - NVM Read/Write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
dc301 - NVM Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
dc361 - NVM Save and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
dc701 Fuser Temperature Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
dc909 Calibrate for Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
dc960 High Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Control Panel Calibration and Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Parameter Shadowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
7 Cleaning and Maintenance

Service Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Cleaning the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Cleaning the ADC Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Cleaning the Laser Lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
RIP (Repair, Inspect, and Prevent) Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Maintenance Kit - 604K73140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Moving the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
8 Service Parts Disassembly

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Standard Orientation of the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Notations in the Disassembly Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Fastener Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Maintenance and Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Tray Feed and Separator Roller Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Tray 1 Separator Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Feed Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Transfer Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11
Transfer Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
Imaging Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
Waste Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16
Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17
Toner Cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
Staple Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
Print Engine Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
Output Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21
Exit Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
Lower Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23
Upper Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24
Upper Inner Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26
Lower Inner Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27
Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28
Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31
Tray Bottom Plate Release Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32
Tray 1 Separator Roller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33
x Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

Contents
Feeder / Registration Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34

Feed Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34
Tray 2 No Paper Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35
Take Away Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37
Registration Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38
Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-39
Registration Sensor Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40
Feeder/Registration Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-41
Right Door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-43
Right Door Stopper Strap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-43
Right Door Interlock Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44
Tray 1 Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-45
Right Door Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-46
Registration Chute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-49
Tray 1 Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-50
Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-52
Tray 1 Feed Solenoid, Gear & Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-55
Lower Duplex Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-58
Upper Duplex Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-60
Duplex Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-62
Print Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-63
Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-63
Control Panel Harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-64
Front Door Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-65
Front Door Open Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-68
Size Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-69
Low Paper Sensors 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-70
Fuser Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-71
Right Door Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-72
Right Door Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-78
Erase Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-82
Bias Housing Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-84
HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-86
Imaging Unit CRUM Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-88
Transfer Belt Bias Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-90
Laser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-93
Procon Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-95
ADC Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-98
Waste Toner Full Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-100
Environmental Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-101
Dispense Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-103
Toner Dispense Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-105
Toner Cartridge CRUM Reader Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-108
Waste Auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-110
Exit Dive Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-113
Fuser Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-115
Exit Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-119
Full Stack Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-120
Envelope Mode Detection Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-121
Full Stack Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-122
Exit Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-123
Inverter Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-125
Exit Inverter Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-126
Imaging Unit Guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-128
Inner Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-129
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xi

Contents
Fuser Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-130

Transfer Belt Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-135
Feed Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-140
Black Switching Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-145
Color Switching Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-149
IP Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-150
MCU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-152
LVPS Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-153
Power Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-154
EEPROM Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-155
Video Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-156
Rear Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-161
Print Engine Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-167
YMC Developer Drive Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-167
K Developer Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-171
Imaging Unit Link Drive Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-175
Drive Gear Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-178
Print Engine Chassis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-179
IP Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-179
LVPS Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-182
MCU Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-184
Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-187
RAM Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-187
550-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-188
550-Sheet Feeder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-188
Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-190
Feed Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-192
Right Door Open Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-193
Turn Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-194
Low Paper Sensors 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-195
Size Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-196
Foot Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-197
Upper Option Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-198
Feed Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-199
Feeder Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-200
Lower Option Harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-201
Take Away Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-202
Take Away Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-203
Feed Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-205
No Paper Sensor Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-207
No Paper Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-208
Feeder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-209
1100-Sheet Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-211
1100-Sheet Feeder Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-211
Lower Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-213
Lower Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-214
Lower Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-215
Lower Left Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-216
Front and Rear Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-217
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-218
Upper Feeder Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-219
Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-220
Upper Feed Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-221
Right Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-223
Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-225
Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-226
xii Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
Contents
Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-227

1100-Sheet Feeder Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-228
Finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-229
Finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-229
Stacker Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-232
Horizontal Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-233
Horizontal Transport Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-235
Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-236
Horizontal Transport Cover Open Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-238
Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-239
Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-240
Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-241
Stacker Tray Guide Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-242
Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-244
Harness Guide 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-245
Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-247
Set Clamp Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-248
Eject Clamp Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-249
Height Sensor Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-251
Main Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-253
Eject Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-254
Eject Drive Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-255
Set Clamp Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-257
Paper Guide 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-258
Eject Roller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-261
Sub Paddle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-262
Eject Pinch Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-263
Sub Paddle Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-265
Eject Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-267
Lower Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-269
Compile Tray Exit Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-271
Entry Drive Roller Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-272
Exit Drive Roller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-273
Main Paddle Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-274
Transport Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-275
Compile Tray Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-277
Front Tamper Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-280
Rear Tamper Home Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-281
Compile Tray No Paper Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-282
Tamper Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-283
Stapler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-284
Stacker Dive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-285
Stacker No Paper Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-287
Front Door Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-288
LVPS Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-289
9 Parts List
Serial Number Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Using the Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Print Engine Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Parts List 1.1 Covers (1/3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Parts List 1.2 Print Engine Covers (2/3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Parts List 1.3 Print Engine Covers (3/3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Parts List 2.1 Tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Parts List 3.1 Feeder/Registration Assembly (1/3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xiii
Contents

Parts List 4.1 Right Door and Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Parts List 4.2 Tray 1 Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Parts List 4.3 Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Parts List 4.4 Transfer Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Parts List 5.1 Xerographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Parts List 5.2 Laser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Parts List 5.3 Procon Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Parts List 6.1 Toner Dispense and Recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Parts List 7.1 Fuser and Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Parts List 7.2 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Parts List 7.3 Invert Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
Parts List 8.1 Frame (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Parts List 8.2 Frame Clamps and Guides (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Parts List 9.1 Drive (1/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Parts List 9.2 Drive (2/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Parts List 10.1 Electrical (1/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Parts List 10.2 Electrical (2/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Parts List 11.1 Harness (1/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52
Parts List 11.2 Harness (2/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54
Feeder Parts Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Parts List 12.1 550-Sheet Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Parts List 12.2 Media Detect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-58
Parts List 12.3 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
Parts List 12.4 Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62
Parts List 12.5 Universal Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-64
Parts List 13.1 1100-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-66
Parts List 13.2 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68
Parts List 13.3 Media Detect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70
Parts List 13.4 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-72
Parts List 13.5 Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-74
Parts List 13.6 Universal Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-76
Finisher Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-78
Parts List 14.1 Finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-78
Parts List 14.2 Horizontal Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-80
Parts List 14.3 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-82
Parts List 14.4 Main Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-84
Parts List 14.5 Eject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-86
Parts List 14.6 Eject Chute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-88
Parts List 14.7 Finisher Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-90
Parts List 14.8 Compile Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-92
Parts List 14.9 Stacker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-94
Parts List 14.10 Finisher LVPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-96
Parts List 14.11 Finisher Harnesses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-98
Xerox Supplies and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-100
Service Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-102
World Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-103
10 Wiring
Printer Plug/Jack Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Printer Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
Map 1 - CRU Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Map 3 - Right Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
xiv Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
Contents
Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Map 6 - Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Feeder Plug/Jack Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
550-Sheet Feeder Plug/Jack Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
1100-Sheet Feeder Plug/Jack Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Feeder Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Map 7 - 550-Sheet Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Map 8 - 1100-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Finisher Plug/Jack Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Finisher Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Map 9 - Horizontal Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Map 10 - Compile Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Map 11 - Drive and Main Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Notations Used in the Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Printer Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
System Connections 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
System Connections 2/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Printer Wire Route List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
LVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
LVPS Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Tray 1 and 2 Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Tray 1 and 2 Feeder Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Drive Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Laser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Laser Unit Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Xerographic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Xerographic Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
HVPS Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Dispense and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Dispense and Development Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Fuser and Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Fuser and Exit Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
IP Board and Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
IP Board and Control Panel Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Feeder Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Feeder Wire Route List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Feeder Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Feeder Interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Feeder Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Finisher Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Finisher Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Finisher Wire Route List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Communication and Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Communication and Power Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Transport and Compile Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Transport and Compile Tray Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Stacker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Stacker Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Stapler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Stapler Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xv

Contents
Reference
Media Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Paper Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Recommended Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Unacceptable Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Cloning Printer Configuration with CWIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Firmware Update Using CWIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Firmware Restore Using AltBoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Service Diagnostics Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
NVM Parametric Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Obtaining Serial Back Channel Traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-13
Mode Select Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-14
CRU End of Life Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-15
Acronyms and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-16
Index
xvi Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
About this Service Manual
The Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual is the primary document used for
repairing, maintaining, and troubleshooting the printer. Use this manual as your
primary resource for understanding the operational characteristics of the printer
and all available options. This manual describes specifications, theory, and the
diagnosis and repair of problems occurring in the printer and attached options.
Also included are detailed replacement procedures, parts lists, and wiring
diagrams.
Manual Terms
Various terms are used throughout this manual to either provide additional
information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a
procedure or action. Be aware of all symbols and terms when they are used, and
always read Note, Caution, and Warning statements.
Warning
A warning indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, results in injury or loss of life.
Caution
A caution indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, results in damage to, or destruction of,
equipment.
Replacement Note
A replacement note provides important information related to parts
replacement. When needed, replacement notes appear at the end of the
disassembly procedure.
Note
A note indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition
that is necessary to efficiently accomplish a task. A note can provide
additional information related to a specific subject or add a comment on the
results achieved through a previous action.
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xiii
Manual Organization
The Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual contains these sections:

Introductory, Safety, and Regulatory Information: This section contains
important safety information and regulatory requirements.
Chapter 1 - General Information: This section contains an overview of the
printer’s operation, configuration, specifications, and consumables.
Chapter 2 - Theory of Operation: This section contains detailed functional
information on the print engine components.
Chapter 3 - Error Codes and Messages: This section provides detailed
troubleshooting procedures for error messages and codes generated by resident
diagnostics.
Chapter 4 - General Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting covers the operation of
Power On Self Test (POST) and Service Diagnostics. In addition, this section
includes troubleshooting methods for situations where error indicator is not
available.
Chapter 5 - Print-Quality Troubleshooting: This section focuses on techniques to
correct image quality problems associated with the printer output.
Chapter 6 - Adjustments and Calibrations: This section provides procedures for
the adjustment of print engine components.
Chapter 7 - Cleaning and Maintenance: This section provides periodic cleaning
procedures for the printer.
Chapter 8 - Service Parts Disassembly: This section contains removal procedures
for spare parts listed in the Parts List. A replacement procedure is included when
necessary.
Chapter 9 - Parts List: This section contains exploded views of the print engine
and optional Field Replaceable Units (FRUs), as well as part numbers for orderable
parts.
Chapter 10 - Wiring: This section contains the plug/jack locations and wiring
diagrams for the printer.
Reference: This section provides illustrations of part removal sequences, printer
firmware update instructions, and a list of acronyms and abbreviations.
xiv Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
Symbols Marked on the Product
Danger invisible laser radiation when open. Avoid direct

exposure to beam.
Hot surface on or in the printer. Use caution to avoid personal

injury.
Use caution (or draws attention to a particular component).

Refer to the manual(s) for information.
It may take 30 minutes for the Fuser to cool down.
Do not touch the item.
Do not expose the item to sunlight.
Do not expose the item to light.
Product Terms
Caution: A personal injury hazard exists that may not be apparent. For example, a
panel may cover the hazardous area.
Danger: A personal injury hazard exists in the area where you see the sign.
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xv

Power Safety Precautions
Power Source
For 115 VAC printers, do not apply more than 127 volts RMS between the supply
conductors or between either supply conductor and ground. For 230 VAC printers,
do not apply more than 254 volts RMS between the supply conductors or between
either supply conductor and ground. Use only the specified power cord and
connector. This manual assumes that the reader is a qualified service technician.
Plug the three-wire power cord (with grounding prong) into a grounded AC outlet
only. If necessary, contact a licensed electrician to install a properly grounded
outlet. If the product loses its ground connection, contact with conductive parts
may cause an electrical shock. A protective ground connection by way of the
grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation.
Disconnecting Power
Warning
Turning the power Off using the power switch does not completely de-energize
the printer. You must also disconnect the Power Cord from the printer’s
Alternating Current (AC) inlet. Disconnect the Power Cord by pulling the plug,
not the cord.
Disconnect the Power Cord in the following cases:
• if the power cord or plug is frayed or otherwise damaged,
• if any liquid or foreign material is spilled into the product,
• if the printer is exposed to any excess moisture,

• if the printer is dropped or damaged,
• if you suspect that the product needs servicing or repair,
• whenever you clean the product.
xvi Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions
Some semiconductor components, and the respective sub-assemblies that contain

them, are vulnerable to damage by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). These
components include Integrated Circuits (ICs), Large-Scale Integrated circuits
(LSIs), field-effect transistors, and other semiconductor chip components. The
following techniques will reduce the occurrence of component damage caused by
static electricity.
Be sure the power is Off and observe these other safety precautions.
• Immediately before handling any semiconductor component assemblies,
drain the electrostatic charge from your body. This can be accomplished by
touching an earth ground source or by wearing a wrist strap device connected
to an earth ground source. Wearing a wrist strap will also prevent
accumulation of additional bodily static charges. Be sure to remove the wrist
strap before applying power to the unit under test to avoid potential shock.
• After removing a static sensitive assembly from its anti-static bag, place it on
a grounded conductive surface. If the anti-static bag is conductive, you may
ground the bag and use it as a conductive surface.
• Do not use freon-propelled chemicals. These can generate electrical charges

sufficient to damage some devices.
• Do not remove a replacement component or electrical sub-assembly from its

protective package until you are ready to install it.
• Immediately before removing the protective material from the leads of a
replacement device, touch the protective material to the chassis or circuit
assembly into which the device will be installed.
• Minimize body motions when handling unpacked replacement devices.

Motion such as your clothes brushing together, or lifting a foot from a
carpeted floor can generate enough static electricity to damage an electro-
statically sensitive device.
• Handle ICs and Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memories (EPROM’s)

carefully to avoid bending pins.
• Pay attention to the direction of parts when mounting or inserting them on

Circuit Boards.
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xvii
Service Safety Summary
General Guidelines
For qualified service personnel only: Refer also to the preceding “Power Safety
Precautions” on page xvi.
Avoid servicing alone: Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this
product unless another person capable of rendering first aid or resuscitation is
present.
Use care when servicing with power: Dangerous voltages may exist at several
points in this product. To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed connections
and components while power is On. Disconnect power before removing the power
supply shield or replacing components.
Do not wear jewelry: Remove jewelry prior to servicing. Rings, necklaces and
other metallic objects could come into contact with dangerous voltages and
currents.
Warning Labels
Read and obey all posted warning labels. Throughout the printer, warning labels
are displayed on potentially dangerous components. As you service the printer,
check to make certain that all warning labels remain in place.
Safety Interlocks
Make sure all covers are in place and all Interlock Switches are functioning
correctly after you have completed a printer service call. If you bypass an Interlock
Switch during a service call, use extreme caution when working on or around the
printer.
Class 1 Laser Product
The Phaser 6700 Printer is certified to comply with Laser Product Performance
Standards set by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services as a Class 1
Laser Product. This means that this product does not emit hazardous laser
radiation; which is possible only because the laser beam is totally enclosed during
all modes of customer operation. When servicing the printer or laser unit, follow
the procedures specified in this manual and there will be no hazards from the laser.
xviii Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
Servicing Electrical Components
Before starting any service procedure, switch the printer power Off and unplug the
power cord from the wall outlet. If you must service the printer with power applied,
be aware of the potential for electrical shock.
Warning
Do not touch any electrical component unless you are instructed to do so by a
service procedure.
Servicing Mechanical Components
When servicing mechanical components within the printer, manually rotate the
Drive Assemblies, Rollers, and Gears.
Warning
Do not try to manually rotate or manually stop the drive assemblies while any
motor is running.
Servicing Fuser Components
Warning
This printer uses heat to fuse the image to the media. During operating, the
Fuser is very hot. Allow at least 5 minutes for the Fuser to cool before you
attempt to service the Fuser or adjacent components.
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xix
Regulatory
Xerox has tested this product to electromagnetic emission and immunity

standards. These standards are designed to mitigate interference caused or
received by this product in a typical office environment.
United States (FCC Regulations)
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses,
and can radiate radio frequency energy. If it is not installed and used in
accordance with these instructions, it may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in
a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio
or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment Off
and On, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of
the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiver (device being interfered with).
• Increase the separation between the printer and the receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that which
the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by Xerox could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment. To ensure compliance with Part 15 of
the FCC rules, use shielded interface cables.
Canada (Regulations)
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du
Canada.
xx Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

European Union
The CE mark applied to this product symbolizes Xerox’s declaration of conformity

with the following applicable Directives of the European Union as of the dates
indicated:
December 12, 2006: Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
December 15, 2004: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/108/EC
March 9, 1999: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 99/5/EC
This product, if used properly in accordance with the user's instructions, is neither
dangerous for the consumer nor for the environment.
To ensure compliance with European Union regulations, use shielded interface
cables.
A signed copy of the Declaration of Conformity for this product can be obtained
from Xerox.
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xxi
General Information
In the chapter....
• Printer Overview
• Printer Configurations
• Parts of the Printer
• Printer Options
• Customer-Replaceable Maintenance Items
• Specifications
• External Interfaces
Chapter
1
General Information
Printer Overview
The Phaser 6700 base configuration (N) combines a single-pass, color laser print
engine with a multi-purpose, 150-sheet Tray 1 and 550-sheet Tray 2. Tray 2 is not
interchangeable with optional Trays 3~6. The Output Tray holds 500 sheets
facedown. The N configuration is simplex-only. Options to the Phaser 6700 add
media capacity and functionality. For models not originally equipped, an optional
160 GB Hard Drive is available. Additional optional feeders (Trays 3, ~6) when
installed, add a maximum of four 550-sheet universal media trays. This raises the
maximum input media capacity to 2,900 sheets. On the output side, a 1000-sheet
Finisher is available.
Finisher
Tray 1
Tray 3
550-Sheet Feeder
Tray 4 Tray 2
550-Sheet Feeder
Tray 5-6
1100-Sheet Feeder
s6700-180
Note
Print the Paper Tips page from the Paper Tray Status screen accessed by
touching the Printer on the Home screen for a list of supported media sizes
and weights for each Tray.
Technical Support Information
The Xerox Service Manual is the primary document used for repairing,
maintaining, and troubleshooting the printer.
To ensure complete understanding of this product, participation in Xerox Service
Training is strongly recommended. To service this product, Xerox certification for
this product is required.
For updates to the Service Manual, Service Bulletins, knowledge base, etc., go to:
• Xerox Global Service Net -https://www.xrxgsn.com/secure/main.p
• Service Partners: http://www.office.xerox.com/partners
For further technical support, contact your assigned Xerox Technical Support for
this product.
1-2 Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
General Information
Printer Configurations
The printer is available in these configurations
Printer Configuration
Features 6700N 6700DN 6700DT 6700DX
Processor Speed 1.25 GHz 1.25 GHz 1.25 GHz 1.25 GHz
Memory Configurationa 1 GB 1 GB 1 GB 1 GB
Print Speed (Color / Mono) Simplex

Plain Paper (Letter/A4) 47/45 47/45 47/45 47/45
Heavy Paper (Letter/A4) 23.5/22.5 23.5/22.5 23.5/22.5 23.5/22.5
Glossy Paper (Letter/A4) 15.6/15 15.6/15 15.6/15 15.6/15
Transparency Mode (A4) 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8
Print Speed (Color / Mono) Duplex
Plain Paper (Letter/A4) 37.6/36 37.6/36 37.6/36 37.6/36
Heavy Paper (Letter/A4) 18.8/18 18.8/18 18.8/18 18.8/18
Resolutions (dpi)
PCL 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600
Standard 1200 x 600 1200 x 600 1200 x 600 1200 x 600
Photo 2400 x 1200 2400 x 1200 2400 x 1200 2400 x 1200
PostScript and PCL6 Standard Standard Standard Standard
Fonts
USB 2.0 Support Standard Standard Standard Standard
Ethernet Interface 10/100/ 10/100/ 10/100/ 10/100/
1000 1000 Base- 1000 Base- 1000 Base-
Base-TX TX TX TX
Hard Disk Optional Optional Optional Standard
Tray 1 (150 Sheets) Standard Standard Standard Standard
Tray 2b (550 Sheets) Standard Standard Standard Standard
550-Sheet Feederc Optional Optional 1 x 550 2 x 550
1100-Sheet Feeder Optional Optional Optional Optional

Finisher Optional Optional Optional Optional
Duplexd Not Standard Standard Standard

Available
Wireless LAN Optional Optional Optional Optional
Printer Stand Optional Optional Optional Optional
a. Printer has one memory slot supporting 1024 MB or 2048 MB DDR2 DIMM.
b. Tray 2 is not interchangeable with Option Feeder Trays.
c. Universal Trays to a maximum of four. See“Optional Feeders” on page 1-9.
d. No duplex upgrade path available for the 6700N model.
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only 1-3
General Information
Parts of the Printer
Front and Side Views
11 1 2
12
13
9
5 10
6 s6700-172
1. Horizontal Transport 8. Front Door

2. Right Door 9. Transfer Belt
3. Waste Toner Cartridge 10. Cleaning Wand
4. Inner Frame Assembly 11. Stacker Tray
5. Tray 3 and 4 Right Side Doors 12. Finisher Front Door
6. Tray 5 and 6 Right Side Doors 13. Staple Cartridge
7. Tray 2
General Information
Right Door View
3
6
4 5
s6700-173
1. Duplex Chute
2. Right Door Release
3. Tray 1
4. Power Switch
5. Transfer Roller
6. Fuser
General Information
Rear View
1
2
3
4
5
10
9 8 7 s6700-174
1. Engine Test Print Button

2. Host USB Connection
3. Service USB Connection
4. Ethernet Connection
5. Mode Select Port
6. Serial Port
7. IP Board Cage
8. GFI Reset Button
9. Finisher AC Output
10. IP Board
General Information
Control Panel
1 Ready
Phaser 6700DN XX.XXX.XXX.XX

2
Jobs Printer
3
5 6 4 s6700-443
1. Display - There are several basic screens: home, menus, information and
parameter value setting. The home screen is the top level, with a status
region at the top left, a help button and occasional Log Out button at
the top right, two information fields, a printer mimic in the middle,
toner gas gauges at the lower right, and Jobs and Printer buttons across
the bottom. The status region has two lines for text with a “window
shade” mechanism to show occasional information.
Other screens include a top row with the screen’s icon and label at the
left and one or more iconic buttons at the right: Help (?), Print (printer),
Back (left arrow), OK (check mark), Cancel (X) and Home (house).
2. Power Saver - If pressed while the printer is idle and not in Low Power or
Sleep mode, the Sleep mode screen is displayed for 5 seconds, during
which time pressing Power Saver again returns the printer to Ready, or
after which time Sleep mode is entered. If pressed while the printer is
not at idle, nothing happens. When the printer is in Low Power mode,
the Power Saver button light pulses On and Off in a 6-second cycle. If
pressed while the printer is Low Power or Sleep mode, the printer wakes
and begins warming up.
3. Pause/Cancel - If a job is printing when pressed, or when the job is
deleted, printing stops after the pages already in the engine queue
print. If all remaining job pages are already in the engine queue when
pressed, or when the job is deleted, the job completes normally. If all
remaining job pages are in the engine queue when pressed and
another job is waiting to print, the Pause screen is displayed for the
second job.
4. Indicator LED -The LED can be green, amber or red, and can be Off,
blinking or steady. In general, it is Off when the power is Off and at
times during the startup sequence, steady when the engine is idle and
no job is busy, blinking when the engine or a job is doing something,
green for no warnings or errors, amber for a warning condition, red for
an error condition.
5. Jobs - View and manage currently active jobs. Also access the
Completed Jobs list and local job submission functions. Displays up to
30 jobs in the active queue. Personal, saved and secure jobs require a
Hard Drive.
6. Printer - Opens the tabbed Printer menu.
General Information
Control Panel Special Functions
Action Method
Enter Service Diagnostics From Ready to Print, press and hold the Pause
Button for 5 seconds, then press and release
the Power Saver Button to display the Service
Diagnostics login screen.
Reset touchscreen parameters From Ready to Print, press and hold the Power
Saver Button for 5 seconds, then press and
release the Pause Button to reset the
Touchscreen to factory defaults and display
the Control panel calibration screen. “Control
Panel Calibration and Testing” on page 6-8.
Override locked Service Tools At the login screen:
menu using Service credentials. User Name - !$ecivreS
Pass code - 2732
Resetting the system admin 1. Obtain the printer serial number and page
(SA) pass code. count.
2. Call the Welcome Center for a temporary
pass code.
3. Enter reset (not case sensitive) and
temporary pass code at the login screen.
NOTE SA login credentials return to default values
(ADMIN/1111) after 100 pages.
Printer Options
Memory
The Image Processor Board features one memory slot supporting 1 GB or 2 GB

DDR2 DIMMs, to a maximum of 2 GB. Memory must meet these characteristics:
• SO-DIMM; 200-PIN DDR2, 1.8V, 533MHZ
• Unbuffered, Non-parity
The Configuration page lists the amount of installed RAM.
Note
Remove existing memory to install the upgrade.
Hard Disk
A 160GB hard drive is available to enable the Job Collation, Saved Jobs, Proof,
Personal, and Secure Print options. The Hard Drive installs on the Image Processor
Board with stand-offs and connects to the board with a single connector.
General Information
Duplex
Automatic duplex printing is standard on all models except 6700N.
Note
Duplex upgrades are not available for the Phaser 6700N.
Optional Feeders
The 550- and 1100-sheet, Optional Feeders (Trays 3 ~ 6) increase input capacity.
Up to four additional Trays are supported. Electrical connection is made by a single
connector.
Supported Tray Combinations
Configuration Tray 1 and 2 Option Media Capacity Trays Total

1 150 +550 None 2 700
2 150 +550 Single 550 Feeder 3 1250
3 150 +550 Two 550 Feeders 4 1800
4 150 +550 1100-Sheet Feeder: 4 1800
5 150 +550 1100 & 550 Feeder: 5 2350
6 150 +550 1100 & two 550 Feeders 6 2900
Note
Print the Paper Tips page from the Paper Tray Status screen accessed by
touching the Printer on the Home screen for a list of supported media sizes
and weights for each Tray.
550-Sheet Feeder
The 550-Sheet feeder adds a single, 550-sheet tray. The printer supports up to two
550-sheet feeders. The feeder is secured to the print engine with two screws
located under the front edge of Tray 2 and a lock plate on the back.
s6700-175
General Information
1100-Sheet Feeder
The 1100-Sheet Feeder forms a base for the printer and adds two, 550-sheet
trays.The feeder is secured to the print engine with two screws located under the
front edge of either Tray 2 or optional feeder. A lock plate secures the feeder at the
back.
s6700-176
Note
To maintain system stability, do not install more than two 550-Sheet Feeders
in a single system. Use an 1100-Sheet Feeder when more Trays or a wheeled
stand are required.
General Information
Finisher
The Finisher increases printer output capacity to 1,000 sheets. Printer output is
directed to the Finisher by the Horizontal Transport. Depending on job
specifications, as media enters the Finisher it is, stapled, offset and stacked. The
Stapler can staple a maximum of 50 sheets of 90 gsm media. The Staple cartridge
holds 5,000 staples.
Control signals reach the Finisher through a single connector. Power is supplied
from the printer’s AC accessory panel. No optional trays are needed to install a
Finisher on the Printer.
s6700-177
Printer Stand
An option printer stand is available to add height, media storage, and mobility to
configurations not equipped with the 1100-Sheet Feeder. Order part number
097S04245.
General Information
Customer-Replaceable Maintenance Items
Maintenance items are parts or assemblies that require periodic replacement.

These items are typically customer replaceable (CRU).
Fuser
Toner Cartridges
Transfer
Roller*
Transfer Belt*
Feed Rollers*
Imaging Units
Waste Toner Cartridge
Separator Roller*
*Part of Maintenence Kit s6700-157
The listed items have limited life and require periodic replacement.
Customer-Replaceable Maintenance Items
Item Print Life Letter/A4 at 5% coverage
Imaging Unit 50,000 pages
Maintenance Kita 150,000 pages
■ Transfer Rollerb
■ Transfer Belt
■ Separator Roller
■ Feed Rollers
Waste Toner Cartridge 25, 000 pages
Fuser 100,000 pages
a. After replacement, reset life counter at Control Panel.
b. Also available as an individually spared part (604K64970).
General Information
Consumables
Consumables consist of 4 Toner Cartridges. Each Toner Cartridge has a CRUM

(Customer Replaceable Unit Meter) to record toner usage information. A CRUM
counts the amount of remaining toner. When toner empty is detected, Life End
status is displayed.
CMY Toner is not consumed when printing in monochrome mode or when printing
Gray scale. Internal counters track consumables and maintenance life.
Life ratings are based on Letter/A4-size sheets at 5% coverage.
item Starter Standard High PagePack
CMY Toner Cartridge 5,000 5,000 12,000 15,000

K Toner Cartridge 7,100 7,100 18,000 21,000
Specifications
Electrical Specifications
Characteristic Specification
Power Supply Voltage/Frequency
Line Voltages 99-140 VAC ± 10%

198-264 VAC ± 10%
Frequency Range 50/60 Hz ± 3 Hz
In-rush Current When the power switch is turned on, the in-rush
current is a maximum of 100A, and 10ms (half
cycle) or less. (Cold or Hot Start / Rated Voltage:
±10%)
Power Consumption (with all options, 110 or 220 V)
Power Saver 2 Mode 45 W or less in deep sleep mode

Ready Mode (Fuser On) 130W average, 1500 W maximum
Continuous Printing 600W average, 1500 W maximum
General Information
Printer Specifications
Characteristic Specification
Printing Technology Recording System: Tandem four-color architecture using
OPC drums and Transfer Belt
Exposure System: 4 laser beam scanning system
Transfer System: Four-color toner image transferred to
the media
Fusing System: Thermal fusing by Free Belt Nip (FBNF)
Color Medium Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black Toner Cartridges
Average Image Color 5% each CMYK
Coverage Mono 5%
Max Image 240% for all C, M, Y, K combined
Coverage
Printer Life 600,000 pages
AMPV 2250
Max Duty Cycle 120,000 pages/month, 4,000 pages/day*
Operating Modes State Operation
Printing During Printing ■ Fuser: At operating temperature
■ Exposure system: Working
■ Printing system: Working
■ Cooling fan: Working (high)
Ready Waiting ■ Fuser: At ready temperature
■ Exposure system: Rest
■ Printing system: Rest
■ Cooling fan: Working (low)
Power Saver 1 Napping ■ Fuser: At power saver 1
temperature
■ Exposure system: Rest
■ Printing system: Rest
■ Cooling fan: Working (low)
Power Saver 2 Sleeping ■ Working MCU (Fuser/Exposure/
Fan are rest)
■ Working Controller board
■ Cooling fan: Intermittent
Warm-Up Time Approximately 3.0 minutes from Power On to Ready
Operating System Windows 2000/2003/2008 Server/ XP/ Vista/
W7.
Macintosh OS 10.3.9 through 10.6
Linux Redhat, SuSe, and TurboLinux 10
Desktop
* 120k pages per 30 day month (Letter/A4 at5%coverage).
General Information
Memory Specifications
Characteristic Specifications
Memory Minimum 1 GB standard memory

Maximum 2 GB
Supported RAM Supports one 1024 or 2048 MB SO DIMM in one
slot.
First Print Output Time
The FPOT (First Print Output Time) is 7 seconds for monochrome and 8 seconds for
color. The time required from the receipt of print instructions to the output of the
first sheet of printed media is calculated using these conditions (rounded to one
decimal place).
• Controller processing time not included
• Printer is in Ready mode
• Standard resolution (1200 x 600)
• Media is A4/Letter
• Image process control time not included. The process control refers to controls
such as TC control, electric potential control, cleaning cycle, and registration
control. While the printer executes these controls, the engine may stop
feeding media for a certain period of time.
General Information
Installation Clearances
300 mm (11.8 in.)
100 mm (3.9 in.)

130 mm
(5.1 in.)
400 mm
(15.7 in.)
450 mm (17.7 in.)
s6700-178
40.0 cm
15.75 in
10.0 cm
3.9 in
50.0 cm
19.7 in
45.0 cm 40.0 cm
146.0 cm 17.7 in 15.7 in 106.6 cm
57.5 in 42.0 in
s6700-629
General Information
Environmental Specifications
Environmental Requirements
Environmental requirements are as follows.

• Operating: 5 ~ 32 °C, 15~85%RH
• Guaranteed print quality range: 15 ~28°C, 20~70%RH
• Non-operating: -20 ~ 40 °C, 5~85%RH

• Operating altitude: 0 to 3,100m (0 to 10170 ft)
• Resting surface tilt: 1 degree or less on any axis
• Ambient lighting: 3000 lux or less (without direct sun light)
Toner Cartridge Storage
• Up to 12 months at 0 to 35 °C, 15 to 80% RH.
• Up to 48 hours at -20 to 0 °C with 5 to 15% RH or 35 to 40 °C and 80 to 95%

RH.
• Storage altitude 0 to 3,100 m. Can be extended 15000 m when shipped by air.

(Provided the cargo bay is pressurized to 70.9275 Kpa or more.).
Acoustic Noise
The noise level (at 60Hz) measured according to standard ISO7779.
Noise Levels
Item Mode Mono Color
Printer/ Full Printer/ Full

Engine System a Engine Systema
Standby Declared A- Ready, 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30

weighted sound power Power
level (unit: B)b Saver
Operating Declared A- 45PPM(A4) 7.48 7.82 7.45 7.82

weighted sound power
level (unit: B)b
Operating mean A- 45PPM(A4) 59 60 59 60
weighted emission sound
pressure level (Bystander
position (Unit: dB)c
a. Full System Configuration: Printer/Engine + option
b. LwAd: Public sound power level = Measurement value LwA (one unit) + 0.3B
c. LpAm: Radiated Sound Pressure Level (Bystander Position)
General Information
Reports, Information and Test Pages
The printer provides several embedded pages to help adjust printer output,
troubleshoot errors, monitor consumables, track usage and check system status.
Page Description
2-Sided Demo Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the 2-sided
Demo page generates a duplex print.
CMYK Sampler Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the CMYK
Sampler prints a spectrum of color rectangles with the values
of each component color.
Configuration Available in the Print Reference Materials menu and printed
Report as the Startup page at power On by default, the Configuration
Report contains information about the printer’s configuration
and network connectivity.
Connection Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the
Setup Connection Setup page instructs users on how to connect the
printer to their computers and network
Cyan / Magenta Printed during color adjustment procedures, this page
Calibration provides samples for adjusting cyan and magenta color
densities at three levels.
Dark Calibration Printed during color adjustment procedures, this page
provides samples for adjusting the color balance at a dark
(about 60%) level.
Engine Test The Engine Test print tests all engine functions necessary to
print a page. Print this test page by pressing the Test Print
button on the rear panel. See “Engine Test Print” on
page 5-31.
Graphics Demo Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the Graphics
Demo Page provides a detailed image for comparison.
Green / Black Printed during color adjustment procedures, this page
Calibration provides samples for adjusting green and black color densities
at three levels.
Image Position Available in the Resolve problems menu, the Image Position
Test test page is printed with registration marks to visually adjust
image alignment. The paper source being printed from and
instructions are also printed on the page. See “Image
Position” on page 6-3.
Light Printed during color adjustment procedures, this page
Calibration provides samples for adjusting the color balance at a light
(about 20%) level.
Medium Printed during color adjustment procedures, this page
Calibration provides samples for adjusting the color balance at a medium
(about 40%) level.
Office Demo Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the Office
Demo page demonstrates the printer’s color capabilities.
General Information
Page Description
Paper Tips Available from the Print Reference Materials menu or Printer
pull-down menu, the Paper Tips pages lists supported media
for use in each tray to ensure print quality and prevent jams.
The page also includes supported Xerox media part numbers,
other supported media and weights.
PCL Font List Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the PCL Font
page lists installed and downloaded PCL fonts.
PostScript Font Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the
List PostScript Font page lists installed and downloaded PostScript
fonts plus a few characters.
Repeating Helps show which consumables are responsible for particular
Defects defects that have shown up repeatedly. See “Repeating
Defects Test Print” on page 5-35.
RGB Sampler Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the RGB
Sampler prints a spectrum of color rectangles with the
decimal values of each component color as a sample of
printer output on 11 pages.
Service Usage A detailed log of printer use, tallying numbers of jams, how
Profile often features are used, usage by tray, job and page counts.
Spot Color Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the Spot
Sampler Color page prints a set of Pantone Matching System swatches
for coated colors on 14 pages.
Supplies Usage Available in the Print Reference Materials menu, the Supplies
Useage page reports the status of the printer’s consumables
and CRUs.
System Status Shows various information about the system status. See 8.5
System Status Page Fields, page 188 for details on content.
Troubleshooting Available in the Troubleshooting menu, the Troubleshooting
Print Quality Print Quality pages provide 6 pages of troubleshooting
information and a set of test prints for examination. These
pages assist with the diagnosis of quality problems.
Test Prints Seven test prints are available in the Troubleshooting menu or
from dc612: CMYK Sample Page / Cyan 50% Fill Test Page /
Magenta 50% Fill Test Page /Yellow 50% Fill Test Page /
Black 50% Fill Test Page / RGB Test Page / Test Patterns Test
Page. See “Test Prints” on page 5-31.
Usage Profile A limited log of printer use and information. See Usage Profile
Page Fields on page 190 for details on content.
General Information
External Interfaces
USB
Item Specification
Connector Type-B x 1
Protocol USB2.0, High Speed
Supported Client Windows 2000, XP, Server 2003, Vista, W7, Server 2008
MacOS X machine with USB
Linux machine with USB
Ethernet
Item Specification
Connection RJ-45 x 1 connector

Protocol See “10.2 Network Protocol” for details
Supported Client Windows 2000, XP, Server 2003, Vista, W7, Server 2008,
Mac OS X (10.5.x or higher)
Linux
Network Protocols
Printing Protocol
Protocol Transport Maximum Session*2
LPD TCP/IP 1
Port9100 TCP/IP 1
IPP*5 TCP/IP 5
SMB*5 TCP/IP 5
NetBEUI 5
NetWare NCP/IPX 1
(P-Server)*5 TCP/IP*1
EtherTalk*5 ATP/DDP 1
General Information
Other Protocols
Protocol Transport Application / Usage

SNMP UDP/IP Driver, Installer
HTTP/HTTPS TCP/IP EWS
DHCP UDP/IP IP setup
BOOTP UDP/IP IP setup
RARP TCP/IP IP management
AutoIP TCP/IP Installer (Device discovery)
WINS TCP/IP
SMTP TCP/IP
Telnet TCP/IP
WSD TCP/IP
Bonjour(mDNS) UDP/IP
DDNS TCP/IP
PDL/Emulation
The decomposer is PCL. Note that the printer can accept jobs generated by its own
printer driver.
PDL Interface Operating system
PCL 5c IEEE1284, USB,

TCP/IP
PCL 6 IEEE1284, USB, Windows 2000, XP, Server 2003, Vista,
TCP/IP Server
2008, Windows 7 (TBD: Post RTS)
Post Scripts 3 IEEE1284, USB, Windows 2000, XP, Server 2003, Vista,
TCP/IP Server 2008, Windows 7 (TBD: Post RTS)
Mac OS X (10.2.x or higher)
Mac OS 9 (TCP/IP only)
Linux, Unix
Host based IEEE1284, USB, Windows Vista
(XPS) TCP/IP
Theory of Operation
In this chapter...
• Print Process Overview
• Sensors
• Media Handling
• Major Printer Components
• Print Quality Controls
• Optional Feeders
• Finisher Overview
• Major Finisher Components
Chapter
2
Theory of Operation
Overview
The Phaser 6700 base configuration combines a single-pass, color laser print
engine with a multi-purpose Tray 1 and a 550-sheet Tray 2. The Output Tray holds
500 sheets facedown. Phaser 6700 options add memory, media capacity, and
functionality. For models not originally equipped, an 160 GB Hard Drive is
available. Optional feeders (Trays 3 ~ 6) when installed, add a maximum of four
550-sheet universal trays. This raises the maximum input media capacity to 2,900
sheets. On the output side, 1000-sheet stacker/stapler is available.
This section focuses on the printer’s operational characteristics providing detailed
descriptions of the paper path, sensors, xerographic and major system assemblies
for the printer, optional feeders, and Finisher.
s6700-181
Theory of Operation
Print Process Overview
The Phaser 6700 is a full-color xerographic laser printer using a tandem printing
system having four, color-specific drum/developer sets. The four, color-separated
images of the original document are created with toner on the drums and
transferred in registration onto the Transfer Belt to reproduce a full color image.
The completed toner image is transferred from the belt and fixed on the print
medium, and then output as a print.
The printing process includes these basic steps:
1. Charging: The drum surface is electrically charged.
2. Exposure: The imaging unit is irradiated with laser light.
3. Development: The image is developed with toner.
4. Primary Transfer: The four, color images on the drums are transferred onto
the Intermediate Transfer Belt.
5. Cleaning: The drums are electrically neutralized and the toner remaining on
the drums and BCRs is removed.
6. Secondary Transfer: The toner image on the Intermediate Transfer Belt is
transferred onto the medium.
7. Neutralization: Electric charge of the paper is eliminated.
8. Cleaning: Toner remaining on the Intermediate Transfer Belt and 2nd bias
transfer roller (BTR) is removed.
9. Fusing: Toner is fixed to the print medium by heat and pressure.
The following diagram shows the sequence of events for the xerographic process.
Dashed lines indicate assemblies, solid lines indicate process.
Transfer Belt Paper
Primary Transfer
(1) Charging (2) Exposure (3) Development (4) (Drum Belt)
Imaging Unit (Y) (5) Cleaning
Primary Transfer
Imaging Unit (M) (5) Cleaning

Secondary Transfer (7) Neutralization
(6) (Belt Paper)
Primary Transfer
Imaging Unit (C) (5) Cleaning
Primary Transfer
Imaging Unit (K) (5) Cleaning (8) Cleaning (9) Fusing
s6700-087
Theory of Operation
Print Process Components
The location of components involved in the print process are shown in the figure
below. Dashed lines indicate the media path.
Toner Cartridges Transfer Belt

Cleaning Blade
Fuser
Y M C K
Detack Saw
Imaging Units Y M C K Transfer Roller
Laser
s6700-002
Transfer Belt
1st BTR
Drum
Erase Lamp
Magnet Roller
Cleaning Blade
BCR
Cleaning Roller
s6700-001
Charging
In the charging process, the surface of the drum rotating at a constant speed is
uniformly charged with negative polarity by the discharge from the BCR (bias
charge roll).
This process is performed in parallel for all colors.
• Bias Charge Roll (BCR)
The BCR is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the rotations
of the drum. The BCR is a conductive roll that uniformly and negatively
charges the drum surface with the negative voltage applied by the HVPS.
Theory of Operation
• Drum
The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias voltage.
The drum surface consists of a photoreceptor (which is an insulator in the dark
and a conductor in the light) backed with a conductor.
• Cleaning Roll
The cleaning roll contacts with the BCR to remove residual toner.
: Positive Electric Charge Photoreceptor

: Negative Electric Charge Conductor
Drum Surface
Drum
Electric Potential
on Drum BCR
HVPS
Cleaning Roller
s6700-003
Exposure
The exposure process forms an electrostatic latent image on the negatively

charged drum by scanning it with laser beams. This process occurs in parallel for all
colors.
Laser beams are emitted from the laser diode in the Laser Unit. The surface of
each drum is scanned from end to end in the axial direction by the rotating
polygon mirror, the fixed mirror, and the lens attached to the Laser Unit scanner
motor.
Theory of Operation
Drums
Mirrors
Polygon Mirror Lenses s6700-004
Image data from the IP Board directs the laser beam as each drum is irradiated.
The areas on the drum irradiated with laser becomes conductive. This allows the
negative charge on the drum surface to flow to the positive side and to cancel out
the positive charge, lowering the potential on the drum surface. This low-potential
area becomes the electrostatic latent image.
Photoreceptor
Conductor : Positive Electric Charge
: Negative Electric Charge
Drum
Laser Beams
Drum Surface
Laser Beam
Laser Electrostatic
Latent Image
Drum Concept
Electrostatic Potential on
Laser Beam Latent Image Drum Surface
Laser Beam
Photoreceptor
-V
Conductor
0
s6700-005
Theory of Operation
Development
The development process makes a visible image appear on the drum surface by
electrically attracting toner particles to the electrostatic latent image. This process
is performed in parallel for all colors independently.
Toner is fed into the Imaging Unit by the agitator and auger driven by the Toner
Motor. The amount of the toner fed is determined by the pixel count. This is called
“toner dispensation”, which is controlled by two types of control, “PCDC” and
“ADC”. Refer to “Toner Density Control” on page 2-80
Toner Motor
Toner Cartridge
Auger
Agitator
Imaging Unit
s6700-006
In the Imaging Unit, the incoming toner is mixed with developer (toner/carrier
mixture) by the auger, and supplied to the magnet roll located near the drum’s
surface. The toner and carrier are charged by friction due to agitation (toner in
negative, carrier in positive), and they attract each other electrically. The carrier,
due to its magnetic properties, is attracted to the magnet roll, and then uniformly
leveled by the trimmer rod.
Theory of Operation
The magnet roll is covered by a thin semi-conductive sleeve. A developing bias

voltage is supplied to the sleeve from the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS). The
developing bias voltage is negative DC voltage combined with AC voltage. The DC
voltage holds the magnet roll at a constant negative voltage against the
photoreceptor layer of the drum. Therefore, at the area where the negative electric
charge on the drum surface does not decrease, the potential is lower than that of
the magnet roll, while the potential is higher than that of the magnet roll at the
area where the negative charge on the drum surface decreases.
The AC voltage waveform shakes the developer on the surface of the magnet roll
so that the toner easily moves to the drum. Only portions of the drum surface
where the negative charge has decreased below that of the magnet roll
(electrostatic latent image) attract toner to form an image.
: Positive Electric Charge Toner Cartridge

: Toner
: Carrier Agitator
Auger
Imaging Unit
Magnet Roller
Drum
HVPS
Augers Trimmer Rod
Drum Surface Electric Potentional

On Drum
Developing
Bias
Toner Image
s6700-007
Theory of Operation
Primary Transfer
During primary transfer, the images formed on the drums are transferred onto the
Transfer Belt via the 1st BTR (first bias transfer roll). The four color images are
transferred from the drums onto the Transfer Belt in Y, M, C, and K order.
The 1st BTR is a metal roll, to which the positive voltage from the HVPS is applied.
The 1st BTR positively charges the backside of the Transfer Belt with the voltage
generated by the contact resistance with the Transfer Belt.
The toner images on the drums move to the Transfer Belt due to the attracting
force generated between the negative polarity of the toner image and the positive
polarity on the Transfer Belt.
: Positive Electric Charge

Transfer Belt : Toner
1st BTR
Drum (Y) Drum (M) Drum (C) Drum (K)
HVPS
s6700-008
Theory of Operation
Drum Surface
(Black Toner Image)
Drum Surface
(Cyan Toner Image)
Paper
Black
Toner Image
Cyan
Toner Image
Drum Surface
Magenta
(Magenta Toner Image)
Toner Image
Yellow
Toner Image
Drum Surface
(Yellow Toner Image)
s6700-054
Theory of Operation
Cleaning
During the cleaning process, excess toner and charge is removed from the drum
and BCR surfaces.
Drum Cleaning
The excess toner that was not transferred to the Transfer Belt remains on the drum
surface. To prevent image problems in subsequent prints, the excess toner is
scraped off by the cleaning blade in contact with the drum, and then collected into
the Waste Toner Box as described in “Waste Toner Collection” on page 2-16”.
BCR Cleaning
Excess toner remaining on the BCR is removed by the cleaning roll made of spongy
material, then collected into the Waste Toner Box as described in “Waste Toner
Collection” on page 2-16”.
Charge Neutralization
After primary transfer, the charge remaining on the drum is eliminated by the
Erase Lamp.
: Positive Electric Charge Conductor

: Negative Electric Charge Photoreceptor Erase Lamp
: Toner
Drum
BCR
Cleaning Blade
Cleaning Roller
s6700-009
Theory of Operation
Secondary Transfer
During secondary transfer, the toner image on the surface of the Transfer Belt is
transferred onto the print medium using the Transfer Roller. The media passes
between the Transfer Roller and Transfer Belt that runs in contact with the
conductive roll (back up roll). The toner image on the Transfer Belt transfers to the
media due to the attracting force generated between the back up roll negatively
charged by the HVPS and the Transfer Roller grounded and positively polarized.

: Negative Electric Charge Paper
: Toner
Back Up Roller
Transfer Roller
HVPS
Transfer Belt
Drum Surface Transfer Belt Surface
Excess Toner
s6700-010
Theory of Operation
Neutralization
During neutralization, the charge on the media is neutralized by the detack saw.
The charge is neutralized to prevent toner on the media spreading to surrounding
metal surfaces. The detack saw is a metal sheet held at chassis ground potential.
The detack saw is installed several millimeters away from the of the Transfer Belt.
: Positive Electric Charge Paper

: Toner
Transfer Belt
Detack Saw
Transfer Roller
s6700-018
Theory of Operation
Cleaning
During cleaning, the toner and charge remaining on the Transfer Belt and Transfer
Roller are removed after the toner image is transferred onto the print medium.
Transfer Belt Cleaning
Excess toner not transferred to the media remains on the Transfer Belt.To prevent
image problems in subsequent prints, residual toner is scraped off by the cleaning
blade and collected in the Waste Toner Cartridge as described in “Waste Toner
Collection” on page 2-16”.

: Toner Back Up Roller
Transfer Belt
Transfer
Roller
1st BTR
Cleaning Blade
Drums
HVPS
s6700-011
Transfer Roller Cleaning
Excess toner deposited on the Transfer Roller is transferred back onto the Transfer
Belt by the attracting force generated by the back up roll positively polarized by
the HVPS. The excess toner remaining on the Transfer Belt is scraped off by the
cleaning blade and collected into the Waste Toner Box as described in “Waste
Toner Collection” on page 2-16”.
Theory of Operation
Fusing
During Fusing, toner is fixed on the media by heat and pressure. The toner
particles are melted by the heat roll heated by the heater lamp, and fused by the
pressure between the heat roll and belt. The belt, friction-driven by the heat roll,
nips the media against the heat roll.
Fuser life is determined by number of prints. Life is 100K A/A4 pages to a near end
of life, 125K A/A4 pages to end of life.
Paper
Fixed Toner
Heat Roller
Heater Lamp
Unﬁxed Toner Belt Assembly
s6700-013
Theory of Operation
Waste Toner Collection
The waste toner generated during cleaning and the degraded developer
exhausted from each developer unit are transported to the Waste Toner Cartridge
by multiple augers.
Waste toner status is determined by the Waste Toner Full Sensor for near full and a
page counter for full. Waste Toner Cartridge life should be 25 K A/A4 pages at 5%
coverage per toner, 20% cumulative, to almost full and another 3600 pages to
full.
Cleaning Blade
Cleaning Auger
Waste Auger
Imaging Unit Auger
Waste Toner Pipe Auger

Cartridge
Waste Toner Cartridge Auger Cleaning Blade s6700-012
Theory of Operation
Sensors
The printer contains sensors of various types that perform a variety of functions.
One group of sensors track the movement of media along the paper path, and
detect if a jam occurs. Other sensors detect the presence of the Toner Cartridges,
stop printer activity if a door is open (interlock), and monitor fusing temperature.
The types of sensors used vary with function. This table briefly describes the type
and function of sensors and switches used to determine operational status and
detect jams or failures.
List of Sensor and Interlock Functions
Name Type Function
Level Sensors 1, 2 Photo-receptive Detects media stack height in Trays 2~6

No Paper Photo-receptive Detects no paper condition in all trays
Take Away Photo-receptive Detects media entering the media path
Size Switch Microswitch array Detects loaded media size
Front Door Microswitch Detects when the Front Door is open.
Registration Photo-receptive Detects paper at the registration rollers.
Switching Photo-receptive Detects Color or B/W print mode.
Exit Photo-receptive Detects paper as it leaves the exit.
Full Stack Photo-receptive Detects when the Output Tray is full.
Waste Toner Photo-receptive Detect toner level in the Waste Toner
Cartridge.
Envelope Mode Photo-receptive Detect the position of the Envelope
Mode Lever on the Fuser.
Temperature Thermistor Monitor temperature of the Heat Roller.
Door Interlocks Microswitch Interrupts +24 V to the Main Motor
Self Priming Photo-receptive Detects staple ready
Staple Home Photo-receptive Detects Stapler head position
Low Staple Photo-receptive Detects Staple Cartridge near empty.
Thermostats Thermostatic Interrupts AC power to the Fuser.
switches
Offset Photo-receptive Senses the position of the Offset Chute.
Environmental Integrated circuit Monitors internal temperature and
humidity.
Home Position Photo-receptive Detects home position.
In general, there are three types of sensors are in use:
• Photo sensors
• Microswitches
• Thermistors
Theory of Operation
Photo Sensors
Two types of photo sensors are used, photo-reflective and photo-receptive. Photo-
reflective sensors use light reflected back from an object to detect its presence.
Photo-receptive sensors use an actuator or the object itself to block the light path
to detect an object or condition.
Photo-reflective sensors have the light emitter and light receiver aligned on a
single surface. Output of the photo-receptor is High (> +4.5 V) when light is being
reflected back and Low (< +.3 V) when it isn’t. Photo-receptive sensors consist of a
LED in one arm of a U-shaped holder, and a photo-transistor in the other arm.
When the sensing area is vacant, nothing is between the arms of the sensor, light
falls on the photo-receptor sending the signal High. If the light is interrupted, the
photo-transistor goes Low. The figure below shows a typical photo-receptive
sensor with the Hooks (catches) used to secure the sensor to its bracket.
Actuator
s6700-182
Microswitches
Microswitches are used primarily as interlocks in the printer. They are in a normally
open state, and close when actuated. A bank of microswitches is used to detect
paper size in the universal trays. Microswitches also employ hooks or catches for
retention in the bracket or frame. The figure illustrates a typical microswitch.
Actuator
Button
Blade
Contact
s6700-183
Theory of Operation
Thermistor
Thermistors have a known value of resistance whose value varies with

temperature. Used primarily in the Fuser for temperature sensing.
CRUM
RFID devices that read and write data into NVRAM are otherwise known as
CRUMs. CRUMs are present in Toner Cartridges, Imaging Units and Fuser. The
toner CRUMs identify the cartridge type (Standard, Meter or High Capacity). The
CRUMs contain an OTP part to record new or used cartridge. The rotation count,
pixel count and page count data for supplies page are stored in the toner CRUM.
Sensors in the Media Path
The following illustrations show the designations of the various sensors located
along the paper path. Error reporting is dependent on these designators. Error
detection is based on paper transport timing through the sensing area.
Sensors in the Printer
Interlock Sensors
The Interlock Switches disable +24 V when the Front or Right Door is opened. The
Rear Cover Interlock Switch blocks +5V to the Laser Unit when open.
Media Feed Sensors
The diagram below identifies the remaining paper feed sensors in the printer,
optional feeders, and Finisher.
K Switching Sensor
Full Color Switching Sensor
Exit Sensor
Rear Cover
Full Stack Sensor Interlock
Switch
Envelope Mode Sensor
Front Door
Interlock Switch Registration
Sensor
Front Door
Open Switch
Waste Toner Full Sensor
Size Switch 0
Size Switch 1 Tray 1
Size Switch 2 No Paper Sensor
Right Door Interlock Switch Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor1

Tray 2 No Paper Sensor Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor2
s6700-055
Theory of Operation
Process Control Sensors
Process control sensors, located in the Process Control Assembly (Procon) monitor
the environment, toner application, and image quality.
Full Toner
(Sensor Beam Is Intercepted)
Environmental Sensor
Window
Rear ADC Sensor
Front ADC Sensor

Waste Toner Cartridge Full Sensor s6700-184
Mode Switching Sensors
The Color and Black Switching Sensors detect link bar position to indicate which
mode the printer is running in (color or B/W). The Switching Sensor blocked by the
link bar indicates the current mode to the controller.
Color Switching Sensor Imaging Unit

Drive Assembly
Black Switching Sensor

Link Bar
Link Coupling
Rack Drive
Switching Clutch
Feed Drive Assembly

s6700-185
Theory of Operation
Envelope Mode Detection
The Envelope Mode Detection Sensor, located on the Exit Assembly, detects the
position of the sheet/envelope switching lever on the Fuser. The sheet/envelope
switching lever is switched between Sheet Mode or Envelope Mode depending on
the media used. Envelope Mode reduces Fuser nipping pressure to prevent wrinkles
or slacks on envelopes due to heat and pressure during fusing.
Envelope Mode Detection Sensor
Sheet/envelope
Switching Lever

Sheet/Envelope Switching Lever 3
(Sheet Mode)
Actuator F
Actuator F Actuator C
(Normal Position) 2
Actuator C Sheet/Envelope Switching Lever
(Normal Position) (Envelope Mode)
s6700-042
Theory of Operation
Media Size Detection
When the Tray is inserted and the end guide aligned to the media stack, the
position of the size actuator that is coupled to the end guide, turns On or Off the
the switches of the Size Switch. The following table shows the correspondence
between switch status and the paper size. The switches are referred to as Size
Switch (SW) 0, SW1, and SW2 from top to bottom. This detection method is also
used in the Optional Feeders.
.
Size Switcha
Media Size SW0 SW1 SW2

Legal14" (SEF) On On On
Legal13" (SEF) On On Off
Executive (SEF) On Off On
B5 (SEF) On Off Off
A4 (SEF) Off On On
Letter (SEF) Off Off On
A5 Off On Off
No Tray Off Off Off
a. On: The actuator is pushing the size switch.
Size Switch: On
Size Switch
Size Actuator
End Guide Size Switch
Actuator
Size Actuators
SW 0
Size Switch: Off SW 1
SW 2
End Guide
End Guide Actuator
A5
B5 (SEF)
Executive (SEF) A4 (SEF) Legal 14" (SEF)

Letter (SEF) Legal 13" (SEF)
s6700-053
Theory of Operation
Media Level Sensing
As media is fed from the Tray, the media level drops. When the media level reaches
a certain point, an actuator interrupts the level sensors signaling level status until
the No Paper Sensor is activated. Paper level sensing operates the same way for
Trays 2 through 6. Tray 1 uses No Paper sensing only. The Low Paper Sensors
detect the amount of the media remaining in the Tray in three levels (50, 25, and
10%).
Low Paper Sensor 1
Low Paper Sensor 2
Low Paper Actuator

s6700-058
Media remaining: 100 to 50% Media remaining: 50 to 25%

Paper Low Paper Actuator
Low Paper Sensor
Low Paper Sensor

Bottom Plate
Media remaining: 25 to 10% Media remaining: 10% or less
s6700-059
Theory of Operation
Media Detection
Tray 1
The Tray 1 No Paper Sensor detects media in the Tray by an actuator.
No Paper Sensor
Paper
No Paper Actuator
(No Paper Position)
No Paper Sensor
No Paper
Actuator
s6700-030
Theory of Operation
Trays 2 through 6
When the last sheet is fed from any of the universal trays (Trays 2 ~ 6), the No
Paper Sensor actuator drops into an opening in the bottom plate, blocking the
sensor. Feeding is inhibited until media is loaded into the tray.
No Paper Sensor
No Paper Actuator
(No Paper Position)
Paper
Bottom Plate
No Paper Sensor
No Paper Actuator
s6700-027
Theory of Operation
Media Registration
The Registration Sensor detects the leading edge of the media, and by duration of
the On signal, media length.
Normal Position From Paper Tray
Registration Sensor Registration Sensor
Registration Sensor
Registration Sensor Actuator Actuator
(No Paper Position) Paper
From Tray 1 From Duplex

Paper
Paper
Actuator Actuator
Registration
Sensor
Actuator
Registration Sensor s6700-031
Theory of Operation
Output Tray
The Full Stack Sensor, located above the Output Tray in the Exit Assembly detects
when the Output Tray has reached its capacity.
Stack Actuator Stack Sensor Stack Actuator Stack Sensor

(Normal Position)
Paper
Paper
Stack Actuator
Stack Sensor
s6700-043
Theory of Operation
Optional Tray Sensors
The diagram below identifies Optional Feeder sensors.
No Paper
Sensors Low Paper Sensors 1
Low Paper Sensors 2
Right Side
Size Switches Door Switches
Take Away
Sensors
s6700-056
Theory of Operation
Finisher Sensors
The diagram below identifies Finisher sensors.
Compile Tray No Paper Sensor

Front Tamper
Home Sensor Rear Tamper Home Sensor
Compile Exit Sensor
Finisher Front
Door Switch
Horizontal
Transport Stack Height Sensor 1
Open Sensor Stack Height Sensor 2
Eject Clamp Home
Sensor
Set Clamp Home
Sensor
Stacker No Paper
Sensor
Staple Home Sensor

Low Staple Sensor
Self Priming Sensor
s6700-057
Theory of Operation
Media Handling
Media is driven along the media path by various drive motors, belts, gear
assemblies and rollers. Synchronization of these components is managed by the
MCU Board. The operating system monitors sensors located along the media path
throughout the print engine and attached options. As a sheet travels along the
media path, sensors change state temporarily to indicate the sheet’s presence. If
the pattern of sensor state changes differs from the expected timing for a
particular media size and path, an error is reported.
Printer Media Path Drive
The illustration shows the flow of media, shown as solid lines, and the related drive
components, shown by dashed lines, through the media path.
Tray 1 Multiple Sheet Feed 550 and 1100 Option Tray Multiple Sheet Feed
Prevention Prevention
Feed Motor / Solenoid / Feed Motor / Clutch /
Tray 1 Feed Roller Feed Roller / Take Away Roller
Tray 2 Multiple Sheet Feed

Prevention
Feed Motor / Clutch /
Feed Roller

Take Away Roller
Registration Leading Edge

Registration
Registration Roller
Transfer Belt
Transfer Belt Motor /

Belt / Transfer Roller
Fuser
Fuser Motor / Heat Roller /

Pressure Belt / Exit Roller
Exit Assembly
Exit Drive / Clutch / Exit Drive / Clutch /

Exit Roller Exit Roller
Duplex Module Top Cover
Duplex Motor / Clutch /

Duplex Roller
s6700-094
Theory of Operation
Printer Media Path Components
The illustration shows the flow of media, shown as dashed lines, and identifies key
drive components of the printer.
Transfer Belt Exit Roller

Duplex Gate
Exit Sensor
Exit Roller
Heat Roller
Pressure Belt
Duplex Roller
Y Transfer Roller
M
C
K Registration Roller (rubber)
Registration Sensor
Registration Roller (metal)
Take Away Roller
Duplex Roller
Pick Roller
Tray 1 No Paper Sensor
Nudger Roller
No Paper Sensor Tray 1 Feed Roller
Tray 1 Separator Roller
Paper Path Sensor Separator Roller
Take Away Roller Pick Roller

Nudger Roller
Separator Roller
No Paper Sensor s6700-014
Theory of Operation
Multipurpose Tray 1
When feeding from Tray 1 starts, the Feed Roller rotates, driven by the Feed Drive
Assembly and controlled by the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid, and feeds media to the
position where it is nipped between the Feed and Separator Rollers.
Trays 2 ~ 6
Inserting the Tray into the feeder unlocks the bottom plate. When the Tray is
pushed in until it stops, the support nudger pushes the bottom lock lever and
disengages the gear of the bottom rack lock from those of one way lock gear,
allowing the bottom plate to rise to the feeding position by spring pressure.
When feeding starts, the Nudger Roller and Feed Roller rotate, driven by the Feed
Drive Assembly and controlled by the Feed Clutch. The Nudger Roller feeds the
media to the position where it is nipped between the Feed and Separator Rollers.
Pick Roller
Nudger Roller
Separator Roller
Bottom Plate Assembly

Nudger Support Bottom Up Spring
Bottom Lock Lever
Feed Clutch 3
One-way Bottom Lock Gear Bottom Rack Lock
s6700-015
Theory of Operation
Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention
Normally, when only one sheet is fed, both the Feed Roll and Separator Roller
rotate to allow the sheet to pass. However, when two sheets are fed concurrently,
the Feed Roll rotates freely, but the additional thickness engages the Separator
Roller friction clutch stopping the second sheet. The Separator Roller is pushed
toward the Feed Roll by spring pressure, and controlled by the friction clutch.
Pick Roller
Nudger Roller
Separator Roller
Separator Holder
Friction Clutch
Separator Roller
s6700-016
Theory of Operation
Media Registration
Sheets fed from the trays are guided into the registration area by the Take Away
Roller driven by the Feed Drive Assembly and controlled by the Take Away Clutch.
Sheets fed from the duplex area are guided to the registration area by the Duplex
Rollers.
Registration Roller
Take Away Roller

Take Away Clutch
From Paper Tray Registration From Tray 1 Registration Roller

Roller
Take Away Roller
Paper
Paper
Take Away Roller

From Duplex
Registration Roller Paper
Duplex
Roller
s6700-019
Theory of Operation
The leading edge of the sheet reaches registration and is fed to the toner transfer
section (Transfer Roller). When a sheet is fed to the toner transfer position, the
registration of the sheet may not be correct due to leading edge misalignment. To
avoid this, the leading edge is aligned at the registration rollers before the sheet is
fed across the Transfer Belt, or in front of the BTRs.
Registration Roller (Metal)

Registration Roller (Rubber)
Registration Roller
Skewed Paper s6700-020
Before the registration rollers are energized, the paper is advanced from the tray to
the rollers. By pushing the edge of the sheet against the registration roller that is
not turning, the lead edge of the sheet is registered.
Theory of Operation
Transfer/Fusing/Exit
Sheets that pass the registration section reach the transfer position where it is
nipped between the Transfer Belt and Transfer Roller driven by the Transfer Belt
Drive Assembly. The toner image on the Transfer Belt is transferred onto the sheet,
and then fused by heat by the Fuser driven by the Fuser Drive Assembly while the
sheet is being fed to the Exit Assembly.
In the exit section, the sheet whose side 1 or side 2 has been printed is fed to the
exit direction by the Exit Roller driven by the Fuser Drive Assembly and controlled
by the Exit Clutch in the Exit Drive.
Exit Roller
Exit Roller
Exit Roller
Exit Pinch Roller
Exit Clutch
Pressure Belt
Transfer Roller
Transfer Belt
s6700-021
Theory of Operation
Duplex Feed Single Sheet
As the leading edge of the sheet exits from the Fuser after printing on side 1, the
Exit Inverter Solenoid turns On, lowering the duplex gate to allow the sheet to
travel along the upper side of the duplex gate to the position where it becomes
nipped between the exit roller and take away roller. The sheet is then fed to the
Exit section by the exit roller that rotates toward the exit (reverse direction), driven
by the Fuser Drive Assembly and controlled by the Exit Inverter Clutch.
After the trailing edge exits the Fuser after printing side 1, the Exit Inverter
Solenoid turns Off, raising the duplex gate to its original position to allow the
single-side printed sheet to be fed back to the duplex section from the exit section
by the exit roller that rotates (normal direction), driven by the Fuser Drive
Assembly and controlled by the Exit Clutch in the Exit Drive.
In the duplex section, the single-side-printed sheet is fed back to the registration
section by the Duplex Rollers driven by the Feed Drive Assembly and controlled by
the Exit Inverter Clutch. After the printing on the side 2 is completed, the sheet
exits in the same manner as it does after the printing side 1 is completed.
From Fuser
Exit Roller Take Away 2
Pinch Roller
Paper
1
Duplex Gate
Exit Invert Solenoid

Exit Invert Clutch
To Duplex
3
4
Exit Clutch
Upper Duplex Roller

Lower Duplex Roller Duplex Drive Clutch
s6700-022
Theory of Operation
Duplex Feed of Multiple Sheets
After the first single-side printed sheet reaches the duplex section, the Exit Inverter
Solenoid turns On, lowering the duplex gate to allow the second single-side-printed
sheet to travel along the upper side of duplex gate to the upper part of the exit
section. When the lead-edge of the first double-side printed sheet exits from the
Fuser, the Exit Inverter Solenoid turns Off, raising the duplex gate to its original
position to allow the double-side-printed sheet to be nipped between the exit roller
and the take away roller and fed to the exit section by the exit roller.
As the second single-side printed sheet is fed to the duplex section, the preceding
sheet is fed to the Output Tray.
Second Single-Side Printed Sheet
From Fuser
3
To Duplex
1
2
Duplex Gate
First Single-Side Printed Sheet
Exit Invert
Clutch
Second Single-Side Printed Sheet
5
5 To Duplex
To Top Cover
4
First Double-Side Printed Sheet
Exit Clutch
s6700-023
Theory of Operation
Major Printer Components
This section describes major printer components. These components are organized
into the following functional blocks.
• Tray
• Feeder
• Tray 1 & Registration Assembly
• Process Control
• Laser Unit
• Dispenser
• Imaging Units
• Transfer Belt
• Fuser
• Exit
• Duplex
• Drive
• Electrical
• Optional 550 and 1100-sheet Feeders
Theory of Operation
Multipurpose Tray 1
Rubber Registration Roller

Metal Roller
Registration Sensor
Registration Clutch
Take Away Clutch
Tray 1 Feed Solenoid

Tray 1 Feed Roller
Take Away Roller
s6700-032
• Tray 1 Feed Solenoid
The Tray 1 Feed Solenoid controls the driving torque from the Feed Drive Assembly
to the Tray 1 Feed Roll.
• Take Away Clutch
The Take Away Clutch transmits the driving torque from the Feed Drive Assembly
to the Take Away Roller.
• Take Away Roller

The take away roller starts rotating when the Take Away Clutch is engaged to feed
the sheet from Trays 1 or 2 to the registration rollers.
• Tray 1 No Paper Sensor
The Tray 1 No Paper Sensor detects the presence/absence of media in the Tray by
a change in actuator position.
• Registration Sensor
The Registration Sensor detects the leading edge of the sheet, and by duration of
the On signal, media length.
• Registration Clutch
Theory of Operation
The Registration Clutch transmits the driving torque from the Feed Drive Assembly
to rubber registration roller to feed media to the Fuser from the Tray or duplex unit.
To register the image at the correct position on the medium, the feed timing from
the registration assembly is adjusted by the duration of Registration Clutch
operation.
Trays 2 ~ 6
Note
Due to Tray cover dimensions, Tray 2 is not interchangeable with Trays 3~6.
Trays 2 through 6 include end and side guides that manually adjust to the media
loaded in the tray. These guides contact the front and rear edges of the media to
hold it in position. Media size is determined by the position of the end guide that
actuates switches in the Size Switch.
• Side Guides
The front and rear side guides align the media stack along its width, perpendicular
to the feed direction.
• End Guide
The end guide aligns the media stack lengthwise in the Tray. Based on end guide
position, media size is determined by the combination of signals generated by
three switches in the Size Switch.
• Separator Holder
The Separator Holder holds the Separator Roller and prevents multiple sheet feeds.
• Bottom Plate
When the Tray is pulled from the feeder, the bottom plate is lowered and locked to
the bottom of the Tray. Replacing the Tray releases the bottom plate from the lock,
pressing the media stack against the Nudger Roll by spring pressure.
Guide Assembly End Rear Guide

Bottom Plate
Separator Holder
Front Guide s6700-051
Inserting the Tray into the feeder presses the tray latch against the rail of the tray
guide, swinging the tray latch downward and moving the latch lever forward. The
latch lever swings the separator lever frontward, which swings the Separator
Holder downward, making clearance enough for the Tray to go in.
Theory of Operation
When the Tray is inserted until it stops, the tray latch comes off from the rail of the
tray guide, allowing the tray latch, latch lever, and separator lever to return to their
positions. Once disengaged from the separator lever, the Separator Holder is
pressed against the Feed Roller in the feeder section by the spring pressure of the
separator.
When the Tray is pulled out halfway, the tray latch, latch lever, and separator lever
operate in the same fashion as when the Tray is inserted, swinging the Separator
Holder downward to allow Tray removal.
Nudger Roller Pick Roller
Separator Roller
Separator Spring Separator Holder
Nudger Roller Pick Roller
Separator Roller
Separator Holder
Tray Guide
Tray Latch
Latch Lever
Separator Lever
s6700-025
Theory of Operation
Tray 2 Feeder
No Paper Sensor Feed Clutch
Low Paper Sensor 1
Low Paper Sensor 2

Size Switch
Nudger Roller Pick Roller s6700-029
• Size Switch
The Size Switch detects media size and the presence of the Tray. Aligning the end
guide to the media stack changes the position of the size actuator coupled to the
end guide, turning On or Off the switches. Media size is determined by the
combination of signal states of these switches. See “Media Size Detection” on
page 2-22.
• No Paper Sensor
The No Paper Sensor detects the media in the Tray based on the position of No
Paper Actuator. (No paper: Sensor beam is blocked)
• Low Paper Sensor 1 and 2
The Low Paper Sensors detect the amount of the media remaining in the Tray in
three levels (50, 25, and 10%). See “Media Level Sensing” on page 2-23.
• Feed Clutch
The Feed Clutch transmits the driving torque from the Feed Drive Assembly to the
Feed Roll.
• Feed Roller
When the Feed Clutch engages, the Feed Roller rotates to feed the media.
Theory of Operation
Process Control
Transfer Belt
Window
Procon Assembly
Full Toner
(Sensor Beam Is Intercepted)
Window
Rear ADC Sensor
Front ADC Sensor

Waste Toner Cartridge Full Sensor s6700-033
• Front ADC Sensor
The Front ADC Sensor detects color registration errors by reading the marks placed
on the front side of the Transfer Belt. The value measured is used to adjust the
Laser Unit and Imaging Unit bias voltages.
• Rear ADC Sensor
The Rear ADC Sensor detects color registration errors by reading the marks placed
on the rear side of the Transfer Belt. This sensor also measures toner patch density
on the Transfer Belt before the second transfer, then converts the density value
into a voltage value for toner density control.
Theory of Operation
• Waste Toner Full Sensor
The Waste Toner Full Sensor detects that the Waste Toner Cartridge has become
filled to capacity. When the transparent window on the upper part of the Waste
Toner Cartridge is blocked by toner, the sensor light is disrupted indicating the
cartridge is full
• Environmental Sensor
The Environmental Sensor measures the temperature and humidity within the
printer and converts them into voltage values.
Laser Unit
The Laser Unit generates laser beams to form electrostatic latent images on the
Imaging Unit’s drum surface. Replaced as a single assembly, the Laser Unit
consists of these parts:
• LD PWB
• Scanner Assembly
• Lens
• SOS PWB
Theory of Operation
Mirror
Polygon Mirror
Lenses
Laser Diode Board Scanner
Mirrors Lens
Lens
SOS PWB SOS Sensor
Laser Unit
Lenses s6700-034
• Laser Diode Board
The Laser Diode Board consists of four laser diodes corresponding to Y, M, C, and
K. Each diode converts the electric signals of incoming image data into laser wave
or pulse. In order to stabilize the laser light during the formation of an electrostatic
latent image, APC (Auto Power Control) on the Laser Diode Board monitors the
laser light quantity to adjust it to the appropriate level.
• Scanner Assembly
The Scanner Assembly consists of the scanner motor that rotates at a constant
speed and the polygon mirror mounted on the scanner motor shaft.
The laser light output from the LD PWB is directed onto the polygon mirror. The
12-facet, polygon mirror changes the reflection angle of the laser light as it rotates
allowing the laser light to scan the Imaging Unit drum along its axial direction.
Scanning is performed using one mirror facet for each line.
Theory of Operation
• Lens
The laser light reflected from the Polygon Mirror reaches the drum surface via the
lens, mirror, and window. The lens corrects aberration, the mirror secures an optical
path, and the window prevents foreign substance from entering the Laser Unit.
• Start Of Scan (SOS) PWB

The SOS sensor on the SOS PWB converts an incoming laser beam to an electric
signal as a reference signal for starting scanning and transmits this signal to the
MCU Board. The SOS sensor signals are used to synchronize the starting point of
the laser-beam scanning with the starting point of the image writing.
Toner Dispense
Front
Toner Motors
Toner CRUMs
Toner
Cartridges s6700-035
• Toner Cartridges
The Toner Cartridges contain a mixture of toner and a small amount of carrier.
that stores initial capacity, current level, region and manufacturer. The installation
date is maintained in MCU NVRAM.
Theory of Operation
Toner Cartridges are available in metered or regional versions. Printers are shipped
from the factory with neutral cartridges. The printer is programmed when the first
non-neutral cartridge is inserted. Two regional variants, North America / Xerox
Europe (NA/XE) and Developing Markets Operations (DMO) are available.The
table lists Toner Cartridge part numbers for metered or regional versions. Neutral
appears as the cartridge type until metered toner is enabled or a regional (NA/XE
or DMO) cartridge is inserted.
Toner Cartridge Types
Description Part Number
Standard Capacity Black Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R00506

Standard Capacity Cyan Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R00503
Standard Capacity Magenta Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R00504
Standard Capacity Yellow Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R00505
High Capacity Black Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R00510
High Capacity Cyan Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R00507
High Capacity Magenta Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R00508
High Capacity Yellow Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R00509
Standard Capacity Black Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R00514
Standard Capacity Cyan Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R00511
Standard Capacity Magenta Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R00512
Standard Capacity Yellow Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R00513
High Capacity Black Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R00526
High Capacity Cyan Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R00523
High Capacity Magenta Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R00524
High Capacity Yellow Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R00525
Metered Black Toner Cartridge 106R00522
Metered Cyan Toner Cartridge 106R00519
Metered Magenta Toner Cartridge 106R00520
Metered Yellow Toner Cartridge 106R00521
Toner level in the cartridge is determined by auger turns and sensors. Toner level is
set to 100% when a new cartridge is installed. Toner Cartridge life (A/A4 pages at
5% coverage) is 15K for CMY, 21K for K for metered, 12K for CMY, 18K for K high
capacity and 5K for CMY, 7.1K for K for standard and neutral.
• Toner CRUMs
Toner CRUMs track Toner Cartridge type (regional/metered) and Toner Cartridge
life.
• Toner Motors
The toner motors feed toner from the Toner Cartridges to the Imaging Units by
driving the Toner Cartridge agitators and augers in the toner feeding route.
Theory of Operation
Imaging Units
Imaging Units Erase Lamps
Front
Imaging Unit CRUMs
Developer Xerographic
Magnet Roller Cleaning Blade
Drum
Front Front
Auger Xerographic Auger
BCR
Trimmer Rod Cleaning Roller
s6700-037
• Drum
The drum surface holds the electrostatic latent and toner images.
• Bias Charge Roller (BCR)
Charges the drum electrically.
• Cleaning Roll
Removes the toner remaining on the BCR.

• Cleaning Blade
Removes the toner remaining on the drum after the toner image is transferred to
the medium.
• Erase Lamp
The Erase Lamp removes electrical charge from the drum surface after the toner
image is transferred onto the Transfer Belt.
• Imaging Unit CRUM Connectors
Theory of Operation
The CRUM stores, reads, and writes printer-specific information regarding the CRU
(Customer-Replaceable Unit).
• Magnet Roll
The magnet roll contacts the drum to form the toner image on the drum surface.
• Auger
The auger agitates the toner particles.
• Trimmer
The trimmer uniformly levels the toner/carrier particles deposited on the surface of
the magnet roll.
Transfer Belt
• 1st BTR Roll
Attracts the toner image from the drum to the Transfer Belt by positively charging
the Transfer Belt.
• Belt
Receives the four, color-separated toner images from each drum in registration
with one another.
• Backup Roll
Helps the toner particles migrate onto the belt by maintaining the belt at a
position where it nearly contacts the media.
• Cleaning Blade
Removes excess toner from the Transfer Belt.
Theory of Operation
Belt
Cleaning Blade Back Up Roll
1st BTRs
Transfer Belt
s6700-038
Transfer Belt Latch Mechanism
Since the Transfer Belt is positioned close to the Imaging Unit drum, removing the
Transfer Belt to clear a jam may cause the Belt to contact the drum, which may
damage both parts, degrading the image quality. To avoid this problem, the Belt
moves away far enough from the drum. This operation is called “Retraction”.
Rotating the open/close handle of the Inner Frame Assembly to the close direction
rotates the cam retract of the Transfer Belt via the coupling. The rotation of the
cam retract allows the left and right roll idles and the four 1st BTRs to rise via the
link retract and lever link YMC, moving the belt away from the drum to allow
enough clearance for removal.
Theory of Operation
Handle, Closed Position YMC Link Lever

Retraction Cam Retraction Cam
2
YMC Link Lever
1
Retraction Link Retraction Link
Idle Roller
1st BTRs
3 Idle Roller
3 2 2
4 3 3
Belt
Drums
Inner Frame
Belt
Handles Coupling
s6700-039
Theory of Operation
Fuser
The Fuser fixes the toner image onto the sheet by heat and pressure and guides
the sheet into and out of the fixing position.
Left View
Heat Roller
Pressure Belt
Main Heater Lamp
Rear Temp. Sensor

(Contact Type)
Front
Center Temp. Sensor
(Noncontact Type) Thermostat Sub Heater Lamp
Fuser
Fuser Exit Sensor
Sheet/Envelope Switching Lever

s6700-040
• Heat Roll
A metal roll that transfers heat to the sheet to fuse the toner onto the sheet.
• Pressure Belt
A belt and a spring system for pressing the sheet against the Heat Roll.
• Main Heater Lamp
A heating lamp located in the heat roll to heat left and right end sections.
• Sub Heater Lamp
A heating-coil-enclosed lamp located in the heat roll to heat its middle section.
• Center Temperature Sensor (non-contact type)
A thermistor positioned close to the heat roll in a non-contact manner to detect its
surface temperature and to control the switching On/Off of the heater lamp.
• Rear Temperature Sensor (contact type)
Theory of Operation
A thermistor positioned in contact with the heat roll to detect its surface
temperature and to prevent the heater lamp from overheating.
• Thermostat
Connected in series with the power supply for the heater lamp. The thermostat
prevents overheating of the heat roll by releasing the contacts when the heat roll
has reached a set point temperature.
• Fuser Exit Sensor
Detects whether the fused print has passed through the Fuser based on the
change of the actuator position.
• Sheet/Envelope Switching Lever

The sheet/envelope switching lever is switched between Sheet Mode or Envelope
Mode depending on the media used. Envelope Mode reduces nipping pressure to
help prevent wrinkles or slacks on envelopes during fusing.
Sheet/Envelope Switching Lever
Sheet Mode Envelope Mode
Paper Envelope
Nip Head Nip Head (Pad)
Cam Cam
Nip Position Nip Position

s6700-041
Theory of Operation
Exit
Stack Full Sensor

Envelope Mode
Detection Sensor
Exit Invert Clutch

Exit Clutch
Invert Chute
Exit Chute
Exit Drive
s6700-044
• Exit Inverter Solenoid
Lowers the Duplex Gate when turned On, and raises it when turned Off, switching
the media path when executing duplex printing.
• Full Stack Sensor
Detects when the output tray has reached its capacity.
• Exit Clutch
Transmits the torque from the Fuser Drive Assembly to the Exit Roll to rotate the
Exit Roll in the exit direction.
• Exit Inverter Clutch
Transmits the torque from the Fuser Drive Assembly to the Exit Roll to rotate the
Exit Roll to the Duplex direction.
Theory of Operation
Duplex
Upper Duplex Roller

Duplex Drive Clutch
Lower Duplex Roller
s6700-045
• Duplex Drive Clutch
Transmits the torque from the Feed Drive Assembly to the duplex rollers.
Theory of Operation
Drive
Black Switching Fuser Drive Assembly Imaging Drum Drive Color Switching Sensor
Sensor
Feed Drive
Transfer Belt Drive K Developer Drive
CMY Developer Drive s6700-046
Theory of Operation
CMYK Developer Drive Motors
Motors that drive the augers and magnet rolls of the Imaging Units. The torque of
the CMYK Developer Drive Motors are transmitted through the route below.
CMY Developer Drive K Developer Drive
Outer M Gear Outer M Gear Outer M Gear Outer M Gear

Outer M Drive Assembly Outer M Drive Assembly
Outer Input Gear Outer Input Gear Outer Input Gear Outer Input Gear
Magnet Gear Magnet Gear Magnet Gear Magnet Gear
[ Magnet Roller] [ Magnet Roller] [ Magnet Roller] [ Magnet Roller]
Inner Input Gear Inner Input Gear Inner Input Gear Inner Input Gear
Auger Gear D Auger Gear D Auger Gear D Auger Gear D
[ Supply Auger ] [ Supply Auger ] [ Supply Auger ] [ Supply Auger ]
Admix Auger Gear Admix Auger Gear Admix Auger Gear Admix Auger Gear
Auger Idler Gear Auger Idler Gear Auger Idler Gear Auger Idler Gear
Admix Auger Gear Admix Auger Gear Admix Auger Gear Admix Auger Gear
[ Admix Auger ] [ Admix Auger ] [ Admix Auger ] [ Admix Auger ]

Xerographic Developer Xerographic Developer Xerographic Developer Xerographic Developer
CRU (Y) CRU (M) CRU (C) CRU (K)
s6700-095
Theory of Operation
: Indicates The Engagement Of Gears

Auger Gear
Magnet Roller
Magnet Gear
Admix Auger Gear
Auger Idler Gear
Admix Auger
Supply Auger
Imaging Units
Auger Drive Gear
Inner Input Gear
Outer Input Gear
Front
Outer M Gear
Outer M Drive Assembly
Developer Drive Motors

s6700-088
Theory of Operation
Imaging Drum Drive Assembly
A motor that drives the Imaging Unit drums. The torque of the Imaging Drum
Drive Assembly is transmitted through the route below.
Imaging Drum Drive

Imaging Drum Drive
Drive Coupling (Y) Drive Coupling (M) Drive Coupling (C) Drive Coupling (K)
PR Coupling (Y) PR Coupling (M) PR Coupling (C) PR Coupling (K)
[ Drum (Y) ] [ Drum (M) ] [ Drum (C) ] [ Drum (K) ]
Xerographic Xerographic Xerographic Xerographic

Idler Gear (Y) Idler Gear (M) Idler Gear (C) Idler Gear (K)
Auger Gear (Y) Auger Gear (M) Auger Gear (C) Auger Gear (K)
[ Xerographic NEO [ Xerographic NEO [ Xerographic NEO [ Xerographic NEO

Auger (Y) ] Auger (M) ] Auger (C) ] Auger (K) ]
Xerographic Developer Xerographic Developer Xerographic Developer Xerographic Developer
CRU (Y) CRU (M) CRU (C) CRU (K)
s6700-096
Theory of Operation

Imaging Drum Drive
Drive Coupling
PR Coupling
Imaging Units Drum
Front
NEO Auger
Auger Gear
Xerographic Idler Gear
s6700-089
Theory of Operation
Fuser Drive Assembly
A motor and gear set that drives the Fuser and Exit Assembly. The torque of the
Fuser Drive Assembly is transmitted through the route below.
Idler Gear Exit Gear 1
Heat Roller Gear Exit Gear 2
[ Heat Roller ] Exit Gear A Exit Gear 3 Exit Gear 3
Exit Gear B Exit Clutch Exit Inverter Clutch
Exit Gear C Invert Gear
[ Fuser Exit Roller ] Exit Gear 4

Fuser Exit Drive
Exit Roller Gear
[ Exit Roller ] Exit Chute

(Exit Roller Reverse Rotation)
Idler Gear Exit Gear 1
Heat Roller Gear Exit Gear 2
[ Heat Roller ] Exit Gear A Exit Gear 3 Exit Gear 3
Exit Gear B Exit Clutch Exit Inverter Clutch
Exit Gear C Exit Gear 4
[ Fuser Exit Roller ]

Fuser Exit Drive
Exit Roller Gear
[ Exit Roller ] Exit Chute

s6700-097
Theory of Operation

Exit Gear 4
Exit Roller Gear
Inverter Gear Exit Roller
Exit Clutch
Exit Gear 3
Exit Gear 2 Exit Gear C
Exit Gear A Exit Gear B
Exit Drive
Exit Gear 1 Fuser Exit Roller
Fuser
Fuser Drive Heat Roller Gear

Idler Gear Heat Roller
Exit Roller Reverse Rotation
Exit Gear 4
Exit Drive Exit Roller Gear
Exit Roller
Front
Exit Inverter Clutch
Exit Gear 2 Exit Gear 3
Exit Gear C
Exit Gear 1 Exit Gear B
Exit Gear A
Fuser Exit Roller
Fuser
Idler Gear
Fuser Drive
Heat Roller
Heat Roller Gear
s6700-090
Theory of Operation
Transfer Belt Drive Assembly
A motor that drives the Transfer Belt and by friction, the Transfer Roller. The torque
of the Transfer Belt Drive Assembly is transmitted through the route below.
Belt Coupling
[ Drive Roller ]
[ Transfer Belt ]
[ Tension Roller ]
Cleaning Drive Gear
Idler Gear
Auger Gear
[ Cleaning Auger ]
Transfer Belt
s6700-179
Belt Front Cleaning Drive Gear

Idler Gear
Belt Coupling
Auger Gear
Drive Roller (Back Up Roller) Cleaning Auger
Transfer Belt Drive Assembly Tension Roller s6700-098
Theory of Operation
Toner Motors
The toner motors drive the Toner Cartridge agitators and toner delivery augers.
Toner Dispense Assembly

Toner Motor (Y) Toner Motor (M) Toner Motor (C) Toner Motor (K)
Dispense Tub Dispense Tub Dispense Tub Dispense Tub

Dispense Tub Gear (Y) Dispense Tub Gear (M) Dispense Tub Gear (C) Dispense Tub Gear (K)
Agitator Tub Agitator Tub Agitator Tub Agitator Tub

Agitator Tub Gear (Y) Agitator Tub Gear (M) Agitator Tub Gear (C) Agitator Gear Tub (K)
Dispense Coupling (Y) Dispense Coupling (M) Dispense Coupling (C) Dispense Coupling (K)
Cartridge Coupling (Y) Cartridge Coupling (M) Cartridge Coupling (C) Cartridge Coupling (K)
[ Agitator (Y) ] [ Agitator (M) ] [ Agitator (C) ] [ Agitator (K) ]

Toner Cartridge (Y) Toner Cartridge (M) Toner Cartridge (C) Toner Cartridge (K)
Gear Dispense Auger Gear Dispense Auger Gear Dispense Auger Gear Dispense Auger
Input Gear (Y) Input Gear (M) Input Gear (C) Input Gear (K)
[ Auger (Y) ] [ Auger (M) ] [ Auger (C) ] [ Auger (K) ]

Dispense Assembly (Y) Dispense Assembly (M) Dispense Assembly (C) Dispense Assembly (K)
s6700-099
g g
Agitator Tub Gear
Agitator Tub Idler Gear
Toner Motor
Dispense Tub
Idler Gear
Cartridge Coupling
Dispense Tub Gear
Agitator Dispense Coupling
Auger
Toner Cartridge Input Auger Dispense Gear
Dispense Tub
Front s6700-091
Theory of Operation
Feed Drive Assembly
Drives the media feed, registration, Tray 1, and duplex and includes the Switching
Clutch that transmits the torque of the Feed Drive Assembly to the link guide to
switch between the Color and B/W modes. Feed Drive Assembly drive is
transmitted as follows.
Feed Drive Assembly
Feed Clutch
Feed Gear
Nudger Idler Gear
Nudger Roller Gear Oneway Feed Clutch Tray 1 Feed Gear Tray 1 Feed Solenoid
[ Nudger Roller ] [ Feed Roller ] [ Tray 1 Feed Roller ]

Feeder Tray 1
Duplex Gear 02
Take Away Clutch Registration Clutch Duplex Gear 01
[ Rubber Registration Roller ] Duplex Drive Clutch

[ Take Away Roller ]
Rubber Registration Gear [ Lower Duplex Roller ]
Metal Registration Gear [ Duplex Belt ]
[ Metal Registration Roller ] [ Upper Duplex Roller ]

Registration Chute Duplex
s6700-200
Theory of Operation
Upper Duplex Roller
Duplex Gear 01 Duplex Belt
Duplex Gear 02 Duplex Drive Clutch

Lower Duplex Roller
Metal
Registration Clutch
Registration
Feed Drive Roller
Metal Registration Gear

Rubber
Registration Roller
Rubber Registration Gear
Take Away Clutch
Take Away Roller
Feed Gear
Feed Solenoid
Feed Roller
Feed Gear
Oneway Feed Clutch
Feed Roller
Feed Clutch
Nudger Idler Gear

Nudger Roller Gear Front
Nudger Roller
s6700-092
Theory of Operation
Excess Toner Collection
The K Developer Drive Assembly drives the augers of the Waste Toner Cartridge
and Waste Auger.
K Developer Drive Assembly
Outer Waste Gear
Waste Coupling
Feed Motor
Box Coupling
[ Waste Cartridge Auger ] Waste Idler Gear
Waste Input Gear
Waste Cartridge
Pipe Idler Gear
Auger Pipe Gear
[ Auger Pipe ]
Pipe
s6700-201
Theory of Operation
Pipe
Pipe Idler Gear
Waste Auger
Pipe Auger Gear
Feed Drive
Outer Waste Gear

Waste Input Gear
Front
Waste Idler Gear
K Developer Drive Waste Coupling
Coupling
Waste Auger
s6700-093
Color and B/W Mode
Color mode uses all four colors while B/W mode uses Black only. To deactivate the
color components during the B/W mode, drive transmission is switched.
Operation in Color Mode
In Color mode, the Transfer Belt contacts the four Imaging Unit drums and
corresponding 1st BTRs. The Imaging Drum, CMY Developer Drive, and K
Developer Drive Assemblies drive the Imaging Unit drums and corresponding
magnet rolls to form a color-separated image on each drum.
Operation in B/W Mode
In B/W mode, the Transfer Belt contacts the Black Imaging Unit drum and1st BTR
only. The Black drum is driven by the Imaging Drum Drive Assembly. The CMY
Developer Drive Assembly is disengaged, and the K Developer Drive Assembly
drives the Imaging Unit magnet roll to form an image on the Black drum.
Theory of Operation
Full Color Mode

1st BTR
Belt
Magnet Rollers
Drums
Black And White Mode
1st BTR
Belt
Drum
Magnet Roller
s6700-060
Switching Between Color and B/W Modes
Switching between Color and B/W modes is controlled by the rotation of the Feed
Drive Assembly (B/W mode: reverse, Color mode: normal) and engagement of the
Switching Clutch. When the switching clutch is turned On, the torque from the
Feed Drive Assembly horizontally drives the link bar in the link guide via the rack
drive to rotate the link coupling assembly and the three link couplings (Y/M/C). The
position of the link bar is detected by the Color and Black Switching Sensors.
Theory of Operation
Feed Drive Assembly

Feed Motor (Reverse Rotation)
Switching Clutch
Rack Gear
Rack Gear Drive

Link Bar Imaging Drum Motor
Link Belt Gear

Link Coupling (Y), (M), (C) Coupling Motor (Y), (M), (C) Coupling Motor (K)
Link Coupling
Link Guide
Switch Coupling PR Coupling (Y), (M), (C) PR Coupling (K)
Switch Cam Gear [ Drum (K) ]
Switch Shaft Cam
Link Lever YMC
[ 1st Btr (Y), (M), (C) ] [ Idler Roller ]

Imaging Unit CRUM Imaging Unit CRUM
Transfer Belt (Y), (M), (C) (K)
s6700-202
Rotation of the Coupling Link
The coupling link drives the switch cam shaft in the Transfer Belt, moving the link
lever YMC horizontally inside the Transfer Belt to control the three color 1st BTRs.
• B/W mode: 1st BTRs for Y, M, and C are positioned near the Belt and the
drums.
• Color mode: 1st BTRs for Y, M, and C are in contact with the Belt and the
drums.
Rotation of the Link Coupling
The link couplings rotate to engage or disengage the couplings for the torque
transmission between the Feed Drive Assembly and the three drums (Y, M, C).
• B/W mode: The couplings are disengaged to disconnect drive from the
Feed Drive Assembly to the drums (Y, M, C).
• Color mode: The couplings are engaged to transmit drive from the Feed
Drive Assembly to the drums (Y, M, C).
Theory of Operation
Switch to B/W Mode
Drive switching to B/W mode is transmitted through the route below.

Rear View Illustration
Switch Cam Shaft
Switch Cam
Gear
Switch Coupling Link Lever YMC

From Coupling Assembly Link
Idle Roller
1st BTR
Link Belt Gear
Link Coupling Imaging Drum Drive Assembly
Link Couplings Link Bar

Switching Clutch
To Transfer Belt
(Switch Coupling)
Feed Drive
Front Rack Gear
Link Couplings Coupling Drive
Pressure
Roller
Coupling
Drum Feed Drive
(Reverse Rotation) s6700-061
Theory of Operation
Switch To Color Mode
The switching to the Color mode is transmitted through the route below.
Feed Drive Assembly

Feed Motor (Forward Rotation)
Switching Clutch
Rack Gear
Rack Gear Drive

Link Bar Xerographic Motor
Link Belt Gear

Link Coupling (Y), (M), (C) Coupling Motor (Y), (M), (C) Coupling Motor (K)
Link Coupling
Link Guide
Switch Coupling PR Coupling (Y), (M), (C) PR Coupling (K)
Switch Cam Gear [ Drum (Y), (M), (C) ] [ Drum (K) ]
Switch Cam Shaft
Link Lever YMC
[ 1st Btr (Y), (M), (C) ] [ Idler Roller ]

Xerographic Developer Xerographic Developer
Transfer Belt CRU (Y), (M), (C) CRU (K)
s6700-203
Theory of Operation
Switch Cam Shaft Rear View Illustration
Switch Cam
Gear
Switch Coupling Link Lever YMC

From Coupling Assembly Link
Idle Roller
1st BTR
Link Belt Gear : Indicates The
Link Coupling Engagement Of Gears.
Xerographic Motor
Link Coupling
Link Bar
To Transfer Belt Switching Clutch

(Switch Coupling) Feed Motor
Front Rack Gear

Link Couplings
Coupling
Drive
Pressure
Roller
Couplings Feed Motor
(Forward Rotation)
Drums
s6700-186
Theory of Operation
Electrical
LVPS Fan
LVPS
Front IP Board
Fuser Fan
Rear Cover
Interlock
Right Door
Switch
Interlock
Switch
EEPROM
Board
Power Switch MCU Board
GFI Breaker
s6700-049
Control Panel
HVPS Front Door Open Switch

Front Door Interlock Switch s6700-050
Fans
• Fuser Fan
Exhausts heat generated near the Fuser.

• LVPS Fan
Exhausts heat generated near the LVPS.
Theory of Operation
Switches
• Power Switch
Turns On/Off the AC power to the printer.
• Front Door Interlock
Detects the open/close of the Front Cover. Interrupts DC power to the printer
(+24VDC) when the Front Door is opened.
• Front Door Open
Detects the open/close of the Front Door and blocks power to the Laser Unit.
• Right Door Interlock
Detects the open/close of the Right Door. Interrupts DC power to the printer
(+24VDC) when the Right Door is opened.
• Rear Cover Interlock
Detects the presence/absence of the Rear Cover. Interrupts the DC power to the
laser Unit (+5VDC) when the Rear Cover is removed.
• GFI Breaker
Opens the circuit when the leakage current of the AC power supply exceeds the
rated value.
Circuit Boards
• LVPS (Low Voltage Power Supply)
Supplies the AC power from the power supply to the heater section of the Fuser
and generates stable low DC voltage to be used by the logic circuits and other
components.
• HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply)
Supplies high voltage to the BCRs and the Magnet Rolls for each color.
• MCU Board (Machine Control Unit)
Controls the print operation based on the communication with the print controller
and on the information from the sensors or switches.
Theory of Operation
• Image Processor Board (ESS)
The IP Board connected to the MCU Board controls the entire system (diagnostic,
interface, image processing, etc.). Critical user-defined configuration parameters
are periodically saved to NVRAM and the SD Card. Data is automatically restored
to a replacement SD Card or NVRAM EEPROM on power up.
Components attached to the IP Board include:
• 4GB SD Card containing boot firmware, application software and system
configuration parameters.
• 32KB, 8-pin NVRAM EEPROM contains device (configuration, page counts,
activation date, etc.) data.
• 1GB Micron DDR2 RAM module.
• Hard Drive (optional) mounted to the IP Board with stand-offs and
connected to P/J101 for power and P/J401 SATA.
S301
U102 (Engine Test
(NVRAM) Print Button)
P/J301
P/J101 (Host USB)
(Hard Drive
Power)
P/J302
P/J401 (Service USB)
(SATA)
P/J406 P/J603
(SD Card) (Ethernet)
P/J405
P/J601
P/J403
P/J402 P/J602
(Mode Select
Port)
P/J404
P/J902
(SDRAM)
P/J702
P/J701 P/J903
(Serial Port)
P/J703
P/J801
P/J705 P/J804 DS803 P/J901
P/J802 P/J803 (POST LED) s6700-387
• EEPROM Board
Stores the printer-specific information.
• Control Panel
Allows the user to view the printer status or execute operations via the LCD, LED,
and buttons.
Theory of Operation
Data Flow
The print data (electric signal) from the printer controller flows as shown below
before it is turned into a print.
Host (Electric Signal)
IP Board
Machine Control Unit
Laser Unit (Laser Beams)
Electrostatic Latent Image on Drum (Invisible Image)
Toner Image on Drum
Toner Image on Transfer Belt
Toner Image on Paper
Print Image on Paper
s6700-204
Theory of Operation
Print Quality Controls
Operating Modes
The printer operates in the these four modes:
Mode Operation
Printing ■ Fuser: Held at operating temperature.
■ Exposure system: Operating status
■ Printing system: Operating status
■ Cooling fan: Operating status (high speed)
Ready ■ Fuser: Held at ready temperature.
■ Exposure system: Stop status
■ Printing system: Stop status
■ Cooling fan: Operating status (low speed)
Sleep ■ Fuser: Stop status
■ Cooling fan: Operating status (low speed)
Deep Sleep ■ Fuser: Stop status
■ Cooling fan: Stopped
Laser Intensity Control
Image data is input to the laser diodes in the Laser Unit as electric signals, then
converted by the laser diodes to optical signals. Since variations occur in laser light
intensity, optics (such as lenses), or drum sensitivity, the laser light intensity is
monitored and controlled by the laser diodes. The Laser Unit incorporates four
laser diodes, one for each color, and adjusts light intensity automatically for each
color.
Image Process Control
The parameters related to image formation must be corrected to stabilize printing.

The control of the entire printing process including the parameter correction
control is called "process control".
The process control is performed by the following two methods after every 30
cumulative prints upon termination of a print run or during a continuous run:
• Potential Control
• Toner Density Control
To supplement these two controls, the following controls are provided:

• High Area Coverage Mode
• Admix Mode
Theory of Operation
Potential Control
To attain stable image density, the drum charging voltage, the developing DC
voltage and the laser diode output are adjusted according to the developing
capability of each color carrier. The adjusted drum charging voltage, developing
DC voltage, and laser light amount are fed back to keep the image density
constant
The outline of control is as follows:
1. The Environmental Sensor detects the temperature and humidity.
2. The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the
potential control are generated and transferred onto the Transfer Belt.
3. The ADC Sensor detects the density of the patches on the Transfer Belt.
4. The drum charging voltage, developing DC voltage and the laser light
intensity are adjusted for each color according to the detected patch density.
Toner Density Control
The toner density must be kept constant to stabilize the print image quality. The
control system for this purpose is called toner density control.
Pixel Count Dispense Control
The quantity of the toner required in the developing process is calculated in terms
of toner-dispensing time based on the pixel count being input to the Laser Unit.
The amount of the toner fed to the Imaging Units is controlled by turning on the
toner motors for the calculated time.
Auto Density Control
Patches of Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, and Black for the toner density control are
generated, and transferred onto the Transfer Belt. The ADC Sensor measures the
densities of these patches and compares them with a reference value. If the toner
density is lower than the reference, the toner dispense quantity is increased at the
next printing. If the toner density is higher than the reference value, the toner
dispense quantity is reduced. Dispense quantity is calculated on a color-by-color
basis.
High Area Coverage Mode
Continuous printing of high-area coverage images that exceed the toner dispense
capability lowers toner density in the Imaging Units. High Area Coverage Mode
postpones the next sheet feed and dispenses toner during this time if the toner
dispense time has reached the specified value during continuous printing.
Admix Mode
This mode executes extra toner dispensation to prevent the toner density from
being lowered whenever the value of the toner density control patch measured by
the ADC Sensor falls far below the reference value. If the toner density level cannot
be recovered after this operation, it is determined that the toner has run out.
Theory of Operation
ADC Sensor Adjustment
The ADC Sensor illuminates the toner patch applied to the Transfer Belt. ADC light
reflected from the target is converted to output signals. To ensure an accurate
patch density measurement, the surface of the ADC Sensor is cleaned to remove
dust due to toner, etc., and the light quantity adjustment is made so that the
reflected light satisfies the target value when the toner patch is created.
Color Registration Control
The printer uses a tandem system where the drums and developers are provided
for each colors. Since the four color-separated images are overlaid onto the print, a
color shift may occur. Color registration control calculates how much the
registration is shifted and adjusts the Laser Unit write timing. Lateral registration
control adjusts all four colors in the lateral direction. Color registration control is
executed during process control based on the change in the internal temperature
and print count.
The control is outlined below:
1. With no toner on the Transfer Belt, the output value of the ADC Sensor is
measured to determine the threshold value.
2. The patch for color registration control is generated on the Transfer Belt. This
patch is composed of four cycles of a color pattern, each containing 10mm-
wide color bars starting with a black trigger line followed by K, C, K, M, K, and Y
(in this order).
10 mm K
K
C
K
M
K
Y
About One Half
Turn Of Belt
s6700-187
3. The density of the patch is measured by the ADC Sensor.

4. The correction amount is calculated from the threshold value determined in 1)
and the patch density measured in 3).
5. Laser Unit write timing is changed according to the shift correction amount.
Theory of Operation
Fuser Temperature Control
To control Fuser temperature, the target temperature is set, and then the heat
lamp is turned On or Off to maintain heat roll surface temperature. The surface
temperature of the heat roll is detected by non-contact temperature sensor
located in the center of the heat roll and a soft- touch sensor located at each end
of the heat roll.
However, the soft- touch sensor may detect a temperature lower than the actual
value if the distance between the sensor and the heat roll has increased for some
reason. To protect the Fuser in such a case, the heater lamp is turned Off if the
warm-up target temperature is not reached within a specified time.
This target temperature varies depending on printer activity such as warm-up,
printing, or during process control, and is set according to the interior temperature
detected by the Environmental Sensor, the temperature difference between the
middle and the ends of the heat roll, the printing mode, and the input supply
voltage.
Cool Down
As printing continues, the heat roll temperature becomes nonuniform between the
area that contacts the sheet and the area that does not. In such a case, media
feeding is suspended for a certain duration to compensate for the temperature
non uniformity of the Heat Roll. When the temperature of the heat roll ends is
high, cool down is performed to lower the temperature to the target value.
Warm-up
The non-contact temperature sensor in the middle section of the heat roll loses its
measuring accuracy when the temperature of the sensor itself is -5°C (23°F) or
below. If internal temperatures fall below -5°C (23°F), the sensor is heated to
maintain accuracy.
Theory of Operation
Optional Feeders
The 550- and 1100-sheet, optional feeders (Trays 3 ~ 6) increase input capacity.
Up to four additional Trays per printer are supported. Electrical connection is made
by a single connector. This brings the maximum media storage capacity to 2,900
sheets. This section describes in detail the paper path, sensors, major assemblies,
and operational characteristics of the option feeders.
Trays
Note
All the optional trays (3~6) are identical.
• Side Guides
The front and rear side guides align the media stack along its width,
perpendicularly to the feeding direction.
• End Guide
The end guide aligns the media stack lengthwise in the Tray. Based on end guide
position, media size is determined by the combination of signals generated by
three switches in the Size Switch.
• Separator Holder
The Separator Holder that includes the Separator Roller and the Feed Roll nip the
media to prevent multiple sheet feeds.
• Bottom Plate
When the Tray is pulled from the feeder, the bottom plate is lowered and locked to
the bottom of the Tray. Replacing the Tray releases the bottom plate from the lock,
pressing the media stack against the Nudger Roll by the spring pressure.
Guide Assembly End Rear Guide

Bottom Plate
Separator Holder
Front Guide s6700-051
Theory of Operation
Electrical
Rear View Illustration

Front
Feed Drive
Feeder Board
No Paper Sensor
Take Away Sensor
Take Away Clutch
Right Side Door Switch
Feed Clutch
Low Paper Sensor 1
Low Paper Sensor 2
Size Switch Take Away Roller
Feed Roller s6700-052
• Size Switch
The Size Switch detects media size and the presence of the Tray. Aligning the end
guide to the media stack changes the position of the size actuator coupled to the
end guide, turning On or Off the switches The media size is determined by the
combination of signal states of these switches. See “Media Size Detection” on
page 2-22.
• No Paper Sensor
The No Paper Sensor detects the presence/absence of print media in the paper
tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO PAPER. (No paper: Sensor beam is
blocked)
• Low Paper Sensor
The Low Paper Sensor detects the amount of the print media remaining in the
Tray in three levels (50, 25, and 10%). See “Media Level Sensing” on page 2-23.
• Feed Clutch
The Feed Clutch transmits the driving torque from the Feeder Motor to the Feed
Roll.
Theory of Operation
• Feed Roll
When the Feed Clutch operates, the Feed Roll starts rotating to feed media.
• Take Away Clutch
The Take Away Clutch transmits drive from the Feeder Motor to the Take Away
Roller.
• Take Away Roller
The Take Away Roller starts rotating when the drive from the Feeder Motor is
engaged by the Take Away Clutch feeding media from the Tray to the media path.
• Take Away Sensor
Detects that the media has reached the registration section.
• Feeder Board
Controls the motors, sensors, and clutches in the Option Feeder.

• Right Side Door Interlock
Interrupts DC power (+24VDC) when the Right Door is opened.
Feed Drive
The Feed Drive Assembly drive is transmitted through the route below.
Feed Motor
Feed Clutch Take Away Clutch
Feed Gear [ Take Away Roller ]
Nudger Idler Gear
Nudger Roller Gear Oneway Feed Clutch
[ Nudger Roller ] [ Feed Roller ]
Optional 550-Sheet Feeder & High Capacity Feeder

s6700-205
Theory of Operation
: Indicates The Engagement Of Gears.
Take Away Clutch
Feed Motor
Take Away Roller
Feed Gear Front

Oneway Feed Clutch
Feed Clutch
Pick Roller
Nudger Roller Gear Idler Nudger Gear
Nudger Roller s6700-063
Theory of Operation
Finisher Overview
The Finisher is a customer installed option that adds stapling and stacking with
offset. The Finisher docks with the printer and uses an accessory interface
connection on the printer.
s6700-064
The Finisher is described in these functional blocks:
Stacker Tray Compile Tray Horizontal Transport
Finisher
Stapler
s6700-065
• Horizontal Transport
Moves sheets ejected from the printer to the Finisher.

• Compile Tray
Theory of Operation
Aligns the sheets.
• Stapler
Staples the sheets in the specified position.
• Stacker Tray
Holds the sheets ejected.
Finisher Media Path
Shown below is the media path for the Output Tray, through Exit, the Horizontal
Transport, and the Finisher.
Printer
Horizontal Transport
Drive Motor /
Entrance Roller / Exit Roller
Transport
Drive Motor /
Entrance Roller / Exit Roller
Compile Tray Staple /

Tamping
Motor drive / Eject Roller /

Eject Pinch Roller
Stacker Tray
s6700-206
Theory of Operation
Media Path Components
Eject Roller [Compile Tray] : Paper Transfer

Eject Pinch Roller [Compile Tray] : Paper Sensors
Exit Roller [Transport]
Stacker Tray Compile Exit Sensor [Transport]
Entrance Roller [Transport]
Entrance Roller
[Horizontal Transport]
Exit Rollers
[Horizontal Transport]
Compile Tray
No Paper Sensor [Compile Tray] s6700-066
As media exits the printer, the printer’s Exit Sensor signal activates the Horizontal
Transport Drive Assembly feeds the media to the Finisher entrance.
Horizontal Transport To Finisher Transport
Exit Rollers
Entrance Roller
From Printer Belt
Horizontal Transport Motor s6700-067
Theory of Operation
Finisher Transport
The sheet exits the Horizontal Transport and is fed to the Compile Tray by the
Entrance and Exit Rollers driven by the Transport Motor. The sheet is detected by
the Compile Tray Exit Sensor.
Exit Roller
Compile Exit Sensor

To Compile Tray
From Horizontal Belt

Transport
Entrance Roller Transport Motor s6700-068
Theory of Operation
Compile Tray
While the paper guide slides out toward the Stacker Tray, driven by the Eject
Motor, the Eject Pinch Roller retracts upward to allow the sheet to enter from the
Finisher transport and fall onto the Compile Tray.
If stapling or tamping are not specified, the Eject Pinch Roller lowers to allow the
sheet to exit to the Stacker Tray. If stapling or tamping is specified, the Paddle Arm
Assembly is lowered by the Paddle Arm Solenoid directing the sheet onto the
Compile Tray. Next, the Sub Paddle of the Paddle Arm Assembly and the Main
Paddle of the Main Paddle Shaft rotate driven by the Transport Motor, to align the
sheet against the Compile Tray flange.
240 Paper Guide Eject Pinch Roller
Exit Roller (Transport)
Paper
Stacker Tray Compile Tray
Sub Paddle
Paddle Arm
Paper
Main Paddle Shaft
Compile Tray
Stacker Tray
s6700-069
Theory of Operation
Ejection to Stacker Tray
When stapling or tamping is complete, the Eject Pinch Roller is lowered by the Eject
Motor and the spring pressure of the Pinch Spring to guide the sheet to the Eject
Rollers.
The sheet is ejected to the Stacker Tray by the Eject Roller that rotates in the
normal direction driven by the Eject Motor and controlled by the sector gear.
During ejection to the Stacker Tray, the 240 Paper Guide slides back to its original
position driven by the Eject Motor so as not to obstruct the sheet.
The Set Clamp Clutch engages the Eject Motor to the Set Clamp Shaft, retracting
the holder of the Set Clamp Shaft inside the Finisher so as not to obstruct the
sheet.
After the eject, the holder of the Set Clamp Shaft returns to its original position to
hold down the ejected sheet.
Stacker Tray Eject Pinch Roller

Eject Pinch Unit
Paper
Pinch Spring
Eject Roller
Set Clamp Shaft
240 Paper Guide
s6700-070
Theory of Operation
Major Finisher Components
Horizontal Transport Open Sensor
Horizontal Transport Motor

s6700-071
• Horizontal Transport Cover Open Sensor
A switch to detect when the Top Cover of the Horizontal Transport is open.
• Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly

A motor that drives the belt for paper feeding in the Horizontal Transport. It is
provided with the Fan that exhausts heat out of the Horizontal Transport.
Horizontal Transport Motor drive is transmitted through the route below.
Horizontal Transport Motor
[ Belt Motor ]
Idler Pulley
[ Transport Belt ]
22T Pulley Oneway Pulley Oneway Pulley Oneway Pulley
[ Entrance Roller ] [ Exit Roller ] [ Exit Roller ] [ Exit Roller ]

Transport
s6700-207
Theory of Operation
Oneway Pulley
Transport Belt
Idler Pulley
22T Pulley
Motor Belt
Exit Rollers
Entrance Roller
Front Horizontal Transport
Motor
s6700-072
Finisher Transport
Compile Exit Sensor
Transport Motor
s6700-073
• Compile Tray Exit Sensor (PL 14.7.9)

A sensor for detecting the presence of the paper in the Finisher transport based on
the change of its actuator position.
• Transport Motor (PL 14.7.16)
A motor that drives all feeding-related rollers in the Finisher transport, Compile
Tray, and Stacker Tray. Transport Motor drive is transmitted through the route
below.
Theory of Operation
Transport Motor
[ Belt ]
T30 Pulley T41 Pulley
[ Entrance Roller Motor ] Eject Motor Shaft
Z27 T30 Pulley Gear Z31 T20 Pulley Gear Z31 T20 Pulley Gear
[ Exit Roller Motor ] [ Belt ] [ Belt ]
Gear Z42 L T22 Pulley T22 Pulley
[ Main Paddle Shaft ] [ Sub Paddle ] [ Sub Paddle ]

Paddle Arm
s6700-208

Gears.
Z31 T20
Gear Pulley
Pulley Z31Gear
T20
Eject Shaft Belt
Entrance Roller T22 Pulley
Pulley T22
T41 Pulley
T30 Pulley
Belt
Sub Paddle
Paddle Sub
Exit Roller
Gear Pulley Z27 T30
Front
Transport Motor
Main Paddle Shaft
Gear
Z42 LZ42
GearL s6700-074
Theory of Operation
Compile Tray
Solenoid Assembly: Off Solenoid Assembly: On

Sub Paddle
1
2
Paper
Compile Tray
Paddle Arm
Paddle Arm Solenoid
s6700-075
• Paddle Arm Solenoid (PL 14.6.20)
A solenoid that lowers the Paddle Arm onto the sheet fed from the Finisher
transport, allowing the rotating Sub Paddle to align the sheet to the flange of the
Compile Tray.
• Compile Tray No Paper Sensor (PL 14.8.13)
Detects the presence of the paper in the Compile Tray based on the change of its
actuator position. (Paper present: Sensor beam received)
• Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 14.8.9)
A sensor for detecting that the Front Tamper Guide (PL 14.8.4) is at its home
position. (Home position: Sensor beam blocked).
• Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 14.8.9)
A sensor for detecting that the rear tamper guide (PL 14.8.5) is at its home
position. (Home position: Sensor beam blocked)
Theory of Operation
Front Tamper Motor
Rear Tamper Motor
Compile Tray
Front Tamper Home Sensor Rear Tamper Home Sensor

Compile Tray No Paper Sensor s6700-076
• Front Tamper Motor
• Rear Tamper Motor
Motors that move the Tamper Guides for tamping operation. Tamper Motor drive
is transmitted through the route below.
Front Tamper Motor Rear Tamper Motor
Tamper Rack (Front) Tamper Rack (Rear)
[ Front Tamper Guide ] [ Rear Tamper Guide ]
Compile Tray
s6700-188
Theory of Operation
Rear Tamper Guide
Front Tamper Guide
Front Tamper Rack
Rear Tamper Rack

Front
Front Tamper Motor
Rear Tamper Motor s6700-077
Operations in Compile Tray
In the Compile Tray, sheets fed from the Finisher transport undergo a tamping
operation to align the sheets in the width direction, and the offset stacking
operation for placing the sets of sheets staggered in the Stacker Tray.
Tamping
Sheets fed from the Finisher transport undergo the tamping operation in the
Compile Tray. Tamping refers to the operation of aligning the sheet to the
specified position by sliding the Front and Rear Tamper Guides, driven by the
Tamper Motors, until they contact the sheet edges.
Tamping is executed when the specified time has elapsed since the Compile Tray
No Paper Sensor detects an incoming sheet. Tamping occurs every time a sheet is
fed, and is repeated once more after tamping the last sheet is completed.
Tamping includes the following two modes:
• Front Tamping
Activates the Rear Tamper only, with the Front Tamper locked at its home position.
• Rear Tamping
Activates the Front Tamper only, with the Rear Tamper locked at its home position.
Theory of Operation
Offset Stacking
Offset stacking staggers the position where the ejected sheets land on the Stacker
Tray to help separate the stack of sheets into groups such as jobs or collated sets.
Center of Stacker Tray Front
Stacker Tray
s6700-189
Stapler
• Low Staple Sensor
A photo-interrupter type sensor for detecting the remaining quantity of the

staples. (Staples low: Sensor beam blocked)
• Self Priming Sensor
A photo-interrupter type sensor for detecting that the staple has reached the
Stapler Head or that stapling has failed.
• Staple Home Sensor

A photo-interrupter type sensor for detecting that the Stapler Head is at its home
position or that stapling has failed. It also triggers the Staple Motor to stop. (Home
position: Sensor beam blocked)
• Staple Motor
A motor that drives the Stapler Head to execute stapling. Rotates clockwise to
activate the Stapler Head, and counterclockwise to return it to its original position.
Theory of Operation
Staple Motor s6700-078
Stapling
Sheets entering from the Finisher transport undergo tamping in the Compile Tray,
then are stapled, maximum 50 sheets (A/A4-size 20# paper), in the position
specified
Staple Head
Compile Tray
s6700-079
Stapling starts when the number of sheets deposited in the Compile Tray has
reached the number of sheets for one set. The Stapler Assembly is driven by the
staple motor to the stack and staples the stack as it comes down to the sheets.
Theory of Operation
When the staple motor rotates in the normal direction (clockwise), the Stapler
Holder applies a staple onto the sheets and then returns to its home position. If
stapling is not completed correctly, the staple motor rotates in the reverse
direction (counterclockwise) to drive the Stapler Holder back to its home position.
When staples are low, the Low Staple Sensor raises a warning message and
suspends stapling. This warning message is also displayed when the Staple
Cartridge is not installed.
Stapling Position
The staple is applied in the upper corner at an angle of 25 degrees after the sheets
are aligned to the front edge by the Rear Tamper Guide.
Rear Side
Feeding Direction
Front Side
Staple Position
s6700-209
Stacker Tray
The Stacker Tray holds the sheets ejected from the Compile Tray by shifting to an
appropriate position according to the height of the sheet stack. The capacity is 50
sets or 750 sheets of one size.
• Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2
Detects the height of the sheet stack on the Stacker Tray based on the change of
its actuator position. The Stacker Motor moves up or down the Stacker Tray based
on the detection results. The table shows the correspondence between the
detection results and Stacker Tray movement.
Sensor 1 Detection Sensor 2 Detection Tray Movement Evaluation
Beam Blocked Beam Received Up Too Low

Beam Blocked Beam Blocked As Is Normal
Beam Received Beam Blocked Down Too High
Theory of Operation
Stacker Tray Stacker Tray Stacker Tray

Position: Normal Position: Too Low Position: Too High
Set Clamp Shaft
Paper
Stacker Tray
Stacker Height Sensor2
Stacker Height
Sensor1
Height Actuator
Stacker Height Stacker Height

Sensor2 Sensor1
Set Clamp Shaft
Actuator Height
s6700-080
• Stacker No Paper Sensor
A sensor for detecting that the Stacker Tray is at the topmost position (home
position). It also detects when the Stacker Tray is empty.
Theory of Operation
• Stacker Drive Assembly
A motor that moves up or down the Stacker Tray. Rotates clockwise to raise and
counterclockwise to lower the Stacker Tray. Stacker Motor drive is transmitted
through the route below.
Stacker Drive
Stacker Motor
[ Belt ]
T60 Pulley
Worm Shaft
Z15 Z37 Gear
Document Clutch Gear
Document Clutch Pulley
[ Stacker Belt ]
[ Carriage & Stacker Tray ]

s6700-210
Theory of Operation
Carriage Assembly & Stacker Tray
Doc Clutch Pulley

Doc Clutch Gear
Z15 Z37 Gear
Worm Gear
T60 Pulley
Belt
Stacker Motor
Front
Stacker Belt
s6700-081
Theory of Operation
• Eject Motor
A stepping motor that drives sheet-ejecting components such as the Eject Clamp
and the Set Clamp. Eject Motor drive is transmitted through the route below.
Eject Drive
Eject Motor
[ Belt ]
Z20 T49 Pulley Gear
Z30 R Gear
A4 Sector Gear
Z38 S Gear Z25 S Gear
Eject Clamp Cam Z28 Z22 T38 Gear
Clamp Arm [ Belt ]
[ Eject Pinch Roller ] Z32L T25 Pulley Gear
Z23L Gear Z34 Clutch
Z25 R Oneway Gear
Z31 R Gear
Z26 R Gear
Z25 L Gear
TL400 Clutch
Paper Guide Shaft
[ 240 Paper Guide ]

s6700-211
Theory of Operation
: Indicates The Engagement Of Gears.

Eject Pinch Roller
Cam Eject Clamp

Z38S Gear
Z30R Gear Front

Clamp Arm
Z20 T49
Gear Pulley
Z25 R Oneway Gear
Z25 S Gear
240 Paper Guides
Belt Belt Z23L Gear

A4 Sector Gear Z26 R Gear
Z28 Z22 T38 Gear Paper Guide

Eject Motor Shaft
Z32L T25
Gear Pulley TL400 Clutch
Z31 R Gear
Z25 L Gear
Set Clamp Clutch

s6700-082
Theory of Operation
• Eject Clamp Home Sensor
A sensor for detecting that the Eject Clamp is at its home position.
Eject Pinch Roller
Eject Clamp Cam
Z38 S Gear
A4 Sector Gear
Sector Gear
Actuator Eject Roller
Eject Clamp
Z28 Z22 T38 Gear
Home Sensor
A4 Sector Gear Eject Clamp Eject Pinch Roller
Home Sensor
Sector Gear Actuator

(Eject Pinch Roller Home Position)
Z38 S Gear Eject Clamp Cam
Paper
Eject Roller
Z28 Z22 T38 Gear
s6700-083
Theory of Operation
• Set Clamp Home Sensor
A sensor for detecting the Set Clamp is at its home position.
Set Clamp Home Sensor

Set Clamp Move Cam
Set Clamp
Actuator Cam
Set Clamp Shaft
Z18 Gear
Z72 Sector Gear

Set Clamp Set Clamp Move Cam Set Clamp Shaft
Home Sensor
Set Clamp Actuator Cam

(Set Clamp Shaft Home Position) Z72 Sector Gear Z18 Gear
1
3
2
1
3
s6700-084
• Set Clamp Clutch
A clutch that transmits the torque from the Eject Motor to the Set Clamp Shaft.
• Sector Gear
Controls the movement of the 240 Paper Guide by changing the transmission
route from the Eject Motor. (Refer to 4. Torque Transmission Route.)
Theory of Operation
A4 Sector Gear
Eject Clamp
Home Sensor
Set Clamp
Home Sensor
Eject Motor
Set Clamp Clutch
Stacker No Paper
Sensor
Stacker Motor
s6700-085
Theory of Operation
Electrical
Finisher Front Door Switch
Main Board
LVPS
s6700-086
• Front Door Switch
Detects whether the Front Cover is open. Interrupts the DC power to the
components in the Finisher (+24VDC) when the Front Door is opened.
• Main Board
A board that controls the components in the Finisher.

• LVPS
Converts the AC power from the printer into stable low voltage DC power to be
used for such components as logic circuits in the Finisher.
Error Messages and
Codes
In this chapter...
• Introduction
• Servicing Instructions
• Messages, Codes, and Procedures
• Troubleshooting Procedures
Chapter
3
Error Messages and Codes
Introduction
This chapter describes numeric codes displayed for status and error messages
displayed on the Control Panel, listed on the System Status page or Service Usage
Profile pages, or shown in CWIS or Job Tracker. These messages serve as the entry
point into the troubleshooting process.
Troubleshooting of problems not directly indicated by or associated with an error
message or code is covered in Chapter 4, General Troubleshooting. Print quality
problems are covered in Chapter 5, Print Quality Troubleshooting.
Fault and Status Message Format
System faults indicate a serious problem with the printer. Printing usually stops
until the fault is corrected. Faults are indicated by a chain-code of the form
(3nn.nnn.nn) and one or more descriptive text strings. As an example, a Fuser jam
might produce the following on the Control Panel:
377.106.04 Printer Error Jam at Fuser
Notice the chain code fields are separated by dots.
System status events are typically less serious and may or may not stop printer
operation. Status messages are indicated by a status code of the form nn-nnn-nn
and one or more descriptive text strings. An example status message for the Fuser
jam would appear as:
10-106-00 The printer is unavailable. Jam at Fuser.
Again, notice the status code fields are separated by dashes, not dots like the fault
code. This is important when searching this manual and other Service databases
for error information.
Viewing Fault and Status Messages at the Control Panel
The printer stores the last 60 messages of either type. A current, since last reboot,
log for faults and messages is available in the Information tab of the Printer menu.
Current faults lists the chain code and text. Touching the list entry displays the
fault popup. Current messages lists the status message text string.
To view the Fault History from the Control Panel, touch Printer > Tools > Setup >
Service Tools > Fault History.
Viewing Fault and Status Messages in CWIS
Status codes and messages are displayed in CWIS.

1. Open a web browser and enter the printer’s IP address into the browser.
2. Select the Status Tab at the top of the CWIS application.
3. Refresh the screen to view fault and status information in the Alerts area.
Each line item includes the chain-code, description, and suggested skill level
needed to correct the alert.
Printing the Fault History
The fault history is included on the System Status page and Service Usage Profile.
1. From the Control Panel, touch Printer > Tools > Setup > Service Tools.
2. Touch the Printer icon to open the drop-down menu.
3. Touch the desired report to print.
Each report includes chain-code, description, page count and date of up to 60
faults.
Servicing Instructions
The service checklist below is an overview of the path a service technician should
take when servicing the printer and printer optional equipment.
Step 1: Identify the Problem

1. Check Current Faults and Current Messages in the Printer menu for
information related to existing problems.
2. Check fault history in the Service Tools menu to review recent faults
and/or jams.
3. Print the Engine Test Print to test print engine function.
4. Print normal customer prints and demo prints.
5. Make note of any print-quality problems in the test prints.
6. Make note of any mechanical or electrical abnormalities present.
7. Make note of any unusual noise or smell coming from the printer.
8. Print the System Status and Service Usage Profile embedded pages.
9. Verify the AC supply is within specifications by measuring the voltage
at the electric outlet while the printer is running.
Step 2: Inspect and Clean the Printer
1. Turn the printer power Off.
2. Disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
3. Verify the power cord is undamaged and connected properly.
4. Remove the Imaging Units and protect them from light.
5. Remove the Transfer Belt.
6. Inspect the printer interior and remove any foreign matter such as
paper clips, staples, pieces of paper, dust, or loose toner.
7. Do not use solvents or chemical cleaners to clean the printer interior.
8. Do not use any type of oil or lubricant on printer parts.
9. Use only an approved toner vacuum.
10.Clean all rubber rollers with a lint-free cloth, dampened slightly with
cold water and mild detergent.
11.Clean all four laser windows.
12.Inspect the interior of the printer for damaged wires, loose
connections, toner leakage, and damaged or worn parts.
13.If the Imaging Units appear damaged, replace with new ones.
Step 3: Find the Cause of the Problem

1. Use fault and status codes to locate the cause of the problem.
2. Use Service Diagnostics to check the printer and optional components.
3. Use the Wiring Diagrams and Plug/Jack Locator to locate test points.
4. Take voltage readings as instructed in the troubleshooting procedure.
Step 4: Correct the Problem
1. Use the Parts List to locate a part number.
2. Use the FRU Disassembly procedures to replace the part.
Step 5: Final Checkout
Test the printer to be sure you have corrected the initial problem and
there are no additional problems present.
Messages, Codes, and Procedures
The error messages and codes generated by the printer’s operating system are the
lead-in to the troubleshooting procedures that follow in subsequent pages. This
section correlates the output of the printer’s diagnostic aids and provides the
troubleshooting procedures to locate and correct the reported errors.
Error Messages Abbreviations
Due to limited display space, some messages include abbreviations. The most
common abbreviations used throughout this chapter are listed here.
Term Definition
ADC Automatic Density Control

Assy Assembly
CTD ADC Sensor
CMY Cyan, Magenta, Yellow
CRUM Customer Replaceable Unit Memory
Dev Developer
H-Xport Horizontal Transport
IBT Transfer Belt
IOT Print Engine
K Black
VOUT Output voltage from ADC Sensor
Xero Imaging Unit Drum Drive
Fault and Status Summary
The fault and status summary tables list possible fault and status codes displayed
on the Control Panel, CWIS or Job Tracker, listed on the System Status page or
Service Usage Profile. Also listed are the corresponding messages and a page
reference for the corrective procedure.
• The Code column shows the chain-link code as it appears on the display when
the fault occurs during normal operation.
• The message column lists the message displayed for the fault or status event.
• The Page column links to the troubleshooting procedure related to the fault or
status event.
Faults
Table 1 lists all faults in ascending chain-link numeric order. Go to the referenced
troubleshooting procedure for additional information on the fault’s cause. Table 2
lists status codes in ascending numeric order and includes related fault chain-links.
Use these tables to identify the proper procedure to correct the reported error.
Table 1. Fault Code Summary
Code Message Page

303.301.01 XPC Failure 3-39
303.302.02 XPC Failure 3-39
309.001.01 Laser Failure 3-42
309.003.01 Engine Motor Failure 3-44
310.310.01 Fuser is Missing or Misinstalled 3-64
310.311.02 Fuser Failure 3-65
Code Message Page

310.398.01 Engine Fan Failure 3-67
312.098.01 Finisher Failure 3-70
312.099.01 Finisher Communication Failure 3-71
312.450.01 Jam in Horizontal Transport 3-96
312.451.01 Jam at Finisher 3-96
316.151.01 Engine NVRAM Failure 3-104
Code Message Page

316.405.05 Firmware Failure 3-105
316.414.14 Engine Firmware Failure 3-105
319.410.01 Printer Failure 3-106
342.329.01 Engine Fan Failure 3-68
342.601.02 Transfer Belt Failure 3-110
342.601.03 Transfer Belt Failure 3-110
370.099.01 Feeder Communication Failure 3-114
371.101.08 Misfeed in Tray 1 3-116
372.101.09 Misfeed in Tray 2 3-120
372.215.01 Option Feeder Configuration Failure 3-122
373.098.01 Option Feeder Failure 3-126
373.101.01 Misfeed in Tray 3 3-128
373.102.05 Jam at Tray 3 Right Side Door 3-138
373.216.01 Feeder Motor Failure 3-131
374.101.02 Misfeed in Tray 4 3-128
Code Message Page

375.101.03 Misfeed in Tray 5 3-128
376.098.01 Optional Feeder Failure 3-126
376.101.04 Misfeed in Tray 6 3-128
377.101.03 Jam at Right Side Door 3-133
377.102.01 Jam at Right Side Door. 3-133
377.103.06 Jam at Fuser 3-136
377.104.05 Jam at Fuser 3-136
377.106.04 Jam at Fuser 3-136
377.110.08 Jam at Tray (3~ 6) Right Side Door 3-138
377.123.02 Jam at Right Door (duplex) 3-133
377.131.07 Jam at Right Door (duplex) 3-133
377.900.10 Jam at Right Side Door 3-133
377.901.09 Jam at Tray (3~ 6) Right Side Door 3-138
391.301.01 Engine Sensor Failure 3-141
391.901.02 Black (K) Imaging Unit Failure 3-143
391.903.02 Yellow (Y) Imaging Unit Failure 3-143
391.905.02 Magenta (M) Imaging Unit Failure 3-143
391.907.02 Cyan (C) Imaging Unit Failure 3-143
392.310.01 Density Sensor Failure 3-146
392.662.01 Overheat Failure 3-149
Code Message Page

393.901.02 Black (K) Toner Failure 3-153
393.902.03 Black (K) Toner Failure 3-153
393.903.02 Yellow (Y) Toner Failure 3-153
393.904.03 Yellow (Y) Toner Failure 3-153
393.905.02 Magenta (M) Toner Failure 3-153
393.906.03 Magenta (M) Toner Failure 3-153
393.907.02 Cyan (C) Toner Failure 3-153
393.908.03 Cyan (C) Toner Failure 3-153
Status Messages
Table 2 lists status codes in ascending numeric order and includes status
messages, the related fault chain-links. The Page column provides a link to the
troubleshooting procedure when available.
Table 2. Status Code Summary
Control Panel Related

Code Status Message Message Chain-link Page
01-503-00 The Tray 3 Right Side door is open. User Printer error. None 3-35
intervention is required to close the door. Tray 3 Right Side
Print service is not available. Door is open.
01-510-00 The Printer Front Door is open. User Printer error. None 3-37
intervention is required to close the door. Front Door is open.
Print service is not available.
01-520-01 The Right Side Door is open. User Printer error. None 3-38
intervention is required to close the door. Right Side Door is
Print service is not available. open.
01-540-01 Paper removed from or added to Tray 1. Tray 1 Settings. None
User intervention is required at the local
user interface to confirm Tray 1 settings.
Print service can continue if the correct
paper is available in other paper trays.

01-545-02 Tray 2 is a dedicated paper tray. User Printer error. None
intervention is required to adjust the Paper in Tray 2 has
paper guides to the dedicated size. Print changed.
service can continue if the correct paper
is available in other paper trays.

03-275-00 <> <> <> Ready To Print. None
03-300-00 XPC error. User intervention is required to The printer is 303.301.01 3-39
Power Off/On the machine; service is unavailable. 303.302.02
required if the problem persists. Print XPC Failure.
service is not available.
03-504-01 Machine is offline while in diagnostics; The machine is None
new jobs will not be accepted over the offline.
network. System Administrator
intervention is required to bring the
machine back online using the local user
interface. Print service is not available.
07-513-02 Tray 2 is open. User intervention is Dedicated Tray 2 is None 3-40
required to close the tray. Print service open.
can continue if the correct paper is
available in other paper trays.
07-514-02 Tray 2 is open. User intervention is Tray 2 is open. None 3-40
required to close the tray. Print service

09-000-00 Xerographic system error. User The printer is 309.001.01 3-42
intervention is required to Power Off/On unavailable. 309.002.02
the machine; service is required if the Laser Failure. 309.003.03
problem persists. Print service is not
available.
09-600-00 The Waste Cartridge is near full. User Waste Cartridge is None 3-48
intervention is required to reorder the near full.
Waste Cartridge (P/N 108R00975); do
not replace until prompted. Print service
is unaffected.
09-601-00 The Waste Cartridge is full. User Printer error. None 3-48
intervention is required to replace the Waste Cartridge is
Waste Cartridge (P/N 108R00975). Print full.
09-602-00 The Cyan Toner Cartridge is nearly Cyan (C) Toner is None 3-49
empty. User intervention is required to low.
reorder the Cyan Toner Cartridge; do not
replace until prompted. Print service is
unaffected.
09-603-00 The Magenta Toner Cartridge is nearly Magenta (M) None 3-49
empty. User intervention is required to Toner is low.
reorder the Magenta Toner Cartridge; do
not replace until prompted. Print service
is unaffected.
09-604-00 The Yellow Toner Cartridge is nearly Yellow (Y) Toner is None 3-49
reorder the Yellow Toner Cartridge; do not
unaffected.
09-605-00 The Black Toner Cartridge is nearly Black (K) Toner is None 3-49
reorder the Black Toner Cartridge; do not
unaffected.
09-607-00 The Maintenance Kit is near end of life. Maintenance Kit is None 3-55
User intervention is required to reorder Near End Of Life.
the Maintenance Kit (P/N 604K73140);
do not replace until prompted. Print
service is unaffected.

09-608-00 The Cyan Imaging Unit is near end of life. Cyan (C) Imaging None 3-51
User intervention is required to reorder Unit is Near End
the Cyan Imaging Unit (P/N Of Life.
108R00971); do not replace until
prompted. Print service is unaffected.
09-609-00 The Magenta Imaging Unit is near end Magenta (M) None 3-51
of life. User intervention is required to Imaging Unit is
reorder the Magenta Imaging Unit (P/N Near End Of Life.
09-610-00 The Yellow Imaging Unit is near end of Yellow (Y) Imaging None 3-51
life. User intervention is required to Unit is Near End
reorder the Yellow Imaging Unit (P/N Of Life.
09-611-00 The Black Imaging Unit is near end of Black (K) Imaging None 3-51
life. User intervention is required to Unit is Near End
reorder the Black Imaging Unit (P/N Of Life.
09-612-00 The Fuser has past end of life. User Fuser is PAST End None 3-54
intervention is required to replace the Of Life.
Fuser (P/N 126K32220-110V or P/N
126K32230-220V). Print service may be
degraded.
09-613-00 The Maintenance Kit has past end of life. Maintenance Kit is None 3-55
User intervention is required to reorder PAST End Of Life.
the Maintenance Kit (P/N 604K73140);
do not replace until prompted. Print
service may be degraded.
09-614-00 The Envelope Lever in the Fuser is not in Fuser Envelope None 3-53
position for printing on envelopes. User Lever is Up.
intervention is required to move the
Envelope Lever down to reduce wrinkling
when printing on envelopes. Print service
may be degraded.
09-615-00 The Cyan Imaging Unit has past end of Cyan (C) Imaging None 3-51
life. User intervention is required to Unit is PAST End
replace the Cyan Imaging Unit (P/N Of Life.
108R00971). Print service may be
degraded.
09-616-00 The Magenta Imaging Unit has past end Magenta (M) None 3-51
of life. User intervention is required to Imaging Unit is
replace the Magenta Imaging Unit (P/N PAST End Of Life.
degraded.

09-617-00 The Yellow Imaging Unit has past end of Yellow (Y) Imaging None 3-51
replace the Yellow Imaging Unit (P/N Of Life.
degraded.
09-618-00 The Black Imaging Unit has past end of Black (K) Imaging None 3-51
replace the Black Imaging Unit (P/N Of Life.
degraded.
09-619-00 The Cyan Toner Cartridge is empty. User Printer error. None 3-49
intervention is required to replace the Cyan (C) Toner is
Cyan Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01511- empty.
standard capacity or P/N 106R01523-
high capacity). Print service is not
available.
Cyan Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01519) empty.
available.
09-619-03 The Cyan Toner (C) is empty. User Printer error. None 3-49
Cyan Toner (C). Black and white printing empty.
can continue.
Cyan Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01515). empty.
09-619-09 The Cyan Toner (C) is empty. User Cyan (C) Toner is None 3-49
intervention is required to replace the empty.
Cyan Toner (C). Black and white printing
can continue.
09-620-00 The Magenta Toner Cartridge is empty. Printer error. None 3-49
User intervention is required to replace Magenta (M)
the Magenta Toner Cartridge (P/N Toner is empty.
106R01512-standard capacity or P/N
106R01524-high capacity). Print service
is not available.
106R01520). Print service is not
available.

is not available.
09-620-03 The Magenta Toner (M) is empty. User Printer error. None 3-49
intervention is required to replace the Magenta (M)
Magenta Toner (M). Black and white Toner is empty.
printing can continue.
available.
09-620-09 The Magenta Toner (M) is empty. User Magenta (M) None 3-49
intervention is required to replace the Toner is empty.
Magenta (M) Toner Cartridge (P/N
106R01575). Black and white printing
can continue.
09-621-00 The Yellow Toner Cartridge is empty. User Printer error. None 3-49
intervention is required to replace the Yellow (Y) Toner is
Yellow Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01513- empty.
available.
Yellow Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01521). empty.
available.
09-621-03 The Yellow Toner (Y) is empty. User Printer error. None 3-49
Yellow Toner (Y). Black and white printing empty.
can continue.
09-621-09 The Yellow Toner (Y) is empty. User Yellow (Y) Toner is None 3-49
intervention is required to replace the empty.
Yellow Toner (Y). Black and white printing
can continue.

available.
Cyan Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01519) empty.
available.
Cyan Toner Cartridge with a genuine empty.
Xerox product. Print service is not
available.
Cyan Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01515). empty.
is not available.
available.
is not available.
the Magenta Toner Cartridge with a Toner is empty.
genuine Xerox product. Print service is not
available.

available.
available.
available.
Yellow Toner (Y). Print service is not empty.
available.
09-626-00 The Black Toner Cartridge is empty. User Printer error. None 3-49
intervention is required to replace the Black (K) Toner is
Black Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01514- empty.
available.
Black Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01522). empty.
Black Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01506- empty.
available.

Black Toner Cartridge with a genuine empty.
available.
Black Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01518). empty.
09-627-00 The Cyan Imaging Unit has reached end Printer error. None 3-51
of life. User intervention is required to Cyan (C) Imaging
replace the Cyan Imaging Unit (P/N Unit is PAST End
108R00971). Print service is not Of Life.
available.
09-628-00 The Magenta Imaging Unit has reached Printer error. None 3-51
end of life. User intervention is required Magenta (M)
to replace the Magenta Imaging Unit (P/ Imaging Unit is
N 108R00972). Print service is not PAST End Of Life.
available.
09-629-00 The Yellow Imaging Unit has reached Printer error. None 3-51
end of life. User intervention is required Yellow (Y) Imaging
to replace the Yellow Imaging Unit (P/N Unit is PAST End
available.
09-630-00 The Black Imaging Unit has reached end Printer error. None 3-51
of life. User intervention is required to Black (K) Imaging
replace the Black Imaging Unit (P/N Unit is PAST End
available.
09-631-00 The Envelope Lever in the Fuser is in the Printer error. None 3-53
position for printing on envelopes. User Fuser Envelope
intervention is required to move the Lever is Down.
Envelope Lever up to allow printing on
non-envelope media. Print service is not
available.
09-632-00 The Fuser has past end of life. User Printer error. None 3-54
intervention is required to replace the Fuser is PAST End
Fuser (P/N 126K32220-110V or P/N Of Life.
126K32230-220V). Print service is not
available.
09-633-00 The Maintenance Kit has reached end of Printer error. None 3-55
life. User intervention is required to Maintenance Kit is
replace the Maintenance Kit (P/N PAST End Of Life.
604K73140). Print service is not
available.

09-634-00 The Cyan Toner Cartridge is missing or Printer error. None 3-49
not locked. User intervention is required Cyan (C) Toner is
to install or lock the Cyan Toner Cartridge missing.
(P/N 106R01511-standard capacity or P/
N 106R01523-high capacity) Print
(P/N 106R01519). Print service is not
available.
to install or lock the Cyan Toner Cartridge. missing.
available.
09-635-00 The Magenta Toner Cartridge is missing Printer error. None 3-49
or not locked. User intervention is Magenta (M)
required to install or lock the Magenta Toner is missing.
Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01512-
available.
Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01520). Print
Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01504-
available.
Toner Cartridge. Print service is not
available.

Toner Cartridge (P/N 106R01516). Print
09-636-00 The Yellow Toner Cartridge is missing or Printer error. None 3-49
not locked. User intervention is required Yellow (Y) Toner is
to install or lock the Yellow Toner missing.
Cartridge (P/N 106R01513-standard
capacity or P/N 106R01525-high
capacity). Print service is not available.
Cartridge (P/N 106R01521). Print service
is not available.
Cartridge (P/N 106R01505-standard
capacity or P/N 106R01509-high
capacity). Print service is not available.
Cartridge. Print service is not available.
Cartridge (P/N 106R01517). Print service
is not available.
09-637-00 The Black Toner Cartridge is missing or Printer error. None 3-49
not locked. User intervention is required Black (K) Toner is
to install or lock the Black Toner Cartridge missing.
available.

to install or lock the Black Toner missing.
Cartridge. Print service is not available.
available.
09-638-01 The Black Imaging Unit is missing or not Printer error. None 3-51
installed correctly. User intervention is Black (K) Imaging
required to replace the Black Imaging Unit is missing.
Unit (P/N 108R00974). Print service is not
available.
09-638-02 The Cyan Imaging Unit is missing or not Printer error. None 3-51
installed correctly. User intervention is Cyan (C) Imaging
required to replace the Cyan Imaging Unit is missing.
available.
09-638-03 The Magenta Imaging Unit is missing or Printer error. None 3-51
not installed correctly. User intervention Magenta (M)
is required to replace the Magenta Imaging Unit is
Imaging Unit (P/N 108R00972). Print missing.
09-638-04 The Yellow Imaging Unit is missing or not Printer error. None 3-51
installed correctly. User intervention is Yellow (Y) Imaging
required to replace the Yellow Imaging Unit is missing.
available.
09-639-00 The Fuser is missing or not installed The printer is 10.310.01 3-64
correctly. User intervention is required to unavailable.
install or lock the Fuser (P/N 126K32220- Fuser is missing or
110V or P/N 126K32230-220V). Print misinstalled.
09-644-00 A non-Xerox Cyan Toner Cartridge is in Cyan (C) Toner is None
use. No user intervention is required. Print not genuine Xerox.
service is available, but Image Quality
may be degraded.
09-645-00 A non-Xerox Magenta Toner Cartridge is Magenta (M) None
in use. No user intervention is required. Toner is not
Print service is available, but Image genuine Xerox.
Quality may be degraded.
09-646-00 A non-Xerox Yellow Toner Cartridge is in Yellow (Y) Toner is None
may be degraded.

09-647-00 A non-Xerox Black Toner Cartridge is in Black (K) Toner is None
may be degraded.
09-648-00 Cyan Imaging Unit error. User Invalid Cyan (C) None 3-56
intervention is required to replace the Imaging Unit.
Cyan Imaging Unit (P/N 108R00971).
09-649-00 Magenta Imaging Unit error. User Invalid Magenta None 3-56
intervention is required to replace the (M) Imaging Unit.
Magenta Imaging Unit (P/N
available.
09-650-00 Yellow Imaging Unit error. User Invalid Yellow (Y) None 3-56
Yellow Imaging Unit (P/N 108R00973).
09-651-00 Black Imaging Unit error. User Invalid Black (K) None 3-56
Black Imaging Unit (P/N 108R00974).
09-652-00 The Transfer Belt is missing. User Printer error. None 3-57
intervention is required to replace the Transfer Belt is
Transfer Belt (included in the missing.
Maintenance Kit (P/N 604K73140). Print
09-653-00 The Transfer Roller is missing. User Printer error. None 3-58
intervention is required to replace the Transfer Roller is
Transfer Roller (included in the missing.
Maintenance Kit (P/N 604K73140). Print
09-654-00 The shipping ribbon was not removed Printer error. None 3-59
from the Cyan Imaging Unit. User Ribbon in Cyan (C)
intervention is required to remove the Imaging Unit.
shipping ribbon from the Imaging Unit.
from the Magenta Imaging Unit. User Ribbon in
intervention is required to remove the Magenta (M)
shipping ribbon from the Imaging Unit. Imaging Unit.
from the Yellow Imaging Unit. User Ribbon in Yellow
intervention is required to remove the (Y) Imaging Unit.

from the Black Imaging Unit. User Ribbon in Black (K)
intervention is required to remove the Imaging Unit.
09-658-00 The Cyan Toner (C) is not compatible. Printer error. None 3-60
User intervention is required to replace Invalid Cyan (C)
the Cyan Toner Cartridge (P/N Toner Cartridge.
is not available.
106R01519) Print service is not available.
is not available.
the Cyan Toner (C). Print service is not Toner Cartridge.
available.
available.
09-659-00 The Magenta Toner (M) is not Printer error. None 3-60
compatible. User intervention is required Invalid Magenta
to replace the Magenta Toner Cartridge (M) Toner
(P/N 106R01512-standard capacity or P/ Cartridge.
N 106R01524-high capacity). Print
(P/N 106R01520). Print service is not Cartridge.
available.
(P/N 106R01504-standard capacity or P/ Cartridge.
N 106R01508-high capacity). Print

with a genuine Xerox product. Print Cartridge.
(P/N 106R01516). Print service is not Cartridge.
available.
09-660-00 The Yellow Toner (Y) is not compatible. Printer error. None 3-60
User intervention is required to replace Invalid Yellow (Y)
the Yellow Toner Cartridge (P/N Toner Cartridge.
is not available.
available.
is not available.
the Yellow Toner Cartridge with a Toner Cartridge.
genuine Xerox product. Print service is not
available.
available.
09-661-00 The Black Toner (K) is not compatible. Printer error. None 3-60
User intervention is required to replace Invalid Black (K)
the Black Toner Cartridge (P/N Toner Cartridge.
is not available.
available.

is not available.
the Black Toner Cartridge with a genuine Toner Cartridge.
available.
available.
09-662-00 The Fuser is not compatible. User Printer error. None 3-62
intervention is required to replace the Invalid Fuser.
Fuser. User intervention is required to
replace the Fuser.
09-663-00 The Transfer Belt is not compatible. User Printer error. None
intervention is required to replace the Invalid Transfer
Transfer Belt (included in the Belt.
Maintenance Kit P/N 604K73140). Print
10-105-01 Paper jam behind the Right Side Door. Printer error. 377.102.01 3-133
User intervention is required to clear the Jam at Right Side 377.123.02
paper jam. Print service is not available. Door. 377.101.03
377.131.07
10-105-02 Paper jam behind the Right Side Door. Printer error. 377.900.10 3-133
User intervention is required to clear the Jam at Right Side
paper jam. Print service is not available. Door.
10-106-00 Paper jam in the Fuser. User intervention Printer error. 377.106.04 3-136
is required to clear the paper jam. Print Jam at Fuser. 377.104.05
service is not available. 377.103.06

10-300-00 Fuser error. User intervention is required The printer is 310.311.02 3-65
to Power Off/On the machine; service is unavailable. 310.320.03
required if the problem persists. Print Fuser Failure. 310.319.04
service is not available. 310.312.05
310.313.06
310.314.07
310.335.08
310.315.09
310.333.10
310.334.11
310.316.12
310.317.13
310.318.14
310.321.15
310.322.16
310.323.17
310.328.18
310.338.19
310.324.20
310.326.21
310.325.22
310.327.23
310.902.02
310.903.03
10-330-00 System error. User intervention is The printer is 309.003.01/ 3-44
required to Power Off/On the machine; unavailable. 309.004.01 3-46
service is required if the problem persists. Engine Motor 310.330.01/ 3-63
Print service is not available. Failure. 342.324.01/ 3-108
342.325.01/ 3-109
371.216.01 3-119
10-398-00 System error. User intervention is The printer is 310.398.01 3-67
service is required if the problem persists. Engine Fan Failure.
12-099-00 Finisher communication error. User The printer is 312.099.01 3-71
intervention is required to Power Off/On unavailable. 312.099.02
the machine; service is required if the Finisher 312.099.03
problem persists. Print service is not Communication 312.099.04
available. Failure. 312.099.05
312.099.06
312.099.07

12-221-00 Finisher error. User intervention is The printer is 312.098.01 3-70
service is required if the problem persists. Finisher Failure. 312.212.01 3-75
Print service is not available. 312.213.01 3-77
312.221.01 3-79
312.223.01 3-79
312.222.01 3-81
312.224.01 3-81
312.260.01 3-83
312.261.01 3-83
312.283.01 3-85
312.284.01 3-85
312.291.01 3-87
312.300.01 3-89
12-409-00 The Staple Cartridge is empty or missing. Printer error. None 3-91
User intervention is required to install the Staple Cartridge is
Staple Cartridge (P/N 008R12941). Print empty.
12-423-00 Staple jam in the Finisher. User Printer error. None 3-92
intervention is required to clear the jam. Staple is jammed.
12-430-00 Finisher Stapler error. User intervention is Printer error. None 3-94
required to Power Off/On the machine; Unable to staple.
service is required if the problem persists.
12-450-00 Paper jam in the Finisher. User Printer error. 312.451.01 3-96
intervention is required to clear the paper Jam at Finisher. 312.452.01 3-98
jam. Print service is not available. 312.453.01 3-96
312.454.01 3-98
12-451-00 Paper jam in the Horizontal Transport. Printer error. 312.450.01 3-96
User intervention is required to clear the Jam in Horizontal
paper jam. Print service is not available. Transport.
12-493-00 The Output Tray is full. User intervention Printer error. None 1.71
is required to empty the tray. Print service Output Tray is full.
is not available.
12-494-00 The Finisher Output Tray is full. User Printer error. None 1.69
intervention is required to empty the tray. Finisher Output
Print service is not available. Tray is full.
12-495-00 Finisher Main Tray error. User Printer error. None 3-100
intervention is required to remove paper Finisher Output
from tray. Print service is not available. Tray is jammed.
12-564-00 The Finisher Front Door is open. User Printer error. None 3-102
intervention is required to close the door. Finisher Front Door
Print service is not available. is open.
12-565-00 Paper Transport Cover is open. User Printer error. None 3-103
intervention is required to close the cover. Paper Transport
Print service is not available. Cover is open.

12-715-00 The Staple Cartridge is empty or missing. Staple Cartridge is None 3-91
User intervention is required to install the empty.
Staple Cartridge (P/N 008R12941). Print
service can continue without stapling.
12-723-00 Staple jam in the Finisher. User Staple is jammed. None 3-92
intervention is required to clear the jam.
Print service can continue without
stapling.
required to Power Off/On the machine; unavailable. 316.152.02
service is required if the problem persists. Engine NVRAM 316.153.03
Print service is not available. Failure. 316.154.04
316.155.05
316.156.06
316.157.07
316.158.08
316.159.09
service is required if the problem persists. Firmware Failure. 316.407.07
Print service is not available. 316.408.08
316.409.09
316.410.10
316.411.11
316.412.12
316.413.13
316.414.14
16-506-00 Cloning operation in progress. No user The printer is None
intervention is required; please wait for unavailable.
the cloning process to complete. Print Your Administrator
service is temporarily disabled. is reconfiguring
the system.
Services will not be
available.
17-510-00 Internet Protocol (IPv6) duplicate Duplicate IPv6 None
address detected. User intervention is address detected.
required to configure a unique IP address Reconfigure with a
and Power Off/On the machine. Print unique address.
17-513-00 Internet Protocol (IPv4) duplicate Duplicate IPv4 None
address detected. User intervention is address detected.
required to configure a unique IP address Reconfigure with a
and Power Off/On the machine. Print unique address.
17-562-00 Machine is unable to contact the remote No 16.891
Xerox SMart eSolutions Communication communications
Server. User intervention is required to with Xerox SMart
review SMart eSolutions settings. eSolutions server.
Machine services are unaffected. Contact System
Administrator.

17-563-00 Machine is unable to contact the remote No 16.892
Xerox SMart eSolutions Communication communications
Server. User intervention is required to with Xerox SMart
review SMart eSolutions settings. eSolutions server.
Machine services are unaffected. Contact System
Administrator.
41-000-00 System error. User intervention is The printer is None 3-107
required to Power Off/On the machine; unavailable.
service is required if the problem persists. Unrecognized
Print service is not available. Status.
42-601-00 Transfer Belt error. User intervention is The printer is 342.601.02 3-110
required to Power Off the machine, unavailable. 342.601.03
remove and reinsert the Transfer Belt Transfer Belt
then Power On; if problem persists, install Failure.
a new Transfer Belt or call for assistance.
70-099-00 Paper Feeder communication error. User The printer is 370.099.01 3-114
intervention is required to Power Off/On unavailable.
the machine; service is required if the Feeder
problem persists. Print service is not Communication
available. Failure.
70-532-00 The paper required for the current job is Printer error. None 3-118
not available. User intervention is Paper not
required to load the correct paper. Print available.
71-101-00 Misfeed in Tray 1. User intervention is Printer error. 371.101.08 3-116
required to clear the paper jam. Print Misfeed in Tray 1.
71-103-00 Unknown paper size or type detected in Printer error. None
Tray 1. User intervention is required at Paper Size Jam
the local user interface to confirm Tray 1 from Tray 1.
settings. Print service can continue if the
correct paper is available in other paper
trays.
71-531-00 Tray 1 is empty. User intervention is Printer error. None 3-118
required to add paper to Tray 1. Print Tray 1 is empty.
not available. User intervention is Tray 1 paper not
72-103-00 Paper jam in Tray 2. User intervention is Printer error. None 3-40
required to clear the paper jam in Tray 2. Paper Size Jam
Print service is not available. from Tray 2.

72-215-00 Paper Feeder configuration error. User The printer is 372.215.01 3-122
intervention is required to Power Off the unavailable.
machine, configure the Paper Feeder Optional Feeder
then Power On; if problem persists, call Configuration
for assistance. Print service is not Failure.
available.
72-530-00 Tray 2 is empty. User intervention is Tray 2 is empty. None 3-124
required to add paper to the tray. Print
required to add paper to the tray. Print Tray 2 is empty.
72-535-00 Tray 2 is nearly empty. User intervention Tray 2 is nearly None 3-124
is required to add paper to the tray. Print empty.
72-539-00 Tray 2 is open. User intervention is Printer error. None 3-40
required to close the tray. Print service is Tray 2 is open.
not available.
required to clear the paper jam in Tray 3. Jam at Tray 3 377.110.08
Print service is not available. Right Side Door. 377.901.09
required to add paper to Tray 3. Print Tray 3 is empty.

not available.
not available.

not available.
76-102-00 Paper jam in Tray 6. User intervention is Printer error. 377.110.08 3-138
Print service is not available. Right Side Door.
not available.
77-098-00 Paper Feeder error. User intervention is The printer is 373.098.01 3-126
service is required if the problem persists. Optional Feeder 375.098.01
77-216-00 Paper Feeder error. User intervention is The printer is 373.216.01 3-131
service is required if the problem persists. Feeder Motor 375.216.01
89-560-00 Print Engine calibration in progress. No Calibrating. None
user intervention is required; please wait.
The machine is temporarily unavailable.

service is required if the problem persists. Printer Failure. 345.302.02 3-112
Print service is not available. 345.303.03 3-112
345.304.04 3-112
345.305.05 3-112
391.312.01 3-145
91-901-00 Black Imaging Unit error. User The printer is 391.901.02/ 3-143
intervention is required to Power Off the unavailable. 391.902.03
machine, remove and reinsert the Black (K) Imaging
Imaging Unit, then Power On; if problem Unit Failure.
persists, install a new Imaging Unit or call
for assistance. Print service is not
available.
91-903-00 Yellow Imaging Unit error. User The printer is 391.903.02 3-143
machine, remove and reinsert the Yellow (Y) Imaging
available.
91-905-00 Magenta Imaging Unit error. User The printer is 391.905.02 3-143
machine, remove and reinsert the Magenta (M)
Imaging Unit, then Power On; if problem Imaging Unit
persists, install a new Imaging Unit or call Failure.
available.
91-907-00 Cyan Imaging Unit error. User The printer is 391.907.02 3-143
machine, remove and reinsert the Cyan (C) Imaging
available.
service is required if the problem persists. Density Sensor 392.320.01
Print service is not available. Failure.
92-330-00 Density Sensor error. User intervention is Dusty Density None 3-146
required to clean sensor. Print service Sensor.
may be degraded.
92-573-00 The Printer is warming up. No user Warming Up. None
intervention is required; please wait. Print
92-660-00 The Printer is warming up. Machine Print speed None 3-149
temperature is below normal operating reduced due to
parameters. Print service may be internal
degraded. temperature.

service is required if the problem persists. Engine Sensor 391.303.03 3-141
Print service is not available. Failure. 391.304.04 3-141
391.305.05 3-141
391.306.06 3-141
391.307.07 3-141
391.308.08 3-141
392.661.01 3-149
92-662-00 Internal system error. User intervention is The printer is 392.662.01 3-149
required to Power Off/On machine; unavailable.
service is required if problem persists. Overheat Failure.
92-670-00 Yellow Imaging Unit error. User The printer is 392.670.01 3-151
the machine; service is required if the Yellow Imaging
problem persists. Print service is not Unit Failure.
available.
92-671-00 Magenta Imaging Unit error. User The printer is 392.671.01 3-151
the machine; service is required if the Magenta Imaging
available.
92-672-00 Cyan Imaging Unit error. User The printer is 392.672.01 3-151
the machine; service is required if the Cyan Imaging
available.
92-673-00 Black Imaging Unit error. User The printer is 392.673.01 3-151
the machine; service is required if the Black Imaging
available.
93-901-00 Black Toner Cartridge error. User The printer is 393.901.02/ 3-153
machine, remove and reinsert the Toner Black (K) Toner
Cartridge, then Power On; if problem Failure.
persists, install a new Toner Cartridge.
93-903-00 Yellow Toner Cartridge error. User The printer is 393.903.02/ 3-153
machine, remove and reinsert the Toner Yellow (Y) Toner
Cartridge, then Power On; if problem Failure.

93-905-00 Magenta Toner Cartridge error. User The printer is 393.905.02/ 3-153
machine, remove and reinsert the Toner Magenta (M)
Cartridge, then Power On; if problem Toner Failure.
93-907-00 Cyan Toner Cartridge error. User The printer is 393.907.02/ 3-153
machine, remove and re Cyan (C) Toner
Failure.
Troubleshooting Procedures
Note
Whenever a part is replaced, cycle the power to check the repair. If the error
persists, proceed to the next step in the procedure.
Tray 3 ~ 6 Right Side Door Open
The Optional Feeder right side door switch indicates the door is open.
Applicable Codes
• 01-503-00 Tray 3 Right Side door is open

Initial Actions
• Check the actuator on the right door.

• If the problem persists, follow the procedure below.
Troubleshooting Reference Table
Applicable Parts Wiring and Plug/Jack References
■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on

■ Right Side Door, PL12.1.14 page 10-9
■ Right Door Switch, PL12.2.2 ■ “Map 7 - 550-Sheet Feeder” on page 10-13
■ Feeder Board, PL12.3.4 ■ “Feeder Board” on page 10-44
■ Lower Option Harness,
PL12.3.11
Troubleshooting Procedure Table
Step Actions and Questions Yes No
1 Check the switch actuator on the Go to Step 2. Replace the

right side door. feeder.
The right side door is undamaged.
2 Test the Right Door Switch for the Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
affected tray using dc330:
■ Tray 3 (073-008)
■ Tray 4 (074-014)
■ Tray 5 (075-014)
■ Tray 6 (076-017)
The signal changes (On/Off).
3 Check continuity of the Lower Go to Step 4. Replace the
Option Harness between P/J353 on Lower Option
the Feeder Board and P/J360 at the Harness
switch. (page 8-201).
The harness is undamaged.
4 Check for 3.3V at P/J353 on the Replace the Go to Step 5.
Feeder Board. Right Door
Is 3.3V available at J353-1? Switch
(page 8-193).
5 Replace the Feeder Board Replace the Complete
(page 8-200). MCU Board
Does the error persist? (page 8-152).
Front Door Open
The Front Door Open Switch indicates the Front Door is open.
Applicable Code
• 01-510-00 Front Door is open
Initial Actions
• Check the actuator on the Front Door.

■ Front Door, PL1.2.17 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Front Door Open Switch, PL1.2.3 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Front Interlock Harness, PL1.2.1 page 10-9
■ Exit Harness, PL11.1.7 ■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
■ LVPS, PL10.2.2
■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18
1 Check the actuator on the Front Go to Step 2. Replace the

Door. Front Door
The door is undamaged. (page 8-26).
2 Test the Front Door Open Switch Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
using dc330 (077-302).
3 Check continuity of the Exit Harness Go to Step 4. Replace the
between P/J20 on the MCU Board Exit Harness.
and P/J212 at the switch.
4 Check for 3.3V at P/J20-11 on the Replace the Go to Step 5.
MCU Board. Front Door
Is 3.3V available at JJ20-11? Open Switch
(page 8-68).
5 Replace the LVPS (page 8-182). Replace the Complete
Does the error persist? MCU Board
(page 8-152).
Right Side Door Open
The Right Door Interlock Switch indicates the Right Door is open.
Applicable Code
• 01-520-01 Right Door is open
Initial Actions
• Check the actuator on the Front Door.

■ Right Door Interlock Actuator, ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on

PL4.1.97 page 10-8
■ Right Door Interlock Switch, ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
PL4.2.96 page 10-9
■ LVPS, PL10.2.2 ■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
1 Check the Right Door Interlock Go to Step 2. Replace the

Actuator. actuator
The actuator is undamaged. (page 8-44).
2 Test the Right Door Interlock Switch Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.
using dc330 (077-301).
3 Replace the Right Door interlock Go to Step 4. Complete.
Switch (page 8-72).
Does the error persist?
4 Replace the LVPS (page 8-182). Replace the Complete
(page 8-152).
XPC Failure
An internal data (XPC) error was detected by the print engine.
Applicable Codes
• 03-300-00 XPC Failure

• 303.301.01 Serial number error
• 303.302.02 XPC Failure
Initial Actions
• Cycle system power.


page 10-9
1 Does the error persist after a power Go to Step 2. Complete.

cycle?
2 Initialize Engine NVM using dc301. Replace the Complete.
The error persists. MCU Board
(page 8-152).
Tray 2 ~ 6 is Open
The Size Switch indicates the Tray is open.
Applicable Codes
• 07-513-02 Dedicated Tray 2 is open

• 72-103-00 Paper Size Jam from Tray 2
• 72-539-00 Tray 2 is Open
• 73-539-00 Tray 3 is Open
• 74-539-00 Tray 4 is Open
• 75-539-00 Tray 5 is Open
• 76-539-00 Tray 6 is Open
Initial Actions

■ Tray, PL2.1.1 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on page 10-6

■ Size Switch, PL3.1.1 ■ “Map 7 - 550-Sheet Feeder” on page 10-13
■ LPP/MOT Harness, PL11.2.5 ■ “Map 8 - 1100-Sheet Feeder” on page 10-14
■ Feeder Assy, PL3.2.1 ■ “Tray 1 and 2 Feeder” on page 10-27
■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 ■ “Feeder Board” on page 10-44
1 Check the Tray guides and Size Go to Step 2. Replace the

Switch actuators. Tray.
The Tray is undamaged.
2 Test the Size Switch for the indicated Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.
Tray using dc741.
The signal changes (On/Off) when
the Tray is removed.
3 Check continuity of the LPP/MOT Replace the Replace the
Harness between P/J18 on the MCU Size Switch harness.
Board and P/J219 at the switch. (page 8-69).
For optional trays, check the Lower
Option Harness P/J353 and P/J365.
4 Replace the Feeder/Registration Replace the Complete.
Assembly (page 8-41) for Tray 2 MCU Board
faults, or the Optional Feeder for (page 8-152).
Trays 3~6.
The error persists.
Laser Failure
A Laser Unit failure was detected.
Applicable Codes
• 09-000-00 Laser Failure

• 309.001.01 Warm up error
• 309.002.02 Rotation failure after ready
• 309.003.03 Laser diode error
• 10-330-00 Engine Motor Failure
Initial Actions
• Verify the Rear Cover is installed and secure.

Note
Chain-link 309.003.03 may indicate the Rear Interlock Switch is open
interrupting 5V power to the Laser Unit causing the error.
■ Laser Unit, PL5.2.1 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on

■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 page 10-9
■ Rear Interlock Switch, ■ “Laser Unit” on page 10-31
PL1.3.6
1 Test the Laser Unit motor using Go to Step 7. Go to Step 2.

dc330 (061-001).
The Laser Unit is operational.
2 Remove the Rear Cover to check the Go to Step 3. Replace the
Rear Interlock Switch. switch
The switch is operational. (page 8-161).
3 Check P/J701 on the IP Board. Go to Step 4. Secure the
The connection is secure. connection.
4 Check P/J303 on the LVPS. Go to Step 5. Secure the
5 Check PJ151, PJ152 and PJ153 on Go to Step 6. Secure the
the Laser Unit. connections.
The connections are secure.
Troubleshooting Procedure Table (continued)

6 Check P/J3 on the MCU Board. Go to Step 7. Secure the
7 Replace the Laser Unit (page 8-93). Replace the Complete.
(page 8-152).
Engine Motor Failure - K Developer Drive
An error associated with the K Developer Drive Assembly was detected.
Warning
Allow the Fuser to cool before servicing the printer.
Applicable Error
• 309.003.01 K Developer Drive Assembly failure
Initial Actions

• Remove and reseat the Black Imaging Unit.
■ Black Imaging Unit, ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on

PL5.1.11 page 10-9
■ K Developer Drive, PL9.2.10 ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10
■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
■ Drive Gear Kit, PL9.2.99
■ Harness Assy LPP/ MOT,
PL11.2.5
1 Cycle system power. Go to Step 2. Complete

2 Check the Black Imaging Unit for Go to Step 3. Replace the
excessive wear or damage. Rotate Black Imaging
the Imaging Unit mag roller (lower Unit.
small white gear located at the back
of the Imaging Unit) to check
operation.
The Imaging Unit is undamaged.
3 Check P/J6 on the MCU Board and Go to Step 4. Secure the
P/J253 on the K Developer Drive. connections.
4 Test the K Developer Drive using Replace the Go to Step 5.
dc330 (093-004). MCU Board
Does the motor rotate? (page 8-152).
5 Check installation of the K Go to Step 6. Correct the

Developer Drive. installation.
Is the drive installed correctly?
6 Check continuity of the Harness Go to Step 7. Replace the
Assy LPP/ MOT between P/J253 and harness.
P/J6 on the MCU Board.
7 Check for 24V at P/J6 of the MCU Replace the K Go to Step 8.
Board. Developer Drive
Is 24 V available at P/J6-2 and -4 (page 8-171).
when the Front Interlock Switch is
closed?
8 Replace the Drive Gear Kit Replace the Complete.
Engine Motor Failure - CMY Developer Drive
An error associated with the CMY Developer Drive Assembly was detected.
Warning
Applicable Codes
• 309.004.01 YMC Developer Drive Assembly failure
Initial Actions

• Remove and reseat the Imaging Units.
■ Yellow Imaging Unit, PL5.1.8 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on page 10-8
■ Magenta Imaging Unit, ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
PL5.1.9 page 10-9
■ Cyan Imaging Unit, PL5.1.10 ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10
■ CMY Developer Drive, PL9.2.9 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
■ Drive Gear Kit, PL9.2.99
■ Harness Assy LPP/ MOT,
PL11.2.5

2 Check the Imaging Units for Go to Step 3. Replace the
excessive wear or damage. Rotate affected
each Imaging Unit mag roller (lower Imaging Unit.
small white gear located at the back
of the Imaging Unit) to check
operation.
The Imaging Units are undamaged.
P/J252 on the CMY Developer Drive. connections.
4 Test the CMY Developer Drive using Replace the Go to Step 5.

dc330 (093-001). MCU Board
5 Check installation of the CMY Go to Step 6. Correct the
Developer Drive. installation.
7 Check for 24V at P/J315 on the Go to Step 8. Replace the
LVPS. LVPS
Is 24 V available at P/J315-1 when (page 8-182).
the Front Interlock Switch is closed?
8 Replace the MCU Board Replace the Complete.
(page 8-152). CMY Developer
Does the error persist? Drive
(page 8-167).
Waste Cartridge is Full / Near Full
The Waste Toner Full Sensor indicates the cartridge is full or nearly full.
Applicable Code
• 09-600-00 Waste Cartridge is Near Full

• 09-601-00 Waste Cartridge is Full
Initial Actions
• Replace the Waste Toner Cartridge.

■ Procon Assy, PL5.3.1 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Waste Toner Full Sensor ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
PL5.3.13 page 10-9
■ Exit Harness, PL11.1.7 ■ “Xerographic” on page 10-33
1 Reseat the Waste Toner Cartridge. Go to Step 2. Complete.

The error persists.
2 Test the Waste Toner Full Sensor Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
using dc330 (091-001).
and P/J106 at the sensor.
4 Check for 5V at P/J16-6 on the MCU Replace the Go to Step 5.
Board. Waste Toner
Is 5V available at P/J16-6? Full Sensor
(page 8-100).
5 Replace the Procon Assy Replace the Complete
The error persists. (page 8-152).
CMYK Toner is Low or Empty
The Toner CRUM indicates the Toner Cartridge is low or empty.
Applicable Codes
■ 09-602-00 Cyan Toner is Low ■ 09-625-01 Yellow Toner is Empty

■ 09-602-00 Cyan Toner is Low ■ 09-625-02 Yellow Toner is Empty
■ 09-603-00 Magenta Toner is Low ■ 09-625-03 Yellow Toner is Empty
■ 09-604-00 Yellow Toner is Low ■ 09-625-04 Yellow Toner is Empty
■ 09-605-00 Black Toner is Low ■ 09-626-00 Black Toner is Empty
■ 09-619-00 Cyan Toner is Empty ■ 09-626-01 Black Toner is Empty
■ 09-619-04 Cyan Toner is Empty ■ 09-634-00 Cyan Toner Missing
■ 09-619-09 Cyan Toner is Empty ■ 09-634-01 Cyan Toner Missing
■ 09-620-00 Magenta Toner is Empty ■ 09-634-02 Cyan Toner Missing
■ 09-620-03 Magenta Toner is Empty ■ 09-635-00 Magenta Toner Missing
■ 09-621-00 Yellow Toner is Empty ■ 09-635-03 Magenta Toner Missing
■ 09-621-01 Yellow Toner is Empty ■ 09-635-04 Magenta Toner Missing
■ 09-621-02 Yellow Toner is Empty ■ 09-636-00 Yellow Toner Missing
■ 09-623-00 Cyan Toner is Empty ■ 09-636-04 Yellow Toner Missing
■ 09-623-01 Cyan Toner is Empty ■ 09-637-00 Black Toner Missing
■ 09-624-00 Magenta Toner is Empty ■ 09-637-04 Black Toner Missing
■ 09-624-01 Magenta Toner is Empty
■ 09-625-00 Yellow Toner is Empty
Initial Actions
• Replace the affected Toner Cartridge.

■ Toner Cartridge (Y), PL6.1.1 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Toner Cartridge (M), PL6.1.2 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Toner Cartridge (C), PL6.1.3 page 10-9
■ Toner Cartridge (K), PL6.1.4 ■ “Dispense and Development” on
■ CRUM Connector Assy, PL6.1.10 page 10-37
■ Toner CRUM Harness, PL11.1.1
1 Reseat the indicated Toner Go to Step 2. Complete.

Cartridge.
The error persists.
2 Check connections between P/J11 Go to Step 3. Secure the
on the MCU Board and indicated connection.
CRUM Connector: P/J204(Y), P/J205
(M), P/J206(C), P/J207 (K).
The connection is secure.
3 Check Toner CRUM Harness Go to Step 4. Replace the
continuity between P/J11 on the Toner CRUM
MCU Board and indicated CRUM Harness.
Connector: P/J204(Y), P/J205 (M), P/
J206(C), P/J207 (K).
4 Check for 2.5V at P/J11-3(Y), -7(M), - Replace the Replace the
11(C), -15(K) on the MCU Board. affected Toner MCU Board
Is 2.5V available to the indicated Cartridge. (page 8-152).
Toner CRUM?
CMYK Imaging Unit is Near/Past End of Life or Missing
The Imaging Unit CRUM indicates the Imaging Unit is near, past end of life, or
missing.
Applicable Codes
• 09-608-00 Cyan Imaging Unit is Near End of Life

• 09-609-00 Magenta Imaging Unit is Near End of Life
• 09-610-00 Yellow Imaging Unit is Near End of Life
• 09-611-00 Black Imaging Unit is Near End of Life
• 09-615-00 Cyan Imaging Unit is Past End of Life
• 09-616-00 Magenta Imaging Unit is Past End of Life
• 09-617-00 Yellow Imaging Unit is Past End of Life
• 09-618-00 Black Imaging Unit is Past End of Life
• 09-627-00 Cyan Imaging Unit is Past End of Life
• 09-628-00 Magenta Imaging Unit is Past End of Life
• 09-629-00 Yellow Imaging Unit is Past End of Life
• 09-630-00 Black Imaging Unit is Past End of Life
• 09-638-01 Black Imaging Unit is Missing
• 09-638-02 Cyan Imaging Unit is Missing
• 09-638-03 Magenta Imaging Unit is Missing
• 09-638-04 Yellow Imaging Unit is Missing
Initial Actions
• Replace the affected Imaging Unit.

■ Yellow Imaging Unit, PL5.1.8 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Magenta Imaging Unit, PL5.1.9 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Cyan Imaging Unit, PL5.1.10 page 10-9
■ Black Imaging Unit, PL5.1.11 ■ “Xerographic” on page 10-33
■ Imaging Unit CRUM, PL5.2.4
■ CRUM / Disp Harness, PL11.2.4
1 Reseat the indicated Imaging Unit. Go to Step 2. Complete.

The error persists.
(M), P/J210(C), P/J211 (K).
3 Check CRUM/Disp Harness Go to Step 4. Replace the
continuity between P/J12 on the CRUM/
MCU Board and indicated CRUM Dispense
Connector: P/J208(Y), P/J209 (M), P/ Harness.
J210(C), P/J211(K).
11(C), -15(K) on the MCU Board. affected MCU Board
Is 2.5V available to the indicated Imaging Unit. (page 8-152).
Imaging Unit CRUM?
Fuser Envelope Lever is Up/Down
The Envelope Mode Sensor indicates the Fuser’s envelope lever is in the wrong
position for the media being fed.
Applicable Code
• 09-614-00 Fuser Envelope Lever is Up

• 09-631-00 Fuser Envelope Lever is Down
Initial Actions
Warning
• Check the envelope lever is in the correct position for the media in use.
■ Envelop Mode Sensor PL7.2.10 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on page 10-6
■ Exit Harness, PL11.1.7 page 10-9
■ “Fuser and Exit” on page 10-39
1 Remove the Fuser and check the Go to Step 2. Replace the

envelope lever and actuator. Fuser
The lever and actuator are (page 8-17).
undamaged.
2 Test the Envelope Mode Sensor Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
using dc330 (010-206).
and P/J225 at the sensor.
4 Check for 3.3V at P/J20-1 on the Replace the Replace the
MCU Board. Envelope Mode MCU Board
Is 3.3V available at JJ20-1? Sensor (page 8-152).
(page 8-121).
Fuser is Past End of Life
Fuser CRUM indicates the Fuser has reached end of service.
Applicable Codes
• 309-612-00 Fuser is Past End of Life

• 309.632.00 Fuser is Past End of Life
Initial Actions
Warning
• Replace the Fuser.

■ Fuser, PL7.1.99 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on page 10-6

■ Fuser Harness, PL7.1.4 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
1 Reseat the Fuser. Go to Step 2. Complete.

2 Check Fuser connections PJ180-S Go to Step 3. Replace the
and P/J1 on the MCU Board. harness.
The connections are secure and
undamaged.
3 Check Fuser Harness continuity Go to Step 4. Replace the
between P/J1 and P/J180-S. harness.
4 Replace the Fuser (page 8-17). Replace the Complete.
(page 8-152).
Maintenance Kit is Near/Past End of Life
Maintenance Kit counter indicates the Transfer Belt, Transfer Roller and Feed
Rollers have reached end of service.
Applicable Codes
• 09-607-00 Maintenance Kit is Near End of Life

• 09-613-00 Maintenance Kit is Past End of Life
• 309.633.00 Maintenance Kit is Past End of Life
Initial Actions
• Replace the Maintenance Kit.


■ Maintenance Kit, PL5.1.99 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
1 Reset the Maintenance Kit counter Replace the Complete.

in the Reset HSFI Counters screen MCU Board
under Service Tools. (page 8-152).
Invalid CMYK Imaging Unit
The Imaging Unit CRUM indicates the Imaging Unit is not valid for this model.
Applicable Codes
• 09-648-00 Invalid Cyan Imaging Unit

• 09-649-00 Invalid Magenta Imaging Unit
• 09-650-00 Invalid Yellow Imaging Unit
• 09-651-00 Invalid Black Imaging Unit
Initial Actions


1 Check Imaging Unit part number. Go to Step 2. Replace the

The Imaging Unit is the correct part affected
for this model. Imaging Unit.
(M), P/J210(C), P/J211 (K).
J210(C), P/J211(K).
Imaging Unit CRUM?
Transfer Belt is Missing
Electrical contact to the Transfer Belt is broken.
Applicable Code
• 09-652-00 Transfer Belt is Missing
Initial Actions
• Reseat the Transfer Belt.

■ Maintenance Kit, PL5.1.99 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ HVPS, PL5.2.3 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Transfer Belt Bias Assy, PL5.2.6 page 10-9
■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 ■ “Xerographic” on page 10-33
1 Check the Inner Frame Assembly for Go to Step 2. Replace the

damage or improper operation. Inner Frame
The Inner Frame Assy is Assy
undamaged. (page 8-129).
2 Check Transfer Belt electrical Go to Step 3. Replace the
contacts. Maintenance
The contacts are undamaged. Kit.
P/J331 on the HVPS. connections.
4 Check continuity of the ROS/HV Go to Step 5. Replace the
harness between P/J13 and P/J331. harness.
5 Check the Transfer Belt Bias Assy Go to Step 4. Replace the
electrical contacts. Transfer Belt
The contacts are undamaged. Bias Assy
(page 8-90).
6 Replace the HVPS (page 8-86).=. Replace the Complete.
(page 8-152).
Transfer Roller is Missing
Electrical contact to the Transfer Roller is broken.
Applicable Code
• 09-653-00 Transfer Roller is Missing
Initial Actions
• Reseat the Transfer Roller.

■ Transfer Roller, PL4.4.99 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ HVPS, PL5.2.3 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ ROS/HV Harness, PL11.2.2 ■ “Xerographic” on page 10-33
1 Check electrical contacts under the Go to Step 2. Repair the

Transfer Roller. contacts.
The contacts are undamaged.
harness between P/J13 and P/J331. harness.
4 Replace the Transfer Roller Replace the Complete.
(page 8-11). HVPS
Ribbon in CMYK Imaging Unit
The shipping ribbon is present on one or more of the installed Imaging Units.
Applicable Codes
• 09-654-00 Ribbon in Cyan Imaging Unit

• 09-655-00 Ribbon in Magenta Imaging Unit
• 09-656-00 Ribbon in Yellow Imaging Unit
• 09-657-00 Ribbon in Black Imaging Unit
Initial Actions


1 Check Imaging Unit. Go to Step 2. Remove the

The shipping ribbon has been shipping
removed from the Imaging Unit. ribbon.
(M), P/J210(C), P/J211 (K).
J210(C), P/J211(K).
Imaging Unit CRUM?
Invalid CMYK Toner Cartridge
The Toner Cartridge CRUM indicates the Toner Cartridge is not for use in this
model.
Applicable Codes
• 09-658-00 Invalid Cyan Toner Cartridge

• 09-659-00 Invalid Magenta Toner Cartridge
• 09-660-00 Invalid Yellow Toner Cartridge
• 09-661-00 Invalid Black Toner Cartridge
Initial Actions
• Check Toner Cartridge part number.

■ Toner Cartridge (Y), PL6.1.1 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Toner Cartridge (M), PL6.1.2 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Toner Cartridge (C), PL6.1.3 page 10-9
■ Toner Cartridge (K), PL6.1.4 ■ “Dispense and Development” on
■ CRUM Connector Assy, PL6.1.10 page 10-37
■ Toner CRUM Harness, PL11.1.1
1 Reseat the indicated Toner Go to Step 2. Complete.

Cartridge.
The error persists.
(M), P/J206(C), P/J207 (K).
3 Check Toner CRUM Harness Go to Step 4. Replace the
continuity between P/J11 on the Toner CRUM
MCU Board and indicated CRUM Harness.
Connector: P/J204(Y), P/J205 (M), P/
J206(C), P/J207 (K).
11(C), -15(K) on the MCU Board. affected Toner MCU Board
Is 2.5V available to the indicated Cartridge. (page 8-152).
Toner CRUM?
Invalid Fuser
The installed Fuser is incorrect, as reported by the Fuser CRUM, for this model.
Applicable Code
• 09-662-00 Invalid Fuser
Initial Actions
Warning
• Check Fuser part number.


■ Fuser Harness, PL7.1.4 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
1 Check the Fuser part number. Go to Step 2. Install the

The Fuser is correct for this model. correct Fuser
(page 8-17).
2 Check Fuser connections PJ180-S Go to Step 3. Secure the
and P/J1 on the MCU Board. connections.
3 Remove the Fuser harness and check Go to Step 4. Replace the
continuity between P/J1 and P/ Fuser harness.
J180-S.
4 Replace the Fuser (page 8-17). Replace the Complete.
(page 8-152).
Engine Motor Failure - Fuser Drive Assy
A problem with the Fuser Drive Assembly was detected.
Applicable Codes

• 310.330.01 Engine Motor Failure
Initial Actions
Warning
• Reseat the Fuser in the printer.

■ Harness Assy FSR, PL7.1.4 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on page 10-6
■ Fuser Drive Assy, PL9.1.1 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
1 Reseat the Fuser. Go to Step 2. Complete.

2 Check Fuser Drive Assy connection Go to Step 3. Secure the
P/J250 and P/J4B on the MCU connection.
Board.
3 Test the Fuser Drive using dc330 Go to Step Go to Step 4.
(010-008).
The Fuser Drive rotates.
4 Check Fuser harness continuity Replace the Replace the
between P/J4B and P/250. MCU Board harness.
The harness is undamaged. (page 8-152).
5 Check for 24V at P/J4B-2. Replace the Replace the
1. Close the Front Interlock Switch. Fuser Drive MCU Board
2. Run the Fuser Drive Assy using Assy (page 8-152).
dc330 (010-008). (page 8-130).
3. Check P/J4B-2 for 24V.
Is 24 V available at P/J4B-2?
Fuser is Missing or Misinstalled
Fuser is missing or incorrectly installed.
Applicable Codes
• 09-639-00 Fuser is Missing or Misinstalled

• 310.310.01 Fuser is Missing or Misinstalled
Initial Actions
Warning


■ Harness Assy FSR, PL7.1.4 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
1 Replace the Fuser. Go to Step 2. Complete.

undamaged.
3 Remove the Fuser harness and check Replace the Replace the
continuity between P/J1 and P/ MCU Board harness.
J180-S. (page 8-152).
Fuser Failure
A failure was detected in the Fuser.
Applicable Codes
• 10-300-00 Fuser Failure

• 310.311.02 STS Disconnect error
• 310.312.05 Detection sensor disconnect
• 310.313.06 AD output detection error
• 310.314.07 Compensation sensor disconnect
• 310.315.09 AD output detection error (at NC)
• 310.316.12 STS-NC damage
• 310.317.13 NC low temp error
• 310.318.14 STS low temp error
• 310.319.04 Differential amp circuit damage
• 310.320.03 STS high temp error
• 310.321.15 Hard relay off
• 310.322.16 Main data update error
• 310.323.17 Sub data update error
• 310.324.20 Continuous lamp on error (sub)
• 310.325.22 Unexpected status
• 310.326.21 Cool down timeout
• 310.327.23 Unexpected status
• 310.328.18 Warm up ready timeout
• 310.333.10 NC high temp error
• 310.334.11 STS-NC damage
• 310.335.08 AD output detection error
• 310.338.19 Continuous lamp on error (main)
Initial Actions
Warning


■ LVPS Cage, PL10.2.1 ■ “Fuser and Exit” on page 10-39

undamaged.
3 Remove the Fuser harness and check Replace the Replace the
continuity between P/J1 and P/ MCU Board harness.
J180-S. (page 8-152).
4 Check Fuser connector P/J180 and Go to Step 5. Secure the
LVPS connector P/J304. connections.
undamaged.
5 Check Fuser harness continuity Go to Step 6. Replace the
between P/J180 to LVPS P/J304. harness
(page 8-152). LVPS
Engine Fan Failure - Fuser Fan
A failure was detected in the Fuser Fan.
Applicable Codes
• 10-398-00 Engine Fan Failure

• 310.398.01 Fuser Fan error
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions or accumulations of dust or debris blocking fan

rotation.

■ Fuser Fan, PL4.1.8 ■ “Map 3 - Right Door” on page 10-7
■ Harness RH Cover, PL4.3.16 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Harness RH Motor, PL11.2.3 ■ “Fuser and Exit” on page 10-39
Note
Fan Alarm tests turn On the target Fan, then check for the Fan’s Alarm signal
returning to the MCU Board.

1 Test the Fuser Fan Alarm signal Replace the Go to Step 2.
using dc330 (010-210). MCU Board
The Fan Alarm state is Off. (page 8-152).
2 Replace the Fuser Fan (page 8-71). Visually inspect Complete.
The error persists. and test
continuity of all
applicable
harnesses
Engine Fan Failure - LVPS Fan
A failure was detected in the LVPS fan.
Applicable Codes
• 10-398-00 Engine Fan Failure

• 342.329.01 LVPS Fan error
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions or accumulations of dust or debris blocking fan

rotation.

■ Fuser Fan, PL10.1.9 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on page 10-8
■ LVPS, PL10.2.1 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ LVPS Harness, PL11.1.2 page 10-9
■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 ■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
Note
Fan Alarm tests turn On the target Fan, then check for the Fan’s Alarm signal
returning to the MCU Board.

1 Test the LVPS Fan Alarm signal using Replace the Go to Step 2.
dc330 (042-206). MCU Board
The Fan Alarm state is Off. (page 8-152).
2 Replace the LVPS Fan (page 8-153). Visually inspect Complete.
The error persists. and test
continuity of all
applicable
harnesses
Fuser Failure
A communication or CRUM data error was detected in the Fuser.
Applicable Codes
• 310.902.02 Fuser Unit Communication Error

• 310.903.03 CRUM data error
Initial Actions
• Reseat the Fuser to the printer.

• Check Fuser product compatibility.


undamaged.
3 Check Fuser harness continuity Replace the Replace the
between P/J1 and P/J180-S. MCU Board harness.
Finisher Failure
The printer detected a logic mode failure in the Finisher.
Applicable Codes
• 12-221-00 Finisher Failure

• 312.098.01 Finisher logic mode error
Initial Actions
• Reseat Finisher connections to the printer.

■ Harness, Finisher, PL11.1.8 ■ “Map 11 - Drive and Main Board” on

■ Finisher Main Board, page 10-18
PL14.4.12 ■ “Communication and Power” on page 10-49
■ Harness Assy IF, PL14.11.7
1 Check system software version. Go to Step 2. Update the

The software is current. system
software.
2 Check Finisher connections P/J8890 Go to Step 3. Secure the
and CN4 to the printer. connections.
undamaged.
3 Remove the Finisher I/F harness and Go to Step 4. Replace the
check continuity between P/J8890 harness.
and CN4.
The connection is secure and connection.
undamaged.
5 Remove the Finisher harness and Go to Step 6. Replace the
check continuity between P/J22 and harness.
P/J122.
6 Replace the Finisher Main Board Replace the Complete.
(page 8-253). Finisher.
Finisher Communication Failure
The printer detected a communication failure with the Finisher.
Applicable Codes
• 12-099-00 Finisher Communication Failure

• 312.099.01 Data Link Disconnect
• 312.099.02 Receive Buffer Overflow
• 312.099.03 Data Link Disconnect
• 312.099.04 Data Link Error
• 312.099.05 Initialization Ack Error
• 312.099.06 Initialization Complete Error
• 312.099.07 Device Controller Error
Initial Actions


■ Harness, Finisher, PL11.1.8 page 10-9
■ Finisher Main Board, ■ “Map 11 - Drive and Main Board” on
PL14.4.12 page 10-18
■ Harness Assy IF, PL14.11.7 ■ “Communication and Power” on page 10-49

software.
undamaged.
and CN4.

undamaged.
P/J122.
Finisher Failure - Stack Height Sensor 1
Stack Height Sensor 1 signal is not detected within the specified time after the
Stacker Tray starts moving up.
Applicable Code
• 312.211.01 Finisher Stacker Tray failure
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions preventing Stacker Tray movement.


■ Finisher Harness, PL11.1.8 page 10-9
■ Stack Height Sensor 1, ■ “Map 11 - Drive and Main Board” on
PL14.4.3 page 10-18
■ Finisher Main Board, ■ “Communication and Power” on page 10-49
PL14.4.12 ■ “Stacker” on page 10-53
■ Stacker Drive Assy, PL14.9.7
■ MOT3 Harness, PL14.9.25
■ Finisher LVPS, PL14.10.10
■ SNR2 Harness, PL 14.11.6
■ IF Harness, PL14.11.7
1 Check Stacker Drive and belts for Remove Go to Step 2.

obstacles or wear. obstacles or
Are there obstacles or belt wear in replace worn
the vertical transport mechanism? parts.
2 Test Stack Height Sensor 1 using Go to Step 7. Go to Step 3.
dc330 (012-040).
The sensor signal changes (On/Off).
3 With Stack Height Sensor 1 turned Replace Stack Go to Step 4
On in diagnostics, check for 5V at P/ Height Sensor 1
J8873-1. (page 8-247).
Is 5 V available at P/J8873-1?
4 Check Finisher Main Board Go to Step 5. Secure the

connection P/J8989. connection.
The connection is secure and
undamaged.
5 Check SNR2 harness continuity Go to Step 6. Replace the
between P/J8989 and P/J8873. harness.
6 With Stack Height Sensor 1 turned Replace the Replace the
On in diagnostics, check for 5V at P/ MCU Board Finisher Main
J8989-6B on the Finisher Main (page 8-152). Board
Board. (page 8-253).
Is 5 V available at P/J8989-6B?
7 Test the Stacker Drive using dc330 Go to Step 12. Go to Step 8.
(012-026 Up, 012-027 Down).
The Stacker Tray moves up and
downs (On/Off).
8 Check MOT3 harness continuity Go to Step 9. Secure the
between P/J8983 on the Finisher connections.
Main Board and P/J8891 on the
Stacker Drive.
9 With the Stacker Drive turned On in Replace the Go to Step 10.
diagnostics, check for 24V at P/ Stacker Drive
J8986-1 and -3 on the Finisher Main (page 8-285).
Board.
Is 24V available at P/J8986?
10 Check for 24V at P/J8980-1 on the Replace the Go to Step 11.
Finisher Main Board. MCU Board
Is 24V available at P/J8980-1. (page 8-152).
11 Remove the Finisher LVPS harness Replace the Replace the
and check continuity between P/ Finisher LVPS harness.
J591 on the LVPS and P/J8980 on (page 8-289).
the Finisher Main Board.
Finisher Failure - Stacker No Paper Sensor
The Stacker Tray continues to move up following an On signal from the Stacker
Tray No Paper Sensor.
Applicable Codes

• 312.212.01 Finisher Stacker Tray upper limit failure
Initial Actions


PL14.4.3 page 10-18
■ Stack Height Sensor 2, ■ “Communication and Power” on page 10-49
■ Finisher Main Board,
PL14.4.12

dc330 (012-040).
3 With Stack Height Sensor 1 turned Replace Stack Go to Step 6.
J8873-1. (page 8-247).

dc330 (012-041).
5 With Stack Height Sensor 2 turned Replace Stack Go to Step 6.
J8874-1. (page 8-247).
undamaged.
8 With Stack Height Sensor 1 turned Go to Step 9. Replace the
On in diagnostics, check for 5V at P/ Finisher Main
J8989-6B on the Finisher Main Board
(012-026 Up, 012-027 Down).
downs (On/Off).
Stacker Drive.
Board.
Finisher Failure - Stacker Lower Limit
Stack Height Sensor 2 signal is not detected within the specified time after the
Stacker Tray starts moving down.
Applicable Codes

• 312.213.01 Finisher Stacker Tray lower limit failure
Initial Actions


PL14.4.3 page 10-18
■ Finisher Main Board, ■ “Communication and Power” on page 10-49

dc330 (012-041).
3 With Stack Height Sensor 2 turned Replace Stack Go to Step 4
J8874-1. (page 8-247).

undamaged.
6 With Stack Height Sensor 2 turned Replace the Replace the
On in diagnostics, check for 5V at P/ MCU Board Finisher Main
J8989-6B on the Finisher Main (page 8-152). Board
(012-026 Up, 012-027 Down).
downs (On/Off).
Stacker Drive.
Board.
Finisher Failure - Front Tamper Home Position
Front Tamper Home Sensor state change not detected within the specified time
after Front Tamper moves from home position.
Caution
Use care when manually moving the front tamper. Grasp the tamper as close
to the tamper’s base as possible and move the tamper slowly just enough to
actuate the sensor, verify freedom of movement and check Tamper Motor
operation.
Applicable Codes

• 312.221.01 Finisher Front Tamper Home Sensor On failure
• 312.223.01 Finisher Front Tamper Home Sensor Off failure
Initial Actions


PL14.4.12 ■ “Map 10 - Compile Tray” on page 10-17
■ Compile Tray, PL14.8.1 ■ “Map 11 - Drive and Main Board” on
■ Front Tamper Home Sensor, page 10-18
■ Tamper Motor, PL14.8.18 ■ “Transport and Compile Tray” on page 10-51
■ SNR1 Harness, PL14.11.5
1 Check the Front Tamper motion by Go to Step 2. Replace the

gently moving the tamper. Compile Tray
The tamper moves freely. (page 8-277).
2 Test Front Tamper Home Sensor Go to Step 7. Go to Step 3.
using dc330 (012-031) and gently
moving the front tamper in and out
of the sensing area.
3 With Front Tamper Home Sensor Replace the Go to Step 4

turned On in diagnostics, check for Front Tamper
5V at P/J8881-1. Home Sensor
Is 5 V available at P/J8881-1? (page 8-280).
undamaged.
6 With Front Tamper Home Sensor Replace the Replace the
turned On in diagnostics, check for MCU Board Finisher Main
5V at P/J8988-6 on the Finisher (page 8-152). Board
Main Board. (page 8-253).
7 Test the Front Tamper Motor using Go to Step 12. Go to Step 8.
dc330 (012-012).
The motor rotates (On/Off).
8 Check MOT1 harness continuity Go to Step 9. Replace the
between P/J8983 on the Finisher harness.
Tamper Motor.
9 With the Front Tamper Motor turned Replace the Go to Step 10.
On in diagnostics, check for 24V at Front Tamper
P/J8983-11. Motor
Is 24V available at P/J8983-11? (page 8-283).
Finisher Failure - Rear Tamper Home Position
Rear Tamper Home Sensor state change not detected within the specified time
after Rear Tamper moves from home position.
Applicable Codes

• 312.222.01 Finisher Rear Tamper Home Sensor On failure
• 312.224.01 Finisher Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off failure
Initial Actions

Note
Remove the Finisher Rear and Top Covers to access the applicable parts.

■ Compile Tray, PL14.8.1 ■ “Map 11 - Drive and Main Board” on
■ Rear Tamper Home Sensor, page 10-18
■ Tamper Motor, PL14.8.18 ■ “Transport and Compile Tray” on page 10-51

1 Check the Rear Tamper motion by Go to Step 2. Replace the
gently moving the tamper. Compile Tray
The tamper moves freely. (page 8-277).
2 Test Rear Tamper Home Sensor Go to Step 7. Go to Step 3.
using dc330 (012-032) and gently
moving the front tamper in and out
3 With Rear Tamper Home Sensor Replace the Go to Step 4

turned On in diagnostics, check for Front Tamper
5V at P/J8882-1. Home Sensor
undamaged.
6 With Rear Tamper Home Sensor Replace the Replace the
turned On in diagnostics, check for MCU Board Finisher Main
5V at P/J8988-9 on the Finisher (page 8-152). Board
Main Board. (page 8-253).
7 Test the Rear Tamper Motor using Go to Step 12. Go to Step 8.
dc330 (012-016).
Tamper Motor.
9 With the Rear Tamper Motor turned Replace the Go to Step 10.
On in diagnostics, check for 24V at Front Tamper
P/J8983-6. Motor
Finisher Failure - Eject Clamp Home Position
Eject Clamp Home Sensor state change not detected within the specified time.
Applicable Codes

• 312.260.01 Finisher Eject Clamp Home Sensor On failure
• 312.261.01 Finisher Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off failure
Initial Actions

Note
Remove the Finisher Rear Cover to access the applicable parts.

■ Eject Clamp Home Sensor, page 10-9
PL14.4.12 page 10-18
■ Eject Motor, PL14.5.6 ■ “Stacker” on page 10-53

1 Check eject clamp motion by Go to Step 2. Replace any
rotating the Eject Clamp Drive gears. damaged
The eject clamp moves freely. parts.
2 Test Eject Clamp Home Position Go to Step 7. Go to Step 3.
Sensor using dc330 (012-036) and
rotating the eject clamp in and out
3 With Eject Clamp Home Position Replace the Go to Step 4
Sensor turned On in diagnostics, Eject Clamp
check for 5V at P/J8870-1. Home Position
Is 5 V available at P/J8870-1? Sensor
(page 8-249).

undamaged.
6 With Eject Clamp Home Position Replace the Replace the
Sensor turned On in diagnostics, MCU Board Finisher Main
check for 5V at P/J8989-11A on the (page 8-152). Board
Finisher Main Board. (page 8-253).
Is 5 V available at P/J8989-11A?
7 Test the Eject Motor using dc330 Go to Step 12. Go to Step 8.
(012-025).
Eject Motor.
9 Check for 24V at P/J8884-5 and Replace the Go to Step 10.
P/J8884-5. Eject Drive Assy
Is 24V available at P/J8884-5 and (page 8-254).
P/J8884-5?
Finisher Failure - Set Clamp Home Position
Set Clamp Home Sensor state change not detected within the specified time.
Applicable Codes
• 312.283.01 Finisher Eject Clamp Home Sensor On failure

• 312.284.01 Finisher Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off failure
Initial Actions

Note
Remove the Finisher Rear Cover to access the applicable parts.

■ Set Clamp Home Sensor, page 10-9
■ Set Clamp Cam Actuator, ■ “Map 11 - Drive and Main Board” on
PL14.4.6 page 10-18
■ Set Clamp Clutch, PL14.5.25 ■ “Stacker” on page 10-53
■ Finisher Main Board, PL14.4.12
■ Eject Motor, PL14.5.6
1 Check eject clamp motion by Go to Step 2. Repair any

rotating the Eject Clamp Drive gears. damaged
The eject clamp moves freely. parts.
2 Test Set Clamp Home Position Go to Step 7. Go to Step 3.
Sensor using dc330 (012-037) and
rotating the set clamp cam actuator
in and out of the sensing area.
3 With Set Clamp Home Position Replace the Set Go to Step 4
Sensor turned On in diagnostics, Clamp Home
check for 5V at P/J8871-1. Position Sensor

undamaged.
6 With Set Clamp Home Position Replace the Replace the
Sensor turned On in diagnostics, MCU Board Finisher Main
check for 5V at P/J8989-3B on the (page 8-152). Board
Finisher Main Board. (page 8-253).
7 Test the Eject Motor using dc330 Go to Step 10. Go to Step 8.
(012-025).
Eject Motor.
9 Check for 24V at P/J8884-5 and Replace the Go to Step 10.
P/J8884-5. Eject Drive Assy
Is 24V available at P/J8884-5 and (page 8-254).
P/J8884-5?
10 Test the Set Clamp Clutch Z34 using Go to Step 14. Go to Step 11.
dc330 (012-021).
The clutch clicks (On/Off).
Main Board and P/J8877 on the Set
Clamp Clutch.
Finisher Failure - Stapler Home Position
Staple Head Home Sensor On not detected within the specified time after staple
motor reverse rotation starts.
Applicable Code
• 312.291.01 Finisher Stapler Home Sensor On failure
Initial Actions
• Check Staple Cartridge installation

• Reseat Finisher connections to the printer
Note
Remove the Finisher Front and Rear Covers to access the applicable parts.

■ Stapler, PL14.8.20 page 10-9
■ Finisher Main Board, ■ “Map 10 - Compile Tray” on page 10-17
PL14.4.12 ■ “Map 11 - Drive and Main Board” on
■ SNR1 Harness, PL14.11.5 page 10-18
■ MOT1 Harness, PL14.11.3 ■ “Stapler” on page 10-55

1 Check stapler motion by rotating the Go to Step 2. Replace the
black gears on the side of the Stapler
Stapler. (page 8-284).
The mechanism moves freely.
2 Test Stapler Home Position Sensor Go to Step 6. Go to Step 3.
using dc330 (012-035) and rotating
Stapler gears to move the Stapler
clamp in and out of the sensing
area.
3 Check Stapler connections to the Go to Step 4. Secure the
Finisher Main Board P/J8886 and P/ connections.
J8988.
undamaged.

5 With Stapler Home Position Sensor Replace the Replace the
turned On in diagnostics, check for Stapler Finisher Main
5V at P/J8886-5. (page 8-284). Board
6 Check for 24V at P/J8980-1 of the Replace the Go to Step 7.
LVPS harness. MCU Board
Finisher Failure - NVM Read/Write Error
An error detected during NVM access operation.
Applicable Codes

• 312.300.01 Finisher NVM failure
Initial Actions
• Reseat Finisher connections to the printer

Note
Remove the Finisher Rear Cover, if necessary, to access applicable parts.

PL14.4.12 page 10-18
■ I/F Harness, PL14.11.7 ■ “Communication and Power” on page 10-49

1 Initialize Finisher NVM using dc301, Go to Step 2. Complete.
then exit and reboot the system.
The error persists.
software.
undamaged.
and CN4.

undamaged.
P/J122.
Staple Cartridge is Empty
The low staple sensor in the Stapler indicates the Staple Cartridge is empty.
Applicable Codes
• 12-409-00 Staple Cartridge is Empty

• 12-715-00 Staple Cartridge is Empty
Initial Actions
• Replace the Staple Cartridge.


■ Stapler, PL14.8.20 ■ “Map 11 - Drive and Main Board” on
■ SNR1 Harness, PL14.11.5 page 10-18
■ “Stapler” on page 10-55
1 Test the Low Staple Sensor using Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2.

dc330 (012-033).
2 Checking SNR1 Harness continuity Replace the Replace the
between P/J8988 on the Finisher Compile Exit harness.
Main Board and P/J8886 from the Sensor
Stapler. (page 8-271).
The harness is undamaged?
3 Checking for 5V at P/J8988-10 on Replace the Secure the
the Finisher Main Board. Stapler connection.
Is 5V available at J8988-10? (page 8-284).
Staple is Jammed
The staple home sensor in the Stapler indicates the staple motor could not rotate.
Applicable Codes
• 12-423-00 Staple is jammed

• 12-723-00 Staple is jammed
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions in the Stapler.


■ MOT1 Harness, PL14.11.3 page 10-18
■ SNR1 Harness, PL14.11.5 ■ “Stapler” on page 10-55
1 Test the Stapler motor using dc330 Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2.

(012-046).
The signal changes (On/Off) and an
audible noise is heard.
2 Checking MOT1 Harness continuity Go to Step 3. Replace the
Main Board and P/J8887 from the
Stapler.
3 Checking for 24V at P/J8983-1 and - Replace the Go to Step 7.
2 on the Finisher Main Board. Stapler
Is 24V available at J8988-1and -3? (page 8-284).
4 Test the staple home sensor using Go to Step 7. Go to Step 5.
dc330 (012-046).
5 Checking SNR1 Harness continuity Go to Step 6. Replace the

Stapler.
Is 5V available at J8988-10 on the (page 8-284).
Finisher Main Board?
Unable to Staple
The staple home sensor in the Stapler indicates the stapler motor did not rotate.
Applicable Code
• 12-430-00 Unable to staple
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions in the Stapler.


■ MOT1 Harness, PL14.11.3 page 10-18
■ SNR1 Harness, PL14.11.5 ■ “Stapler” on page 10-55
1 Test the staple home sensor using Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2.

dc330 (012-046).
Stapler.
Is 5V available at J8988-10 on the (page 8-284).
4 Test the Stapler motor using dc330 Go to Step 7. Go to Step 5.
(012-046).
The signal changes (On/Off) and an
audible noise is heard.
Stapler.

2 on the Finisher Main Board. Stapler
Is 24V available at J8988-1and -3? (page 8-284).
Jam at Finisher - Compile Exit Sensor Jam
Compile Exit Sensor state change not detected within the specified time. This
typically indicates media stuck in the Compile Tray or Horizontal Transport.
Applicable Codes
• 12-450-00 Jam at Finisher

• 312.450.01 Compile Exit Sensor On failure
• 312-451-00 Jam in Horizontal Transport
• 312.451.01 Compile Exit Sensor Off failure
• 312.453.01 Media remains at Compile Exit Sensor
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions or debris in the Horizontal Transport.

Note
Remove the Finisher Front, Rear and Top Covers to access the applicable parts.

■ Compile Exit Sensor, page 10-9
PL14.4.12 page 10-18
■ SN2 Harness, PL14.11.6 ■ “Transport and Compile Tray” on page 10-51

1 Test the Compile Exit Sensor using Go to Step 7. Go to Step 2.
dc330 (012-029). To actuate the
sensor, open the Horizontal
Transport Cover and use the Exit
Roller Knob to manually feed media
into the Compile Tray.
2 Check for 5V at P/J8869-1. Replace the Go to Step 3
Is 5 V available at P/J8869-1? Compile Exit
Sensor
(page 8-271).

undamaged.
4 Check for 5V at P/J8989-12B on the Replace the Go to Step 5.
Finisher Main Board. SNR2 harness.
Finisher Main Board. Finisher Main
Is 24V available at P/J8884-4? Board
(page 8-253).
undamaged.
and CN4.
undamaged.
P/J122.
Jam at Finisher - Compile No Paper Sensor Jam
Compile No Paper Sensor state change not detected within the specified time. This
typically indicates media stuck in the Compile Tray possibly due to an eject failure.
Applicable Codes
• 12-450-00 Jam at Finisher

• 312.452.01 Compile No Paper Sensor On failure
• 312.454.01 Media remains at Compile Tray No Paper Sensor
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions or debris in the Compile Tray.

Note
Remove the Finisher Front, Rear and Top Covers to access the applicable parts.

■ Compile No Paper Sensor, page 10-9
PL14.4.12 page 10-18
■ SN1 Harness, PL14.11.5 ■ “Transport and Compile Tray” on page 10-51
1 Test the Compile No Paper Sensor Go to Step 5. Go to Step 2.

using dc330 (012-030). To actuate
the sensor, lift the Compile Tray’s
Eject Pinch Roller Assy and using a
pencil or similar tool, push down on
the actuator.
2 Check for 5V at P/J8988-3 on the Replace the Go to Step 3
Finisher Main Board. Compile No
Is 5 V available at P/J8988-3? Paper Sensor
(page 8-282).

Finisher Main Board. Finisher Main
Is 24V available at P/J8884-4? Board
(page 8-253).
undamaged.
and CN4.
undamaged.
P/J122.
Finisher Output Tray is Jammed
The Stack Height Sensors indicate the Stacker Drive Assembly did not move the
Stacker Tray to the home position.
Applicable Code
• 12-495-00 Finisher Output Tray is jammed
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions in Stacker Tray drive.


■ Stack Height Sensor 1 and 2, page 10-9
■ Stacker Drive Assy, PL14.9.7 page 10-18
■ Finisher Main Board, PL14.4.12 ■ “Stacker” on page 10-53

dc330 (012-040).
sensor.
3 Checking for 5V at P/J8989-6B on Replace Stack Go to Step 10.
the Finisher Main Board. Height Sensor 1
Is 5V available at J8989-6B on the (page 8-247).
dc330 (012-041).

sensor.
6 Checking for 5V at P/J8989-9B on Replace Stack Go to Step 10.
the Finisher Main Board. Height Sensor 2
Is 5V available at J8989-9B on the (page 8-247).
7 Test the Stacker Drive Assy using Go to Step 10. Go to Step 8.
dc330 (012-060 up/ 012-061 down).
The Stacker Tray moves.
Stacker Drive Assy.
2 on the Finisher Main Board. Stacker Drive
Is 24V available at J8986-1and -3? Assy
(page 8-285).
Finisher Front Door is Open
The Front Door interlock Switch indicates the Front Door is open.
Applicable Codes
• 12-564-00 Finisher Front Door is open
Initial Actions
• Check for damage to the actuator on the door.


■ Front Cover Assy, PL14.3.5 page 10-18
■ Interlock Bracket Assy, ■ “Communication and Power” on page 10-49
PL14.10.1
■ I/L Switch Harness, PL14.11.2
1 Check the Front Door for damage. Go to Step 2. Replace the

The Front Door is undamaged. Front Cover
(page 8-244).
2 Test the Interlock Switch using Go to Step 5. Go to Step 3.
dc330 (012-042).
3 Checking I/L Switch Harness Go to Step 4. Replace the
continuity between P/J8988 on the harness.
Finisher Main Board and P/J8880
from the switch.
4 Checking for 24V at P/J8982-1 on Replace the Go to Step 5.
the Finisher Main Board. Interlock
Is 24V available at J8988-1? Switch
(page 8-288).
Paper Transport Cover is Open
The Horizontal Transport Cover Open Sensor indicates the cover is open.
Applicable Code
• 12-565-00 Paper Transport Cover is open
Initial Actions
• Check for damage to the actuator on the cover.


■ H-Xport Top Cover, PL14.2.3 page 10-9
■ Finisher Main Board, ■ “Map 9 - Horizontal Transport” on
PL14.4.12 page 10-16
■ Cover Open Sensor, PL14.2.35 ■ “Transport and Compile Tray” on
page 10-51
1 Check the Horizontal Top Cover for Go to Step 2. Replace the

damage. Top Cover
The cover is undamaged. (page 8-235).
2 Test the cover sensor using dc330 Go to Step 5. Go to Step 3.
(012-043).
3 Checking HTU Harness continuity Go to Step 4. Repair the
switch.
4 Checking for 5V at P/J8987-3 on the Replace the Go to Step 5.
Finisher Main Board. Switch
Is 5V available at J8987-3? (page 8-238).
Engine NVRAM Failure
An NVM error was detected on the MCU Board.
Applicable Codes
• 16-150-00 Engine NVRAM Failure

• 316.151.01 NVM version read failure
• 316.152.02 Copy area read failure of 3 area write data
• 316.153.03 Ack error at 1-byte read
• 316.154.04 Ack error at continuous read
• 316.155.05 Write cannot start by device busy
• 316.156.06 Cannot Write verify error
• 316.157.07 Cannot finish write process
• 316.158.08 Read error of verify data
• 316.159.09 Write process retry over
Initial Actions

■ Engine NVRAM ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on

1 Initialize Engine NVM using dc301, Go to Step 2. Complete.

The error persists.
2 Use dc361 to save machine NVRAM Restore the Go to Step 3.
contents to the IP Board. saved engine
The transfer was successful. file.
3 Check the Engine Control (MCU) Replace the Reseat the
Board NVM Chip (U630) for correct MCU Board NVRAM device
installation. (page 8-152). in the MCU
Is the NVM installed correctly? Board.
Engine Firmware Failure
A firmware error was detected in the engine.
Applicable Codes
• 16-400-00 Firmware Failure

• 316.405.05 Exception handing
Initial Actions


page 10-9
1 Initialize Engine NVM using dc301, Go to Step 2. Complete.

The error persists.
2 Check system firmware version. Go to Step 3. Update the
The firmware is current. system
firmware.
3 Check connections to the MCU Replace the Complete.
Board, then cycle system power. MCU Board
Printer Failure - Image Marking Time Out
Start image marking time out error.
Applicable Codes
• 319.410.01 Command response time out.

• 91-312-00 Printer Failure
Initial Actions

■ IP Board, PL10.1.5 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on page 10-8

page 10-9
1 Check all IP Board connections. Go to Step 2. Secure the

The connections are secure. connections.
2 Replace the IP Board (page 8-150), Replace the Complete.
then cycle system power. MCU Board
Does the error persist? (page 8-152)
Unrecognized Status
The print engine has reported an unknown status to the controller.
Applicable Code
• 41-000-00 Unrecognized Engine Status.
Initial Actions

Unknown
1 Capture the unique status code

displayed in the fault frame and
escalate to Engineering for support.
Engine Motor Failure - Transfer Belt Drive Assembly
An error associated with the Transfer Belt Drive (IBT Motor) was detected.
Applicable Codes

• 342.324.01 Transfer Belt Drive Assembly (IBT) failure
Initial Actions

• Remove and reseat the Transfer Belt.
■ Transfer Belt Drive, PL9.1.3 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Harness Assy RH/ MOT, PL11.2.3 ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10
■ “Drive” on page 10-29

2 Check the Transfer Belt for excessive Go to Step 3. Replace the
wear or edge damage. Rotate the Transfer Belt
Transfer Belt to check operation. (page 8-12).
The Transfer Belt is undamaged.
P/J254 on the Transfer Belt Drive. connections.
4 Test the IBT Motor Alarm signal Replace the Go to Step 5.
using dc330 (093-019). MCU Board
The IBT Motor Alarm state is Off. (page 8-152).
5 Replace the Transfer Belt Drive Visually inspect Complete.
(page 8-135). The error persists. and test
continuity of all
applicable
harnesses
Engine Motor Failure - Imaging Unit Drive Assembly
An error associated with the Imaging Unit Drive (Xero Drive Motor) was detected.
Applicable Codes

• 342.325.01 Xero Drive Motor failure
Initial Actions

• Remove and reseat the CMY Imaging Units.
■ Yellow Imaging Unit, PL5.1.8 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Magenta Imaging Unit, PL5.1.9 page 10-9
■ Cyan Imaging Unit, PL5.1.10 ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10
■ Imaging Unit Drive, PL9.2.6 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
■ Harness Assy DISP/FSR,
PL11.2.6
1 Check the CMY Imaging Units for Go to Step 2. Replace the

excessive wear or damage. Check affected
rotation of the OPC Drum coupling Imaging Unit.
(upper white gear located at the
back of the Imaging Unit).
The Imaging Units are undamaged
and each drum rotates.
3 Test the Xero Drive Motor Alarm Replace the Go to Step 4.
signal using dc330 (093-022). MCU Board
The Xero Drive Motor state is Off. (page 8-152).
4 Replace the Imaging Unit Drive Visually inspect Complete.
(page 8-175). The error persists. and test
continuity of all
applicable
harnesses
Transfer Belt Failure
Communication error with the Transfer Belt was detected.
Applicable Codes
• 42-601-00 Transfer Belt Failure
• 342.601.02 Transfer Belt communication failure
• 342.602.03 Transfer Belt data error
Initial Actions

• Remove and reseat the Transfer Belt.
■ Transfer Belt Drive, PL9.1.3 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Harness Assy RH/ MOT, ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10
PL11.2.3 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29

2 Replace the Transfer Belt Go to Step 3. Complete
(page 8-12).
P/J254 on the Transfer Belt Drive. connections.
4 Test the Transfer Belt Drive using Replace the Go to Step 5.
dc330 (094-001). MCU Board
5 Check Transfer Belt Drive Go to Step 6. Correct the
installation. installation.
Assy RH/ MOT between P/J254 and harness.
7 Check for 24V at P/J7 of the MCU Replace the Replace the
Board. Transfer Belt MCU Board
Is 24 V available at P/J6-2 and -4 Drive (page 8-152).
when the Front Interlock Switch is (page 8-135).
closed?
Printer Failure
An Interface failure was detected between the MCU and Image Processor Boards.
Applicable Errors
• 345.301.01: Ack Received Sig High

• 345.302.02: Ack Received Sig Low
• 345.303.03: Receive Buffer Overflow
• 345.304.04: Send Buffer Overflow High
• 345.305.05: Send Buffer Overflow Low
• 345.306.06: Software detects No I/O
Initial Actions


■ Harness ESS PWR, PL11.1.3 page 10-9
■ Harness ESS, PL11.1.10 ■ “IP Board and Control Panel” on page 10-41

P/J802 on the IP Board. connections.
3 Check continuity of the IP Board Go to Step 4. Replace the
Harness between P/J802 and P/J2 harness.
on the MCU Board.
4 Check P/J321 on the IP Board and P/ Go to Step 5. Secure the
J306 on the LVPS. connections.
5 Check for 5V and 3.3V at P/J306 -3, Go to Step 6. Replace the

4 and 5 on the LVPS LVPS
Is 5 and 3.3 V available at P/J306 (page 8-182).
closed?
6 Replace the IP Board (page 8-150). Replace the Complete.
(page 8-152).
Feeder Communication Failure
A communication failure was detected between the MCU Board and the optional
feeder.
Warning
Use two people to lift the printer from the optional feeder.
Caution
Remove the Finisher, if installed, before lifting the printer from the optional
feeder.
Applicable Codes
• 70-099-00 Feeder Communication Failure

• 370.099.01 Feeder Communication Failure
Initial Actions
• Check optional feeder installation.

■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on page 10-8

■ Harness LPP/ MOT, PL11.2.5 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Harness OPT TOP, PL12.3.1 page 10-9
■ Feeder Board, PL12.3.4 ■ “Map 7 - 550-Sheet Feeder” on page 10-13
■ “Feeder Board” on page 10-44
1 Check the option connectors on the Go to Step 2. Replace the

printer and optional feeder for affected
damage. option harness.
The connectors are undamaged.
P/J181 and P/J350 on the Feeder connections.
Board.
3 Check continuity of the Upper Go to Step 4. Replace the
Option Harness between P/J181 and harness.
P/J350.
4 Check continuity of the LPP/MOT Go to Step 5. Replace the

Harness between P/J181 and PJ21 harness.
on the MCU Board.
5 Replace the Feeder Board Replace the Complete.
Misfeed in Tray 1
Media fed from Tray 1 did not reach the Registration Sensor on time.
Applicable Codes
• 71-101-00 Tray 1 misfeed

• 371.101.08 Tray 1 misfeed
Initial Actions
• Confirm Tray 1 is securely attached to the printer.

• Check the media path for obstructions.
• Check the media guides are set correctly.
■ Take Away Clutch, PL3.3.12 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on page 10-6
■ Tray 1 Separator Roller PL3.1.99 ■ “Map 3 - Right Door” on page 10-7
■ Registration Sensor, PL3.3.22 ■ “Tray 1 and 2 Feeder” on page 10-27
■ Registration Sensor Harness, ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
PL3.3.23
■ Feed Roller, PL4.2.21
■ Tray 1 Feed Solenoid, PL4.2.99
■ Feed Drive Assy, PL9.1.4
■ Registration Harness, PL11.1.5
■ Harness RH/MOT, PL11.2.3
1 Check the Feed and Separator Go to Step 2. Clean or

Rollers for contamination or replace the
damage. rollers.
The rollers are clean and
undamaged.
2 Test the Registration Sensor using Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.
dc330 (10-202).
MCU Board. Registration MCU Board
Is 3.3 V available at P/J10-7 when Sensor (page 8-152).
the Front Interlock Switch is closed? (page 8-39).
4 Test the Paper Feed motor Alarm Replace the Go to Step 5.

using dc330 (10-204). Feed Drive Assy
The signal changes (On/Off). (page 8-199).
5 Test the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid using Go to Step 7. Go to Step 6.
dc330 (71-006).
The solenoid plunger moves.
6 Check for 24V at P/J9-10 on the Replace the Replace the
MCU Board. Solenoid, Gear MCU Board
Is 24 V available at P/J9-10? & Clutch Kit (page 8-152).
(page 8-55).
7 Test the Take Away Clutch using Go to Step 9. Go to Step 8.
dc330 (72-008)
The clutch signal changes (On/Off).
MCU Board Take Away
Is 24 V available at P/J10-5?. Clutch
(page 8-37).
9 Replace the MCU Board Visually inspect Complete.
(page 8-152). and test
The error persists. continuity of all
applicable
harnesses.
Tray 1 is Empty
The No Paper Sensor indicates the Tray 1 is empty or nearly empty.
Applicable Codes
• 72-531-00 Tray 1 is Empty

• 72-532-00 Tray 1 paper not available.
Initial Actions


■ No Paper Actuator, PL3.2.10 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on
■ No Paper Sensor, PL3.2.11 page 10-6
■ No Paper Sensor Harness, PL3.2.12 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit”
■ Feeder Assy, PL3.2.1, PL12.4.29 on page 10-9
■ Registration Sensor Harness, ■ “Tray 1 and 2 Feeder” on page 10-27
PL3.3.23

1 Check the No Paper Sensor Actuator Go to Step 2. Replace the
for obstructions or damage. Actuator
2 Test the No Paper Sensor using Replace the Go to Step 3.
dc330 (71-104): MCU Board
The sensor signal changes (On/Off). (page 8-152).
3 Check for 3.3V at P/J10-10 on the Replace the No Go to Step 4.
MCU Board. Paper Sensor
Is 3.3 V available at P/J10-10? (page 8-36).
applicable
harnesses.
Engine Motor Failure - Feed Drive Assembly
An error associated with the Feed Drive Assembly was detected.
Applicable Codes
• 371.216.01 Feed Drive Assembly (PH) failure
Initial Actions

• Remove and reseat Tray 2.
■ Feed Drive Assy, PL9.1.4 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Harness Assy RH/ MOT, ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10
PL11.2.3 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29

2 Test the Feed Drive Motor Alarm Replace the Go to Step 3.
signal using dc330 (010-204). MCU Board
The Feed Drive Motor state is Off. (page 8-152).
3 Replace the Feed Drive Visually inspect Complete.
applicable
harnesses
Misfeed in Tray 2
Media fed from Tray 2 did not reach the Registration Sensor on time.
Applicable Code
• 72-101-00 Misfeed in Tray 2

Initial Actions
• Check Tray 2 installation and condition.

• Check the media guides in the tray are set correctly.
■ Feed & Separator Roller Kit ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on page 10-6
PL2.1.99 ■ “Map 3 - Right Door” on page 10-7
■ Feed Clutch, PL3.2.2 ■ “Tray 1 and 2 Feeder” on page 10-27
■ Take Away Clutch, PL3.3.12 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
■ Registration Sensor, PL3.3.22
■ Registration Sensor Harness,
PL3.3.23
■ Feed Drive, PL9.1.4
■ Harness RH/ MOT, PL11.2.3
1 Check the Feed and Separator Go to Step 2. Replace the

Rollers for contamination, wear or rollers
damage. (page 8-6).
undamaged.
dc330 (10-202).
4 Test the Feed Drive Motor Alarm Replace the Go to Step 5.

using dc330 (10-204). Feed Drive Assy
The signal changes (On/Off). (page 8-199).
5 Test the Take Away Clutch using Go to Step 7. Go to Step 6.
dc330 (72-008)
6 Check for 24V at P/J10-5 and -10 on Replace the Replace the
the MCU Board. Take Away MCU Board
Is 24 V available at P/J10-5? Clutch (page 8-152).
(page 8-37).
7 Test the Feed Clutch using dc330 Go to Step 8. Go to Step 9.
(72-007)
MCU Board. Feed Clutch
applicable
harnesses.
Optional Feeder Configuration Failure
An unsupported Optional Feeder configuration was detected. In multiple feeder

configurations, isolate the affected component by removing individual feeders
from the system until the error clears.
Warning
Caution
feeder.
Applicable Codes
• 72-215-00 Optional feeder configuration failure
• 372.215.01 Optional feeder configuration failure
Initial Actions

• Reseat feeder connections.

■ 550-Sheet Feeder, PL12.1.2 page 10-9
■ Harness OPT TOP, PL12.3.1 ■ “Map 7 - 550-Sheet Feeder” on page 10-13
■ 1100-Sheet Feeder, ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
PL13.1.1 ■ “Feeder Board” on page 10-44
■ “Feeder Interconnection” on page 10-45

2 Compare feeder configuration with Go to Step 3. Reconfigure

these allowed configurations. the system to a
■ 550 Sheet Feeder (x1) supported
■ 550 Sheet Feeder (x2) configuration.
■ 1100 Sheet Feeder (x1)
■ 550 Sheet (x1) + 1100 Sheet (x1)
■ 550 Sheet (x2) + 1100 Sheet (x1)

Is the configuration supported?
3 Check PJ21 on the MCU Board and Go to Step 4. Correct the
PJ181 and PJ350 on the Feeder installation.
Board.
P/J350 on the Feeder Board.
Tray 2 ~ 6 is Empty
The No Paper Sensor indicates the Tray is empty or nearly empty.
Warning
Caution
feeder.
Applicable Codes

• 72-535-00 Tray 2 is nearly empty
Initial Actions

■ No Paper Actuator, PL3.2.10 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on

■ No Paper Sensor, PL3.2.11 page 10-6
■ No Paper Sensor Harness, PL3.2.12 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit”
■ Feeder Assy, PL3.2.1, PL12.4.29 on page 10-9
■ Feeder Board, PL12.3.4 ■ “Tray 1 and 2 Feeder” on page 10-27
■ Registration Sensor Harness,
PL3.3.23
■ Lower Option Harness, PL12.3.11
1 Check the No Paper Sensor Actuator Go to Step 2. Replace the

for obstructions or damage. Actuator
2 Test the No Paper Sensor for the Replace the Go to Step 3.
affected Tray using dc330: MCU Board
■ Tray 2 (72-105) (page 8-152).
■ Tray 3 (73-002)
■ Tray 4 (74-008)
■ Tray 5 (75-008)
■ Tray 6 (76-011)

3 Check for 3.3V at P/J10-10 on the Replace the No Go to Step 4.
MCU Board or P/J353-6 on the Paper Sensor
Feeder Board. (page 8-36).
Is 3.3 V available at P/J10-10 or
P/J353-6?
(page 8-152) or Feeder Board and test
(page 8-200). continuity of all
The error persists. applicable
harnesses.
Optional Feeder Failure
An error in an attached Optional Feeder was detected. Use the error code to isolate
the affected component.
Warning
Caution
feeder.
Applicable Codes
• 373.098.01 Tray 3 Optional Feeder Error

• 77-098-00 Optional Feeder Failure
Initial Actions


1 Check system software versions. If Go to Step 2. Complete

necessary, update the system
software and cycle system power.
2 Check P/J21 on the MCU Board and Go to Step 3. Correct the

P/J181 and P/J350 on the Feeder installation.
Board.
P/J350 on the Feeder Board.
Misfeed in Tray 3 ~ 6
Media fed from the indicated Tray did not reach the Take Away Sensor on time.
Warning
Caution
Remove the Finisher, if installed, before lifting the printer from the Optional
Feeder.
Applicable Codes

Initial Actions
• Check installation of the indicated Tray.

• Reload the indicated tray with media from an newly opened package.
• Check media size settings for the affected tray.
• Check operation of the Right Door, Upper Chute and Turn Chute on the
indicated tray.
• Check the media path for obstructions at the point media stops.

■ Feed Drive, PL12.3.2 page 10-9
■ OPT MOT Harness, PL12.3.5 ■ “Map 8 - 1100-Sheet Feeder” on page 10-14
■ OPT CL Harness, PL12.3.12 ■ “Feeder Board” on page 10-44
■ Take Away Sensor, PL12.4.3 ■ “Feeder Interconnection” on page 10-45
■ Take Away Clutch, PL12.4.5
■ Feed Clutch, PL12.4.9
■ Feed Roller Kit, PL12.4.99
1 Check the Feed, Nudger, Separator, Go to Step 2. Replace the

and Take Away Rollers for wear, affected
contamination or damage. rollers.
undamaged.
2 Test the Take Away Sensor for the Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.
■ Tray 3 (73-001)
■ Tray 4 (74-007)
■ Tray 5 (75-007)
■ Tray 6 (76-010)
Feeder Board. Take Away
Is 3.3 V available at P/J353-5 when Sensor
the Interlock Switch is closed? (page 8-202).
4 Test the Feed Drive Motor Alarm for Replace the Go to Step 5.
the affected tray using dc330 affected Feed
■ Tray 3 (73-012) Drive Assy
■ Tray 4 (74-006) (page 8-199).
■ Tray 5 (75-004)
■ Tray 6 (76-009)
The alarm signal changes (On/Off).
5 Test the Take Away Clutch for the Go to Step 7. Go to Step 6.
■ Tray 3 (73-013)
■ Tray 4 (74-004)
■ Tray 5 (75-005)
■ Tray 6 (76-005)
Is 24 V available at P/J355-1 when Clutch
7 Test the Feed Clutch for the affected Go to Step 8 Go to Step 9.
tray using dc330:
■ Tray 3 (73-014)
■ Tray 4 (74-005)
■ Tray 5 (75-005)
■ Tray 6 (76-005)
Feeder Board. Feed Clutch
the Interlock Switch is closed?
9 Replace the affected Tray’s Feeder Go to Step 10. Complete.

Board (page 8-200).
The error persists.
applicable
harnesses.
Optional Feeder Failure - Feed Drive Motor
A failure in the Feed Drive motor of an attached Optional Feeder was detected.
Use the error code to isolate the affected component.
Warning
Caution
feeder.
Applicable Codes
• 373.216.01 Tray 3 Feeder Motor Failure

• 77-216-00 Feeder Motor Failur113e
Initial Actions


1 Test the Feed Drive for the indicated Go to Step 8. Go to Step 2.

tray using dc330:
■ Tray 3 (73-011)
■ Tray 4 (74-003)
■ Tray 5 (75-003)
■ Tray 6 (76-003)
2 Check P/J355 on the Feeder Board Go to Step 3. Secure the

and P/J357 on the Feed Drive motor. connection.
3 Check for 24V at P/J355-2 and -4 on Replace the Go to Step 4.
the Feeder Board. Feed Drive
when the Interlock Switch is closed?
4 Check for 24V at P/J350-10, -11, -12 Replace the Go to Step 5.
on the Feeder Board. Feeder Board
Is 24V available at P/J350-10, -11, - (page 8-200).
12 when the Interlock Switch is
closed?
Option harness. harness.
6 Check for 24V at P/J307-3, -4, -5, -6 Go to Step 7. Replace the
on the LVPS. LVPS
Is 24V available at P/J308 when the (page 8-182).
Front Interlock Switch is closed?
7 Check continuity of the LVPS Replace the Replace the
Harness between P/J308 and PJ24 MCU Board harness.
on the MCU Board. (page 8-152).
The harness in undamaged.
8 Print a test print. Replace the Complete.
Does the error persist? Feeder Board
(page 8-200).
Jam at Right Side Door
Media remains at the Registration Sensor or in the duplex path.
Warning
Applicable Codes
• 10-105-01 Jam at Right Side Door

• 10-105-02 Jam at Right Side Door
• 377.101.03: Regi Off Jam
• 377.102.01: Psync On Jam
• 377.123.02: Duplex Regi On Jam
• 377.131.07: Duplex On Jam
• 377-900-10: Static Jam
Initial Actions
• Check installation of the indicated Tray.

• Reload the indicated tray with media from an newly opened package.
indicated tray.
• Check Fuser installation.
■ Feeder Assembly, PL3.2.1 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on page 10-6

■ Registration Sensor Actuator, ■ “Map 3 - Right Door” on page 10-7
PL3.3.20 ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10
■ Registration Sensor, PL3.3.22 ■ “Tray 1 and 2 Feeder” on page 10-27
■ Registration Sensor Harness, ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
PL3.3.23 ■ “Fuser and Exit” on page 10-39
■ Duplex Drive Clutch, PL4.3.9
■ Duplex Roller, PL4.3.10
■ Exit Inverter Solenoid, PL7.3.3
■ Feed Drive, PL9.1.4
■ OPT/CL Harness, PL12.3.12
1 Check the Transfer Belt, Transfer Go to Step 2. Correct the

Roller and Fuser installation. installation.
The parts are installed correctly.
2 Check the Registration Sensor Go to Step 3. Replace the
Actuator. actuator
The actuator is undamaged and (page 8-40).
moves freely.
dc330 (10-202).
5 Is the media jam at the registration Go to Step 6. Go to Step 9.
area behind the Right Door Assy?
6 Inspect the registration rollers. Go to Step 7. Clean or
The rollers are clean and replace the
undamaged. rollers.
7 Test the registration rollers using Go to Step 8. Replace the
dc711 (Registration Roller). Feeder/
The registration rollers rotate. Registration
Assy
(page 8-41).
8 The error persists. Replace the Complete.
MCU Board
(page 8-152),
9 Is the media jam in the duplex area? Go to Step10. Go to Step 16.
10 Inspect the Duplex Rollers. Go to Step 11. Clean or
The rollers are clean and replace the
undamaged. Duplex Rollers
(page 8-58).
11 Test the Duplex Roller using dc771. Go to Step 16. Go to Step 12.
The roller rotates (On/Off).
12 Test the Duplex Drive Clutch using Go to Step 14. Go to Step 13.
dc330 (77-001).
The clutch signal turns (On/Off).
13 Check for 24V at P/J9-12 on the Replace the Replace the
MCU Board. Duplex Drive MCU Board
Is 24V available at P/J9-12 when the Clutch (page 8-152).
Right Door Interlock Switch closed? (page 8-58).
14 Test the Feed Drive using dc330 (10- Go to Step 16. Go to Step 15.
008)
The Feed Drive rotates.
15 Check for 24V at P/J7B-2 and 7B-4 Replace the Replace the
on the MCU Board. Feed Drive Assy MCU Board
Is 24 V available at P/J7B-2 and 7B- (page 8-140). (page 8-152).
4 when the Right Door Interlock
Switch is closed?
16 Is the media jam in the Inverter Go to Step 17. Confirm jam
Chute area? location.
17 Test the Exit Inverter Solenoid using Go to Step 19. Go to Step 18.
dc330 (10-013)
The Solenoid moves Up/Down?
18 Check for 3.3V at P/J19 on the MCU Replace the Go to Step 19.
Board. Exit Inverter
Is 3.3V available at P/J19-16 when Solenoid
applicable
harnesses.
Jam at Fuser
The Fuser exit sensor indicates media remains in the Fuser.
Warning
Note
Reset the Fuser life counter after installation of a new Fuser.
Applicable Codes
• 377.103.06: Exit Off Jam

• 377.104.05: Exit Off Early Jam
• 377.106.04: Exit On Jam
Initial Actions
• Check media condition.

• Check media settings for the source tray.
■ Fuser Harness, PL 7.1.4 ■ “Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder” on page 10-6

■ Fuser, PL7.1.99 ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10
■ Fuser Drive, PL9.1.1 ■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
■ Dispense/Fuser Harness, ■ “Fuser and Exit” on page 10-39
PL11.2.6
1 Check the Fuser rollers, gear and Go to Step 2. Replace the

connector for damage or debris. Fuser
The rollers, gear and connector are (page 8-17).
undamaged.
2 Test the Fuser exit sensor using Go to Step 8. Go to Step 3.
dc330 (10-205).
P/J304 on the LVPS. connections.
4 Check for 3.3V at P/J180-S pin 10 on Replace the Go to Step 5.

the Fuser Harness. Fuser
Is 3.3 V available at P/J180-S pin 10 (page 8-17).
when the Interlock Switch is closed?
5 Check for 3.3V at P/J1-4 on the MCU Replace the Go to Step 5.
Board. Fuser Harness.
Is 3.3V available at P/J1-4 when the
Interlock Switch is closed?
6 Check for 3.3V at P/J308-4 on the Go to Step 7. Replace the
LVPS. LVPS
Is 3.3V available at P/J308-4 when (page 8-182).
7 Check continuity of the LVPS Go to Step 8. Replace the
on the MCU Board.
8 Test the Fuser Drive using dc330 Go to Step 15. Go to Step 8.
(10-008)
The Fuser Drive rotates.
P/J250 at the motor. connections.
the Feed Drive. Feed Drive Assy
when the Right Door Interlock
Switch is closed?
11 Check continuity of the Dispense/ Go to Step 12. Replace the
Fuser harness between P/J4B on the harness.
MCU Board and P/J250 on the Feed
Drive motor.
12 Check for 24V at P/J23-1,-2, and -3 Replace the Replace the
on the MCU Board. MCU Board harness.
Is 24 V available at P/J23 with the (page 8-152).
Right Door Interlock Switch closed?
13 Check for 24V at P/J305-1,-2, and -3 Go to Step 13. Replace the
on the LVPS. LVPS
Is 24V available at P/J305 when the (page 8-182).
Interlock Switch is closed?
14 Check continuity of the LVPS PWR Replace the Replace the
Harness between P/J305 and PJ23 MCU Board harness.
Jam at Tray 3 ~ 6 Right Side Door
The Take Away Sensor detects media in the media path of the indicated feeder.
Warning
Caution
feeder.
Applicable Codes
• 73-102-00 Jam at Tray 3 Right Side Door

• 373.102.05 Tray 3 Right Door Jam
• 76-102-00 Jam at Tray 6 Right Door Jam
• 377.110.08 Option Regi On Jam
• 377.901.09 Option Static Jam
Initial Actions
• Check the affected paper tray for correct installation.

• Reload the indicated tray with media from a newly opened package and set
the guides snugly against the media.
indicated tray.

■ Feed Drive, PL12.3.2 page 10-9
■ Harness OPT MOT, PL12.3.5 ■ “Map 8 - 1100-Sheet Feeder” on page 10-14
■ Harness OPT CL, PL12.3.12 ■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
■ Take Away Sensor, PL12.4.3 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
■ Take Away Clutch, PL12.4.5 ■ “Feeder Board” on page 10-44
■ Feed Clutch, PL12.4.9 ■ “Feeder Interconnection” on page 10-45
■ Feed & Separator Roller Kit,
PL12.4.99
1 Check Feed and Separator Rollers of Go to Step 2. Clean or

the affected tray are installed replace the
correctly, free of contamination and affected
not worn. rollers.
undamaged.
2 Test the Take Away Sensor for the Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3
■ Tray 3 (73-001)
■ Tray 4 (74-007)
■ Tray 5 (75-007)
■ Tray 6 (76-010)
Is 3.3 V available at P/J353-5 when Sensor
4 Test the Feed Drive Motor Alarm for Replace the Go to Step 5.
the affected tray using dc330: Feed Drive
■ Tray 3 (73-012) (page 8-199).
■ Tray 4 (74-006)
■ Tray 5 (75-004)
■ Tray 6 (76-009)
5 Test the Take Away Clutch for the Go to Step 7. Go to Step 6.
■ Tray 3 (73-013)
■ Tray 4 (74-004)
■ Tray 5 (75-005)
■ Tray 6 (76-005)

affected Tray’s Feeder Board. Take Away
Is 24 V available at P/J355-1 when Clutch
7 Test the Feed Clutch for the affected Go to Step 8 Go to Step 9.
tray using dc330:
■ Tray 3 (73-014)
■ Tray 4 (74-005)
■ Tray 5 (75-005)
■ Tray 6 (76-005)
affected Tray’s Feeder Board. Feed Clutch
the Interlock Switch is closed?
9 Replace the Feeder Board Go to Step 10. Complete.
(page 8-200).
Does the error persist? continuity of all
applicable
harnesses.
Engine Sensor Failure - Mode Switching Sensors
A failure was detected in the Black (K) or FC (Full Color CMY) Switching Sensor.
Applicable Codes
• 391.301.01 K and FC sensors are On

• 391.302.02 K Sensor On timeout error
• 391.303.03 FC Sensor On timeout error
• 391.304.04 K Sensor Off timeout error
• 391.305.05 FC Sensor Off timeout error
• 391.306.06 Unknown sensor state
• 92-661-00 Engine Sensor Failure
Initial Actions
• Check Transfer Belt installation.

■ Transfer Belt, PL5.1.1 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Imaging Unit Link Drive, PL9.2.98 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Switching Sensor Assy, PL9.2.1 page 10-9.
■ MCU Board, PL10.2.18 ■ “Map 6 - Drive” on page 10-10.
■ Harness RH/ MOT, PL11.2.3 ■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
■ Harness CRUM/ DISP, PL11.2.4 ■ “Drive” on page 10-29
1 Replace the Transfer Belt and cycle Go to Step 2. Complete.

system power.
2 Check guide link operation. Go to Step 3. Reseat or
Does the link slide smoothly back replace the
and forth between the Switching Imaging Unit
Sensors? Link Drive
(page 8-175).
3 Test the Black Switching Sensor Go to Step 8. Go to Step 4.

using dc330 (93-017).
4 Check continuity of the RH/MOT Go to Step 5. Replace the
harness between P/J9 on the MCU harness.
Board and P/J200 at the sensor.
MCU Board. Black Switching
Is 3.3 V available at P/J9-16? Sensor
(page 8-145).
MCU Board. MCU Board
Harness between P/J308 and PJ24 LVPS harness.
8 Test the Color Switching Sensor Go to Step 13. Go to Step 9.
using dc330 (93-018).
CRUM harness between P/J15 on harness.
the MCU Board and P/J201 at the
sensor.
MCU Board. Color Switching
Is 3.3 V available at P/J15-1? Sensor
(page 8-149).
13 If the error persists, replace these
components, in order, until the error
is resolved.
1. Imaging Unit Link Drive, PL9.2.98
2. MCU Board, PL10.2.18
Imaging Unit Failure
A communication or CRUM data failure was detected in one or more of the

Imaging Units.
Applicable Codes
• 91-901-00 Black (K) Imaging Unit Failure

• 391.901.02 Black (K) Imaging Unit communication error
• 91-903-00 Yellow (Y) Imaging Unit Failure
• 391.903.02 Yellow (Y) Imaging Unit communication error
• 91-905-00 Magenta (M) Imaging Unit Failure
• 391.905.02 Magenta (M) Imaging Unit communication error
• 91-907-00 Cyan (C) Imaging Unit Failure
• 391.907.02 Cyan (C) Imaging Unit communication error
• 391.902.03 Black (K) Imaging Unit Data error
• 391.904.03 Yellow (Y) Imaging Unit Data error
• 391.906.03 Magenta (M) Imaging Unit Data error
• 391.908.03 Cyan (C) Imaging Unit Data error
Initial Actions
• Reseat the affected Imaging Unit.

• Check the Imaging Unit is the correct part number for this model.
■ Yellow Imaging Unit, PL5.1.8 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5.

■ Cyan Imaging Unit, PL5.1.10 page 10-9.
■ Black Imaging Unit, PL5.1.11 ■ “Dispense and Development” on
■ CRUM Connector Assy, PL5.2.4 page 10-37.
■ Harness CRUM/ DISP, PL11.2.4

1 Reseat the affected Imaging Unit Go to Step 2. Complete.
and cycle system power.
2 Replace the affected imaging Unit. Go to Step 3. Complete.

Imaging Unit CRUM connectors: connections.
■ P/J208 (Y)
■ P/J209 (M)
■ P/J210 (C)
■ P/J211 (K)
CRUM harness. harness.
5 Check for 2.5V at P/J12-3, -7, -11, or Replace the Replace the
-15 on the MCU Board. Imaging Unit MCU Board
Is 2.5 V available at P/J12 for the CRUM (page 8-152).
affected Imaging Unit? Connector
(page 8-88).
Printer Failure - HVPS Failure
A communication failure with the HVPS was detected.
Applicable Error

• 391.312.01 HVPS Error
Initial Actions

■ HVPS, PL5.2.3 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on page 10-8

■ Harness ROS/HV, PL11.2.2 page 10-9
■ “HVPS” on page 10-35

P/J331 on the HVPS. connection.
on the MCU Board.
3 Replace the HVPS. Replace the Complete.
(page 8-152).
Density Sensor Failure - ADC Sensor
An error was detected in the Front or Rear ADC sensor located in the Procon
Assembly.
Applicable Error
• 92-310-00 Density Sensor Failure

• 392.310.01 CTD Rear Sensor Vdark error
• 392.311.02 CTD Rear Sensor Vcin error
• 392.320.01 CTD Front Sensor AD transition value error
Initial Actions
• Clean the sensors using the built-in wiper.

■ Procon Assy, PL5.3.1 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on page 10-8

■ Harness Erase/Exit, PL11.2.1 page 10-9
■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
■ “Xerographic” on page 10-33

P/J108 on the Procon Assy. connection.
2 Check continuity of the Erase/Exit Go to Step 3. Replace the
on the MCU Board.
the MCU Board. Procon Assy
Is 5V available at P/J17-9 and -14 (page 8-95).
closed?
Is 5V available at P/J24-17 when the (page 8-152).

is resolved.
1. Procon Assy, PL5.3.1
Dusty Density Sensor
The Front or Rear ADC sensor located in the Procon Assembly is dirty.
Applicable Code
• 92-330-00 Dusty Density Sensor
Initial Actions
• Clean the sensors using the built-in wiper.
Note
Wipe the sensors three or four times to clean each sensor completely.
Density improvement may not occur until 30 or 40 pages are printed.

■ Procon Assy, PL5.3.1 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on page 10-8

■ Harness Erase/Exit, PL11.2.1 page 10-9
■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
■ “Xerographic” on page 10-33
1 Clean the sensors. Go to Step 2. Complete.

The error persists.
2 Replace the Procon Assy Replace the Complete.
Engine Sensor Failure - Environmental Sensor
An error was detected in the Environmental Sensor (Temperature/ Humidity

Sensor). The sensor detects a temperature or humidity anomaly.
Note
The printer may stop or operate at half speed mode as a result of this error.
Applicable Errors
• 92-660-00 Print speed reduced due to internal temperature

• 92-661-00 Engine Sensor Failure
• 392.661.01 Temperature error
• 92-662-00 Overheat Failure
• 392.662.01 Overheat error
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions blocking system airflow.

■ Environmental Sensor, PL5.3.15 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Procon Assy, PL 5.3.1 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Harness Assy CTD/HUM, PL 5.3.2 page 10-9.
■ Harness Erase/Exit, PL11.2.1 ■ “Xerographic” on page 10-33

1 Test the Environmental Sensor using Go to Step 2. Go to Step 3.
dc140 Analog Monitor.
Temperature and Humidity readings
are within ranges.
2 Cycle system power. Go to Step 3 Complete.
P/J106 on the Procon Assy. connections.
4 Check continuity of the Erase/Exit Go to Step 5. Replace the

on the MCU Board.
5 Check for 5V at P/J16-10 on the Go to Step 8. Go to Step 6.
MCU Board.
Is 5V available at P/J16-10 when the
Is 5V available at P/J24-17 when the (page 8-152).
8 Remove the Procon Assy (page 8-95) Replace the Replace the
and check continuity of the CTD/ Environmental harness.
Hum harness between P/J106 and Sensor
P/J213 at the sensor. (page 8-101).
is resolved.
1. Environmental Sensor, PL5.3.15
2. Procon Assy, PL 5.3.1
Imaging Unit Failure
A calibration patch error (low image density) was detected.
Applicable Codes
• 92-670-00 Yellow Imaging Unit Failure

• 392.670.01 Yellow image adjustment patch error
• 92-671-00 Magenta Imaging Unit Failure
• 392.671.01 Magenta image adjustment patch error
• 92-672-00 Cyan Imaging Unit Failure
• 392.672.01 Cyan image adjustment patch error
• 92-673-00 Black Imaging Unit Failure
• 392.673.01 Black image adjustment patch error
Initial Actions
• Reseat the affected Imaging Unit.

• Check the Imaging Unit is the correct part number for this model.
• Check Transfer Belt installation.
■ Yellow Imaging Unit, PL5.1.8 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5.

■ Cyan Imaging Unit, PL5.1.10 page 10-9.
■ Black Imaging Unit, PL5.1.11 ■ “HVPS” on page 10-35.
■ Transfer Belt, PL5.1.1
■ HVPS, PL5.2.3
■ Harness Assy ROS/HV (PL11.2.2)
1 Reseat the affected Imaging Unit Go to Step 2. Complete.

2 Replace the affected imaging Unit. Go to Step 3. Complete.
3 Reseat the Transfer Belt and cycle Go to Step 4. Complete.

system power.
4 Replace the Transfer Belt Go to Step 5. Complete.
(page 8-12).
5 Check P/J332 on the HVPS and the Go to Step 6. Secure the
HV contacts to the Bias Transfer connections.
Assy.
7 Check continuity of the ROS/HV Replace the Replace the
Harness between P/J331 and PJ31 HVPS MCU Board
on the MCU Board. (page 8-182). (page 8-152).
is resolved.
1. Bias Housing Assy, PL 5.2.2
2. HVPS, PL5.2.3
3. Harness Assy ROS/HV (PL11.2.2)
CMYK Toner Failure
A communication or CRUM data failure was detected in one of the Toner

Cartridges.
Applicable Codes
• 93-901-00 Black (K) Toner Failure

• 393.901.02 Black (K) Toner Cartridge communication error
• 393.902.03 Black (K) Toner Cartridge data error
• 93-903-00 Yellow (Y) Toner Failure
• 393.903.02 Yellow (Y) Toner Cartridge communication error
• 393.904.03 Yellow (Y) Toner Cartridge data error
• 93-905-00 Magenta (M) Toner Failure
• 393.905.02 Magenta (M) Toner Cartridge communication error
• 393.906.03 Magenta (M) Toner Cartridge data error
• 93-907-00 Cyan (C) Toner Failure
• 393.907.02 Cyan (C) Toner Cartridge communication error
• 393.908.03 Cyan (C) Toner Cartridge data error
Initial Actions
• Reseat the affected Toner Cartridge.

• Check the Toner Cartridge is the correct part number for this model.
■ Yellow Toner Cartridge, PL6.1.1 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5.

■ Magenta Toner Cartridge, PL6.1.2 ■ “Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit” on
■ Cyan Toner Cartridge, PL6.1.3 page 10-9.
■ Black Toner Cartridge, PL6.1.4 ■ “Dispense and Development” on
■ CRUM Connector Assy, PL6.1.10 page 10-37.
■ Harness TN CRUM, PL11.1.1

1 Reseat the affected Toner Cartridge Go to Step 2. Complete.
2 Replace the affected Toner Go to Step 3. Complete.

Cartridge.
toner CRUM connections P/J204(Y), connections.
P/J205(M), P/J206(C) and P/
J207(K).
4 Check continuity of the TN/CRUM Go to Step 5. Replace the
Harness between the CRUM harness.
connections and P/J11 on the MCU
Board.
5 Check for 2.5V at P/J11-3, -7, -11, Replace the Replace the
and -15 on the MCU Board Toner CRUM MCU Board
Is 2.5 V available at P/J11? Connector Assy (page 8-152).
(page 8-108).
General Troubleshooting
In this chapter...
• Introduction
• System Startup
• Power On Self Test (POST)
• Service Diagnostics
• Control Panel Troubleshooting
• DC Power Supply Troubleshooting
• +24 VDC Interlock Switches
• Abnormal Noises
• Operating System and Application Problems
Chapter
4
Introduction
This chapter covers the System Startup, Power On Self Test (POST), Service
Diagnostics, and troubleshooting problems not associated with a fault code or
error message.
For troubleshooting problems associated with a fault code or Control Panel error
message, refer to “Messages, Codes, and Procedures” on page 3-4. Print-quality
problems are covered in “Print-Quality Troubleshooting” on page 5-9.
Initial Actions
Some problems are easy to resolve. Use these steps in an attempt to quickly
isolate the problem.
1. Turn Off the printer, wait 5 seconds, then turn On the printer. This often solves
problems related to power transients, ESD, and software errors.
2. If a message appears on the Control Panel, see “Messages, Codes, and
Procedures” on page 3-4 for specific procedures related to error messages.
3. Check the power cord. Is the power cord plugged into the printer and directly
into a properly grounded electrical outlet? Is the power cord damaged?
4. Check the electrical outlet. Is the outlet turned off by a switch or breaker?
5. Does other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet operate?
6. Are all options properly installed?
Display Problems
If the Control Panel display is blank:

1. Turn Off the printer, wait 10 seconds, then turn On the printer.
2. The Xerox logo should appear on the display while POST tests run. If not, see
“Control Panel Troubleshooting” on page 4-77.
3. When all tests and operating system loading is complete, “Ready to Print”
should appear at the top left corner of the display.
Note
If the touchscreen is illuminated but unresponsive, press and hold the Power
Saver button for 5 seconds, then press and release the Pause button to reset
the touchscreen to factory defaults and initiate the touchscreen diagnostics.
Refer to “Control Panel Calibration and Testing” on page 6-8.
If the problem persists, see “Control Panel Troubleshooting” on page 4-77, and “DC
Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 4-81.
Printing Problems
If menu settings entered from the Control Panel have no effect, change or disable
print settings from the print driver, the print utilities, or the application.
Note
Settings made in the application, print driver, or print utilities override settings
made from the Control Panel.
If a job did not print correctly or incorrect characters were printed, check the
following:
1. Check for “Ready To Print” on the display before sending a print job.
2. Check the loaded media.
3. Check the print driver.
4. Check the printer connections to Ethernet or USB.
5. Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
6. If using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled.
7. Check the printer network interface from the Network tab of the About This
Printer menu. Determine the host interface you are using. Print a
Configuration page to verify that the current interface settings are correct.
Slow Printing
Printing complex images in Photo Mode for duplex jobs greater than 4 pages
reduces print speed due to memory limitations. This is indicated when the printer
cycles down, then back up following the 4th page. Increasing installed memory to
2GB eliminates this behavior. Another option is to switch to standard mode.
Another cause of slow operation is the use of data encryption on the Hard Drive. If
User Data Encryption is enabled through CWIS, print processing slows as the
encrption/decryption process occurs resulting in a reduction of print speeds of up
to 40%.
Secure Print
If secure print is not available or not printing, refer to the requirements below.
• Secure Print requires a Hard Drive for print file storage. Check for the presence
of a Hard Drive mounted on the IP Board.
• The number of secure print jobs the printer can store is dependent on the job
size including number of pages, graphics, color attributes, and the amount of
memory or Hard Disk space.
Misfeed
If print media misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check the following:

1. Make sure the print media meets the specifications. Refer to“Media
Guidelines” on page A-2.
2. Fan the media before loading it.
3. Check the media guides.
4. Check the fill level in each Tray. Reduce the amount of media loaded in the
Tray if necessary.
5. Load the media to correctly position the “print first” side.
6. Turn the media over or around and try printing again.
7. Fill trays with only one type of media.
8. Remove the top and bottom sheets of a ream before loading.
9. Do not reload media until the media source is empty.
10. Try loading media from a newly opened ream.
11. Check the Feed Rollers for contamination or wear. Replace if necessary.
Jamming in the Media Path
Use the dc330 roller tests to exercise drive assemblies, clutches and motors in
combination to test media transport at specific locations in the media path.
Fault Isolation
Print an Engine Test print to isolate errors to either the MCUI or IP Boards. If the
printer prints the test print successfully, troubleshoot the IP Board and connected
components. If the Engine Test print fails, troubleshoot the print engine starting
with “AC Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 4-80.
System Startup
Listed here is a typical startup routine from a cold start. The printer requires
approximately 2 minutes to complete this sequence when equipped with a Hard
Drive, 3 minutes without.
1. The printer performs a Power-On Self Test (POST) of the minimal essential
hardware components to enable the operating systems to load and boot into
a minimal-power safe state. See “Power On Self Test (POST)” on page 4-5.
2. A static power-on splash screen with the Xerox and Energy Star logos is
displayed.
3. A dynamic warm-up screen appears showing the version of system software
and a scrolling activity bar.
4. The home screen is displayed with status of warming up or calibrating.
5. The status message changes to Ready to Print when the printer is ready to
accept jobs.
Power On Self Test (POST)
POST diagnostics provides a quick means of isolating a defective subsystem

associated with the Image Processor Board (IP Board), SDRAM, and Control Panel.
POST Sequence
POST uses a separate and independent boot code; this code runs independently
from the printer’s operating system.
1. When power is turned On, the Health LED is lit on the IP Board, to indicate
power is initiated.
2. The UART for debug serial port is initialized.
3. The SDRAM DIMM and EEPROM are tested, which included data and address
lines. If an error is detected, the boot process halts and the error is indicated
by a text message to the Control panel display and a blink code on the Health
LED.
Note
An attempt is made to write detailed information to the serial port (which
should work as the RAM is not being used at this point and the debug
serial port is initialized).
4. The CPU loads its FPGA. If an error occurs, the system attempts to continue
the boot process to allow for recovery and a text message is displayed on the
Control Panel and a the Health LED blinks the appropriate code.
5. The IP Board health is checked. If there is a failure, the Health LED blinks.
6. The Operating System (OS) is loaded from ROM and the OS is brought up.
POST Error Reporting
POST reports errors using the Health LED located on the IP Board and, when
possible, an error message displayed on the Control Panel.
Hard faults prevent the boot sequence from continuing; the boot sequence aborts
with no further tests attempted. When a hard fault occurs, the error code will be
flashed on the LED's., and if possible, displayed on the UI screen.
LED Blink Patterns
This table lists blink codes for each error. All errors blink the LED a certain number
of times @ 2 Hz, pause for 2 seconds, and then repeat.
.
POST Health LED Error Blink patterns
Blink Code Message Action
2 blinks RAM error Replace DIMM, if error persists, IP Board.

3 blinks FPGA error Update SW, if error persists, replace SD Card
4 blinks EEPROM error Replace IP board EEPROM
6 blinks UI Failure Replace the Control Panel
7 blinks UI Version Error Update SW
Errors
RAM Error
A RAM error is displayed on the Control Panel when the test detects errors on the
RAM DIMM installed on the IP Board. This error most often means an
incompatible DIMM is installed, the DIMM is installed incorrectly or is missing.
However, it can mean the DIMM is faulty. In rare instances, it could mean the IP
Board and/or the DIMM socket is faulty.
FPGA Error
An FPGA error can mean either the FPGA binary on the SD card is missing and/or
corrupt, or the FPGA itself is faulty (controller error). It is not possible in all cases to
identify which one of these is the real problem. Therefore, reinstalling the SW
using AltBoot may or may not fix the problem. If it does not, replace the IP Board.
EEPROM Error
This indicates the IP Board EEPROM is missing or could not be read.
UI Failure
This indicates that communication with the Control Panel could not be
established. It most likely means the Control Panel or harness is disconnected or
defective. Although not likely, it could also mean the controller (UI cable socket) is
defective.
UI Version Error
Indicates a system SW version error. Use AltBoot to update system firmware.
Service Diagnostics
The Phaser 6700 has built-in diagnostics that provide tests for sensors, motors
clutches, and solenoids. Access is also provided to system status, NVM addresses,
and several test prints. Using these tools, technicians can diagnose problems
quickly by isolating which component or subassembly requires service.
If confronted with an error that requires more than a cursory investigation to clear
or when directed by a troubleshooting procedure, use Service Diagnostics to
exercise selected assemblies or parts in the vicinity of the reported error.
Diagnostic tests are controlled from the Control Panel.
Note
Clear pending print jobs before attempting to enter Service Diagnostics. No
new jobs are processed while the printer is in diagnostic mode.
Entering Service Diagnostics
Service Diagnostics is accessible using these methods. Login using 6789.

• With the printer in the Ready state, press and hold the Pause Button for 5
seconds, then press and release the Power Saver Button. This method is
available even with the menus locked.
• From the Printer > Setup > Service Tools menu, touch Service Diagnostics. The
Service Diagnostics screen appears. If the Tools Menu is locked, use the CSE
login credentials (user = !$ecivreS and password = 2732). CSE login to the
Tools menu can be disabled by the admin from CWIS.
Note
If the system is unable to access Service Diagnostics, “Unable to enter
service diagnostics at this time. Please try again.” appears on the display.
These routines are available in Service Diagnostics. Detailed descriptions of each

utility or test follow this overview.
General Information
General Information lists information about the printer.

• Product Code
• Serial Number
• Total Images
• Active IP Address
• Software Version
Service Information
Service Information lists utilities for managing counters, reviewing status and
access to embedded test prints.
• dc104 Usage Counters
• dc108 Software Versions
• dc122 Fault History
• dc135 CRU/HFS Read and Reset
• dc612 Test Patterns
Diagnostics
Diagnostics lists utilities for testing components and combinations of components.

• dc140 Analog Monitor
• dc330 Component Control
• dc711 Roller Test
• dc741 Paper Size Switch Test
Adjustments
Adjustments lists utilities for accessing NVRAM and making xerographic process
adjustments.
• dc131 NVM Access
• dc301 NVM initialization
• dc361 NVM Save and Restore
• dc701 Fuser Temp Setup
• dc909 Calibrate for Paper
• dc960 High Altitude
Maintenance
Maintenance lists utilities for managing consumables.

• dc122 Fault History
• dc135 CRU/HFS Read and Reset
• dc137 Page Pack
Exiting Service Diagnostics
After all service mode activities are complete, touch Call Closeout. The Call
Closeout screen appears. Available options include the reset of the fault history
logs (Reset Counters), Exit, Exit & Reboot and Cancel. It is recommended that
following diagnostic testing or an NVM parameter change, reboot the printer to
return it to correct operation.
Service Diagnostics Tests and Utilities
Most diagnostic tests are straightforward and require no additional explanation.

However, there are some that require specific conditions be met to achieve
meaningful results. These instructions cover each test group, listing special
instructions, conditions, or other information necessary to successfully interpret
the results of the diagnostic tests.
dc104 Usage Counters
Usage Counters displays printer usage information.

1. Access the Service Diagnostics menu (page 4-7).
2. Touch Service Information.
3. Touch dc104 Usage Counters.
4. The dc104 Usage Counters screen is displayed. Total impressions for Color and
Black are displayed. Touch Usage Counters and select the desired counter to
view.
• Impression Counters
• Sheet Counters
5. Touch X to exit.
dc108 Software Version
Software Version displays the current system software versions.

3. Touch dc108 Software Version.
4. The System Software Version screen is displayed listing current firmware
versions for the printer and attached options.
5. Touch the Back Arrow to exit.
dc122 Fault History
Fault History displays the most recent (last 40) faults.

3. Touch dc122 Fault History.
4. A Fault History screen is displayed. Information includes:
• Chain Link
• Description
• Date & Time
5. Touch the Fault for additional details.
6. An Information screen appears with fault details.
7. Touch X to exit the Information screen.
8. Touch the Back Arrow to exit.
dc131 NVM Access
Note
Write down existing values before making any changes.
NVM Access displays the value for a given NVM parameter ID and will write new
values into given locations. Refer to “NVM Parametric Values” on page A-9.
2. Touch Adjustments.
3. Select dc131 NVM Access.
4. Enter the two part NVM parameter identifier.
5. Touch Read.
6. The selected NVM parameter is added to a table showing parameters
accessed since invoking the routine.
7. Check the displayed value is appropriate. If not, differs from that documented
or a modification is required:
a. Enter the new value for that NVM parameter
b. Touch Write
c. The new value is written into NVM
d. The value is updated in the list displayed on the UI
8. If further NVM parameters require review, repeats steps 4~7.
Note
Select Exit and Reboot during Call Closeout after any NVM value change.
dc135 CRU/HFSI
The CRU/HFSI (dc135) routine provides read access to each CRU/HFSI and
displays the remaining life information. The non-CRUM supply item life counters
can be reset.
2. Touch the Service Info tab.
3. Select dc135 CRU/HSFI.
4. A dc135 CRU/HFSI screen is displayed. Information includes:
• Name
• % Remaining
5. To reset a non-CRUM supply item, select the item. Touch the Reset Counter
button to reset the life counter.
6. Touch X to exit.
dc137 Page Pack
Note
Page Pack requires unique CRU components, a valid Page Pack PIN and an
established Page Pack contract.
Use the Page Pack utility to enable or disable the Page Pack feature.

2. Touch Maintenance.
3. Select dc137 Page Pack.
4. Touch the desired state.
5. Touch Save to store the new state.
6. Touch X to exit.
dc140 Analog Monitor
The Analog Monitor (dc140) routine monitors one or more analog inputs for
diagnostic troubleshooting.
2. Touch the Diagnostics tab.
3. Select dc140 Analog Monitor.
4. A dc140 Analog Monitor screen is displayed. Information includes:
• Component Name
• Status
• Range
• Value
5. Select the item to be monitored. Select Start.
6. The value is displayed for the selected component.
7. To stop the process, select Stop or Stop All.
8. Click X to exit.
dc301 NVM Initialization
The NVM Initialization utility resets selected NVM to their factory default settings.
NVM areas are defined by domain. To select NVM parameters to reset, follow
these instructions.
3. Select dc301 NVM Initialization.
4. A dc301 NVM Initialization screen is displayed.
5. Touch the domain to reset. Controller provides three NVM Data areas, Engine
one and, if installed, Finisher provides one.
6. To reset User, System or All NVM parameters to factory defaults, touch
Controller, then touch the NVM Data area and touch Initialize.
7. A prompt appears to confirm the initialization request. Touch Initialize to reset
NVM.
8. After confirmation, the display returns to the Adjustments menu and status
messages appear at the top of the display during the reset process.
Engine and Finisher domains reset system NVM for the target board.
Note
Select Exit & Reboot during call closeout after any NVM operations.
dc330 Component Control
Component Control (dc330) is used to test subsystems and discreet components

of the printer and attached options. Two component types are defined:
• Inputs: sensors, switches, and motor encoders.
• Outputs: motors, fans, solenoids, clutches, lamps (e.g. LED's) and heaters.
Note
To view status of Fuser, ADC output voltage and environmental sensors, use
dc140.
To select a component test:

2. Touch the Diagnostics tab.
3. Select dc330 Component Control.
4. A dc330 Component Control screen is displayed. Information includes:
• Chain Link
• I/O (input or output)
• Component
5. From the Chain pull-down menu, select the Chain number.
6. Select the component for test.
7. Select Start to perform the test.
8. Select Stop/Stop All to stop the test.
9. Touch X to exit the component test.
Note
Sensor, motor, clutch, and solenoid test results appear as On or Off states.
Tests also allow audible and visual confirmation of operation where
applicable. The following dc330 Component Control Tables list each
component chain link and component test.
Input Control Codes for Print Engine Sensors
K Switching Sensor
Full Color Switching Sensor
Exit Sensor
Rear Cover
Full Stack Sensor Interlock
Switch
Envelope Mode Sensor
Front Door
Interlock Switch Registration
Sensor
Front Door
Open Switch
Size Switch 0
Size Switch 1 Tray 1
Size Switch 2 No Paper Sensor
Right Door Interlock Switch Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor1

Tray 2 No Paper Sensor Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor2
s6700-055
Print Engine dc330 Input Component Control Codes
Code Component Code Component
010-209 Fuser Motor Alarm 072-105 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor

010-210 Fuser Fan Alarm 072-106 Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor1
010-205 Exit Sensor 072-107 Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor2
010-206 Envelope Mode Sensor 072-108 Tray 2 Size Switch 0
010-207 Fuser Enable 072-109 Tray 2 Size Switch 1
042-206 LVPS Fan Alarm 072-110 Tray 2 Size Switch 2
077-300 Front Door Interlock 077-302 Front Door Open Switch
077-301 Right Door Interlock 093-022 Xero Drive Motor Alarm
047-200 Detect Commander 093-017 Black Switching Sensor
010-208 Finisher Detect 093-018 Color Switching Sensor
010-204 Feed Drive Alarm 093-020 K Dev Motor Alarm
010-202 Registration Sensor 093-021 YMC Dev Motor Alarm
010-203 Full Stack Sensor 091-001 Waste Toner Full Sensor
071-104 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor 093-019 IBT Motor Alarm
Note
No input control code or dc330 test exists for the Rear Cover Interlock Switch.
To test the switch, either test directly with a DMM, or look for the 309.003.03
(Laser Unit failure) error to indicate a defective switch.
Input Control Codes for Optional Feeder Sensors
No Paper
Sensors Low Paper Sensors 1
Low Paper Sensors 2
Right Side
Size Switches Door Switches
Take Away
Sensors
s6700-056
Optional Feeder dc330 Input Component Control Codes

073-012 Tray 3 Feed Motor Alarm 075-004 Tray 5 Feed Motor Alarm
073-001 Tray 3 Take Away Sensor 075-007 Tray 5 Take Away Sensor
073-002 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor 075-008 Tray 5 No Paper Sensor
073-003 Tray 3 Size Switch 0 075-009 Tray 5 Size Switch 0
073-006 Tray 3 Low Paper Sensor1 075-012 Tray 5 Low Paper Sensor1
073-007 Tray 3 Low Paper Sensor2 075-013 Tray 5 Low Paper Sensor2
073-008 Tray 3 Right Door Switch 075-014 Tray 5 Right Door Switch
074-006 Tray 4 Feed Motor Alarm 076-009 Tray 6 Feed Motor Alarm
074-007 Tray 4 Take Away Sensor 076-010 Tray 6 Take Away Sensor
074-008 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor 076-011 Tray 6 No Paper Sensor
074-012 Tray 4 Low Paper Sensor 1 076-015 Tray 6 Low Paper Sensor 1
074-013 Tray 4 Low Paper Sensor 2 076-016 Tray 6 Low Paper Sensor 2
074-014 Tray 4 Right Door Switch 076-017 Tray 6 Right Door Switch
Input Control Codes for Finisher Sensors

Front Tamper
Home Sensor Rear Tamper Home Sensor
Compile Exit Sensor
Finisher Front
Door Switch
Horizontal
Transport Stack Height Sensor 1
Open Sensor Stack Height Sensor 2
Eject Clamp Home
Sensor
Set Clamp Home
Sensor
Stacker No Paper
Sensor
Staple Home Sensor

Low Staple Sensor
Self Priming Sensor
s6700-057
Finisher dc330 Input Component Control Codes

012-029 Compile Tray Exit Sensor 012-036 Eject Clamp Home Sensor
012-030 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor 012-037 Set Clamp Home Sensor
012-031 Front Tamper Home Sensor 012-038 Stacker No Paper Sensor
012-032 Rear Tamper Home Sensor 012-040 Stack Height Sensor 1
012-033 Low Staple Sensor 012-041 Stack Height Sensor 2
012-034 Self Priming Sensor 012-042 Front Door Switch
012-035 Staple Home Sensor 012-043 Horizontal Transport
Cover
Output Control Codes for Print Engine Components
Exit Clutch
Exit Invert Clutch Toner Motor K

Exit Solenoid
Toner Motor C
Fuser Fan
Toner Motor M
Toner Motor Y
Imaging Unit
Fuser Drive Drum Drive
Assembly
Erase LED YMC
LVPS Fan
Erase LED K
Transfer Belt YMC Developer
Drive Assembly Drive Assembly
Tray 1 Feed Solenoid K Developer

Drive
Duplex Drive
Clutch
Xero-Drum Clutch
Take Away Clutch
Registration Clutch
Tray 2 Feed Clutch
Feed Drive Assembly
s6700-420
Print Engine dc330 Output Control Codes

010-001, Fuser Motor (High, 093-011, Xero Drive Motor (High,
002, 003 Med, Low) 012, 013 Med, Low)
042-004, Fuser Fan (High, Low) 093-014 Xero-Drum Clutch
005
010-006 Fuser Control 093-015 Erase YMC LED
042-001 LVPS Fan 093-016 Erase K LED
061-001 Laser Motor (int) 093-001, YMC Dev Drive Motor
002, 003 (High, Med, Low)
010-007, Feed Motor (High, Med, 093-004, K Dev Drive Motor (High,
008, 009 Low) 005, 006 Med, Low)
077-001 Duplex Clutch 093-007 Toner Motor Y
010-010 Registration Clutch 093-008 Toner Motor M
071-006 Tray 1 Feed Solenoid 093-009 Toner Motor C
072-007 Tray 2 Feed Clutch 093-010 Toner Motor K
072-008 Tray 2 Take Away 094-001, IBT Motor (High, Med,
Clutch 002, 003 Low)
010-011 Exit Clutch 094-005, IBT Motor Reverse (High,
006, 007 Med, Low)
Print Engine dc330 Output Control Codes (Continued)

010-012 Exit Invert Clutch 094-008, IBT Motor + Xero Int
009, 010 (High, Med, Low)
010-013 Exit Solenoid 094-011 IBT Color Mode Int
010-014, Feed Motor rev. (High,
015, 016 Middle, Low)
Output Control Codes for Optional Feeder Components
Tray 2 Take Away
Tray 2 Feed Clutch
Tray 2 Feed Drive
Tray 3 Take Away
Tray 3 Feed Clutch
Tray 3 Feed Drive
Tray 4 Take Away
Tray 4 Feed Clutch
Tray 4 Feed Drive
Tray 5 Take Away
Tray 5 Feed Clutch
Tray 5 Feed Drive

s6700-421
Option Feeder dc330 Output Control Codes

073-009, Tray 3 Feed Drive (High, 075-001, Tray 5 Feed Drive (High,
010, 011 Middle, Low) 002, 003 Middle, Low)
073-013 Tray 3 Take Away Clutch 075-005 Tray 5 Take Away Clutch
073-014 Tray 3 Feed Clutch 075-006 Tray 5 Feed Clutch
074-001, Tray 4 Feed Drive (High, 076-001, Tray 6 Feed Drive (High,
002, 003 Middle, Low) 002, 003 Middle, Low)
074-004 Tray 4 Take Away Clutch 076-004 Tray 6 Take Away Clutch
074-005 Tray 4 Feed Clutch 076-005 Tray 6 Feed Clutch
Output Control Codes for Finisher Components
Rear Tamper Motor Eject Clamp Sub Paddle Solenoid
Staple Motor
Front Tamper Motor
Set Clamp Clutch
Transport Motor
Eject Motor Forward
Stacker Drive
Horizontal Transport Drive

s6700-422
Finisher dc330 Output Control Codes

012-013 Sub Paddle Solenoid 012-046 Staple Motor Forward
012-018 Transport Motor Reverse 012-047 Staple Motor Reverse
012-020, Front Tamper Motor Front 012-050 Set Clamp Clutch
022 (Low, High)
012-023, Front Tamper Motor Rear 012-052 Eject Clamp Up
025 (Low, High)
012-026, Rear Tamper Motor Front 012-053 Eject Clamp Down
028 (Low, High)
012-029, Rear Tamper Motor Rear 012-054, Eject Motor Forward
031 (Low, High) 055 (Low, High)
012-032, Horizontal Transport Drive 012-060 Stacker Drive Up
033, 034, Forward
035
012-036, Transport Motor Forward 012-061 Stacker Drive Down
037, 038 (Low, Middle, High)
012-039 Horizontal Transport Drive
Reverse
dc361 NVM Save and Restore
NVM Save and Restore saves or restores system NVM contents to or from the
installed SD Card or, if installed, a USB memory device. Use this routine to save
and restore system and customer parameters.
Note
The printer automatically creates several copies of system configuration data.
A master copy is created and time stamped at first-time power On. Master
files are never overwritten and are useful when current system files are
corrupt. The printer also writes a daily backup copy of IP Board NVM on a 15-
day rotation. These files appear in the file list on the dc361 NVM Save and
Restore screen. Files are listed by order of time stamp.
To save NVM parameters, follow these instructions.

3. Select dc361 NVM Save and Restore. A dc361 NVM Save and Restore screen is
displayed.
4. Touch Machine NVM. If a USB memory device is installed, a prompt appears
to select the memory device to receive the NVM files. After selecting the
device, the display returns to the dc361 NVM Save and Restore screen.
5. Touch Save to save NVM to the selected device. The routine creates three,
time-stamped files, controller SD Card (IP Board), NVM EEPROM (IP Board),
and engine EEPROM (MCU Board). The IP Board SD Card holds customer
configuration parameters. The IP Board EEPROM stores system configuration
parameters and the engine EEPROM stores engine control parameters.
6. A progress window appears to monitor the process. If an error occurs, a status
message appears at the top of the display.
To restore NVM parameters, follow these instructions.
3. Select dc361 NVM Save and Restore. A dc361 NVM Save and Restore screen is
displayed.
4. Touch the correct saved file listed, then touch Restore.
5. A progress window appears to monitor the restore process. If an error occurs, a
status message appears at the top of the display.
Note
Select Exit & Reboot during call closeout after any NVM operations.
dc612 Test Patterns
The dc612 Test Patterns provides access to embedded test prints useful for
troubleshooting image quality and media transport problems. Options include
number of prints, source tray and simplex or duplex printing.
2. Touch Service information.
3. Select dc612 NVM Test Patterns. A dc612 Print Test Patterns screen is
displayed including these prints:
• CMYK Sample page
• 50% solid fills of Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and Black
• RGB Test Print
• Test Patterns page
• Fuser Cleaning page
See “Test Prints” on page 5-31 for additional information on dc612 test prints.
dc701 Fuser Temp Setup
The dc701 Fuser Temp Setup utility is used to adjust Fuser temperatures to
compensate for media weight or improve toner adhesion.
3. Select dc701 Fuser Temp Setup. A dc701 Fuser Temp Setup screen is
displayed.
4. Touch the print mode to apply the Fuser temperature changes.
5. Touch the media weight to associate with the Fuser temperature setting.
6. Increment or decrement the default setting and touch Write to save the
change. To reset the default, Write a value of zero.
Note
Fuser temperature adjustment range is +/- 6 for each media type.
dc711 Roller Test
The dc711 Roller Test exercises select motors, clutches, solenoids and rollers in
combination to verify proper operation.
2. Touch Diagnostics.
3. Select dc711 Roller Test. A dc711 Roller Test screen appears listing these
options:
• Exit Roller forward and reverse
• Duplex Roller
• Registration Roller
• Tray 2 ~ 6 Feed Rollers
• Tray 2 ~ 6 Take Away Rollers
4. Touch the roller to test and touch Start to begin the test.
5. Touch Stop to end the test.
dc741 Paper Size Switch
The dc741 Paper Size Switch Test monitors the signal from Tray 2 ~ 6 Size Switches
and indicates signal status as each switch is opened and closed. Use the media
guides in the Tray to actuate the switches or reach into the back of the Tray cavity
and actuate the switches manually.
3. Select dc741 Paper Size Switch Test. A dc741 Paper Size Switch Test screen
appears listing tests for each Size Switch detected.
4. Select the target Tray.
5. The current state of the switches and the media size represented appears.
dc909 Calibrate for Paper
The dc909 Calibrate for Paper utility is used to adjust Transfer Roller charge to
compensate for media type or weight. Increased charge on the Transfer Roller
increases toner attraction to the media. Refer to “Secondary Transfer” on
page 2-12 for details of the toner transfer process.
3. Select dc909 Calibrate for Paper. A dc909 Calibrate for Paper screen appears.
4. Touch the media type to apply the charge changes.
Note
dc960 High Altitude
The dc960 Altitude Adjustment utility is used to adjust print process control to
compensate for installations at higher altitudes. If the printer is installed more
than 2000 meters above sea level, use dc960 to change print process control
parameters.
3. Select dc960 Altitude Adjustment. A dc909 Altitude Adjustment screen
appears.
4. Touch the correct altitude setting and touch Write to save the new setting to
NVM.
5. The Current Setting changes to reflect the new value.
Print Engine Test Procedures
Exit Sensor
Warning
1. Access Service Diagnostics (page 4-7).

3. Touch dc330 Component Control.
4. Touch the Chain pull-down and select Chain 10.
5. Touch Exit Sensor.
6. Open the Right Door.
7. Touch Start to perform the test.
8. Lift the Fuser jam chute to toggle the signal (On/Off).
9. Touch Stop/Stop All to stop the test.
s6700-628
Warning

5. Touch Envelope Mode Detection Sensor.
8. Lower the envelope mode lever to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Envelope Mode Lever
s6700-544
Front Door Interlock Switch

5. Touch Front Door Interlock or Front Door Open Switch.
7. Open and close the Front Door to toggle the signal (On/Off).
s6700-545
Right Door Interlock Switch

5. Touch Right Door Interlock.
7. Open and close the Right Door to toggle the signal (On/Off).
s6700-546
Registration Sensor
Warning

5. Touch Regi Sensor.
7. Push and release the registration actuator to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Actuator
s6700-547
Full Stack Sensor

5. Touch Full Stack Sensor.
6. Open the Horizontal Transport Cover (if installed).
7. Lift and release the Full Stack Actuator to toggle the signal (On/Off).
s6700-549

5. Touch Tray 1 No Paper Sensor.
6. Open Tray 1 if closed.
7. Push and release the no paper actuator to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Actuator
s6700-548
1. Remove Tray 2.
6. Touch Tray 2 No Paper Sensor.
7. Lift and release the no paper actuator to toggle the signal (On/Off).
s6700-550
Tray 2 Low Paper Sensors 1 and 2
1. Remove Tray 2.
6. Touch Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor 1 or 2.
7. Block the Low Paper Sensors to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Tray 2 Low Paper

Sensor 1
Tray 2 Low Paper
Sensor 2
Paper
s6700-551
Tray 2 Size Switch
1. Remove Tray 2.
6. Touch Tray 2 Size Sensor 1 or 2.
7. Push each switch actuator to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Size Switch 0
Size Switch 1
Size Switch 2
s6700-552
1. Access, but do not remove the Black Switching Sensor (page 8-145).
6. Touch Black Switching Sensor.
7. Slide the link bar to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Link Bar
s6700-553
Color Switching Sensor
1. Access, but do not remove the Color Switching Sensor (page 8-149).
6. Touch Color Switching Sensor.
7. Slide the link bar to toggle the signal (On/Off).

Link Bar
s6700-554
1. Open the Front Door.

2. Remove the Waste Toner Cartridge (page 8-16).
7. Touch Waste Toner Full Sensor.
8. Block the sensor to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Paper
s6700-555
Warning
In typical office environments the Fuser Drive Assembly is audible during testing.
If background noise is a problem, remove the Fuser (page 8-17) and defeat the
Interlock Switch to directly view operation of the Fuser Drive Assembly.
5. Touch Fuser Motor (High, Med, or Low).
s6700-556
Fuser Fan
Confirm operation by airflow from the Fuser Fan vent.

5. Touch Fuser Fan (High or Low).
s6700-557
LVPS Fan
Confirm operation by airflow from the LVPS Fan vent.

5. Touch LVPS Fan (High or Low).
s6700-558
Feed Drive Assembly
In typical office environments the Feed Drive Assembly is audible during testing. If
background noise is a problem, open the Right Door and defeat the Interlock
Switch to directly view operation of the Feed Drive Assembly.
5. Touch Paper Feed Motor (High, Med or Low).
Gear
s6700-559
Duplex Dive Clutch
The Duplex Drive Clutch is engaged to drive the Duplex Rollers. Use the Duplex
Roller test to check operation of the Duplex Drive Clutch.
In typical office environments the Duplex Rollers are audible during testing. If
background noise is a problem, open the Right Door, raise the duplex frame and
defeat the Interlock Switch to directly view operation of the Duplex Rollers.
3. Touch dc711 Roller Test.
4. Touch Duplex Roller.
s6700-560
Registration Clutch
The Registration Clutch is engaged to drive the registration rollers. Use the
Registration Roller test to check operation of the Registration Clutch.
In typical office environments the registration rollers are audible during testing. If
Switch to directly view operation of the registration rollers.
4. Touch Registration Roller.
s6700-561
In typical office environments the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid is audible during testing. If
Switch to directly view operation of the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid plunger located on
the duplex frame.
5. Touch Tray 1 Feed Solenoid.
6. Touch Start to perform the test.The test automatically stops.
s6700-627
Tray 2 Feed Clutch
The Tray 2 Feed Clutch is engaged to drive the Tray 2 Feed Rollers. Use the Tray 2
Feed Roller test to check operation of the Tray 2 Feed Clutch.
In typical office environments the Tray 2 Feed Rollers are audible during testing. If
background noise is a problem, remove Tray 2 to directly view operation of the
Tray 2 Feed Rollers.
4. Touch Tray 2 Feed Roller.
s6700-562
Tray 2 Take Away Clutch
The Tray 2 Take Away Clutch is engaged to drive the Tray 2 take away roller. Use
the Tray 2 Take Away Roller test to check operation of the Tray 2 Take Away Clutch.
In typical office environments the Tray 2 take away roller is audible during testing.
If background noise is a problem, open the Right Door and defeat the Interlock
Switch to directly view operation of the Tray 2 take away roller.
4. Touch Tray 2 Take Away Roller.
s6700-563
Exit Clutch
The exit clutch, part of the Exit Drive Assembly, is engaged to drive the exit roller
with the Fuser Drive Assembly. Use the Exit Roller Forward test to check operation
of the exit clutch.
In typical office environments the exit roller is audible during testing. If
background noise is a problem, open the Right Door, defeat the Interlock Switch,
and open the Fuser jam access to directly view operation of the exit roller.
4. Touch Exit Roller Forward.
s6500-564
The exit inverter clutch, part of the Exit Drive Assembly, is engaged to drive the exit
roller in reverse with the Fuser Drive Assembly. Use the Exit Roller Reverse test to
check operation of the exit inverter clutch.
In typical office environments the exit roller is audible during testing. If
and open the Fuser jam access to directly view operation of the exit roller.
4. Touch Exit Roller Reverse.
s6500-565
Exit Inverter Solenoid
Warning
The exit inverter solenoid, part of the Invert Chute Assembly, actuates the diverter
gate during duplex printing. Use the Exit Solenoid test to check operation of the
exit inverter solenoid.
In typical office environments the exit inverter solenoid is audible during testing. If
to directly view operation of the diverter gate.
5. Touch Exit Solenoid.
s6700-566
Imaging Unit Link Drive
Caution
Cover the Imaging Units to prevent exposure to light.
Caution
Toner may collect on the Transfer Belt and leak from the Transfer Belt auger
port. Use care when handling the Transfer Belt to avoid toner spills and belt
damage.
In typical office environments the Imaging Unit Link Drive is audible during
testing. If background noise is a problem, follow these steps to directly view
operation of the Imaging Unit Link Drive.
4. Open the Front Cover.
6. Open the Inner Frame Assembly.
7. Remove the Transfer Belt (page 8-12).
8. Remove the Imaging Units (page 8-14).
9. Defeat the Front and Right Door Interlock Switches.
11. Touch Xero Drive Motor (High, Med, or Low).
Coupling (Y) Coupling (M) Coupling (C) Coupling (K)
s6700-567
Color Mode Switching Clutch
Caution
Caution
damage.
The color mode switching clutch is part of the Feed Drive Assembly.
In typical office environments the Imaging Unit Link Drive is audible during
operation of the Imaging Unit Link Drive.
9. Defeat the Front Cover and Right Door Interlock Switches.
11. Touch Xero Clutch.
Coupling s6700-568
Erase LED Assemblies
Caution
damage.
The Erase LEDs illuminate a strip along the length of the Imaging Units during
testing. Follow these steps to directly view operation of the Erase LED Assemblies.
9. Touch Erase LED CMY or Erase LED K.
s6700-619
Developer Drive Assemblies
Caution
Caution
damage.
Note
Selecting CMY Dev Drive engages the three drive gears shown below. The K
Dev Drive test engages a single drive gear for the Black Imaging Unit.
In typical office environments the Developer Drive Assemblies are audible during
operation of the Developer Drive Assemblies.
9. Defeat the Front and Right Door Interlock Switches.
11. Touch YMC or K Dev Drive Motor (High, Med, or Low).
Gear (Y) Gear (M) Gear (C) s6700-569
Caution
Remove the Toner Cartridges if testing the toner motors longer than 2 or 3
seconds.
Caution
Toner may leak from the Toner Cartridge delivery port. Use care when
handling the Toner Cartridges to avoid toner spills.
In typical office environments the toner motors are audible during testing. If
background noise is a problem, follow these steps to directly view operation of the
Toner Dispense Assembly.
5. Remove the Toner Cartridges (page 8-18)
6. Defeat the Front Cover Interlock Switches.
8. Touch Y, M, C or K Toner Motor (High, Med, or Low).
Coupling (Y)
s6700-570
In typical office environments the Transfer Belt Drive Assembly is audible during
operation of the Transfer Belt being driven by the Transfer Belt Drive Assembly.
5. Defeat the Right Cover Interlock Switches.
7. Touch IBT Motor (High, Med, or Low).
s6700-571
Optional Feeder Test Procedures
Tray 3 ~ 6 Take Away Sensor
1. Open the Feeder Right Door.

5. Touch the Chain pull-down and select Chain 73, 74, 75, or 76.
6. Touch Tray Paper Path Sensor.
7. Insert a sheet of media into the media path to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Tray 3 Take Away Sensor
Paper
s6700-572
Tray 3 ~ 6 No Paper Sensor
1. Remove the Tray.

6. Touch Tray No Paper Sensor.
7. Lift and release the No paper Sensor actuator to toggle the signal (On/Off).
s6700-573
Tray 3 ~ 6 Size Switch
1. Remove the Tray.

6. Touch Tray Size Sensor 0, 1 or 2.
7. Push each switch actuator to toggle the signal (On/Off).
Size Switch 0
Size Switch 1
Size Switch 2
s6700-552
Tray 3 ~ 6 Low Paper Sensors 1 and 2
1. Remove the Tray.

6. Touch Tray Low Paper Sensor 1 or 2.
Tray 2 Low Paper

Sensor 1
Tray 2 Low Paper
Sensor 2
Paper
s6700-551
Tray 3 ~ 6 Right Side Door Switch

5. Touch Tray Right Side Door Switch.
6. Open and close the Right Door to toggle the signal (On/Off).
s6700-574
Tray 3 ~ 6 Feed Drive Assembly
In typical office environments the Feed Drive Assembly for the Optional Feeders is
audible during testing. If background noise is a problem, remove the Tray to
directly view operation of the Feed Drive.
5. Touch Tray Feed Motor (High, Med, or Low).
s6700-575
Tray 3 ~ 6 Take Away Clutch
The Option Feeder take away clutches are engaged to drive the take away rollers.
Use the Tray Take Away Roller test to check operation of the take away clutch.
In typical office environments the take away rollers for the Optional Feeders are
audible during testing. If background noise is a problem, open the Feeder Right
Side Door and defeat the Door Switch to directly view operation of the take away
roller.
4. Touch Tray Take Away Roller for the tray being tested.
s6700-576
Tray 3 ~ 6 Feed Clutch
The Option Feeder Feed Clutches are engaged to drive the Feed Rollers with the
Feed Drive Assembly. Use the Tray Feed Roller test to check operation of the Feed
Clutch.
In typical office environments the Feed Rollers for the Optional Feeders are audible
during testing. If background noise is a problem, remove the Tray to directly view
operation of the Feed Rollers.
4. Touch Tray Feed Roller for the tray being tested.
s6700-577
Finisher Test Procedures
Compile Tray Exit Sensor

5. Touch Compile Exit Sensor.
7. Open the Horizontal Transport Cover.
8. Open the Finisher Front Door.
9. Insert a sheet into the media path. Using the Finisher jam knob to feed media
through the Finisher, actuate the Compile Exit Sensor (On/Off).
s6700-578

5. Touch Compile Tray No Paper Sensor.
9. Insert a sheet into the media path. Using the Finisher jam knob to feed media
through the Finisher, actuate the Compile Tray No Paper Sensor (On/Off).
s6700-579
Front and Rear Tamper Home Sensor
Caution
Use care when manually moving the tampers. Grasp the tamper as close to
the tamper’s base as possible and move the tamper slowly just enough to
actuate the sensor.

5. Touch Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensor.
7. Gently move the tamper in and out of home position (On/Off).
s6700-580
Low Staple, Self Priming, and Staple Home Sensors

5. Touch Low Staple, Self Priming, or Staple Home Sensor.
7. Remove the Staple Cartridge to toggle the sensor (On/Off).
s6700-581
Eject Clamp Home Sensor
Note
Restore all electrical connections to the Finisher following removal of the Rear
Cover.
1. Remove the Finisher Rear Cover (page 8-240).

6. Touch Eject Clamp Home Sensor.
s6700-582
Note
Cover.

6. Touch Set Clamp Home Sensor.
s6700-583
Stacker No Paper Sensor
Note
Cover.

6. Touch Stacker No Paper Sensor.
Paper
s6700-585
Stack Height Sensors
Note
Cover.

6. Touch Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2.
Stack Height Sensor 1
Paper
Stack Height Sensor 2
s6700-586
Finisher Front Door Interlock Switch

5. Touch Finisher Front Door Switch.
7. Open and close the Finisher Front Door to toggle the signal (On/Off).
s6700-587
Horizontal Transport Open Switch

5. Touch H-Xport Cover Sensor.
7. Open and close the Horizontal Transport Cover to toggle the signal (On/Off).
s6700-588
Sub Paddle Solenoid
The paddle solenoid drives the paddle arm onto the media. The action of the
paddle arm confirms operation of the paddle solenoid.
5. Touch Paddle Solenoid.
s6700-589
Tamper Motors
The Tamper Motors drive the front and rear tampers to align the media stack. The
action of the tamper confirms operation of the Tamper Motor.
5. Touch Front or Rear Tamper Motor (High or Low).
s6700-580
Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly
The Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly drives the transport rollers in the
Horizontal Transport to move media between the printer exit and Finisher. The
action of the transport rollers confirms operation of the Horizontal Transport Drive
Assembly.
Note
The H-Xport Rev test only drives the roller closest to the printer exit.

5. Touch H-Xport Motor (1, 2, 3, 4 or Rev).
s6700-590
Staple Motor
The staple motor drives the Stapler to staple media. The action of the staple head
confirms operation of the staple motor.
5. Remove the Staple Cartridge.
6. Defeat the Finisher Front Door Interlock.
8. Touch Staple Motor (Forward or Reverse).
s6700-591
Set Clamp Clutch
The set clamp clutch makes an audible click when energized by the test.
5. Touch Set Clamp Clutch.
Eject Motor
The eject motor drives the eject chute and media guides to deliver media to the
Stacker Tray. The media guides extend and retract from the Finisher exit when the
test successfully rotates the eject motor.
5. Touch Eject Motor Forward (High or Low).
s6700-620
Stacker Drive Assembly
The Stacker Drive Assembly drives the Stacker Tray up and down. Motion of the
Stacker Tray confirms operation of the Stacker Drive Assembly.
5. Touch Stacker Motor (Up or Down).
6. Touch Start to perform the test. The Stacker Tray will move either up or down
for a few seconds.
s6700-592
Control Panel Troubleshooting
No Display after Power is Turned On.
1. Cycle system power and check for POST errors.

2. Reseat connectors on the Image Processor Board.
3. Print an Engine Test print.
4. Refer to “DC Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 4-81.
5. Replace the Control Panel (page 8-63).
6. Replace the Control Panel wiring harnesses.
Printer Hangs at the Xerox Logo, or Continuously Reboots
This is most often caused by corrupted system firmware. Use these steps to correct
this problem.
1. Is the printer plugged directly into a wall outlet? Is the circuit capable of
meeting printer power requirements (voltage within the specified range and
less than a 10% drop in voltage when printing)? The printer will not perform
reliably when plugged into a surge protector, power strip or un-interruptible
power supply.
2. Power Off the printer, disconnect the network or USB cable, then power the
printer back On. If the printer comes to Ready To Print, print an embedded
page from the Print Reference Materials menu. Next, print from a laptop
directly connected to the printer. If both tests are successful, the problem is a
network issue. Use normal network troubleshooting procedures to solve the
problem.
3. If the printer does not come to Ready To Print, try pressing the Cancel button
to clear any jobs from the queue that could be causing the printer to hang.
The Cancel button may have to be pressed multiple times to clear out all jobs.
Then try printing embedded pages again.
4. Replace the SD Card on the Image Processor Board.
5. Reload system firmware with AltBoot from the USB Port.
Ready LED is On, Display is Blank
1. Cycle system power and check for POST errors.

2. Reseat IP Board and Control Panel connections.
3. Replace the Control Panel (page 8-63).
4. Replace the IP Board (page 8-150).
5. Replace the Control Panel wiring harness.
Control Panel has Failed
The Control Panel either fails to illuminate or the buttons fail to operate after the
power switch is turned On.
Note
If the touchscreen is illuminated but unresponsive, press and hold the Power
Saver button for 5 seconds, then press and release the Pause button to reset
the touchscreen to factory defaults and initiate touchscreen diagnostics. Refer
to “Control Panel Calibration and Testing” on page 6-8.
Initial Actions
• Cycle printer power.

Applicable Parts Wiring and Plug/Jack Map References
■ Control Panel, PL1.1.1 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Control Panel Harness,PL1.1.2 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on
■ Image Processor Board, PL10.1.5 page 10-8
■ LVPS, PL10.2.1 ■ “IP Board and Control Panel” on
page 10-41
1 Check connections between the Image Go to Step 2. Secure the

Processor Board and the Control Panel. connections.
Are P/J327 and P/J370 secure?
2 Check the Control Panel Harness harness Go to Step 3. Replace the
for continuity. Disconnect: harness.
■ P/J327 from the IP Board
■ P/J370 from the Control Panel

The harnesses is undamaged.
3 Replace the Control Panel (page 8-63). Replace the Complete.
Does the error persist? IP Board
(page 8-150)
Intermittent Problems
This is not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that can help
locate the cause of an intermittent problem.
1. Check the fault history. Recent service actions may provide information about
the problem. For example, a component that was recently replaced to correct
another problem may cause the new intermittent problem.
2. Run the printer in a mode that exercises the suspect function. The printer may
fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for
signs of failure or abnormal operation. An intermittent problem is usually
associated with a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom.
3. Update system firmware. Use AltBoot if the installed firmware is the current
version. See “Firmware Restore Using AltBoot” on page A-5.
4. Initialize NVM of the affected region using dc301. If unsure, initialize all
Controller and Engine system NVM data. Exit & reboot from diagnostics.
5. Use the troubleshooting procedure associated with intermittent symptoms,
examine all applicable parts. Look for:
a. contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner
b. wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
c. HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded life values
d. chafing wires, especially against moving components
e. misaligned, improperly adjusted, or incorrectly installed components
f. slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids
g. damaged components
h. excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration
of a component
i. loose cables or wires
j. packing materials not removed
6. Use the troubleshooting procedure associated with intermittent symptoms,
perform all adjustments related to the applicable parts listed in the
troubleshooting table. Verify adjustments can be made, there is an adequate
range of adjustment, and the adjustment is set at or near the nominal value.
Any abnormality observed may indicate the cause of the problem. For
example, a component is adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of
the adjustment range. This is not normal and may indicate of the cause of the
problem.
7. Use Service Diagnostics to operate all applicable parts listed in the
troubleshooting table associated with the intermittent problem. Observe the
components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or
an unusual sound.
8. Check that the AC and DC power are within specification (refer to “Electrical
Specifications” on page 1-13).
9. Get technical advice or assistance when it is appropriate. This will depend
upon the situation and the established local procedures.
10. Examine the defective parts associated with the failing function. Refer to the
parts list and wiring diagrams to determine part interactions.
11. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with
the function that is failing with in Diagnostics, refer to the wiring diagrams.
Observe the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a
hesitation, or an unusual sound.
12. Replace any components or consumables that are known to be a frequent
cause of the problem. When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If
the suspected item is inexpensive, can be installed quickly, and has a high
probability of resolving the problem, then it is reasonable to replace it.
Inoperable Printer Troubleshooting
No response from printer when the main power is switched On. The Control Panel
and LED are not illuminated.
AC Power Supply Troubleshooting
Warning
Hazardous AC voltage is present at the Power Panel and LVPS when the printer
is connected to the AC outlet. Disconnect the Power Cord from the AC supply
before servicing the power supply.
Initial Actions
• Confirm the printer is plugged directly into a dedicated AC outlet.

• Check the AC outlet.
• Check the Power Cord.
• Reset the GFI Breaker.
If the error persists, eliminate the possibility that an installed option is the cause of
the problem by following these steps.
1. Power printer Off.
2. Remove all installed options (Optional Feeders, Finisher, Hard Drive).
3. Power the printer On. If printer powers up normally, plug in the options one at
a time until the defective option is isolated. If the printer remains inoperative,
use the following procedure to locate the problem.
■ Power Panel, PL10.1.12 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on

■ Power Cord, PL10.1.19 page 10-8
■ LVPS, PL10.2.1 ■ “LVPS” on page 10-25
1 Check the Power Cord. Go to Step 2. Connect the

Is the Power Cord plugged into the Power Cord.
printer and AC outlet?
2 Check the voltage at the AC wall outlet. Go to Step 3. Notify the
Is there approximately 110 or 220 VAC customer.
at the AC outlet?
3 Check the power switch linkage. Go to Step 4. Connect the
The linkage is connected. linkage.
4 Replace the Power Panel (page 8-154). Replace the Complete.

The error persists. LVPS
(page 8-182)
DC Power Supply Troubleshooting
DC voltages are supplied by the LVPS. The LVPS includes protection circuitry that
limits possible damage to printer components in the event of a short or transient
event.
LVPS
Use this procedure to check the condition of the LVPS.
Warning
Hazardous AC voltage is present at the Power Panel and LVPS when the printer
is connected to the AC outlet. Disconnect the Power Cord from the AC supply
before servicing the power supply.
Initial Actions

■ LVPS, PL10.2.1 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on

■ LVPS Power Harness, PL11.1.2 page 10-8
■ LVPS Harness, PL11.1.9 ■ “LVPS” on page 10-25

1 Check the AC power supply (page 4-80). Go to Step 2. Complete.
The error persists.
2 Check all connections to the LVPS. Go to Step 3. Secure the
The connections are secure. connections.
3 Remove the LVPS harness and check Go to Step 4. Replace the
harness continuity between P/J305 and harness.
Troubleshooting Procedure Table (Continued)
4 1. Disconnect J305 and J306 from the Go to Step 5. Replace the

LVPS. LVPS
2. Turn the Power Switch On. (page 8-182)
3. Measure the DC voltages at these
points on the LVPS:
■ P306-3 = +5 V
■ P306-4 = +3.3 V
■ P305-1 = +24 V
Are all of the voltages present?
5 Check LV PWR Harness continuity. Replace the Repair the
The harness is undamaged. MCU Board harness.
(page 8-152)
+24 VDC Interlock Switches
The Interlock Switches disable +24 V to the electromechanical components when

the Front or Right Door is opened. The Rear Cover Interlock Switch blocks +5V to
the Laser Unit when open.
Rear Cover Interlock Switch
Front Door
Interlock Switch
Front Door
Open Switch
s6700-593
Initial Actions
• Check the switch actuator located on the cover or door.

• Check for obstructions, damage or debris blocking switch motion.
■ Front Door Interlock, PL1.2.1 ■ “Map 1 - CRU Detection” on page 10-5

■ Front Cover Switch, PL 1.2.3 ■ “Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board” on
■ Right Door Interlock, PL4.1.96 page 10-8
■ Rear Cover Interlock, PL 11.2.2 ■ “Laser Unit” on page 10-31
1 Test the switch using dc330: Replace the Replace the

■ Front Door (077-300) MCU Board switch.
■ Front Cover (077-302) (page 8-152)
■ Right Door (077-301)
The switch signal changes (On/Off).
Image Processor Board
This procedure is used to isolate the Image Processor Board, or one of its on-board
options as the root cause of the failure.
Initial Actions
• Remove all installed options (Optional Feeders, Finisher, Hard Drive)


■ IP Power Harness, PL11.1.3 ■ “IP Board and Control Panel” on page 10-41
■ Options
1 Print the Engine Test print (page 5-31). Go to Step 2. Troubleshoot

The test print is printed. the print
engine.
2 Reseat all connections to the IP Board Go to Step 3. Complete.
and restart the printer.
3 Check for +5 V and +3.3 V at P/J404. Replace the Go to Step 4.
■ P/J404-3 <=> P/J404-2 = +5 V IP Board
■ P/J404-4 <=> P/J404-2 = +3.3 V (page 8-150)
■ P/J404-5 <=> P/J404-2 = +3.3 V
Are the voltages present?
4 Check continuity of the IP Board Power Replace the Replace the
Harness. harness. LVPS
Disconnect P/J404 from the IP Board and (page 8-182)
P/J306 from the LVPS.
Is the harness damaged?
Printer Continually Displays Warming Up
Warning
Initial Actions
• Reseat the Fuser.

■ LVPS Cage, PL10.2.1 ■ “Fuser and Exit” on page 10-39

undamaged.
2 Remove the Fuser harness and check Go to Step 3. Replace the
continuity between P/J1 and P/ harness.
J180-S.
3 Check Fuser connector P/J180 and Go to Step 4. Secure the
LVPS connector P/J304. connections.
undamaged.
4 Check Fuser harness continuity Replace the Repair the
between P/J180 to LVPS P/J304. Fuser harness
(page 8-152). LVPS
Abnormal Noises
Abnormal Noise When Power is Turned On
The printer performs a mechanical initialization routine when powered On. This
routine exercises transport drives, rollers, and other electromechanical
components. I a component fails a fault code is displayed. If the printer boots
successfully and an abnormal noise is heard, use Service Diagnostics to isolate the
noisy component.
Abnormal Noise During Standby
Noise during printer standby is typically caused by a Fan or a xerographic

component used during the printer’s calibration routine. Test the Fans, Imaging
Units and Transfer Belt using Service Diagnostics to isolate the noisy component.
Abnormal Noise During Printing
Noise during printing is likely caused by a media transport or xerographic

component. Test the Feed, Fuser, Transfer Belt and Imaging Unit Drive Assemblies.
Test the Feed and Take Away Rollers using Service Diagnostics. Print several Fuser
Cleaning test prints in simplex and duplex to exercise all the media transport
components to isolate the noisy component.
Loud Clicking During Printing
This is could indicate a problem with waste toner transport. Remove the Transfer
Belt and check for an accumulation of toner around the Transfer Belt’s waste toner
auger port. If toner has accumulated, replace the Transfer Belt and check the
waste toner auger system for obstructions.
Electrical Noise
There is a variable pitch sound coming from the printer. Electrical noise can be
either noise in the electrical lines or static in electromagnetic communications.
Initial Actions

■ Imaging Units, PL5.1.8~11 “HVPS” on page 10-35

■ HVPS, PL5.2.3
1 Check for sources of external noise. Go to Step 2. Complete

1. Are there other electrical appliances
within 3 meters of the printer?
2. Turn the electrical appliances Off or
relocate the printer at least 6 meters
away from other electrical appliances.
Does the noise persist?
2 Check the AC ground. Go to Step 3. Notify the
Is AC power supply outlet wired and customer.
grounded appropriately?
3 Check the Transfer Belt high-voltage Clean or Go to Step 4.
connections. replace the
Are the terminals on the Transfer Belt, Transfer Belt
and the four springs in the frame dirty (page 8-12)
and/or damaged? and
contacts.
4 Check the Imaging Unit connections. Clean or Go to Step 5.
Are the terminals on each Imaging Unit, replace the
and Bias Housing Assy dirty or damaged? Imaging
Unit
(page 8-14)
and
contacts.
5 Reseat the Imaging Units. Go to Step 6. Complete
Does the noise persist?
6 Reseat the Transfer Belt. Reseat Complete
Does the noise persist? connections
on the HVPS.
Operating System and Application Problems
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server Troubleshooting
Note
For Window XP, select Classic Look or the Windows XP procedures will not
match the following procedures. To select Classic Look, click Start, Settings,
Taskbar, and Start Menu. Select the Start Menu tab, and then Classic Start
Menu. Click OK.
This troubleshooting section assumes you have completed the following tasks.
• Loaded a Phaser printer PCL or PostScript printer driver.
• Printed and kept a current copy of the Configuration page.
Verify Network Settings
1. Verify the settings on the Configuration page.

• IP Address Source is set to: DHCP, Control Panel, BOOTP, or Auto IP
(depending on your network configuration).
• Current IP Address is set correctly. (Note this address if it is assigned by
Auto IP, DHCP, or BOOTP.)
• Subnet Mask is set correctly (if used).
• Default Gateway is set correctly (if used).
• LPR is enabled. Verify that the LPR and AppSocket settings are set as
desired.
• Interpreters: Auto, PCL, or PostScript (depending on your driver).
2. Verify that the client is logged into the network and printing to the correct
print queue. The user should also have access to the Phaser printer queue.
3. Reset network settings to factory defaults.
Verify Driver Installation
1. From the desktop, right-click My Network Places, and select Properties.

2. Right-click Local Area Connection and select Properties.
3. Click the General tab. View the list of installed network protocols to verify that
TCP/IP is installed. (For more information, contact your network
administrator.)
4. Click Install to install any components not listed, and then restart your
computer.
5. From the Start menu, select Start > Settings > Printers and Faxes.
6. Right-click the printer icon, and select Properties.
7. Click the Advanced tab. Verify that the correct printer driver is installed.
8. Click the Ports tab. Verify that the IP Address in the Print to the Following Ports
list is identical to the one on the Configuration page. You may need to click
the Configure Port button to see the IP address. If necessary, re-select the
TCP/IP number used for the printer.
Macintosh Troubleshooting
The following procedures eliminates cabling, communication, and connection

problems. Once you complete these steps, print a test page from your software
application.
Use these steps only for Mac OS 10.3.9 through 10.5.
1. For AppleTalk, use the steps below. For TCP/IP, proceed to step 2.
a. From the printer’s Control Panel, verify that the EtherTalk is enabled. If it
not, enable EtherTalk, and reset the printer.
b. Print the Configuration page and verify that EtherTalk is enabled.
c. From the Configuration page, verity the Zone. If you have multiple zones
on your network, verify that your printer appears in the desired zone.
2. Open the Network Utility and click the Ping tab.
3. Enter the printer’s IP address.
4. Click Ping. If you do not get a response, verify that your TCP/IP settings are
correct for your printer and computer.
Print-Quality
Troubleshooting
In this chapter...
• Print-Quality Overview
• Checklist Before Troubleshooting Print-Quality
• Print-Quality Troubleshooting
• Test Prints
• Image Specifications
Chapter
5
Print-Quality Troubleshooting
Print-Quality Overview
Print-quality defects can be attributed to printer components, non-Xerox

consumables, media, internal software, external software applications, and
environmental conditions. To successfully troubleshoot print-quality problems,
eliminate as many variables as possible.
The printer includes several tools to help resolve print-quality defects. Located in
the Troubleshooting menu under the Printer menu Tools tab is the Troubleshooting
Print Quality tutorial. In the Resolve Problems menu are procedures for correcting
common print defects. The Test Pages menu provides a list of basic test prints
useful for identifying faulty xerographic components.
The first step is to generate prints using test pages embedded in the printer on a
fresh ream of paper from the approved media list. Use paper acclimated to room
temperature and humidity. If the print-quality defect remains after printing on
approved media from an unopened ream of paper, use the procedures that follow
to isolate the printer defect and repair the quality problem. If the embedded page
print correctly, investigate the customer’s application or environment.
Determine the temperature and humidity under which the printer is operating.
Compare this to the “Environmental Specifications” on page 1-17. Extreme
temperature and humidity can adversely affect print quality.
When analyzing a print-quality defect, first determine if the defect occurs in all
colors or only one color and if it is repeating or a random occurrence. Continuous
defects in the process direction, such as voids and lines, are the most difficult to
diagnose. Inspect the visible surfaces of all rollers for obvious defects. If no defects
are found, replace the Imaging Unit, Laser Unit, Transfer Belt, and Fuser one at a
time until the defect is eliminated.
Defects Associated with Specific Printer Components
Some print-quality problems are associated with specific assemblies. The

xerographic component is listed with the associated print-quality defects. Refer to
the specific print-quality troubleshooting procedure for detail information.
Laser Unit
• Blank Print
• Vertical Blank Lines
• Vertical Stripes
• Partial Band
Transfer Belt
• Light or Undertone Print

• Partial Band
• Random Spots
• Repeating Bands, Lines, Marks, or Spots
• Background Contamination
Fuser
• Unfused Image
Imaging Units
• Light or Undertone Print

• Vertical Blank Lines
• Partial Band
• Random Spots
• Background Contamination
Checklist Before Troubleshooting Print-Quality
Check Printer Condition
Consumable and Maintenance Items
Check the consumable counters to determine the amount of life remaining in each
Toner Cartridge, Imaging Unit, Maintenance Kit and Fuser. Replace any
consumable or maintenance item that is at of near end of life before
troubleshooting print defects.
Low toner can cause problems, such as fading, streaking, White lines, or dropouts.
Imaging Units approaching end of life may produce high frequency banding and
affect the printer’s ability to maintain toner density increasing calibration cycles.
Cleaning
Paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the printer and cause print-
quality problems such as smearing or specks. Clean the inside of the printer to
reduce these problems.
Operating Environment
Check the temperature, humidity, clearances, and supporting surface meet

specifications. Refer to “Specifications” on page 1-13.
Media Condition
Check the condition and type of media loaded. Refer to “Media Guidelines” on
page A-2 for details on determining proper media condition.
Troubleshooting Print Quality Tutorial
A step by step print quality troubleshooting tutorial focusing on the identification

and resolution of common print quality problems is available to print from the
Troubleshooting menu. The tutorial includes instructions, test prints and videos
demonstrating corrective actions. These print quality problems are addressed in
the tutorial:
• Smears, smudges and streaks
• Repeating defects
• Colors align incorrectly
• Colors too light or dark
• Page margins are inconsistent
• Side 1 and 2 are not aligned
• Vertical White lines or streaks in one color
• Toner missing or easy to rub off
Print the Tutorial
Print the tutorial for troubleshooting and repair instructions.

1. Touch the Printer button on the Control Panel.
2. Touch the Tools tab.
3. Touch Troubleshooting.
4. Touch Troubleshoot Print Quality.
5. Touch Print to print the tutorial.
If the print quality problem is described in the tutorial, follow the instructions to
correct the defect.
Symptom Checklist
Based on the observed defect, check the following items prior to performing
troubleshooting. These actions may help resolve the problem without
troubleshooting the printer.
Smears, smudges or streaks.

a. If you are printing on an uneven print
surface, change the Media Type settings in
the Tray Settings menu.
b. Verify that the paper is within the printer
specifications.
c. Load media from a fresh ream.
d. Run the cleaning procedure from Smears,
Smudges and Streaks in the Resolve
Problems menu.
e. Check AC input voltage.
f. Check Fuser connections.
Smudges or Smears
Repeating Spots or lines.

a. Print the Repeating Defects page to locate
the affected part.
Note
A video is available in Repeating Spots or
Lines in the Resolve Problems menu showing
how to use the repeating Defects page.
b. Replace the affected part.
Repeating Defects
Colors align incorrectly

This problem can occur after installing a new black
Toner Cartridge.
a. Clean inside the printer.
b. Check Imaging Unit life. Replace any that
are near or at end of life.
c. Check the Transfer Belt for near end of life
or damage.
d. Verify the printer is on a level surface.
e. Run Colors Align Incorrectly in the Resolve
Problems menu. This routine attempts to
align the images vertically and horizontally.
Failure to correctly align the images may Color Registration
indicate a color density problem.
Colors look wrong.

a. Verify the printer is on a level surface.
b. Run Calibrate Color from the Resolve
Problems menu.
Colors Look Wrong
Colors too light or too dark.

a. Check that the correct media is being used
and the media settings for the Tray match.
b. The toner level may be too low. Check the
amount of toner and change the Toner
Cartridges if necessary.
c. Clean the ADC Sensors using the wiper built-
in to the Procon Assembly. See “Cleaning
the ADC Sensors” on page 7-3.
Note
A video is available in Colors Too Light or
Too Dark in the Resolve Problems menu
showing how to clean the ADC Sensors. Light or Undertone Print
d. If the media surface is rough, increase media weight settings for the Tray.
Page Margins are inconsistent.

a. Run Page Margins are Inconsistent from the
Resolve Problems menu.
Margins Inconsistent
Sides 1 and 2 are not aligned.

a. Run Sides 1 & 2 Are Not Aligned from the
21
Sides Not Aligned
Vertical White lines or Streaks - One color.

a. Clean the laser lens of the affected color
using the cleaning wand.
b. Check for debris blocking the laser light
path.
c. Check the Fuser rollers for damage or
contamination.
Vertical Line-One Color
Toner missing or easily rubbed off.

a. Check that the correct media is being used
and the media settings for the Tray match.
b. Check the Fuser envelope lever position.
c. Select a heavier media type at the Control
Panel.
Unfused Imag
Toner spots appear on the page and printing is

blurred.
a. Check Toner Cartridge installation.
b. Check Toner Cartridge life counters.
c. Change loaded media.
d. Check humidity levels.
e. Check for genuine Xerox Toner Cartridges.
Random Spots
Entire page is white or one color is missing from

image.
a. Ensure the packaging material is removed
from the Imaging Units.
b. Check Toner Cartridge installation.
c. Check Toner Cartridge life counters.
Blank Print
Streaks appear on the page.

a. Check Toner Cartridge life counters.
b. Check Imaging Unit life counters.
c. Check consumable life counts.
Horizontal Band, Void, or Streaks
Print-Quality Defect Definitions
The following table lists the print-quality defect corrective procedure, their
definition, and the page where each procedure is provided.
Defect Description Go to
Light or Undertone The image density is too light in all colors. page 5-10
Print
Blank Print The entire image area is blank. page 5-12
Black Print The entire image area is black. page 5-14
Vertical Blank Lines There are faded or completely non-printed page 5-15
lines along the page.
Horizontal Band, There are areas of the image that are page 5-16
Voids, or Streaks extremely light or are missing entirely.
Vertical Stripes There are black lines along the page in the page 5-17
direction of the paper travel.
Horizontal Stripes There are dark lines running parallel with page 5-18
the leading edge of the print.
Partial Band Areas of the image are extremely light or page 5-19
missing.
Random Spots Spots of toner are randomly scattered. page 5-20
Repeating Bands, Recurring lines, marks, or spots on the page. page 5-21
Lines, Marks, or Spots
Background There is toner contamination on all or most page 5-24
Contamination of the page.
Skew The image is not parallel with both sides of page 5-25
the paper.
Damaged Media The paper is wrinkled, folded, or worn-out. page 5-27
Unfused Image The toner is not completely fused. page 5-29
Color Registration A printed yellow or black image is not page 5-30
overlapped on a cyan or magenta image
correctly.
Light or Undertone Print
The overall image density is too light in all colors.
Initial Actions
• Check for genuine Xerox Toner Cartridges.

• Check consumable life counters.
• Check for obstructions or debris in the beam path between the Laser and the
Imaging Units.
• Check the media settings at the Control Panel.
• Clean the ADC Sensors (page 7-3).
Note
It may take 20 to 30 prints before ADC Sensor cleaning effects image quality.
Applicable Parts Example Print

■ Transfer Roller, PL5.1.99
■ Dispense Assy, PL6.1.9
Light or Undertone Print
1 Print the CMYK test print to Go to Step 2. Go to Step 3.

determine if one or all colors are
affected.
Is one or more of the colors faint?
2 Clean the laser windows with the Complete Go to Step 3.
provided cleaning tool, then reseat
and lock the Toner Cartridges.
The image prints correctly.
3 Caution: Do not run the toner motor Go to Step 5. Replace the

more than a few seconds. Toner Dispense
Test the toner motors using dc330 Assy
■ 093-007 (Y)
(page 8-105),
■ 093-008 (M)
then go to Step
■ 093-009 (C)
4.
■ 093-010 (K)
Do the motors rotate?
4 The image prints correctly. Complete Go to Step 5.
5 Reseat the Transfer Belt and Transfer Complete Go to Step 6.
Roller.
6 Replace the Transfer Belt Complete Go to Step 7.
(page 8-12)
7 Replace the Transfer Roller Complete Replace the
The image prints correctly. (page 8-152).
Blank Print
The entire image area is blank.
Initial Actions
• Check for genuine Xerox Toner Cartridges.

• Load media from a fresh ream acclimated to room temperature.
• Check the media path for obstructions or debris.
• Print an Engine Test print to isolate the problem between the IP Board and
MCU Board.
• Check for obstructions in the beam path between the Laser Unit and Imaging
Units.
• Check the Imaging Units for shipping ribbons.
■ Transfer Belt, PL5.1.99 .

■ HVPS, PL5.2.3
Blank Print
1 Remove the Transfer Belt and check Clean or Go to Step 2.

the high-voltage contacts for replace the
damage. Transfer Belt
Are the Transfer Belt contacts (page 8-12),
damaged or dirty? then Step 2.
2 Reseat the Imaging Units. Complete Go to Step 3.
3 Replace the Transfer Belt Complete Go to Step 4.
(page 8-12)
4 Replace the Transfer Roller Complete Go to Step 5.
(page 8-11).

5 Replace the HVPS (page 8-86) Complete Replace the
The image prints correctly. MCU Board
(page 8-152).
Black Print
The entire image is black.
Initial Actions
• Reseat the Toner Cartridges.

■ HVPS, PL5.2.3
Black Print
1 Print an Engine test print. Reprint Go to Step 2.

The image prints correctly. customer
image.
2 Check Imaging Unit high-voltage Go to Step 3. Replace the
contacts. affected
The contacts are undamaged? Imaging Unit
contacts
3 Replace the Bias Housing Assy Complete. Go to Step 4.
(page 8-84).
is resolved.
1. Transfer Belt, PL5.1.99
2. HVPS, PL5.2.3
Vertical Blank Lines
There are faded or completely non-printed lines along the page in the direction of
the paper travel from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
Initial Actions
• Check the area around the Laser Unit windows and openings in the Imaging
Unit. Small obstructions, such as hair or fibers, can create streaks.
• Clean the laser windows using the cleaning tool provided.
■ Imaging Unit Y, PL5.1.8

■ Imaging Unit M, PL5.1.9
■ Imaging Unit C, PL5.1.10
■ Imaging Unit K, PL5.1.11
■ Fuser, PL7.1.99
Vertical Blank Lines

1 Print a CMYK test print. Replace Go to Step 2.
The streaks appear in a single color. affected
Imaging Unit
(page 8-14).
2 Inspect the Transfer Belt surface. Replace the Go to Step 3.
Is there any damage to the surface? Transfer Belt
(page 8-12).
3 Inspect the laser beam path. Remove the Go to Step 4.
Are there any obstructions between foreign
the Laser Unit and Imaging Units? substances.
4 Check the Fuser pressure and heat Go to Step 5. Clean or
rollers for contamination or damage. replace the
The Fuser is clean and undamaged. Fuser
(page 8-17).
5 Replace the Transfer Belt Complete. Replace the
Horizontal Band, Voids, or Streaks
There are areas of the image that are extremely light or are missing entirely. These
missing areas form wide bands which cover a wide area horizontally, perpendicular
to the paper feed direction.
Initial Actions
• Print the CMYK 50% Sample Test Print and attempt to isolate the defect to a
specific color or interval. Troubleshoot the affected color or compare to the
Repeating Defects page.

■ HVPS, PL5.2.3
Horizontal Band, Void, or Streaks
1 Print a CMYK Sample test print. Replace Go to Step 2.

The defects appear in a single color. affected
Imaging Unit
(page 8-14).
2 Measure the defect interval and Replace the Replace the
compare to the diameters listed in indicated Transfer Belt
the “Repeating Defects Component component. (page 8-12).
Locator” on page 5-22.
The defect interval compares to a
component diameter.
Vertical Stripes
There are black lines along the page in the direction of the paper travel from the
leading edge to the trailing edge.
Initial Actions
• Check media condition. Try using media from a fresh ream.
• Print several test prints to clean the media path.
■ Fuser, PL7.1.99
Vertical Stripes

Imaging Unit
(page 8-14).
2 Measure the defect interval and Replace the Replace the
compare to the diameters listed in indicated Transfer Belt
the “Repeating Defects Component component. (page 8-12).
component diameter.
3 Print several Fuser Cleaning pages. Replace the Complete.
The defect persists. Fuser
(page 8-17).
Horizontal Stripes
There are black lines running parallel with the leading edge of the print,
perpendicular to the direction of the paper travel.
Initial Actions
Applicable Notes Example Print

■ Fuser, PL7.1.99
Horizontal Stripes

Imaging Unit
(page 8-14).
2 Measure the defect interval and Replace the Go to Step 3.
compare to the diameters listed in indicated
the “Repeating Defects Component component.
component diameter.
3 Check the Transfer Belt. Replace the Go to Step 4.
Is the Transfer Belt dirty (finger Transfer Belt
printers, oil, etc.) or scratched? (page 8-12).
4 Print several Fuser Cleaning pages. Replace the Complete.
The defect persists. Fuser
(page 8-17).
Partial Band
There are areas of the image that are extremely light or are missing in a limited
area on the paper.
Initial Actions
• Reseat the Toner Cartridges.

■ Fuser, PL7.1.99
Partial Band
1 Print the Repeating Defects page. Replace the Go to Step 2.

The defect compares to one shown affected
on the test print. component.
2 Inspect the Transfer Belt surface. Go to Step 3. Replace the
The Transfer Belt is clean and Transfer Belt
undamaged. (page 8-12).
3 Check the Transfer Roller. Replace the Replace the
The Transfer Roller is clean and Fuser Transfer Roller
undamaged. (page 8-17). (page 8-11)
Random Spots
There are spots of toner randomly scattered across the page.
Initial Actions
• Print 10 Fuser Cleaning pages using dc612 to clean the media path.

■ HVPS, PL5.2.3
Random Spots
1 Check Humidity level using dc140. Go to Step 2. Advise

The humidity is within specification. customer.
2 Print several Fuser Cleaning pages to Go to Step 3. Complete.
clean media path components.
The spots continue to appear.
3 Examine prints for repeating Go to Go to Step 4.
patterns indicating a contaminated page 5-21.
component.
The spot pattern repeats.
4 The spots are limited to the top half Replace the Replace the
of the print. Transfer Belt HVPS
(page 8-12). (page 8-86). If
the defect
persists, replace
the MCU Board
(page 8-152).
Repeating Bands, Lines, Marks, or Spots
There are recurring lines, marks, or spots on the page.
Initial Actions

■ Transfer Roller, PL4.4.1 Phaser 6700DT
Imaging Unit Y, PL5.1.8

Color Printer
■ Repeating Defects

■ Imaging Unit K, PL5.1.11 To identify the component causing
the print-quality defect, compare your
Fuser, PL7.1.99
print sample against the measurements
■
shown.
Notes:
Transfer Belt, PL5.1.1

Print the Supplies Usage Page
■
for part numbers.
The Transfer Belt and Transfer
Roller are included in the
Maintenance Kit.
In addition to the 56.5 mm and

71.0 mm print-quality defects shown
on the right, the Transfer Belt can also
cause repeating defects that appear on
every other page. To verify the defect,
print four Letter / A4-size pages and
check for defects appearing on alternate
pages.
25.1 mm (0.98 in.)
28.3 mm (1.11 in.)
41.3 mm (1.63 in.)
94.5 mm (3.72 in.)
56.5 mm (2.22 in.)
71.0 mm (2.80 in.)
62.2 mm (2.48 in.)
94.6 mm (3.72 in.)
98.3 mm (3.87 in.)

Imaging Units Transfer Belt Transfer Roller Fuser
Copyright © 2011 Xerox Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
s6700-634
1 Print the Repeating Defects page Refer to Refer to

from the Resolve Problems menu “Repeating “Random
and compare the defects with the Defects Spots” on
intervals shown. Component page 5-20.
Locator” on
Spots, lines, or marks appear at page 5-22. and
regular intervals. replace the
defective
component.
Repeating Defects Component Locator
Part Roll Part No. Interval (mm)
Imaging Unit Drum PL5.1.8 ~ 11 94.5

BCR 28.3
BCR-CLN 25.1
Mag Roller 31.3
Supply Auger 41.3
Mix Auger 41.3
Transfer Belt 1st BTR PL5.1.1 31.4
BUR + IBT 71.0
Tension Roller 56.5
Idle Roller 314.
Transfer Roller 2nd BTR 62.2
Fuser Heat Roller PL7.1.99 98.3
Belt 94.6
Exit Roller 47.4
Pinch Roller 25.1
Exit Roller Exit Roller PL7.2.2 44.3
Exit Pinch Roller Pinch Roller PL7.2.3 31.4
Residual Image or Ghosting
There are faint, ghostly images appearing on the page. The images may be either
from a previous page or from the page currently being printed.
Initial Actions

• Check Tray media settings
• Reload Tray with fresh media.
■ Erase LED Assy, PL5.1.2

■ Fuser, PL7.1.99
Residual Image/Ghosting
1 Did the client print a large number Go to Step 2. Go to Step 3.

of the same image?
2 Set media type to next heaviest Complete Go to Step 3.
type and print several test prints.
3 Test the Erase LEDs using dc330: Go to Step 4. Replace the
■ 93-015 CMY affected Erase
■ 93-016 K LED
The erase LEDs light correctly. (page 8-82).
4 Check the Fuser pressure and heat Go to Step 5. Replace the

rollers. Fuser
The Fuser is clean and undamaged. (page 8-17).
5 Replace the HVPS (page 8-86). Complete Replace the
The image prints correctly. MCU Board
(page 8-152).
Background Contamination
There is toner contamination on all or most of the page. The contamination

appears as a very light gray dusting.
Initial Actions
• Check Machine Humidity on the Configuration Report.

• Check Tray media settings match loaded media.
• Check the daily print volume.High daily volume can fatigue the Imaging Units.
• Load fresh media.

Background Contamination
1 Print several test prints. Complete. Go to Step 2.

2 Reseat the Transfer Roller. Complete. Go to Step 3.
3 Reseat the Transfer Belt. Go to Step 4. Replace the
The image prints correctly. Transfer Belt
(page 8-12). If
the defect
persists, replace
the MCU Board
(page 8-152).
Skew
The printed image is not parallel with both sides of the paper.
Initial Actions

• Check Tray guides and settings.
• Check media condition. Load fresh media.
• Source media from different trays to isolate the source of the skewed media.
■ Separator Roller, PL3.1.99

■ Feeder/Registration Assy, PL3.2.1
■ Right Door Assembly, PL4.1.99
■ 550-Sheet Feeder, PL12.1.2
Page Skew
1 Open and close the Right Door. Go to Step 2. Replace any

The door latches properly. defective parts.
2 Reload media in the Tray. Complete Go to Step 6.
3 Check the Feed, Nudger and Go to Step 4. Replace the
Separator Rollers in the affected rollers.
Tray.
undamaged.
4 Adjust image position for the Complete. Go to Step 5.
affected Tray using the Page
Margins Inconsistent routine in the
Resolve Problems menu of
Troubleshooting.
5 Check the right side door of the Go to Step 6. Repair or

affected Tray. replace
The door and Turn Chute are damaged parts.
undamaged.
6 Test the registration rollers using Go to Step 7. Replace the
dc711. Feeder/
The rollers rotate. Registration
Assembly
(page 8-41).
7 Replace the Right Door Assembly Complete. Replace the
(page 8-46). Optional
The image prints correctly. Feeder
Assembly.
Damaged Media
Media exits the printer wrinkled, folded, or torn.
Initial Actions

• Check media type, weight and Tray guides.
• Print test prints from each tray, simplex and duplex, to locate the point in the
media path where damage occurs.
■ Separator Roller, PL3.1.99

■ Feeder/Registration Assy, PL3.2.1
■ Right Door Assembly, PL4.1.99
■ Fuser, PL7.1.99
■ Exit Chute Assy, PL7.2.99
Damaged Print Media
1 Print several test prints selecting a Go to Step 2. Go to Step 3.

different source trays to isolate the
affected Tray.
Media damage is from a single Tray.
2 Check media feeding from the Complete. Exchange the
affected Tray. Tray and retest.
1. Remove the source Tray. If media
2. Reload media in the Tray. damage
continues, go
3. Print a test print.
to Step 3. If
The media is undamaged. not, replace the
Tray.

3 Stall test to determine where media
path damage occurs.
Replace the following, in order, until
the defective component is found.
■ Feed Rollers (page 8-6)
■ Feeder/Registration Assy
(page 8-41).
■ Fuser (page 8-17)
■ Transfer Belt (page 8-12)
■ Exit Chute Assy (page 8-123)
Unfused Image
The image is not completely fused to the paper. The image easily rubs off.
Initial Actions
• Check the media, settings and toner type.

• Check the printer is plugged directly into a known-good, grounded AC outlet.
• Check the position of the envelope lever on the Fuser.
• Check the Fuser connection (P/J180).
■ Fuser, PL7.1.99
■ LVPS, PL10.2.1
Unfused Image
1 Check the media. Go to Step 2. Replace the

The media clean, dry and approved. media.
2 Check the Toner Cartridges. Go to Step 3. Replace with
The Toner Cartridges are Xerox. Xerox toner.
3 Test Fuser operating temperature Replace the Go to Step 4.
using dc140. media. If the
Fuser temperature is within normal error persists,
range (150 - 180 degrees C). replace the
Fuser.
4 Remove the Fuser and check the Replace the Repair or
connections. Fuser replace the
The connection is secure and (page 8-17). Fuser harness.
undamaged.
Color Registration
A printed yellow or black image is not overlapped on a cyan or magenta image

correctly.
Initial Actions
• Clean the ADC Sensors using the built-in wiper in the Procon Assy.
• Run the Colors Align Incorrectly routine in the Resolve problems menu.
■ Procon Assy, PL5.3.1

■ IP Board, PL10.1.5
Color Registration

1 Print the Test patterns test page. Check the Go to Step 2.
The color registration areas of the printing
print appear correct. application.
2 Clean the ADC Sensors using the Complete. Go to Step 3.
wiper in the Procon Assy.
NOTE It may require up to 40 prints before
images improve after sensor cleaning.
3 Print the Engine Test Print. Replace the IP Go to Step 4.
The image prints correctly. Board
(page 8-150).
4 Replace the Procon Assy Complete. Go to Step 5.
(page 8-95).
5 Replace the Transfer Belt Complete. Replace the
Test Prints
A variety of test prints are available for troubleshooting print quality defects and
to confirm proper printer operation. Test prints are available from the Printer >
Tools > Troubleshooting menu and in Service Diagnostics under the Service
Information menu (dc612).
Fault Isolation
Test prints can isolate printing problems to the MCU Board or IP Board by
eliminating image data transfer between the two. Test prints print directly from
ROM bypassing the IP Board. This allows examination of print engine function in
isolation.
Test prints are also useful for stimulating asynchronous (dynamic) events related
to the print process, or as a test for media path and media related problems. Some
other key features of test prints:
• Is the only diagnostic utility to exercise the entire print cycle.
• Isolated from the operating system (PostScript). Runs from firmware.
• Isolates the Image Processor Board from Engine Control Board.
• Captures static or dynamic events.
• Helps to isolate events that cause print artifacts or prevents printing.
Engine Test Print
Engine Test print produces a step

pattern stored in MCU firmware. The
print tests all engine functions
necessary to print a page. Print this
test page by pressing the Test print
button on the rear panel. See “Rear
View” on page 1-6.
Isolate printer hardware problems to

either the print engine or IP Board
by printing the Engine Test print. If
the print is successfully printed,
focus on the IP Board or its
components (RAM, Hard Drive, SD
Card, etc.). If the print fails, refer to
Section 4 for print engine
troubleshooting help.
Engine Test Print Grid
CMYK Sample Test Print
This test print provides 20% density for

combination of cyan, magenta, and black
on the whole page. This test is used to
identify problems with balance of three
color toners or another toner. Compare the
print with this example to determine the
problem.
• Checks Cyan, Magenta, or Yellow Toner

Cartridge, HVPS, Imaging Units,
biasing contacts.
• Used to troubleshoot repeating

defects, missing colors, streaks, voids or
banding.
CMYK Test Print
Cyan 50% Test Print
This test print provides 50% cyan fill

coverage within printable margins. Use this
test print to isolate defects to this specific
color. Inspect the Toner Cartridge and
Imaging Unit of the affected color. Replace
the Toner Cartridge or Imaging Unit as
needed.
• Checks Cyan Toner Cartridge, HVPS,

Imaging Units, biasing contacts.
Cyan 50%
Magenta 50% Test Print
This test print provides 50% magenta fill

needed.
• Checks Magenta Toner Cartridge,

HVPS, Imaging Units, biasing contacts.
Magenta 50%
Yellow 50% Test Print
This test print provides 50% yellow fill

coverage within printable margins. Use
this test print to isolate defects to this
specific color. Inspect the Toner Cartridge
and Imaging Unit of the affected color.
Replace the Toner Cartridge or Imaging
Unit as needed.
• Checks Yellow Toner Cartridge, HVPS,

Imaging Units and biasing contacts.
Yellow 50%
Black 50% Test Print
This test print provides 50% black fill

needed.
• Checks the black Toner Cartridge,

HVPS, Imaging Units, Biasing
Contacts.
Black 50%
RGB Test Print
This test print provides 80% density for

cyan, magenta, yellow, and black on the
whole page. This test is used to identify
problems with the toner when printing
pictures or photos. Compare the test print
with this example to determine the
problem.
• Checks Toner Cartridge and dispense

for the problem color.
• Used to troubleshoot wrinkling, roller

marks, scratches or cold offset (fusing).
RGB Test Print
Fuser Cleaning Test Print
This chase page is used to test media

transport without using toner and clean
media path components of toner build up.
Initial page(s) may have toner streaks/

smudges on them, successive prints should
be cleaner and cleaner. It could require 3 or
4 sets to clear the contamination.
s6700-631
Repeating Defects Test Print
This page is used to identify the

component causing repetitive defects
Phaser 6700DT
Color Printer
on the output image. Print this page Repeating Defects
from Repeating Spots or Lines in the

Follow the instructions on the page to
determine the affected component. To identify the component causing
the print-quality defect, compare your
print sample against the measurements
shown.
Notes:
Print the Supplies Usage Page
for part numbers.
The Transfer Belt and Transfer
Roller are included in the
Maintenance Kit.
In addition to the 56.5 mm and

71.0 mm print-quality defects shown
on the right, the Transfer Belt can also
cause repeating defects that appear on
every other page. To verify the defect,
print four Letter / A4-size pages and
check for defects appearing on alternate
pages.
25.1 mm (0.98 in.)
28.3 mm (1.11 in.)
41.3 mm (1.63 in.)
94.5 mm (3.72 in.)
56.5 mm (2.22 in.)
71.0 mm (2.80 in.)
62.2 mm (2.48 in.)
94.6 mm (3.72 in.)
98.3 mm (3.87 in.)
Imaging Units Transfer Belt Transfer Roller Fuser
Copyright © 2011 Xerox Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
s6
Test Patterns Test Print
This test print is used to identify problems related to color registration, margins,
density, and image size. Compare the test print with this example to determine the
problem.
6 6
Phaser 6700DT
1200x600x2 PR
4 1
6 2 6
s6700-625
Analyzing the Test Patterns Test Print
1. Color Registration (Horizontal): The colored lines should match up as shown

below. If alignment is bad, run the Colors Align Incorrectly procedure in the
Good
Good
Bad
s6700-633
2. Color Registration (Vertical): The colored lines should match up as shown

below. If alignment is bad, run the Colors Align Incorrectly procedure in the
Good Good Bad

s6700-632
3. Uniform RGB: The secondary color squares should be uniformly colored with
no mottling.
4. Density: The color bars should have even density from top to bottom.
5. Margins: Should be 8 mm from the edge of the paper to the line.
6. Image Size: the image height should be 261 mm between the top and bottom
lines. The image width should be 192 mm between the left and right lines.
Image Specifications
Print Area
• Maximum Print Area: 210.9 mm (8.3 inches) × 351.6 mm (13.8 inches)
• Guaranteed printable area: 207.9 mm (8.2inches) × 347.6 mm (13.7 inches)
4.1mm 4.1mm
4.1mm
355.6mm
(14inch)
Guaranteed Printing Area
351.5mm
4.1mm 211.8mm
215.9mm
(8.5inch) Guaranteed Print Area
Image Specifications
Characteristic Specification Detail
Guaranteed Image 207.9 x 347.6 All trays

Skew </= +/- 1.1 mm @ 180mm Leading edge
Perpendicularity </= +/- 1.0 mm @ 140mm Leading edge
Margins </= +/- 2.00 mm Leading edge
</= +/- 2.50 mm Side edge
Magnification </= 100 +/- 0.5% @ 280mm Vertical simplex
</= 100 +/- 0.8% @ 280mm Vertical duplex
</= 100 +/- 0.5% @ 180mm Horizontal simplex
</= 100 +/- 0.8% @ 180mm Horizontal duplex
Curl </= 20mm Full speed
</= 30mm Medium speed
Adjustments and
Calibrations
In this chapter...
• Adjustments
• NVRAM Utilities
• Service Diagnostic NVRAM Utilities
• Calibrations
• Parameter Shadowing
Chapter
6
Adjustments and Calibrations
Adjustments
The Service Diagnostics Adjustments menu lists utilities for accessing NVRAM and
making xerographic process adjustments.
• dc131 NVM Access
• dc301 NVM initialization
• dc361 NVM Save and Restore
• dc701 Fuser Temp Setup
• dc909 Calibrate for Paper
• dc960 High Altitude
Color Adjustments
Automatic color adjustments occur periodically to maintain optimal print quality.

Two types of print process adjustments are used; process control (procon) and
registration control (regicon).
Procon adjustments occur:
• During power up
• Periodically during continuos printing
• At the end of each print job
• After installation of a new Toner Cartridge or Imaging Unit
• After a maintenance Kit counter reset
• After cleaning the ADC Sensors.
Regicon adjustments occur:
• During power up
• After a change in temperature or humidity is detected
• After installation of a new Toner Cartridge or Imaging Unit
Two manual color adjustments are available at Printer > Tools > Adjust Color. Color
Calibration offers color density and grey balance adjust options. Color Registration
provides automated horizontal and vertical color registration adjustment.
Image Position
The Page Margins Inconsistent and Sides 1 & 2 are not Sufficiently Aligned
routines allow manual adjustment of image placement on the print up, down, left,
right or on side 1 and 2 for each tray.
Initial launch of the Image Position routine includes:
• Displays the media type loaded in the selected tray
• Allows the user to print the test pattern
• Provides a list of current Image Position adjustment values for all media
and trays
• Restore image position values to factory default settings.
Image Position adjustments include:
• A printed tutorial page explaining how to perform the adjustment
• The lead edge (up/down) of the image for each supported media grouping
• The side edge (left/right) of the image for the available trays
• Side 2 for the adjustments on supported media types
The range of adjustment is -15 to +15 up or down and -32 to +32 left or right. Each
increment equals 0.17 mm. Total accustomed is +/- 2.5 mm up or down and +/-
5.5 mm left or right.
Note
Image position adjustments up or down apply to all trays.
Procedure
1. Touch Printer to access the Printer menu.

2. Touch the Tools tab.
3. Touch Troubleshooting to access the Troubleshooting menu.
4. Touch Resolve Problems.
5. Select page margins are Inconsistent to adjust simplex page margins and
Sides 1&2 are not Sufficiently Aligned to adjust margins front and back for
duplex prints.
6. Follow instructions given on the Control Panel or page to make the required
adjustments.
7. Make necessary adjustment and touch the Done button to save the changes.
Note
The Restore Defaults button resets all image position values to factory default
settings on all Trays.
NVRAM Utilities
Printer settings are stored in the IP Board SD Card and EEPROM. Control Panel
menus include several utilities for managing these two NVM storage areas.
Reset NVRAM
NVRAM Reset, available at Printer > Tools > Setup > Service Tools, returns a user-
defined NVM parameters to their factory default value.
Reset Control Panel Touch Screen
Press and hold the Power Saver button for 5 seconds, then press and release the
Pause button to reset the touchscreen to factory defaults and initiate touchscreen
diagnostics. Refer to “Control Panel Calibration and Testing” on page 6-8.
Maintenance Kit Life Count Reset
Maintenance Kit Life Count reset, available at Printer > Tools > Setup > Service
Tools > Reset HSFI Counters, clears the Maintenance Kit counter and initiates a
Procon adjustment following installation of the new Maintenance Kit.
Network Reset
Network Reset, available at Printer > Tools > Setup > Network and USB > Ethernet,
returns all user-defined network settings to their factory default values.
Service Diagnostic NVRAM Utilities
dc131 - NVM Read/Write
Caution
Use care when making changes to the NVM value. Always write down the
original NVM value (for reference) prior to making any changes. Incorrect
changes to an NVM value could make the printer inoperable.
The NVM Read / Write (dc131) routine provides the capability to review and
modify machine control parameters stored in Non-Volatile Memory (NVM).
3. Select dc131 NVM Access.
Note
The NVM ID has two numeric fields; the NVM value range is from 1 to 999.
Not all NVM fields can be modified. Reference the NVM tables starting on
page A-9 for information regarding each NVM parameter.
dc301 - NVM Initialization
Caution
Use the NVM Initialization procedure as a last option when servicing the
Phaser 6700. A power cycle may be required to return the printer to normal
operation.
The NVM Initialization (dc301) routine enables the reset of NVM values to their
default settings within a specified module. Multiple modules may be initialized by
a single request.
The NVM parameters initialized within each domain are dependent on the
initialization type (user data, system data, and all data). Certain groups of NVM
parameters are not affected by the NVM Initialization such as billing counters,
even in the case of an all data initialization.
2. Touch the Adjustments tab.
3. Select dc301 NMV Initialization.
4. Select the appropriate Domain and NVM Data options.
• Domain - Controller, Engine, Finisher
• NVM Data - User, System, All
Note
The User, System and All NVM Data options are only available in the
Controller (IP Board) domain. Engine and Finisher domains offer the
System NVM Data option.
5. Touch the Initialize button to perform the procedure.

6. A confirmation screen is displayed “Are you sure you want to initialize NVM?”
7. Touch the Initialize button.
8. After the NVM Initialization procedure is complete, an Initialization successful

message is displayed.
9. Touch the Close button to exit the NVM Initialization screen. Reboot the
printer at call closeout.
dc361 - NVM Save and Restore
The NVM Save and Restore (dc361) routine allows the user to back-up NVM data
and restore the machine's NVM parameters to their previous values following a
service action.
NVM Save and Restore can be used to recover a machine's NVM values from one
of 15 auto-saved sets of parameters. The auto-save automatically stores the
contents of the IP Board SD Card and EEPROM every day into a 15-day queue.
Manually saving NVM copies the current contents of the IP Board SD Card,
EEPROM and MCU Board EEPROM to NVRAM.
NVM Save and Restore also includes the ability to copy files between the modules
and a USB thumb drive.
Saving NVM

3. Select dc361 NVM Save and Restore.
4. From the UI screen, select Machine NVM.
5. From the pull-down menu, select Save.
6. A progress message Saving NVM in Progress is displayed.
7. When NVM Save procedure is complete, the dc361 NVM Save and Restore
menu is displayed showing three newly created Platforms (Controller SD Card.
NVM EEPROM and Machine NVM). These three files are immediately
available for restoration.
8. Touch the Close button to exit the dc361 NVM Save and Restore screen.
Restoring NVM

3. Select dc361 NVM Save and Restore.
4. From the pull-down menu, select the Platform (module) you want to restore.
5. A progress message Restoring NVM in Progress is displayed.
6. When NVM Restore procedure is complete, the dc361 NVM Save and Restore
menu is displayed.
7. Touch the Close button to exit the dc361 NVM Save and Restore screen.
dc701 Fuser Temperature Setup
The dc701 Fuser Temp Setup utility is used to adjust Fuser temperatures to
compensate for media weight or improve toner adhesion.
3. Select dc701 Fuser Temp Setup. A dc701 Fuser Temp Setup screen is
displayed.
4. Touch the print mode (standard or Photo) to apply the Fuser temperature
changes.
5. Touch the media weight to associate with the Fuser temperature setting.
7. Print several test print to check print quality.
Note
dc909 Calibrate for Paper
The dc909 Calibrate for Paper utility is used to adjust Transfer Roller charge to
compensate for media type or weight. Increased charge on the Transfer Roller
increases toner attraction to the media. Refer to “Secondary Transfer” on
page 2-12 for details of the toner transfer process.
3. Select dc909 Calibrate for Paper. A dc909 Calibrate for Paper screen appears.
4. Touch the media type to apply the charge changes.
6. Print several test print to check print quality.
Note
Transfer Roller bias voltage adjustment range is +/- 6 for each media type.
dc960 High Altitude
The dc960 Altitude Adjustment utility is used to adjust print process control to
compensate for installations at higher altitudes. If the printer is installed more
than 2000 meters above sea level, use dc960 to change print process control
parameters.
3. Select dc960 Altitude Adjustment. A dc960 Altitude Adjustment screen
appears.
4. Touch the correct altitude setting and touch Write to save the new setting to
NVM.
5. The Current Setting changes to reflect the new value.
Calibrations
Control Panel Calibration and Testing
Panel diagnostics includes various tests that help troubleshoot issues with the
display or buttons. A touchscreen calibration routine is available to align touching
the screen to the on screen display. Always calibrate the touchscreen after
replacing the Control Panel.
Note
If you are unable to navigate the menus, press and hold the Power Saver
button for 5 seconds, then press and release the Pause button to reset the
touchscreen to factory defaults and initiate a touchscreen calibration routine.
Run Panel Diagnostics from the Service Tools menu.

1. Touch Panel Diagnostics on the Service Tools menu.
2. A list of tests is displayed on the Panel Diagnostics menu.
• LCD Pixel Test
• Touch Panel Test
• Touch Panel Calibration
• Button Test
• Display Vertical Test
• Exit
3. Touch the desired test on the Control Panel.
4. To exit any test while the test is in progress, press the pause button.
5. To exit Panel Diagnostics, touch Exit.
Control Panel Calibration Menu
Type of Test Description
LCD Pixel Test Test pixel colors in the display.

Touch Panel Calibration ■ Performs a nine point calibration of the touchscreen
to align the touch sensitive layer with the underlying
LCD display.
■ Resets calibration data to factory defaults.
Touch Panel Test Touch the panel to confirm each touch point is
accurately sensed.
Display Vertical Test Inspect for luminosity defects in the LCD display.
Button Test Test Control Panel button function.
Exit Exit Control Panel Calibration.
Parameter Shadowing
This function periodically saves critical, user-defined NVM parameters stored in the
IP Board SD Card and EEPROM. When a replacement SD Card or EEPROM is
installed, the printer restores the NVM parameters to the new part.
Caution
When troubleshooting problems related to the IP Board, do not replace the SD
Card and EEPROM simultaneously. Replace one part and reboot. If the
problem persists, replace the other part. Replacing both parts at once can
result in the loss of customer configuration data.
Cleaning and
Maintenance
In this chapter...
• Service Maintenance Procedure
• Cleaning
• Maintenance
Chapter
7
Cleaning and Maintenance
Service Maintenance Procedure
Perform the following procedures whenever you check, service, or repair a printer.
Cleaning the printer, as outlined in the following steps, assures proper operation of
the printer and reduces the probability of having to service the printer in the
future.
The frequency of use, Average Monthly Print Volume (AMPV), type of media
printed on, and operating environment are factors in determining how critical
cleaning the machine is and how often it is necessary. Record the number of
sheets printed.
Recommended Tools
• Toner vacuum cleaner

• Clean water
• Clean, dry, lint-free cloth
• Black light-protective bag
Cleaning
Perform the following general cleaning steps as indicated by the printer’s

operating environment.
Caution
Never apply alcohol or other chemicals to any part of the printer. Never use a
damp cloth to clean up toner. If you remove an Imaging Unit, place it in a
light-protective bag or otherwise protect it as exposure to light can quickly
degrade performance and result in early failure.
1. Record number of sheets printed.

2. Print several sheets of paper to check for problems or defects.
3. Turn the printer power Off and disconnect the power cord.
4. Remove the Imaging Units, Fuser, Toner Cartridges, and Transfer Belt before
cleaning.
5. Clean all Fans.
6. Ensure that all cover vents are clean and free of obstructions.
7. Remove any debris or foreign objects from the Fuser, Transfer Belt, Imaging
Unit, and inside of the printer.
8. Remove and clean the paper trays.
9. Clean all rubber rollers with a lint-free cloth slightly dampened with cold water.
10. Clean the ADC Sensors (page 7-3).
11. Clean all four laser lenses (page 7-4).
Cleaning the Control Panel

Caution
The LCD is easily scratched.
Use a soft, lint-free cloth to remove dust and fingerprints from the Control Panel.
Ready
Phaser 6700DN XX.XXX.XXX.XX
Jobs Printer
s6700-637
Cleaning the ADC Sensors

5. Use the wiper in the Procon Assembly to clean the ADC Sensors. Wipe the
sensors at least 5 times to thoroughly clean the sensors.
Note
Toner density usually recovers after 20 or 30 color prints.
5X
s6700-638
Cleaning the Laser Lenses
Clean all 4 laser lenses anytime an Imaging Unit is installed or vertical stripes
begin to appear in the output.
2. Using the provided cleaning wand, wipe each laser lens twice to thoroughly
clean each lens.
Note
When installing a new Imaging Unit, replace the pad at the end of the
cleaning wand. A new pad is included with each replacement Imaging Unit.
Y M
C K
s6700-613
Maintenance
RIP (Repair, Inspect, and Prevent) Procedure
Perform these routine maintenance procedures during the course of servicing the
printer.
• Clean the Feed Rollers, Exit Rollers, and Guides; replace if necessary.
• Remove and clean the paper trays.
• Print a Configuration and Error History pages, diagnose, and repair any
problems as indicated.
• Clean the Fans and vents.
• Check cleanliness of the interior and exterior, including fans; if necessary clean
(dust or vacuum) these areas.
• Review proper printer operation using a customer file, if possible. Check with
the customer regarding any special applications they may be running.
• Review with the customer all work that was performed and discuss proper
printer care.
Maintenance Kit - 604K73140
The Maintenance Kit includes a Transfer Belt, Transfer Roller and Feed Rollers to
facilitate servicing the printer. A Maintenance Kit is Past End of Life message and
subsequent hard stop indicates when Maintenance Kit replacement is necessary.
s6700-639
Replacement Note
Reset the Maintenance Kit Life counter available at Printer > Tools > Setup >
Service Tools > Reset HSFI Counters, after installing a new kit.
Moving the Printer
Warning
Remove all options before moving the printer.
Warning
To avoid injury, use 3 people to lift the printer.
Caution
When moving the printer over long distances, use the Repack Kit, 695K28490.
Instructions are included with the kit.
Before moving the printer, do the following:

1. Turn the printer Off and disconnect the Power Cord and other cables from the
the printer.
2. Allow the printer to cool about 30 minutes.
3. Remove media from the trays.
When moving the printer:
• Use 3 people to lift and move the printer.
• When lifting the printer, grasp the areas as shown in the illustration.
• Do not tilt the printer more than 10 degrees to the front or back, or left or
right. Tilting the printer more than 10 degrees may cause toner spillage.
42.2 kg
93.0 lb.
s6700-594
Caution
Failure to repackage the printer properly for shipment can result in damage to
the printer not covered by the warranty, Service Agreement, or Total
Satisfaction Guarantee.
After moving the printer:

1. Remove the Toner Cartridges and Imaging Units, then clean any toner or
other debris inside the printer.
2. Reinstall any parts removed
3. Clean all 4 laser lenses (page 7-4).
4. Reconnect the printer to the cables and power cord.
5. Plug in and turn On the printer.
Service Parts
Disassembly
In this chapter...
• Overview
• Maintenance and Consumables
• Print Engine Covers
• Feeder / Registration Assembly
• Right Door
• Print Engine Electrical
• Print Engine Drive
• Print Engine Chassis
• 550-Sheet Feeder
• 1100-Sheet Feeder
• Finisher
Chapter
8
Service Parts Disassembly
Overview
This section contains the removal procedures for field-replaceable parts listed in
the Parts List. In most cases, the replacement procedure is simply the reverse of
the removal procedure. In some instances, additional steps are necessary and are
provided for replacement of the parts. For specific assemblies and parts, refer to
Chapter 9.
Note
Part names that appear in the removal procedures may not match names that
appear in the Parts List. For example, a part called Tray in a removal procedure
may appear on the Parts List as Cassette, Assy. When working on a removal
procedure, ignore any prerequisite procedure for parts already removed.
Standard Orientation of the Printer
When needed, the orientation of the printer is called out in the procedure as an aid
for locating the printer parts. The following figure identifies the Front, Rear, Left,
and Right sides of the printer.
Rear
Left
Right
Front s6700-156
Preparation
Before you begin any procedure:
Warning
Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Warning
Caution
Many parts are secured by plastic tabs. Do not over flex or force these parts.
Do not over torque screws threaded into plastic.
Caution
Do not remove Red-colored screws. These screws secure key chassis
components. Removal of Red-colored screws can result in chassis
misalignment.
Caution
Cover the Imaging Units to avoid light exposure.
1. Wear an Electrostatic Discharge wrist strap.

2. Turn Off power and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet and
printer.
3. Disconnect all cables from the printer.
4. Remove these items:
• Imaging Units
• Transfer Belt
• Transfer Roller
• Trays
• Fuser
• Toner Cartridges
Fuser
Toner Cartridges
Transfer
Roller*
Transfer Belt*
Feed Rollers*
Imaging Units
Separator Roller*
*Part of Maintenence Kit s6700-157
Notations in the Disassembly Text
• The notation “(item X)” points to a numbered callout in the illustration

corresponding to the disassembly procedure being performed.
• The notation “PLX.X.X” indicates that this component is listed in the Parts List.
• Bold arrows in an illustration show direction of movement when removing or

replacing a component.
• The notation “(tap, plastic, 10 mm)” or “(metal, 6 mm)” refer to the type of
screw being removed.
Replacement Note
Provides information specific to the replacement of parts or assemblies.
Caution
Do not remove Red screws. These screws secure key components. Removal of
Red-colored screws can result in chassis misalignment.
Use care when installing self-tapping screws in plastic. To properly start the
screw in plastic, turn the screw counter-clockwise in the hole until you feel the
screw engage the threads, then tighten as usual. Improper alignment or over
tightening the screw can result in damage to previously tapped threads
Always use the correct type and size screw. Using the wrong screw can
damage tapped holes. Do not use excessive force to remove or install either a
screw or a printer part.
Fastener Types
This table lists fastener types used to assemble the system. The removal
procedures provide dimensions for screws and clips being removed.
Type Application Shape

Screw for plastic, Silver, tapping
■ Screw thread is coarse compared to
metal screw. Coarse
■ Screw tip is thin.
Plastic
Parts etc.
Screw for metal, Silver
■ Fine threads.
■ Diameter is uniform.
Sheet
Parts etc.
Metal
Screw for metal, Silver, with flange
■ Fine threads.
■ Diameter is uniform

Hardware Kit - 604K56670
Hardware Kit
Parts List
Size Quantity
Fastener Type Designator
Screw for plastic, Silver, self-tapping M4 x 10mm ST6 2
Sheet metal screw, Silver M3 x 4mm SM1 2
M3 x 6mm SM2 2
Sheet metal screw, Silver, with flange M3 x 6mm SM11 2
M3 x 8mm SM12 2
E-Ring, 3 mm (1) D3 E1 2
D4 E2 2
Maintenance and Consumables
Maintenance items include the Separator Roller in the Trays, Transfer Belt, Transfer
Roller, Feed Rolls, and Fuser. Consumables consist of the Waste Toner Cartridge,
Toner Cartridges, and Imaging Units. The Maintenance Kit bundles the Transfer
Belt, Transfer Roller, Separator and Feed Rollers. The Transfer Roller is also available
seprately.
Note
After replacing the Maintenance Kit, reset the life counter.
Tray Feed and Separator Roller Kit
PL2.1.99
1. Remove the Tray.
2. Open the separator cover.
3. Raise the Separator Roller, then slide it forward to remove it from the Tray.
s6700-158
4. Remove the Feed Rollers from the shafts by releasing the hooks.
s6700-159
Tray 1 Separator Roller
PL3.1.99
2. Raise the Tray 1 Separator Roller, then slide it backward to release the boss.
s6700-160
Feed Roller
PL4.2.21
2. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the chute to the Right
Door.
s6700-161
3. Release the hook of the roll core, then slide the roll core to the rear.
4. Release the groove on the Feed Roller from the vertical pin on the shaft by
sliding the Feed Roll to the rear.
5. Remove the Feed Roller from the shaft by rotating the Feed Roller 180
degrees.
s6700-162
Transfer Roller
PL4.4.99
2. Release the front and rear hooks of the Transfer Roller and raise the roller to
remove it.
s6700-164
Transfer Belt
PL5.1.99
Caution
damage.

3. Unlock and open the Inner Frame Assy.
s6700-349
3. Pull the Transfer Belt out slowly until the upper handles are accessible.
s6700-165
Note
To properly remove the Transfer Belt, hold the handles, taking care not to
touch the belt.
5. Raise the top handles.

6. Holding the top handles, remove the Transfer Belt from the printer.
s6700-166
Imaging Units
PL5.1.8~5.1.11
Caution

2. Unlock and open the Inner Frame Assy.
s6700-349
3. Release the handle of the Imaging Unit.

4. Holding the handle, pull the Imaging Unit slowly from the printer.
s6700-167
Replacement Note
Remove 2 sealing tapes from the new Imaging Unit after installation.
PL6.1.13
Caution
Toner may collect on the Waste Toner Cartridge and leak from the fill port. Use
care when handling the Waste Toner Cartridge to avoid toner spills.

2. Raise the Waste Toner Cartridge handle to release the lock.
3. Holding the handle, pull the Waste Toner Cartridge out of the printer.
Handle
s6700-168
Fuser
PL7.1.99
Warning

2. Holding the Fuser handles, pull the Fuser forward to remove it.
s6700-169
Replacement Note
Cycle system power after installing the replacement Fuser.
Toner Cartridges
PL6.1.1 ~ 4
2. Holding the handle, pull the Toner Cartridge forward to remove it.
s6700-392
Replacement Note
Push the Toner cartridge into the chassis until the hook is engaged.
Staple Cartridge
PL14.8.21
2. Pull the Staple Cartridge from the Stapler to remove.
s6700-170
Print Engine Covers
Top Cover
PL1.1.3
Warning
Caution

3. Remove the Upper Inner Front Cover (page 8-25).
4. Remove the Upper Finisher Docking Cover (page 8-21).
5. Remove the Output Tray (page 8-21).
6. Remove the Rear Cover (page 8-31).
7. Remove the Exit Cover (page 8-22).
8. Remove the Control Panel (page 8-63).
9. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Top Cover Assy and release 2
bosses from the right side.
s6700-234
Note
Stop here if the Top Cover is being removed to access other parts. At this point
rotate the Top Cover to repair underlying parts. Continue this procedure only
when replacing the Top Cover.
Caution
When performing the next step, do not damage the Full Stack Actuator.
10. Lift the cover and release the Control Panel harness cable tie remove the 2
screws that secure the Control Panel harness guide cover and release 1 hook
that secures the ferrite bead cover.
11. Slowly lift the cover and release the Control Panel Harness from the guide to
remove the cover.
s6700-386
Output Tray
PL1.1.5
1. Release the hook to remove the Upper Finisher Docking Cover.
s6700-198
2. Remove the Output Tray by releasing the hook and shifting the Output Tray
left.
s6700-199
Exit Cover
PL1.1.9
Warning

3. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Exit Cover to remove the cover.
s6700-197
Lower Right Cover
PL1.1.11
1. Remove the Tray.
4. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the lower right cover.
5. Close the Right Door to remove the cover.
s6700-212
Upper Front Cover
PL1.2.5
Caution

4. Open Inner Frame Assy.
5. Release the Front Cover Stopper Strap from the chassis.
6. Remove 3 screws (silver, 6mm) from the Lower Inner Front Cover.
7. Lift the cover to release 3 hooks and remove Upper Front Cover.
s6700-366
Upper Inner Front Cover
PL1.2.6
Caution

2. Remove the Toner Cartridges (page 8-18).
3. Open the Inner Frame Assy.
4. Remove 3 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Upper Inner Front Cover to the
chassis.
s6700-233
Front Door
PL1.2.17
Caution
Front Door hinge points are easily damaged.

2. Remove the Stopper Straps by rotating the straps 90 degrees to align the tab
and notch.
Tab
s6700-194
3. Slide the Front Door left to release the cover from the hinge.
s6700-247
Lower Inner Front Cover
PL1.2.24
Caution
1. Remove the Front Door (page 8-26).

3. Remove the Inner Frame Assy (page 8-129).
5. Remove 7 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Lower Inner Front Cover to the
chassis.
s6700-351
Left Cover
PL1.3.2
1. Remove the Tray.
4. Slide the Upper and Lower Finisher Docking Covers to the front to release the
hooks and remove the covers.
s6700-350
6. Remove 1 screw (silver, 6mm) from the Rear Top Cover and 1 screw (silver,
6mm) from the Top Cover.
s6700-393
7. Lift the Rear Top Cover to access 1 screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the Left
Cover.
s6700-395
8. Remove 3 screws (silver, 6mm) and lift the Left Cover to release 1 tab at the
bottom.
s6700-600
Rear Cover
PL1.3.5
1. Release the hook that secures the Finisher Port Cover and remove the cover.
s6700-246
2. Remove 8 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Rear Cover to the chassis.
3. Remove the Rear Cover from the printer.
s6700-196
Tray Bottom Plate Release Block
PL3.1.5
1. Remove Tray 2.
2. Squeeze the sides of the block to release the hooks and remove the block.
s6700-352
Tray 1 Separator Roller Assembly
PL3.1.7
Caution
1. Remove the Tray.

5. Remove the Lower Right Cover (page 8-23).
6. Remove the Right Door Assembly (page 8-46).
7. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the Tray 1 Separator Roller
Assy to the chassis.
s6700-163
Feeder / Registration Assembly
Feed Clutch
PL3.2.2
1. Remove Tray 2.
6. Remove the Right Door Assembly. (page 8-46)
7. Remove the Feeder/Registration Assembly (page 8-41).
8. Remove the E-ring that secures the clutch to the feed shaft, disconnect P/J102
and release the clutch harness from the feeder to remove the clutch.
P/J102
s6700-353
Tray 2 No Paper Actuator
PL3.2.10
1. Remove Tray 2.
8. Squeeze the actuator to release the bosses that secure the actuator to the
feeder.
s6700-354
PL3.2.11
1. Remove Tray 2.
8. Release the 3 hooks that secure the sensor to the feeder.
9. Disconnect P/J220 and remove the sensor.
P/J220
s6700-355
Take Away Clutch
PL3.3.12
1. Remove Tray 2.
8. Remove the E-ring that secures the clutch to the take away roller, disconnect
P/J103 and release the clutch harness from the clamp to remove the clutch.
P/J103
s6700-356
Registration Clutch
PL3.3.1
1. Remove Tray 2.
8. Remove the E-ring that secures the clutch to the roller shaft and release the
clutch harness from the guides and clamp to remove the clutch.
P/J101
s6700-357
Registration Sensor
PL3.3.22
1. Remove Tray 2.
8. Release the 3 hooks that secure the sensor to the feeder.
P/J203
s6700-358
Registration Sensor Actuator
PL3.3.20
1. Remove Tray 2.
8. Remove the Registration Sensor (page 8-39)
9. Release the actuator shaft from the hooks on the feeder to remove the
actuator.
s6700-359
Feeder/Registration Assembly
PL3.2.1
Caution
1. Remove Tray 2.
7. Remove the Tray 1 Separator Assy (page 8-33).
8. Remove 1 screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the tray guide to the chassis.
9. Release the boss on the rear side of the tray guide, and slide the tray guide
backward to release the two bosses on the front side.
s6700-360
10. Remove the harness guide cover from the harness guide by releasing the hook.
11. Remove the harnesses and disconnect all connectors.
P/J101
P/J102
P/J103
P/J105
P/J110 s6700-263
12. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the feeder to the chassis.
s6700-260
Right Door
Right Door Stopper Strap
PL4.1.21
2. Rotate the Stopper Strap to release the strap from the chassis.
s6700-396
Right Door Interlock Actuator
PL4.1.97
2. Raise and latch the duplex unit.
3. Remove the spring from the stopper and the boss of the interlock holder.
4. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the Interlock Actuator to
the Right Door.
s6700-266
Tray 1 Cover Assembly
PL4.1.98
1. Open Tray 1.
2. Release the boss at each side to remove the Tray from the printer.
s6700-248
Right Door Assembly
PL4.1.99
Caution
1. Remove the Tray.

6. Raise the Right Door and remove 1 screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the
grounding terminal. Route the ground wire through the hole in the chassis to
the outside.
s6700-250
7. Remove 1 screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that secures the Link Assy to the printer.
8. Remove the right stopper strap by rotating the strap CCW 90 degrees to align
the tab with the notch in the chassis.
s6700-397
9. Remove the connector cover by releasing 2 hooks.

10. Disconnect P/J117, P/J118, and P/J120 and release the harness from the two
clamps.
P/J118
P/J117
P/J120
s6700-213
11. Remove 2 screws (silver, M4, 6mm) that secure the hinges to the chassis to
remove the door.
s6700-362
Registration Chute
PL4.2.1
2. Remove the Transfer Roller (page 8-11).
3. Remove 2 screws that secure the chute to the duplex unit.
s6700-363
Tray 1 Chute Assembly
PL4.2.5
2. Remove 2 screws that secure the chute to the duplex unit.
s6700-161
PL4.2.14
2. Remove the Tray 1 Chute Assy (page 8-50).
3. Remove 1 screw that secures the sensor bracket to the duplex unit.
4. Disconnect P/J226 and remove the sensor from the bracket.
P/J226
s6700-364
Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Actuator
PL4.2.26
2. Remove the Tray 1 Chute Assy (page 8-50).
3. Remove 1 screw that secures the sensor bracket to the duplex unit.
s6700-365
4. Remove the Feed Roller (page 8-9).
s6700-162
5. Flex the actuator shaft to release the ends of the shaft from the duplex unit.
s6700-369
Tray 1 Feed Solenoid, Gear & Clutch
PL4.2.99
Caution
1. Remove the Tray.

5. Remove the Right Door (page 8-46).
6. Remove the Feed Spring from the Feed Gear and door.
7. Remove the Feed Gear from the shaft by releasing the hook of the Feed Gear.
Tray 1 Feed Gear Side
Right Door Side

s6700-217
8. Remove the rear spring from the Tray 1 bottom plate.

9. Remove the rear arm from the rear follower by releasing the hook.
10. Remove the front spring from the front arm and Tray 1 bottom plate.
11. Remove the front arm from the follower by releasing the hook.
Tray 1 Bottom Plate Side
Tray 1 Arm Side
Tray 1 Bottom Plate Side
Tray 1 Arm Side
s6700-218
12. Remove the harness guide cover from the harness guide by releasing 2 hooks.
13. Open the duplex chute to release the solenoid and clutch harnesses from
under the Right Door hinge pin.
14. Release the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (P/J118) and Duplex Drive Clutch (P/J120)
harnesses from the hooks of the harness guide.
15. Remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secures the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid.
P/J118
s6700-219
15. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the Duplex Gear Assembly.
16. Remove the E-ring that secures the Duplex Drive Clutch to the Lower Duplex
Roller.
P/J120 s6700-220
Replacement Note
Attach the cam follower springs to the cam followers before installing the
followers on the bottom plate shaft.
Lower Duplex Roller
PL4.3.10
Caution
1. Remove the Tray.

5. Remove the Right Door (page 8-46).
6. Remove Tray 1 Chute Assy (page 8-50).
7. Remove 2 screws that secure the duplex gear assembly and the E-ring that
secures the clutch to the Lower Duplex Roller shaft.
s6700-370
8. Release the hook that secures the pulley to the front end of the roller shaft.
s6700-371
9. Unlock the bearing at each end of the roller shaft and remove the roller from
the duplex unit
s6700-372
Replacement Note
Press the center of the bearing to fully seat it on the shaft. Next, rotate the
bearing lock into place.
Upper Duplex Roller
PL4.3.10
Caution

2. Open the duplex chute.
3. Remove the front and rear latches and springs from the latch shaft.
Right Hand Frame Side
Right Hand Rear

Latch Side
Right Hand Frame Side
Right Hand Front

Latch Side s6700-374
4. Release the hook that secures the pulley to the front end of the roller shaft.
s6700-375
5. Unlock the bearing at each end of the roller shaft and remove the roller from
the duplex unit
s6700-373
Replacement Note
Press the center of the bearing to fully seat it on the shaft. Next, rotate the
bearing lock into place.
Duplex Handle
PL4.4.8
Raise one side and lift to remove the handle from the duplex unit.
s6700-376
Print Engine Electrical
Control Panel
Note
The Control Panel is considered a Customer Replaceable Unit (CRU).
PL1.1.1
2. Lift the front edge of the Control Panel cover to release 2 tabs and 2 hooks
that secure the Control Panel cover to the Top Cover.
3. Disconnect P/J370 and remove the Control Panel.
P/J370
Tabs
Hook
s6700-599
Control Panel Harness
PL1.1.2
2. Open the Right Cover.
5. Remove the Left Cover (page 8-28).
7. Remove the Top Cover (page 8-19).
8. Route the harness along the left edge of the cover. Insert the cable tie in the
harness cover and secure the harness cover to the Top Cover using 2 (silver,
tapping, 8mm) screws.
s6700-226
PL1.2.1
Warning
Caution
1. Remove the Tray.

4. Remove the Waste Toner Cartridge (page 8-16)
8. Remove the Inner Frame Assy.
9. Remove the Fuser (page 8-17).
12. Remove the IP Cage (page 8-179).
14. Remove the Top Cover (page 8-19).
17. Remove the Front Door Open Switch (page 8-68).
18. Disconnect P/J302 from the LVPS and release the interlock harness from 2
clamps.
19. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the harness guide to the chassis.
20. Release the hook that secures the harness guide and slide the harness guide
and harness together to access the harness.
21. Release the Front Interlock Harness from the guide.
P/J302
s6700-242
22. Pull the Front Interlock Harness out through the hole of the frame.
23. Release the harness from the hooks on the Exit Motor and 4 clamps.
24. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the interlock bracket to the chassis.
25. Remove the bracket and switch.
s6700-243
Front Door Open Switch
PL1.2.3
4. Disconnect P/J212 from the switch.
5. Release 2 hooks that secure the switch to the chassis.
P/J212
s6700-224
Size Switch
PL3.1.1
1. Remove the Tray.
2. Release the hook that secures the Size Switch in the tray cavity.
3. Disconnect the connector to remove the switch.
s6700-235
Low Paper Sensors 1 and 2
PL3.1.2
1. Remove the Tray.
2. Release the hook that secures the Low Paper Sensor holder in the tray cavity.
3. Release the clamp that secures the harness to the holder.
4. Disconnect 2 connectors from the Low Paper Sensors.
Black
s6700-236
Fuser Fan
PL4.1.8
2. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the chute to the Right
Door.
s6700-215
3. Disconnect P/J119, then release the harness from the hooks.

4. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 34mm) that secure the Fan to the Right
Door.
P/J119
s6700-216
PL4.1.96
1. Remove Tray 2
5. Disconnect P/J301 from the LVPS and release the 7 harness clamps
P/J301
s6700-378
6. Remove the LVPS Fan (page 8-153).

7. Remove the Power Panel (page 8-154).
8. Remove the rear bracket and power switch link assembly.
s6700-255
9. Disconnect P/J302, 303, and 304 from the LVPS.

10. Release the harnesses from the clamp.
11. Remove 9 screws that secure the LVPS Cage to the chassis.
P/J302
P/J303
P/J304
s6700-416
12. Remove but do not disconnect the LVPS Cage by first lifting the cage to
release the upper and IP Board Cage hooks, then pull the right side outward
and shift the LVPS Cage right to clear the tabs on the left.
s6700-379
13. Stand the LVPS Cage on the work surface as shown,
s6700-414
14. Release the interlock harness from the corner guide.
s6700-377
15. Pull the interlock harness through the harness guide and release 4 clamps.
s6700-398
16. Remove 1 screw that secures the under cover and release the cable tie from
the chassis.
s6700-399
17. Remove 1 screw that secures the switch to the chassis and remove the I/L
harness.
s6700-400
Right Door Harness
PL4.3.16
1. Remove Tray 2.
5. Remove the Tray 1 Chute Assembly (page 8-50).
6. Remove the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Bracket and disconnect P/J226
s6700-401
7. Remove the sensor harness from the feeder guides.
s6700-367
8. Remove the harness cover to release the harness from the feeder.
s6700-402
9. Remove the Feed Gear and Spring,
Tray 1 Feed Gear Side
Right Door Side

s6700-217
10. Release the harness from the Tray 1 Feeder guides.

11. Remove 2 screws that secure the Duplex Chute.
s6700-215
10. Disconnect the Fuser Fan P/J119.
P/J119
s6700-403
10. Remove 4 screws that secure the Link Arm brackets.
P/J119
s6700-368
11. Release the harness from the Right Door guides.
Erase Lamp
PL5.1.2
This procedure removes the Magenta Erase Lamp as an example. The procedure
applies to all four lamps.
Warning
Caution
1. Remove Tray 2.
11. Remove the Upper Finisher Docking Cover.
13. Remove 4 screws that secure the Top Cover (page 8-19) and rotate the cover
to rest on the back of the chassis,
s6700-389
Note
The following step is not necessary for the Yellow Erase Lamp.
14. Remove the Cyan Toner Dispense Assembly (page 8-103).
s6700-404
15. Release the harness from the hooks of the Erase Lamp. Remove 1 screw (silver,
6mm) that secures the Erase Lamp. Disconnect the Erase Lamp from the
harness.
Front
s6700-418
Bias Housing Assembly
PL5.2.2
Caution

3. Remove the Inner Frame Assembly (page 8-129).
5. Remove the Lower Inner Front Cover (page 8-27).
8. Remove the HVPS (page 8-86).
9. Remove the Laser Unit (page 8-93).
10. Remove 4 Imaging Unit Guides (page 8-128).
.
s6700-405
11. Remove 4 screws that secure the Bias Housing Assembly to the chassis and
remove.
.
s6700-406
HVPS
PL5.2.3
Caution
1. Remove Tray 2.
7. Remove 5 screws (silver, M4, 6mm) and 3 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that
secure the HVPS to the chassis.
8. Slide the HVPS left and then up to remove the board.
8mm
8mm
8mm
s6700-225
9. Release 2 hooks on the housing and tilt the HVPS outward.

10. Disconnect P/J331 and P/J332 to remove the HVPS.
Hook
s6700-238
Replacement Note
To ensure proper connection with the Bias Housing Assembly, align the plastic
pins on the chassis with the holes in the HVPS.
Imaging Unit CRUM Connector

PL5.2.4
Caution
Use care when handling CRUM Connectors. The boards and attached contacts
separate easily.

2. Remove the IP Board Cage (page 8-179).
3. Remove the LVPS Cage (page 8-182).
4. Disconnect P/J1, 4, 19, 17, 20, 11, 16 from the MCU Board.
P/J19 P/J1 P/J17 P/J11
P/J20
P/J4
P/J24
P/J16
s6700-409
5. Remove 2 screws that secure the center harness guide and lift the lower end
up as shown.
s6700-385
6. Remove the Imaging Unit Link Drive Kit (page 8-175).

7. Disconnect the affected CRUM Connector and release 2 hooks that secure to
the chassis.
Hooks
s6700-383
Replacement Note
Seat the CRUM Connector hooks securely in the chassis. Check hook
engagement by viewing the CRUM connectors from the front of the printer.
Transfer Belt Bias Assembly
PL5.2.6
7. Remove the Fuser Drive Assembly (page 8-130).
8. Remove 6 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the IP Board Cage support bracket
to the chassis.
s6700-410
9. Remove, but do not disconnect the Transfer Belt Drive Assembly (page 8-135).
P/J19 P/J1 P/J17 P/J11
P/J20
P/J4
P/J24
P/J16
s6700-409
11. Remove the 2 screws that secure the center harness guide and lift the lower
end up as shown.
s6700-385
13. Release the Imaging Unit CRUM harness from the guides on the Transfer Belt
Bias Assembly.
14. Remove 5 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Transfer Belt Bias Assembly to
the chassis.
s6700-598
Replacement Note
Insert the left end of the assembly first. Flex the assembly slightly to clear the
sensors and springs.
Laser Unit
PL5.2.99
Caution
1. Remove Tray 2.
8. Remove 1 screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that secures the HVPS bracket.
9. Release 2 hooks that secure the clamp to the Laser Unit.
10. Disconnect P/J151, P/J152, and P/J153 from the Laser Unit and feed the
harnesses through the holes.
P/J153
P/J151
P/J152
s6700-261
11. Remove 2 screws (silver, flanged, M4, 8mm) and 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that
secure the Laser Unit.
12. Release 2 bosses from the holes by slightly lifting the Laser Unit and remove
the Laser Unit.
s6700-258
Procon Assembly
PL5.3.1
Warning
Caution

6. Remove the Upper Inner Frame Cover (page 8-25).
11. Remove 4 screws that secure the Top Cover (page 8-19) and move the cover to
the rear.
s6700-389
12. Release 2 hooks that secure the connector cover and remove the cover.
13. Disconnect P/J106, P/J108 and release the harness from the hook.
P/J106
P/J108
s6700-229
14. Using the access holes in the chassis, remove 3 screws (silver, 6mm) that
secure the Procon Assy.
s6700-230
ADC Sensors
PL5.3.5
Warning
Caution

11. Remove the Procon Assembly (page 8-95).
12. Turn the assembly over and disconnect P/J213, 216, 217, and 218.
13. Remove 2 screws that secure the cover to the assembly.
P/J216
P/J218
P/J217
P/J213
s6700-384
14. Lift the cover and remove 2 screws that secure each ADC Sensor
s6700-390
PL5.3.13
Warning

12. Turn the Procon Assembly over and disconnect P/J216.
13. Remove the sensor cover and release 3 hooks to remove the sensor.
P/J216
s6700-411
PL5.3.5
Warning
Caution

12. Turn the assembly over and disconnect P/J213, 216, 217, and 218.
13. Remove 2 screws that secure the cover to the assembly.
P/J216
P/J218
P/J217
P/J213
s6700-384
14. Lift the cover and remove 1 screws that secures the Environmental Sensor
s6700-391
Dispense Assemblies
PL6.1.5 ~ 6.1.8
Warning
Caution
Note
Toner can leak from the dispense assemblies. Protect the work area.
Note
Toner Dispense Assemblies are not interchangeable.

the rear.
s6700-389
12. Remove the screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the assembly to the chassis.
s6700-252
PL6.1.9
Warning
Caution
Note
Toner can leak from the dispense assemblies. Protect the work area.

the rear.
s6700-389
12. Remove the 4 Dispense Assemblies (page 8-103).

13. Release the 4 hooks that secure the Toner Cartridge CRUM Connectors to the
Toner Dispense Assembly.
14. Release the CRUM harness from the hooks on the Toner Dispense Assembly.
.
s6700-412
15. Reposition the Top Cover and loosen 4 screws and remove 1 screw that secure
the IP Board Cage to the chassis.
16. Lift the cage to release the hooks and disconnect the 4 toner motors from the
harness
.
P/J256 P/J257 P/J258 P/J259
s6700-380
17. Remove the 4 screws that secure the Toner Dispense Assembly to the chassis.
.
s6700-423
Toner Cartridge CRUM Reader Board
PL6.1.10
Warning
Caution

the rear.
s6700-389
12. Release the hook and disconnect the harness from the affected connector.
P/J206
P/J205
P/J204
s6700-244
Waste Auger
PL6.1.12
Caution
Caution
Toner is present in the Waste Auger. Protect the work area.

the rear.
s6700-389
12. Remove the Lower Finisher Docking Cover.

15. Remove the Laser Unit (page 8-93).
16. Remove 4 Imaging Unit Guides (page 8-128).
17. Remove the left belt guide.
s6700-424
18. Remove the 2 screws that secure the Waste Auger to the chassis.
19. Working from the left side, depress the plunger on the right end of the Waste
Auger.
Plunger
s6700-618
20. Move the left end forward and downward while rotating the assembly
CCW.Clearance is provided in the chassis to remove the assembly from the
Laser Unit cavity,
s6700-382
Exit Dive Assembly
PL7.1.1
Warning
Caution

the rear.
s6700-389
14. Remove the Invert Chute Assembly (page 8-125).
15. Remove the 2 screws that secure the Exit Chute Assembly and move it to the
side.
s6700-603
15. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Exit Drive Assembly to the
chassis.
16. Release the two bosses on the rear from the holes in the frame with the Exit
Drive Assembly slightly tilted toward the front
17. Disconnect P/J115 and P/J116 and release the harness from the Exit Drive
Assembly hooks.
P/J115 P/J116
s6700-231
Fuser Harness
PL7.1.4A ~4B
Warning
Caution

3. Disconnect P/J1 from the MCU Board.
4. Loosen, but do not remove 4 screws and remove 1 screw that secure the IP
Board Cage to the chassis. Allow the IP Cage to rest against the work surface.
s6700-381

7. Release the Fuser Harness from the center and top guides.
Clamps
P/J1
s6700-425
8. Remove Fuser Harness from right guide
s6700-275
9. Remove 1 screw that secures the corner guide to the Fuser connector and
release the Fuser Harness from the guide.
s6700-417
10. Remove 2 screws that secure the Fuser connector to the chassis, then remove
the harness from the connector.
s6700-426
Exit Roller
PL7.2.2
Warning

6. Remove but do not disconnect the Exit Chute Assembly (page 8-123).
7. Release 1 hook that secures the gear to the Exit Roller.
8. Release 2 bearings, then remove the Exit Roller from the Exit Chute.
s6700-427
Full Stack Sensor
PL7.2.10
Warning

6. Release the 3 hooks that secure the sensor to the Exit Chute Assembly.
7. Disconnect P/J224 to remove the sensor.
P/J224
s6700-428
PL7.2.10
Warning

6. Release the 2 hooks that secure the sensor cover to the Exit Chute Assembly.
P/J224
P/J225
s6700-253

9. Release the 3 hooks that secure the sensor to the Exit Chute Assembly.
s6700-429
Full Stack Actuator
PL7.2.13
Warning

4. Release the front end of the actuator shaft from the hook, then move the
shaft forward to remove the actuator.
s6700-430
Exit Chute Assembly
PL7.2.99
Warning

6. Remove 2 screws that secure the Exit Chute to the chassis.
Note
Full Stack Sensor
Envelope Mode
Sensor
s6700-431
7. Release the 2 hooks that secure the sensor cover to the Exit Chute Assembly.
P/J224
P/J225
s6700-253
8. Disconnect P/J224 and 225 from the sensors and release the harness from the
guides.
Inverter Chute Assembly
PL7.3.1
Warning

5. Remove 2 screws (sliver, 6mm) that secure the Inverter Chute to the chassis.
6. Disconnect P/J122 to remove the chute.
P/J122
s6700-264
Exit Inverter Solenoid
PL7.3.3
Warning

6. Spread the invert actuator stops to remove the actuator and solenoid plunger
from the chute.
7. Remove the invert actuator from the plunger.
s6700-432
8. Release the solenoid harness from the guides on the chute.

9. Remove 2 screws (silver, 4mm) that secure the solenoid in the chute.
P/J122
s6700-433
Imaging Unit Guides
PL8.1.1
Caution

5. Remove 1 screw that secures each guide to the chassis.
s6700-434
Replacement Note
Check for proper alignment and engagement with the chassis.
Inner Frame Assembly
PL8.1.9
3. Remove 2 E-clips and 2 pins that secure the Inner Frame Assembly to the
chassis.
s6700-435
PL9.1.1
s6700-255

P/J302
P/J303
P/J304
s6700-416
s6700-379
s6700-414
10. Release the Fuser Harness from the guide and harness bracket.
s6700-275
11. Remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secures the bracket to the chassis.
s6700-417
17. Disconnect P/J250 from the Fuser Drive Assy.

18. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Fuser Drive Assy.
Note
The drive gears are not captive to the shafts and may remain in the chassis
after removal. Retrieve all gears before replacing the assembly.
P/J250
s6700-436
PL9.1.3
s6700-255

P/J302
P/J303
P/J304
s6700-416
s6700-379
s6700-414
10. Release the Fuser Harness from the guide and harness bracket.
11. Remove 1 screws (silver, 6mm) and 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure
the bracket and harness guide to the chassis.
s6700-274
12. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Transfer Belt Drive Assy.
P/J254
s6700-273
13. Disconnect P/J254 from the Transfer Belt Drive Assy.
Feed Drive Assembly
PL9.1.4
s6700-255

P/J302
P/J303
P/J304
s6700-416
s6700-379
s6700-414
10. Disconnect P/J100 from the Switching Clutch and release the Black Switching
Sensor harness from the 2 clamps.
11. Disconnect P/J255 from the Feed Drive Assy and release the clamp that
secures the harness.
P/J100
P/J255
s6700-271
12. Release the connect harness guide boss from the hole and slide the guide
clear.
13. Remove 5 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Feed Drive Assy and remove the
motor.
Note
The drive gears are not captive to the shafts and may remain in the chassis
after removal. Retrieve all gears before replacing the assembly.
s6700-272
Black Switching Sensor Assembly
PL9.2.1
s6700-255

P/J302
P/J303
P/J304
s6700-416
s6700-379
s6700-414
10. Disconnect P/J200 from the Black Switching Sensor.

11. Remove 1 screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the bracket to the chassis.
12. Slide the link bar actuator away from the sensor and remove the Black
Switching Sensor Bracket.
P/J200 Link Bar s6700-277
Replacement Note
Align the 2 chassis bosses to the sensor bracket.
Color Switching Sensor Assembly
PL9.2.1
2. Loosen 4 screws and remove 1 screw but do not disconnect the IP Board Cage.
3. Rest the IP Board Cage on the work surface.
s6700-381
4. Slide the link bar actuator away from the sensor and remove the Color
Switching Sensor Bracket.
Link Bar P/J201

s6700-228
IP Board
PL10.1.5
2. Loosen the knurled screw and open the IP cage cover.
3. Lift the IP cage cover slightly to release 4 tabs from holes in the IP Cage.
4. Disconnect all IP Board connections.
s6700-259
5. Remove 10 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the IP Board and rear panel to the
chassis.
6. Pull the rear panel and attached IP Board out of the printer.
s6700-437
Replacement Note
Transfer the SD Card, EEPROM, RAM and Hard Drive to the replacement IP
Board before installation.
MCU Board
PL10.2.18
1. Use dc361 to save Machine NVM to the SD Card.
2. Remove the Power Cord from the wall outlet.
4. Disconnect all MCU Board connections.
5. Move NVRAM (U630) to the replacement board.
6. Remove 10 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the MCU Board to the chassis.
(P19) (P1)
(P17)
(P2)
(P7) (P11)
(P6) (P20)
(P5) NVRAM
(P4) (P12)
(P23) (P15)
(P24) (P22)
(P16) (P13)
(P29) (P21)
(P101) (P9) (P18)
(P10) (P8) (P3)
s6700-245
Replacement Note
Align pins on black wiring harness guide with the holes in the MCU Board to
correctly orient the board in the chassis. MCU Board connections P8, P29 and
P101 are not used.
LVPS Fan
PL10.1.9
2. Disconnect P/J309 from the LVPS.
3. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the fan to the chassis.
4. Lift the Fan slightly to release the two holes in the fan from the tabs.
P/J309
s6700-223
Power Panel
PL10.1.12
2. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the Power Panel to the chassis.
s6700-221
3. Release the two holes in the Power Panel from the tabs of the printer and tilt
the Power Panel toward you.
4. Disconnect P/J300 and P/J311 from the LVPS, and remove the Power Panel
from the chassis.
P/J311
P/J300
s6700-222
EEPROM Board
PL10.1.22
Caution
The MCU Board writes device-specific NVM parameters to the EEPROM Board
making it unusable in any other printer.

2. Disconnect P/J214 from the EEPROM Board.
3. Release the support that secures the board to the chassis.
s6700-604
Video Harness
PL11.1.4
2. Remove the Upper and Lower Finisher Docking Covers.
5. Disconnect P/J152 from the Laser Unit and release the harness from the
guides.
P/J328
P/J152
s6700-438

P/J19 P/J1 P/J17 P/J11
P/J20
P/J4
P/J24
P/J16
s6700-409
end up as shown.
s6700-385
to the chassis.
s6700-410
10. Disconnect P/J12, 15 and 22 from the MCU Board and release the CRUM/
Dispense and Rear Cover Interlock Harnesses from the MCU Board Cage
guide.
P/J15
P/J12
P/J22
s6700-415
11. Open 2 harness clamps at the bottom of the MCU Board and release the
harnesses from the clamps.
12. Remove 3 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the MCU Board Cage to the chassis
and tilt the cage forward to remove 2 ties to remove the Video Harness.
P/J328
s6700-609
Rear Cover Interlock Switch
Note
An open Rear Cover Interlock Switch results in a Laser Failure error message on
power up.
PL11.2.2
2. Remove the Upper and Lower Finisher Docking Covers.
5. Remove the Finisher Port connector from the chassis.
s6700-605
6. Release 2 hooks that secure the Rear Air Guide to the chassis.
Hooks
s6700-606
7. Loosen 4 screws and remove 1 screw but do not disconnect the IP Board Cage.
8. Rest the IP Board Cage on the work surface.
s6700-381
9. Disconnect P/J303 from the LVPS.

10. Remove 2 screws that secure the center harness guide to the chassis and lift to
release the hook
11. Release the Rear Cover Interlock harness from the center harness guide,
clamps.
s6700-621
to the chassis.
s6700-410
13. Remove 1 screw that secures the switch to the bracket.
s6700-608
14. Disconnect P/J151 and 153 from the Laser Unit and release the harness from
the clamp and tie.
15. Disconnect P/J3 and 13 from the MCU Board and P/J 214 from the EEPROM
Board.
16. Release the interlock harness from tie and guide that route the harness
through the chassis.
P/J303
P/J13
P/J3 P/J214
P/J331 P/J151 P/J153
s6700-440
Replacement Note
Route the HVPS connection through the hole provided in the chassis and rear
air guide.
Print Engine Drive
YMC Developer Drive Assembly

PL9.2.9
P/J19 P/J1 P/J17 P/J11
P/J20
P/J4
P/J24
P/J16
s6700-409
end up as shown.
s6700-385
to the chassis.
s6700-410
guide.
P/J15
P/J12
P/J22
s6700-415
and tilt the cage forward.
s6700-614
9. Disconnect P/J252 and 260 from the YMC Developer Drive.

10. Remove 4 screws that secure the assembly to the chassis.
P/J260
P/J252 s6700-267
K Developer Drive Assembly
PL9.2.10
4. Disconnect P/J1, 4, 19, 17, 20, 11, 16, and 24 from the MCU Board.
P/J19 P/J1 P/J17 P/J11
P/J20
P/J4
P/J24
P/J16
s6700-409
end up as shown.
s6700-385
to the chassis.
s6700-410
guide.
P/J15
P/J12
P/J22
s6700-415
and tilt the cage forward
s6700-614
10. Disconnect P/J253 from the K Developer Drive.

11. Remove 3 screws that secure the assembly to the chassis.
P/J253
s6700-268
Imaging Unit Link Drive Kit
PL9.2.98
4. Disconnect P/J1, 4, 19, 17, 20, 11, 16 and 24 from the MCU Board.
P/J19 P/J1 P/J17 P/J11
P/J20
P/J4
P/J24
P/J16
s6700-409
end up as shown.
s6700-385
6. Remove 4 (silver, 10mm) and 1 (silver, 6mm) screws that secure the Imaging
Unit Drive Assembly to the Link Guide.
7. Disconnect P/J251 to remove the Imaging Unit Drive Assembly.
P/J251
6mm
10mm
0mm
10mm
10mm
s6700-269
8. Remove 5 screws (silver 6mm) that secure the Link Assembly to the chassis.
s6700-270
9. Remove, but do not disconnect the Transfer Belt Drive Assembly (page 8-135).
10. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the rack drive to the chassis.
s6700-622
Replacement Note
Check the Link Assembly ground strap is captured by the screw in the lower
right corner.
Drive Gear Kit
PL9.2.99
1. Remove Rear Cover (page 8-31).
4. Remove the CMY Developer Drive Assembly (page 8-167).
5. Remove the K Developer Drive Assembly (page 8-171).
7. Remove 6 Screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the 2 Drive Gears to the chassis.
s6700-285
Print Engine Chassis
IP Cage
PL10.1.1
Caution

2. Loosen the knurled screw, and open the IP cage cover.
3. Lift the IP cage cover slightly to release the 4 tabs and remove the cover.
4. Disconnect all IP Board connections.
s6700-259
5. Release the Control Panel and ESS PWR Harnesses from the clamp.
6. Release the hooks that secure the clamps and remove the clamps.
7. Release the Control Panel Harness from the clamp.
8. Route all the harnesses through the hole in the IP Cage to the outside.
s6700-257
9. Remove 1 and loosen 4 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the IP Cage to the
chassis.
10. Lift the cage slightly to release 2 hooks and remove the IP Cage.
s6700-256
LVPS Cage
PL10.2.1
Warning
Caution

2. Remove the LVPS Fan (page 8-153)
s6700-255
6. Disconnect all LVPS connections and release all harnesses from all clamps in
the LVPS Cage.
7. Remove 9 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the LVPS Cage to the chassis.
8. Lift the cage slightly to release 2 hooks and remove the cage.
P/J315 P/J301
P/J305 P/J308
P/J307 P/J309
P/J303 P/J306
P/J302
P/J304
P/J311
P/J300
s6700-254
MCU Bracket
PL10.2.15
Warning

2. Remove the IP Cage (page 8-179).
3. Disconnect P/J1, 4, 19, 17, 20, 11, and 16 from the MCU Board.
P/J19 P/J1 P/J17 P/J11
P/J20
P/J4
P/J24
P/J16
s6700-409
end up as shown.
s6700-385
to the chassis.
s6700-410
6. Disconnect all connections to the MCU Board and release all harnesses from
the clamps and MCU harness guides.
7. Remove 3 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the MCU Cage to the chassis.
8. Remove 2 clamps that secure the video harness from the backside of the MCU
Cage to remove the cage from the printer.
P19 P1 P17
P2
P7 P11
P6 P20
P5 P12
P4 P15
P23 P22
P24 P13
P16 P9 P21
P18 P10 P8 P3
P/J328
s6700-279
Hard Drive
PL10.1.23
1. Loosen the knurled screw and open the IP Cage Cover.
2. Disconnect P/J11 and P/J12 from the IP Board.
3. Release the pins that secure the Hard Drive to the IP Board Cage.
P/J101
P/J401
4x
s6700-444
RAM Memory
PL10.1.24
1. Loosen the knurled screw and open the IP Cage Cover.
2. Push the release latches of the socket to release the RAM Memory and
remove.
s6700-445
550-Sheet Feeder
550-Sheet Feeder Assembly
PL12.1.2
Warning
Lifting the printer from the Feeder requires 3 people.
1. Remove the Tray.

2. Remove the rear lock screw that secures the lock plate to the Feeder.
3. Release the hook from the hole and remove the lock plate from the Feeder.
s6700-446
4. Remove the two locking screws that secure the Feeder to the printer.
5. Lift the printer to separate it from the Feeder.
s6700-190
Replacement Note
Align the option connections before releasing the printer onto the Option
Feeder Assembly.
Rear Cover
PL12.1.4
s6700-446
3. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm and release 2 hooks that secure the rear cover
to the Feeder Assy.
s6700-447
Feed Chute Assembly
PL12.1.7
2. Remove 4 screws (silver, tapping, flanged, 8mm) that secure the chute arms.
s6700-448
3. Release the 2 bosses and remove the Upper Chute Assy from the Feeder.
s6700-449
Right Door Open Switch
PL12.2.2
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove 1 screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the bracket to the Option Feeder.
3. Release 2 bosses and the hook to remove the bracket.
s6700-450
4. Remove the switch by releasing 2 hooks and disconnect P/J360.
P/J360
s6700-451
Turn Chute
PL12.2.5
1. Remove the Tray.
3. Release 2 bosses to remove the Turn Chute from Feeder.
s6700-452
Low Paper Sensors 1 and 2
PL12.2.10
1. Remove the Tray.
2. Release 2 hooks that secure the Low Paper Sensor holder in the Tray cavity.
3. Release 3 hooks that each sensor in the holder.
s6700-453
Size Switch
PL12.2.12
1. Remove the Tray.
2. Release the hook that secures the Size Switch in the Tray cavity.
3. Disconnect P/J365 to remove the switch.
P/J365
s6700-454
Foot Assembly
PL12.2.13
Warning
1. Remove the Option Feeder (page 8-188).

2. Turn the Feeder over.
3. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure 4 feet to the Feeder.
s6700-455
Upper Option Harness
12.3.1
Warning
1. Remove the Option Feeder (page 8-188).

2. Remove the rear cover (page 8-190).
3. Disconnect P/J350 from the Feeder Board and release the harness from the
clamp.
4. Release 2 hooks on the connector and pull the harness and connector through
the hole on the Feeder.
P/J350
s6700-456
Feed Drive Assembly
PL12.3.2
1. Remove the Tray.
3. Disconnect P/J357 on the Feed Drive Assy.
4. Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) to remove the drive.
P/J357
s6700-457
Feeder Board
PL12.3.4
1. Remove the Tray.
3. Disconnect 6 connectors from the Feeder Board.
4. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) to remove the board from the Feeder.
*Not in use
(P356)*
(P351)
(P350)
(P355) (P353)
(P354)
(P352)
s6700-458
Lower Option Harness
PL12.3.11
1. Remove the Tray.
3. Remove the Right Door Open Switch (page 8-193).
4. Release the harness from 3 clamps.
5. Remove 2 ties that secure the harness to the Feeder.
Note
When performing the following step, leave the relay connector on the harness.
6. Disconnect P/J361 from the Feeder.

7. Disconnect P/J365 from the Size Switch.
8. Disconnect P/J351 and P/J353 from the Feeder Board.
9. Release 2 hooks on the option connector to remove the harness from the
Feeder.
(P/J361)
(P/J351)
(P/J353)
(P/J365)
s6700-459
Take Away Sensor
PL12.4.3
1. Remove the Tray.
3. Remove the Feeder Assembly (page 8-209).
4. Remove 1 screw (silver, 8mm) that secures the sensor plate to the Feeder Assy.
P/J363
s6700-460
Take Away Clutch
PL12.4.5
1. Remove the Tray.
4. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the cover to the Feeder
Assy.
s6700-461
5. Remove the E-ring that secures the clutch to the take away roller and release
the harness to remove the clutch.
P/J358
s6700-462
Feed Clutch
PL12.4.9
1. Remove the Tray.
4. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the cover to the Feeder
Assy.
s6700-461
5. Remove the E-ring that secures the clutch to the Feed Rollers and release the
harness to remove the clutch.
P/J359
s6700-463
No Paper Sensor Actuator
PL12.4.17
1. Remove the Tray.
4. Release the two bosses of the actuator from the holes in the Feeder Assy.
s6700-464
No Paper Sensor
PL12.4.18
1. Remove the Tray.
4. Release 3 hooks that secure the No Paper Sensor to the Feeder Assy.
P/J364
s6700-465
Feeder Assembly
PL12.4.29
1. Remove the Tray.
4. Release the harness of the Lower Option Harness from the two clamps.
5. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the Feeder Assy to the
Option Feeder.
4. Disconnect P/J358, 359, 361 from the Feeder Assy.
P/J361
P/J359
P/J358
s6700-466
5. Slide the Feeder Assy left to release 2 bosses from the holes in the Option
Feeder and remove the Feeder Assy.
s6700-607
1100-Sheet Feeder
1100-Sheet Feeder Assembly
The 1100-sheet Feeder Assembly is two 550-sheet Feeders stacked together with
the additional of a metal plate, stabilization feet and casters. Removal procedures
for most 1100-sheet Feeder Assy parts are identical to those for the 550-sheet
Feeder Assy. Replacement procedures unique to the 1100-sheet Feeder Assy are
included in this section.
PL13.1.1
Warning
1. Remove the Trays.

s6700-467
4. Remove the two locking screws that secure the Feeder to the printer.
5. Lift the printer to separate it from the Feeder.
s6700-468
Lower Rear Cover
PL13.1.3
1. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the lower right cover to the Feeder
Assy.
2. Slide the cover to the rear and release 2 hooks to remove the cover.
s6700-469
Lower Right Cover
PL13.1.4
1. Remove the lower rear cover (page 8-213).
2. Remove 1 screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the lower right cover to the Feeder
Assy.
3. Slide the cover to the rear and release 2 hooks to remove the cover.
s6700-470
Lower Front Cover
PL13.1.5
2. Remove the lower right cover (page 8-214).
3. Remove the lower left cover (page 8-216).
4. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) and slide the cover to the rear to release 2
hooks.
s6700-471
Lower Left Cover
PL13.1.6
2. Remove 1 screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the lower left cover to the Feeder
Assy.
3. Slide the cover to the rear to release 2 hooks to remove the cover.
s6700-472
Front and Rear Casters
PL13.1.7, 13.1.8
Warning

2. Remove the 1100-Sheet Feeder Assembly (page 8-211).
3. Remove the Feet (page 8-218).
4. Turn the Feeder Assy over.
5. Remove 3 screws (silver, M4, 6mm) that secure each Caster to the Feeder Assy.
s6700-473
Feet
PL13.1.9
1. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure each Foot to the Feeder Assy.
2. Pull the Foot from the Feeder Assy.
s6700-474
Upper Feeder Section
PL3.2.1
Warning

2. Remove the 1100-Sheet Feeder Assy (page 8-211).
4. Remove the upper and lower rear covers (page 8-220)
5. Remove the upper and lower left covers (page 8-227)
6. Remove the upper and lower right doors (page 8-223).
7. Remove the upper and lower front covers (page 8-226).
8. Remove the upper and lower right covers (page 8-225).
9. Remove 8 screws that secure the 550-Sheet Feeder Assemblies together.
10. Lift the upper Feeder Assy to separate it from the lower Feeder Assy.
s6700-475
Rear Cover
PL13.2.2
1. Remove 1 screw that secures the rear lock plate to the Feeder Assy.
2. Release the hook on the rear lock plate from the hole in the printer.
3. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the rear cover.
4. Release 2 hooks that hold the rear cover to the frame.
s6700-477
Upper Feed Chute Assembly
PL13.2.5
2. Remove 4 screws (silver, tapping, flanged, 8mm) that secure the chute arms.
s6700-478
3. Release the 2 bosses and remove the Upper Chute Assy from the Feeder.
s6700-479
Right Door
PL13.2.12
4. Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, tapping, 8mm) that secure the front and rear
chute arms.
s6700-478
5. Close the Feed Chute Assy.

6. Remove the KL-ring that secures the right door to the Feeder Assy.
7. Remove the door by sliding it rearward until the front and rear sides are
released from the studs on the Feeder Assy.
s6700-480
Right Cover
PL13.2.14
3. Remove the left cover (page 8-227).
4. Remove 2 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the right cover.
5. Remove the right cover by tilting it forward to release 2 bosses, then release
the tab from the hole on the Feeder Assy.
s6700-481
Front Cover
PL13.2.15
2. Remove 2 screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the front cover to the Feeder Assy.
3. Slide the cover forward to release 2 bosses, then slide the cover left until the
hook is released from the Feeder Assy.
s6700-482
Left Cover
PL13.2.16
3. Remove 4 four screws (silver, 6mm) that secure the cover to the Feeder Assy.
.
s6700-483
1100-Sheet Feeder Board
PL13.4.5
1. Remove the Tray.
3. Disconnect 6 connectors from the Feeder Board.
4. Remove 4 screws (silver, 6mm) to remove the board from the Feeder.
*: Not in use
(P356)*
(P351)
(P350)
(P355) (P353)
(P354)
(P352)
s6700-484
Finisher
Finisher
PL14.1.1
1. Remove the Stacker Tray (page 8-232).
2. Release 2 hooks on the tray guide cover to remove the cover from the Finisher.
s6700-485
1. Disconnect the Finisher power cable from the Power Panel and release the
cable from the harness clamp on the printer.
s6700-486
4. Release the hook that secures each connector cover to the Finisher.
s6700-487
5. Release 2 ties that secure the harnesses to the Finisher and disconnect P/
J8987 and P121 from the Finisher.
P/J121
P/J8987
s6700-488
6. Lift the Finisher slightly with one hand on the bottom of the Front Cover and
the other on the handle.
s6500-489
Stacker Tray
PL14.1.2
Note
When performing the following step, use care not to damage the Set Clamp
Shaft holders or Tampers.
Release 2 hooks that secure the Stacker Tray to the Finisher.
Tampers
s6700-490
PL14.2.1
1. Remove the Finisher (page 8-229).
2. Open the Horizontal Transport Top Cover.
3. Release 2 hooks that secure the cover to the Horizontal Transport.
s6700-491
4. Close the Horizontal Transport Top Cover.
Note
When performing the following step, use caution not to damage the Stack Full
Actuator.
5. Remove the tie that secures the Horizontal Transport harness to the printer.
6. Remove 2 screws (M4, steel) that secure the Horizontal Transport to the
printer.
7. Remove the guide bracket.
8. Slide the Horizontal Transport to the Left until 2 tabs on the Horizontal
Transport disengage from the printer, then lift to remove from the printer.
s6700-492
Horizontal Transport Top Cover
PL14.2.3
1. Remove the Horizontal Transport (page 8-233).
2. Raise the Top Cover until the flat surfaces on the pivots are parallel with the U-
shaped notches on the Lower Chute.
3. Remove the Top Cover diagonally upward from the Lower Chute.
s6700-493
Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly
PL14.2.14
2. Turn the Horizontal Transport over and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping,
flanged, 8mm) that secure the motor cover to the Lower Chute Assy and
remove the cover.
3. Draw or scribe a line along the edges of the tension bracket to make it’s
current position.
4. Loosen 1 screw (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secures the tension bracket and
slide the bracket to remove the transport belt.
Registration Line
Registration Line
s6700-494
5. Remove 3 screws (silver, tapping, flanged, 8mm) that secure the Horizontal
Transport Drive Assembly to the Lower Chute Assembly.
6. Release the harness from the clamp and disconnect P/J8863 to remove the
Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly.
P/J8863
s6700-495
Horizontal Transport Cover Open Sensor
PL14.2.35
2. Turn the Horizontal Transport over and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping,
flanged, 8mm) and disconnect P/J8864 that secure the sensor bracket and
spring to the Lower Chute Assy.
P/J8864
s6500-496
Replacement Note
Install the actuator spring on the bosses of the Lower Chute Assy first.
Top Cover
PL14.3.2
3. Remove the Front Cover (page 8-242).
4. Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the top cover to the
Finisher.
s6700-497
Rear Cover
PL14.3.3
2. Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the rear cover to the
Finisher and remove the cover.
s6700-498
Right Cover
PL14.3.4
3. Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the right cover to the
Finisher and remove the cover.
s6700-499
Stacker Tray Guide Cover

PL14.3.5
2. Release 4 hooks that secure the guide cover to the Finisher and remove the
cover.
s6700-500

5. Remove 1 screw (sliver, flanged, tapping, 6mm) that secures the Exit Knob to
the Exit Drive Roll.
s6700-501
6. Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, 8mm) that secure the Front Cover to the
Finisher.
s6700-502
Replacement Note
Do not over tighten the Exit knob set screw.
Front Door
PL14.3.6
Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, tapping, 8mm) that secure the front door to the
Front Cover.
s6700-503
Harness Guide 1
PL14.4.1
Note
This procedure releases the harness guide from the chassis to provide access
for the replacement of obstructed parts. Complete removal of the harness
guide is not required.

4. Remove the top cover (page 8-239).
5. Disconnect the Solenoid Assy (P/J8876) and remove the harness from harness
guide 3.
6. Disconnect the Compile Exit Sensor (P/J8869) and release 1 tie and 1 clamp to
remove the harness from harness guide 3.
7. Disconnect the Set Clamp Clutch (P/J8877) and remove the harness from
harness guide 1.
8. Disconnect Stack Height Sensor 1 (P/J8873).
9. Disconnect the Transport Drive Assembly (P/J8879).
P/J8876
P/J8869
P/J8877
P/J8873
P/J8879
s6700-615
10. Remove 4 screws that secure harness guide 1 and lower the guide.
s6700-623
Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2
PL14.4.3
2. Release 3 hooks that secure each StacK Height Sensor to the Finisher.
3. Disconnect P/J8873 Stack Height Sensor 1 (White) and P/J8874 Stack Height
Sensor 2 (Blue) to remove the sensor.
P/J8873
P/J8874
s6700-504
PL14.4.3
2. Release 3 hooks that secure the Set Clamp Home Sensor to the Finisher.
3. Disconnect P/J8871 (Blue) to remove the sensor.
P/J8871 s6700-505
Eject Clamp Home Sensor
PL14.4.3
2. Remove 4 screws that secure harness guide 1 to the Finisher.
s6700-640
3. Disconnect P/J8873 (White, Stack Height Sensor 1) and pull the harness guide
away from the chassis to access the Eject Clamp Home Sensor.
P/J8873
s6700-507
4. Release 3 hooks that secure the Eject Clamp Home Sensor to the Finisher.
5. Disconnect P/J8871 (Blue) to remove the sensor.
Top
s6700-617
Height Sensor Bracket
PL14.4.8
Note
This procedure is provided to simplify other procedures where removal of the
height sensor bracket is necessary to access obstructed spare parts. The height
sensor bracket is not spared separately.
1. Remove 1 screw that secures harness guide 3 and remove the guide.
2. Remove the set clamp and stack height actuators.
s6700-508
3. Remove 4 screws (3 silver sheet metal, 6mm, 1 machine) that secure the
height sensor bracket assy .
Note
Gear Z30R is not captive to the height sensor bracket and may fall from the
bracket when removed.
Gear Z30R
s6700-514
Main Board
PL14.4.12
2. Disconnect all connections to the Main Board.
3. Remove 5 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the Main Board to the
Finisher and remove the board.
*: Not used
(P8987)*
(P8988)
(P8989)
(P8986)
(P8983)
(P8984)
(P8980) (P8982)
(P8990)
(P8373)*
s6700-509
Eject Drive Assembly
PL14.5.1
5. Release harness guide 1 (page 8-245).
6. Remove height sensor bracket (page 8-251).
7. Remove the spring from the Gear Z38 and Eject Drive Assembly.
8. Remove 3 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the Eject Drive Assembly
to the Finisher.
9. Disconnect P/J8878 from the Eject Drive Assembly to remove the drive.
P/J8878
s6700-510
Replacement Note
Connect P/J8878 before securing the Eject Drive Assembly to the chassis.
Eject Drive Bracket Assembly
PL14.5.10
5. Remove the Eject Drive Assembly (page 8-254).
6. Remove the Set Clamp Clutch (page 8-257).
7. Release the hook and spring that secures gear Z38 S to the shaft of the Eject
Drive Bracket Assy and remove the gear.
8. Remove gear Z25 S and sector gear from the Eject Drive Bracket Assy.
9. Remove the gear Z28 Z22 T38, belt, flange drive EJ, pulley Z32L T25 and gear
Z23L from the Eject Drive Bracket Assy and the stud of the Finisher.
10. Remove 1 screw (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secures the clutch bracket to the
Finisher.
s6700-511
11. Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the Eject Drive Bracket
Assy to the Finisher.
s6700-512
Set Clamp Clutch
PL14.5.25
5. Release harness guide 1 (page 8-245)
6. Release the hook that secures the set clamp actuator to the shaft and remove
the actuator.
7. Remove the clutch from the set clamp drive shaft.
P/J8877
s6700-515
Paper Guide 240
PL14.5.38
3. Remove the right cover (page 8-241).
7. Remove the height sensor bracket (page 8-251).
10. Remove the Eject Drive Bracket Assembly (page 8-255).
11. Remove the Eject Chute Assembly (page 8-267).
12. Remove the Eject Roller Assembly (page 8-261).
13. Remove the Stapler Holder (page 8-284).
14. Remove the Compile Exit Sensor (page 8-271).
15. Remove the entry drive roller (page 8-272).
16. Remove the exit drive roller (page 8-273).
17. Remove the main paddle shaft (page 8-274).
18. Remove the Lower Chute Assembly (page 8-269).
19. Remove the Compile Tray Assembly (page 8-277).
20. Remove the sector gear Z72 from the stud of the Finisher.
21. Remove the E-ring that secures the gear Z31 R to the paper guide shaft M and
remove the gear.
22. Remove the E-ring that secures the bearing to the paper guide shaft M and
remove the bearing.
s6700-516
23. Remove the paper guide shaft M from the inside of the frame along with the
gear Z26 R and bearing.
24. Remove the E-ring that secures the bearing to the paper guide shaft and slide
the bearing inward so the front of the paper guide shaft is released from the
bracket.
25. Remove the paper Guide 240 along with the paper guide shaft, gear Z25 L,
and clutch TL400.
s6700-517
Eject Roller Assembly
PL14.6.3
8. Remove the Exit Chute Assembly (page 8-267).
9. Remove 1 screw (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secures the clamp arm to the Eject
Roller shaft.
10. Remove the spacer and bearing from the Eject Roller shaft.
11. Remove the E-ring that secures the bearing Eject Roller shaft, and then
remove the bearing.
12. Remove the Eject Roller Assy from the Finisher.
s6700-518
Sub Paddle
14.6.8
5. Remove the Sub Paddle from the Eject Roller Assembly.
s6700-519
Eject Pinch Roller
PL14.6.16
5. Remove 2 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) and release 2 bosses that secure the
plate tie eject pinch to the Finisher.
s6700-520
6. Remove 2 E-rings that secure bearings at each end of the to the Eject Pinch
Roller shaft.
7. Remove 2 bearings and remove the Eject Pinch Roller from the eject pinch
bracket.
s6700-521
Sub Paddle Solenoid
PL14.6.20
6. Remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, flanged, 8mm) that secures the support arm
to the Eject Roller Assy.
s6700-522
7. Disconnect P/J8876 from the harness and release the harness from the clamp
and notch of the Eject Chute Assy.
8. Remove 2 screws (silver, flanged, 5mm) that secures the solenoid to the Eject
Chute Assy.
s6700-523
Eject Chute Assembly
PL14.6.24
6. Remove the support arm from the Eject Roller Assy by removing1 screw (silver,
tapping, flanged, 8mm).
7. Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid piston from the solenoid.
8. Disconnect the Sub Paddle Solenoid (P/J8876) and release the harness from
the Eject Chute Assembly.
s6700-524
9. Rotate the Eject Roller Assy upward to release the sub paddle spring from the
hooks on the Eject Roller Assy and on the Eject Chute Assy.
10. Remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, flanged, 8mm) that secures the Eject Chute
11. Release the bosses on the Eject Chute Assy from the holes on the Finisher.
12. Flex the front and rear notches on the Eject Chute Assy wider so that they are
released from the bearings on the Eject Roller Assy, then pull out the Eject
Chute Assy from the Finisher.
s6700-595
Lower Chute Assembly
PL14.7.2
15. Remove the Compile Tray Exit Sensor (page 8-271).
19. Remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, flanged, 8mm) that secures the Lower Chute
20. Remove the Lower Chute Assy by releasing 4 bosses from holes in the Finisher.
s6700-525
PL14.7.9
5. Remove 1 screw (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secures the sensor bracket to the
Finisher and disconnect P/J8869 to remove the sensor.
P/J8869
s6700-526
Entry Drive Roller Assembly
PL14.7.11
12. Release the belt from the pulley T30.
13. Remove the pulley T30 from the entry drive roller by releasing the hook of the
pulley T30.
14. Remove the bearing from the entry drive roller.
15. Remove the E-ring that fixes the bearing to the entry drive roller, and then
remove the bearing.
s6700-528
Exit Drive Roller Assembly

PL14.7.12 1. Remove the Finisher (page 8-229).
6. Remove the height sensor bracket.
7. Remove the set clamp and stack height actuators.
14. Remove the E-ring that secures the gear Z42 L to the Main Paddle Shaft and
remove the gear.
15. Remove the E-ring that secures the gear pulley Z27 T30 to the exit drive roller,
and remove the gear pulley Z27 T30.
16. Remove the bearing from the exit drive roller.
17. Remove the E-ring that secures the bearing sleeve to the exit drive roller, and
remove the bearing sleeve.
18. Remove the exit drive roller from the Finisher.
s6700-528
Main Paddle Shaft Assembly
PL14.7.13
15. Remove the E-ring that secures gear Z42 L to the main paddle shaft and
remove the gear.
16. Remove the E-ring that fixes the bearing powdered (PL14.7.20) to the main
paddle shaft, and then remove the bearing powdered.
17. Slide the main paddle shaft forward to release the bearing o from the Lower
Chute Assy, and remove the main paddle shaft along with the cap bearing
from the Finisher.
18. Remove the cap bearing from the main paddle shaft.
s6700-636
Transport Drive Assembly
PL14.7.16
7. Remove the tension spring from the tension bracket and Transport Drive Assy.
8. Remove 2 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) to remove the tension bracket from
the Transport Drive Assy.
s6700-529
9. Remove 2 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the Transport Drive Assy to
the Finisher to remove the drive.
s6700-530
Replacement Note
Route the belt above the Transport Drive Assembly as shown.
s6700-596
Compile Tray Assembly
PL14.8.1
Caution
Never loosen the Red screw on the Compile Tray.

14. Remove the Compile Exit Sensor (page 8-271).
18. Remove the Lower Chute Assembly (page 8-269).
19. Disconnect the motor harness at P/J8983 from the Main Board and remove
the harness from the clamp.
20. Disconnect the sensor harness at P/J8988 from the Main Board .
21. Remove both harnesses from harness guide 1.
22. Release 2 ties and 4 clamps that secure the motor harness to the Finisher and
pull the harness into the frame through the holes.
23. Release 1 tie and 3 clamps that secure the sensor harness to the Finisher and
pull the harness into the frame through the hole.
s6700-531
24. Remove 1 screw (silver, flanged, 6mm) and 1 screw (silver, flanged, 10mm)
that secure the Compile Tray to the Finisher.
25. Release 2 bosses on the Compile Tray from the holes on the Finisher, and
remove the Compile Tray, motor and sensor harnesses from the Finisher.
Red screw
(Never loosen)
(silver, ﬂanged, 10mm)
s6700-532
Front Tamper Home Sensor
PL14.8.9
2. Remove the Compile Tray Assy (page 8-277).
3. Release 3 hooks that secure the sensor to the Compile Tray.
P/J8881
s6700-533
Rear Tamper Home Sensor
PL14.8.9
P/J8882
s6700-534
PL14.8.13
P/J8880
s6700-535
Tamper Motor
PL14.8.18
3. Slide the tamper guides outward to the stops.
4. Disconnect the affected Tamper Motor (front P/J8883, rear P/J8884) from the
Compile Tray harness.
5. Release the tamper motor harness from the guide.
6. Remove 2 screws (silver, 4mm) that secure the Tamper Motor to the Compile
Tray.
7. Slide the Tamper Motor outward until its gears release from the tamper rack
and remove the motor.
.
P/J8883
s6700-536
Stapler Assembly
PL14.8.19
3. Disconnect P/J8886 and P/J8887 from the Stapler Assembly.
4. Remove 1 screw and loosen 1 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the
Stapler Assembly to the Finisher.
5. Lift the holder to release the Stapler Assembly bracket from the loose screws
and remove the holder.
P/J8887
P/J8886
s6700-537
Stacker Dive Assembly
PL14.9.1
6. Disconnect P/J8885 from the stacker motor.
7. Release the set link spring from the Stacker Drive Assy.
s6700-538
8. Remove 3 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the Stacker Drive
Assembly to the Finisher.
s6700-624
Stacker No Paper Sensor
PL14.9.26
2. Disconnect P/J8872 from the sensor and release the sensor harness from the
clamp.
3. Remove 1 screw (silver, 6mm) that secures the sensor bracket to the Finisher.
4. Release 3 hooks that secure the Stacker No Paper Sensor to the bracket.
.
P/J8872
s6700-539
PL14.10.1
4. Disconnect P/J8889 from the Interlock Switch.
5. Remove 2 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the bracket to the Finisher
and remove the bracket.
P/J8889
s6700-540
LVPS Assembly
PL14.10.10
5. Disconnect P/J590 and P/J591 from the LVPS ASSY.
6. Remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, 6mm) that secure the LVPS to the Finisher
and remove.
P/J590
P/J591 s6700-541
Parts List
In this chapter...
• Serial Number Format
• Using the Parts List
• Print Engine Parts
• Feeder Parts Lists
• Finisher Parts
• Xerox Supplies and Accessories
• Service Kits
Chapter
9
Serial Number Format
Changes to Xerox products are made to accommodate improved components as

they become available. When ordering parts, include this information:
• Component's part number
• Product type or model number
• Serial Number of the printer
The serial number is located on the chassis near the Fuser. Open the Right Door to
view the serial number label. Serial number format is dependent on input voltage.
ly 2011
RED: Ju
FACTU
MANU 0001
S/N: TBD33
Xerox
s6700-597
For 110V models, a nine-digit serial number uses this format PPPSSSSSS.
• PPP = Three-digit alphanumeric product code
Product Code Product

AB9 6700, 110 V Engine
• SSSSSS = Six-digit numeric serial number based on the following table. The
serial numbers are reset only when the ending number is reached or when the
revision number is rolled.
Product Starting Serial Number Ending Serial Number
6700_N, 110V Engine 770502 860000

6700_DN, 110V Engine
6700_YDN, 110V Engine 573501 673500
For 220V models, a ten-digit serial number uses this format MMMSSSSSSc.
• MMM = Three digit alphanumeric manufacturing location code
Product Code Product Location

AC0 6700V, 220 V Engine 317
• SSSSSS = Six digit numeric serial number based on the following table. The
serial numbers are reset only when the ending number is reached or when the
revision number is rolled
c = Check digit.
Product Starting Serial Number Ending Serial Number
6700V_DN, 220V Engine 001001 100500
Examples
Xerox Serial Number = AB9774072

Product code for 110V printer = AB9
Serial number for 6700_N or 6700_DN = 774072
Xerox Serial Number = 3170057367

Manufacturing location code for 220V printer = 317
Serial number for 6700V_DN = 005736
Check digit = 7
Using the Parts List

Note
Parts with part numbers are available for order. Parts without part numbers
are only available with the parent assembly.
• Item: The item number in the parts diagram.
• Name/Description: Part nomenclature and number of parts per order.
• Part Number: The part number to order that specific part.
• Parts are referenced PL#.#.#; For example, PL3.1.10 means the part is item 10
of Parts List 3.1.
• A black triangle preceding a number followed by a parenthetical statement in
the parts diagram means the item is a parent assembly, made up of the
individual parts called out in parentheses.
• The notation “with X~Y” following a part name indicates an assembly made
up of components X through Y. For example, “1 (with 2~4)” means part 1
consists of part 2, part 3, and part 4.
• An asterisk (*) after a part indicates the page contains a note about this part.
• The notation “J1<>J2 and P2” is attached to a wire harness. It indicates
connector Jack 1 is attached to one end of the harness and connector J2 is
attached to the other end plugged into P2.
• Fastener location and type are indicated using designators. Refer to “Fastener
Types” on page 8-5 for a complete list of fasteners used, and “Hardware Kit -
604K56670” on page 9-102 for fasteners available in the Hardware Kit.
Designator Fastener Type
E E-ring
KL K-clip
ST Screw, self-tapping
SM Screw, sheet metal
Print Engine Parts
Parts List 1.1 Covers (1/3)
5
3 (with 2, 6, 7,13)
SM2
13
1 SM2
6
ST1
ST1 9
SM2
SM2
2
(J370)
SM2
SM2
(J327)
ST1
7
ST1
10
SM2
Front
SM2
11
s6700-100
Part List 1.1 Covers (1/3)
Item Description Part Number

1 Console Assy Panel 110V (Control Panel) 848E84850
Console Assy Panel 220V
2 Harness Opepane (J327-J370) (Control Panel Harness) 962K84820
3 Top Cover Assy (with 2, 6, 7, 13) 848K52492
4
5 Top Cover Add Tray (Output Tray) 848E53951
6 Top Cover
7 Guide Harness UI
8
9 Exit Cover 848K52500
10 Guide RH Rib
11 Cover RH Under (lower right cover)
12
13 Cover Top Rear
99 Kit Control Panel & Harness (with 1, 2)
Parts List 1.2 Print Engine Covers (2/3)
1 (with 2-4)
(J302)
2
SM6
4
SM2
SM2 (P212)
3
6 (with 7,8, Label YMCK)
SM2
SM2
SM2 5
SM2 8
SM2
24 (with 9-12,25)
SM2 SM2
SM2 SM2 Front
25
10
9 SM2
13 (with 22) 11
12
18
ST1
ST1
ST1 22 14
ST1
15 ST1
ST1 16 19 17 (with 13-16,18-21)
ST1
ST1
ST1 18
20
21 s6700-101

1 Front Door Interlock Switch (I/L SW-J302) (with 2~4) 110K16170
2 Bracket Interlock Front
3 Front Door Open Switch 110E11580
4 Clamp Locking
5 Cover Front RH (upper front cover)
6 Cover Assy Inner Upper (with 7, 8, Label YMCK) 848K52470
7 Cover Inner Upper
8 Magnet Catch
9 Holder Spring Box
10 Spring Waste
11 Latch Waste Box
12 Spring Waste Box
13 Laser Lens Cleaning Tool (with 22) 042K94080
14 Holder Inter Lock Front
15 Actuator Inter Front
16 Spring Inter Lock Front
17 Front Door (with 13~16,18~21) (includes Xerox logo) 848K52463
18 Strap Cover Front 868E25990
19 Bracket Mag
20 Cover Front Lower
21 Cover Front Upper
22 Cleaning Pad
23
24 Cover Assy Inner Lower (with 9~12, 25) 848K52481
25 Cover Inner Lower
Parts List 1.3 Print Engine Covers (3/3)
6 (with 1, PL11.2.2)
[Ref PL11.2.2]
1
SM6
SM2
Front
2 (with 7, 8)
7
SM2
SM2 SM2 SM2
8
SM2
SM2 SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2 9
SM2
5 SM2
4 s6700-102

1 Bracket I/L Rear
2 Cover LH (with 7, 8) 848K52511
3 Cover LH Finisher Upper (Upper Finisher Docking 848E 54010
Cover)
4 Cover Rear LH (Finisher Port Cover) 848E54040
5 Cover Assy Rear 848E54031
6 SW Assy I/L Rear (with 1, PL11.2.2) 110K16160
7 Cover LH Outer
8 Cover LH
9 Cover LH Finisher Lower (Lower Finisher Docking 848E 54020
Cover)
Parts List 2.1 Tray 2
2
1 (with 2-14,16-41) 7
6
8
5
ST7 8
4
3 10 9
E1
20
11
99 (with 21, PL3.2.18x2pcs,
instruction)
19 21
12 13 18
14 22
ST7 24
23
17
28
27 ST4
26
16 25 ST4
29
30
31 32
40 33
34
ST7
ST7
35 ST7
36
ST7
ST4 ST4
ST7
38
37
41 Front 39 s6700-103
Part List 2.1 Tray 2
1 Tray 2 Assy (with 2~14,16~41) 050K65702
2 Plate Assy Bottom
3 Gear PB Front
4 Gear BTM Dmp Oneway
5 Shaft PB A4
6 Gear BTM Lock Oneway
7 Stopper PB
8 Spring BTM Up 550 A4
9 Guide Assy Side R
10 Gear Pinion
11 Guide Assy Side F
12 Guide Assy End (With 13)
13 Actuator Guide End
14 Actuator Size
15 --
16 Plate Gear Lock
17 Lever Separator
18 Lever Latch
19 Spring Cover Separator
20 Cover Separator
21 Holder Assy Separator
22 Holder Spring Separator 019E76290
23 Spring Separator 809E85020
24 Actuator Low Paper
25 Lever BTM Lock
26 Gear Lever BTM Lock
27 Spring BTM Lock
28 Rack BTM Lock
29 Cover BTM Up
30 Gear BTM Lock Pinion
31 Gear 40 Btm Lock
32 Gear PB Rear
33 Link PB
34 Cover Link
35 Spring Stopper Gear
36 Actuator PLS PB
37 Latch Tray
38 Spring Latch
39 Cover Tray
40 Housing Base
41 Label Kit
99 Feed & Separator Roll Kit (with 21, PL3.2.18 x 2pcs) 604K65030
Parts List 3.1 Feeder/Registration Assembly (1/3)
[Ref PL3.2.1]
Sm2
Sm2
Sm2
Sm2
(P219) 3 13
1
8 14
(P222)
99 (with 8,
instruction)
(P221) 4 6
Low Paper 5 9
Sensor Sm10
4 10
Low Paper St1
50% Sensor
2 (With 3,4) 11 7 (With 9-12)
Front St1
St1 12
s6700-104
Part List 3.1 Feeder/Registration Assembly (1/3)

1 Switch Assy Size (Size Switch) 110K15830
2 Holder Assy Sensor Low (with 3,4) 019K10650
3 Holder Sensor
4 Sensor Photo (Low Paper Sensor 1 and 2) 930W00123
5 Block Release 014E64090
6 Guide Tray
7 Tray 1 Separator Assy (with 9~12) 054K42171
8 Holder Assy Separator MSI
9 Holder Spring Separator
10 Spring Separator MSI
11 Bracket Separator
12 Chute Base Separator
13 Cover Guide Harness
14 Guide Harness
99 Kit Tray 1 Separator Roller (with 8) 604K65040
1 (with 2-7,9-21, PL3.3.1)

[Ref PL3.3.17]
SM2
3
Front
2
E2
4 6
5
E2
E5 [Ref PL2.1.99]
(J102) 18
9
(P220)
17
16
10
19
(J220) 11 15
Tray No Paper
12 Sensor 18
3 20
(J110)
14
13 21
s6700-105

1 Feeder Assy (with 2~7, 9~21, PL3.3.1) 054K43721
2 Clutch Assy Feed (Feed Clutch) 121K43561
3 Bearing Nudger
4 Spring Lever Nudger
5 Lever Nudger
6 Link Actuator
7 Chute Frame Top
8 --
9 Shaft Lever Nudger
10 Actuator No Paper 120E31541
11 Sensor Photo (No Paper Sensor) 930W00123
12 Harness Assy No Paper Sensor (J110-J220)
13 Support Nudger
14 Spring Nudger
15 Shaft Assy Feed
16 Gear Feed
17 Clutch Assy Oneway Feed
18 Roll Assy Feed
19 Gear Idler Nudger
20 Roll Assy Gear Nudger
21 Shaft Nudger
3
1 (with 2-23)
4
6
2
8
9
5 7 18
14 E2
E2
6
10 19
E2
14
11
17 14
Front
15 15
20
21
13 E2
E2
12 E2 E2
(P203)
16
22
(J203)
15 Registration
E2 Sensor
23
(J101) (J105)
(J103)
s6700-106

1 Chute Assy Regi (With 2-23)
2 Cover Spring Rear
3 Cover Spring Front
4 Chute Assy Upper Regi
5 Spring Chute Upper
6 Bracket Nip
7 Spring Regi R
8 Spring Regi F
9 Roll Regi Metal
10 Roll Assy Regi Rubber
11 Roll Assy Take Away
12 Clutch Assy Take Away (Take Away Clutch) 121K43551
13 Clutch Assy Regi (Registration Clutch) 121K43541
14 Bearing Regi
15 Bearing Regi Earth
16 Clamp Locking
17 Chute Regi
18 Gear Regi Metal
19 Gear Regi Rubber
20 Actuator Regi SNR (Registration Sensor Actuator) 120E31603
21 Spring Sensor Regi
22 Sensor Photo (Registration Sensor) 930W00123
23 Harness Assy Regi SNR (J105-J203)
Parts List 4.1 Right Door and Frame Assembly
96 (with 1, screw driver)
3
SM2
SM6
6
2
1
(J301)
SM3
SM2
5
4
7 [Ref PL4.2-PL4.4]
ST1 SM3
8 ST1
ST1
(J119) 9
10 31 (with 7-14,16-22,24,25)
ST1
13
12 22
ST1 ST1 ST1
14
16 ST7 11
ST1
ST7
33
SM3
E2
32 ST1
17
ST1 25
24
ST1 24
ST1
25
98 (with 26, instruction)
18 19
Front 20 30 26 (with 27,28)
30
ST1 97 (with 18-20)
21
28 27
99 (with 4-6,30,31, PL4.2, PL4.3, PL4.4.5-14) s6700-107
Parts List 4.1 Right Cover and Frame

1 Harness Assy I/L RH (I/L SW-J301)
2 Cover Intlk
3 Cover Connector
4 Bracket Assy Pivot Front
5 Spring RH Frame
6 Bracket Assy Pivot Rear
7 Chute Dup RH
8 Fuser Fan 127E85810
9 Guide Harness RH Fan
10 Guide Slide Latch
11 Link Assy
12 Guide Support Link
13 Guide Plate Latch
14 Latch Cover RH
15 --
16 Spring Latch Cover
17 Guide Fuser RH 032E32010
18 Holder Intlk RH
19 Actuator Intlk RH
20 Spring Intlk RH
21 Strap RH (Right Door Stopper Strap) 868E26010
22 Cover RH
23
24 Spring Stopper MSI
25 Stopper MSI
26 Cover Assy MSI (with 27, 28)
27 Cover MSI
28 Tray Assy MSI
29 --
30 Shaft Pivot
31 Cover Assy RH (with 7~14,16~22, 24, 25)
96 Kit Interlock Switch RH (with 1, screw driver) 604K57040
97 Kit Actuator Intlk RH (with 18-20) (Right Door 604K56450
Interlock Actuator)
98 Kit Cover Assy Tray 1 (with 26) 604K64951
99 Kit RH Cover & Frame Assy (with 4~6, 30~31, PL4.2, 604K64962
PL4.3, PL4.4.2~14)
Parts List 4.2 Tray 1 Feed
[Ref PL4.1.99]
1 (with 2-4)
2
ST1
3
ST1
4
5 (with 6-9,34)
ST1
ST7 6
ST1
ST1 7
ST1
9
36 (with 10-18,20-33,35,
PL4.3, PL4.4.5-13)
8
ST1 8
9 34 8
Front
10
33
32 12
11
ST1 [Ref PL4.2.99]
ST1
31
30 13
(P226) ST1
ST1 (J118) 14 Tray 1 No Paper
27 Sensor E2
26 ST1 18
15
24 16
25 35
11 17
29 28 12 22 23
18
99
(with 11x2pcs,12x2pcs, 20
28,29,32, PL4.3.8, PL4.3.9)
E2
21
17
16
15
s6700-108
Parts List 4.2 Tray 1 Feed

1 Chute Assy Pinch Regi (with 2~4) (Registration Chute) 054K40800
2 Spring Chute Swing
3 Chute Regi Pinch
4 Chute Regi Swing
5 Chute Assy MSI (with 6~9, 34) (Tray 1 Chute Assy) 054K42151
6 Chute Loop MSI
7 Chute Feed Upper
8 Roll Pinch TA
9 Spring Pinch TA
10 Frame RH
11 Spring Nf MSI
12 Arm MSI
13 Bracket Sensor
14 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor 930W00123
15 Bearing Earth
16 Cam MSI
17 Roll Core MSI
18 Pin MSI
19 --
20 Shaft Assy MSI
21 Roll Assy Feed (Feed Roller) 059K50731
22 Plate Assy Bottom MSI
23 Follower Rear
24 Follower Front
25 Roll Actuator No Paper
26 Actuator No Paper (Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Actuator) 120E31580
27 Spring No Paper MSI (No Paper Sensor Actuator Spring) 809E89850
28 Gear Feed MSI
29 Spring Feed MSI
30 Cover Harn Guide RH
31 Guide Harness RH
32 Solenoid Feed MSI (Tray 1 Feed Solenoid)
33 Wire Assy Earth
34 Spring Pinch TA Ctr
35 Holder MSI Front
36 Frame Assy RH (with 10~18,20~33, 35, Pl4.3, Pl4.4.5~13)
99 Kit RH Solenoid, Gear, Duplex Drive Clutch (with 11x2, 604K56510
12x2, 28, 29, 32, PL4.3.8, PL4.3.9)
Parts List 4.3 Duplex
16
[Ref PL4.1.99]
(P119)
6
ST1
(J226)
[Ref PL4.2.99]
ST1
15 7 8 ST1
15 ST1
14 7 E2
14 9
15 15 (J117)
14 (J120)
14
7 10
13 12
[Ref PL4.2.10]
7
12 10
11
Front
s6700-109
Parts List 4.3 Duplex

1 --
2 --
3 --
4 --
5 --
6 Chute Dup Out
7 Bearing Exit
8 Gear Assy Dup
9 Clutch Assy Dup
10 Roll Assy Dup (Upper And Lower Duplex Roller) 059K62270
11 Belt Dup
12 Pulley Dup
13 Roller Belt Guide
14 Roll Pinch TA
15 Spring Pinch Dup
16 Harness Assy RH Cover (J117-P119, J226) 962K74500
Parts List 4.4 Transfer Roller
99
[Ref PL5.1.99]
1 [Ref PL4.1.99]
ST1 ST1
14 (with 2-4)
2
ST1 ST1
14 (with 2-4) 3
4
2
5
3
6
7
4
8 9
E2
10
SM2 11
SM2
13
12
E2
10
Front [Ref PL4.2.10]

s6700-110
Parts List 4.4 Transfer Roller

1 Transfer Roller
2 Bracket 2nd BTR
3 Cap Spring 2nd BTR
4 Spring 2nd BTR
5 Cover Resistor
6 Spring Earth
7 Resistor
8 Handle RH (Duplex Handle) 803E05880
9 Latch Rear RH
10 Spring Latch
11 Handle Latch
12 Shaft Assy Latch
13 Latch Front RH
14 Bracket Assy 2nd (with 2~4)
99 Transfer Roller (with PL4.4.1, instructions) 604K64970
Parts List 5.1 Xerographics
(P231)
99 (with 1, PL2.1.99, PL4.1.1)
(P230)
SM2
1 2 SM2
(P229)
(P228)
2 SM2
2 SM2
2
5
SM2 14
15 SM2
15
15 SM2
PL4.1.1 16 SM2 15 SM2

SM2
SM2
SM2 SM2
[Ref PL5.3]
PL2.1.99
13
Front
10
11 s6700-111
Parts List 5.1 Xerographics

1 Transfer Belt
2 Lamp Assy Erase (Erase Lamp) 122K94260
3
4
5 Guide Erase ADC
6 Guide Belt L
7 Guide Belt R
8 Imaging Unit Y (with 1.2.22 x 1) 108R00973
9 Imaging Unit M (with 1.2.22 x 1) 108R00972
10 Imaging Unit C (with 1.2.22 x 1) 108R00971
11 Imaging Unit K (with 1.2.22 x 1) 108R00974
12
13 Guide Handle
14 Cover Connector 848E45650
15 Plate Spring CRU
16 Plate Earth Ibt
99 Maintenance Kit (with Transfer Belt, Transfer Roller, 604K73140
Feed Rollers, instructions)
Parts List 5.2 Laser Unit
99 (with 1,7)
SM15
SM2
SM2
1 SM15
(P153)
(P151)
2 (with Label deve YMCK)

(P152) 7
Front
ST1
ST1
ST1
ST1
3
SM3
(P332)
SM3
SM3 ST1
4 4 4 4
ST1 ST1
(P211) (P210)
5 (P209) (P208)
(P331) SM3
SM3
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
6 (J332)
SM2
s6700-112
Part List 5.2 Laser Unit

1 ROS Assy (Laser Unit)
2 Housing Assy CR (Bias Housing Assy) 848K20400
3 PWBA HVPS (HVPS) 105K23573
4 Connector Assy Imaging Unit CRUM 113K83420
5 Guide CRUM CRU 032E31840
6 Housing Assy BTR (Transfer Belt Bias Assy) 848K20390
7 Clamp Press Rec-14
99 Laser Unit Kit (with 1, 7) 604K64980
Parts List 5.3 Procon Assembly
1 (with 2-5,8-16)
2
ST4
ST4
(J213)
(J216)
5 ST4 (P108)
3
(J218) ST4
4
(P218)
(P106)
(J217)
9
5 ST4 (P217)
ST4 8
10
12
16
11
(P216)
(P213)
Upper
ST4
13
14 15
s6700-113
Parts List 5.3 Procon Assembly

1 Procon Assy (with 2~5, 8~16) 130K76890
2 Harness Assy CTD/HUM (P106, J213,J216)
3 Cover ADC
4 Harness Assy CTD SNR (P108-J217,J218)
5 Color Density (ADC) Sensor 130E98170
6 --
7 --
8 Spring Shutter
9 Pad ADC
10 Shutter ADC
11 Conductor Gnd F
12 Conductor Gnd R
13 Waste Toner Full Sensor 130E87512
14 Cover Sensor
15 Environmental (Temp/Hum) Sensor 130E93460
16 Housing ADC
Parts List 6.1 Toner Dispense and Recovery
(P204)
(P205)
(P206)
5 (P207)
(P259) (Y)
10 (P258) (M)
10 (P257) (C)
10 (P256) (K)
6 10
1 SM2
SM2
SM2
7
2 SM2
SM2 SM2
9
8
3
SM2
11
4 11
11
11
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
12 SM2 Front
13 s6700-114
Parts List 6.1 Toner Dispense and Recovery

1 Toner Cartridge (Y) Refer to “Routine
2 Toner Cartridge (M) Maintenance and
Service Items” on
3 Toner Cartridge (C) page 9-101.
4 Toner Cartridge (K)
5 CRUM Dispense Assy (Y) 094K92535
6 CRUM Dispense Assy (M) 094K92545
7 CRUM Dispense Assy (C) 094K92555
8 CRUM Dispense Assy (K) 094K92525
9 Toner Dispense Assy 127K59310
10 Connector Assy CRUM (CRUM Reader Board) 019K11160
11 Clamp Pipe Disp
12 Pipe Assy (Waste Auger) 052K97813
13 Waste Toner Cartridge 108R00975
Parts List 7.1 Fuser and Exit
SM2
(J116) 1
(J115)
2
SM2 SM2 [Ref PL7.3]

SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2 [Ref PL7.2]

SM2 (J180)
SM2
99 (with 5, instruction)
(J1)
Front
(J304)
s6700-115
Parts List 7.1 Fuser and Exit Motor

1 Exit Drive Assy 007K15331
2 Guide Invert
3 Bracket Drawer Fuser
4 Harness Assy FSR (J180-J1,J304) 110V 962K73590
Harness Assy FSR (J180-J1,J304) 220V 962K73860
5 Fuser
99 Fuser 110V (with 5, instructions) 126K32220
Fuser 220V (with 5, instructions) 126K32230
Parts List 7.2 Exit
99 (with 1,10 (full stack sensor),11,13)
13 (with 14-16)
1 (with 2-10,12) 2
14 3
12
15
16 4 6
5
3
10 Full Stack
Sensor
(P224)
(J224) 8
5
9
(J225)
[Ref PL11.1.7]
(P225)
Front
10
Envelope Mode
Sensor 11
s6700-116
Parts List 7.2 Exit

1 Chute Assy Exit (with 2~10, 12)
2 Roll Assy Exit
3 Roll Pinch Exit
4 Spring Pinch Exit
5 Bearing Exit
6 Gear Exit Roll
7 Chute Lower Exit
8 Spring Path Change
9 Chute Path Change Exit (Duplex Gate)
10 Sensor Photo (Full Stack, Envelope Mode) 930W00123
11 Cover Snr Exit
12 Eliminator Exit
13 Actuator Full Stack (with 14~16) 120K92710
99 Kit Chute Assy Exit (with 1, 11, 13) 054K47220
Parts List 7.3 Invert Chute
2
3
1 (with 2-5,7)
(J122)
4
4
SM1
SM1
Front
s6700-117
Parts List 7.3 Inverter Chute

1 Chute Assy Inverter (with 2~5, 7) 054K40577
2 Act Path Change
3 Exit Inverter Solenoid 121K43520
4 Spring Pinch Dup
5 Roll Pinch TA
6 --
7 Chute Invert
8 --
Parts List 8.1 Frame (1/2)
1
1 1
1
ST1 18
ST1
20
ST1
20
ST1 20 11
20 11
SM2
11
10
19
11
14
E2 SM2
SM2 SM2 11
15
E2
SM2
13
15
11
16
20
20
Front 20
SM2 21
20
17
22 17
17 SM2
22
22
SM2 SM2
17
99 (with 17x4pcs,22x4pcs)
22
SM2
s6700-118
Parts List 8.1 Frame (1/2)

1 Guide Assy CRU (Imaging Unit Guide) 032K05793
2 --
3 --
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 Frame Assy 2nd (Inner Frame Assy) 801K44481
10 Guide Harness OP Panel
11 Clamp Locking
12 --
13 Guide Frame Lock H
14 Guide Frame Lock V
15 Shaft Pivot Frame 2nd 806E28030
16 Cover FR Under
17 Foot
18 Bush
19 Guide Air Trans
20 Clamp Locking
21 Bush Close-type
22 Foot Rubber
99 Kit Foot Assy (with17x4 pcs, 22x4 pcs) 604K64990
Parts List 8.2 Frame Clamps and Guides (2/2)
15
ST1
Front
2 2
2
2 4 6
17
2
17
17
18 17
18
2 16
19 18 9
SM2 SM2
SM2
SM2
13
20
SM2
8
SM2
14
SM2
SM2
s6700-119
Parts List 8.2 Frame Clamps and Guides (2/2)

1 --
2 Clamp Rlwt-2V0
3 --
4 Clamp Locking
5 --
6 Bush Close-type
7 --
8 Guide Harness Rear
9 Cover Pin
10 --
11 --
12 --
13 Guide Harness Connect
14 Plate Support EM
15 Bracket Fuser HNS
16 Guide Air Rear
17 Clamp Locking
18 Clamp
19 Clamp CKS BK 120E32030
20 Bracket FIN CONT
Parts List 9.1 Drive (1/2)
Front
SM2
(P250)
SM2
SM2
SM2
2
SM2
SM2
SM2 4
SM2 SM2
(P254) (J100)
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2 SM2
(P255) s6700-120

1 Fuser Drive Assy 007K15360
2 Guide
3 Transfer Belt Drive Assy 007K15392
4 Feed Drive Assy 007K15350
1 (with 2-4)
1 (with 2-4)
2
2
3
SM2 4 3
(P200) Switching SM2
Sensor (K) 4
(P201)
Switching
SM2 Sensor (CMY)
SM2 SM2
98 (with 5-7)
(P251)
SM2 Front
SM2 SM2
ST6 ST6 5
ST6
6 ST6
SM2
SM2
99 (with 8x2pcs) 8
8
SM2 SM2 SM2 SM2

SM2 SM2
SM2
SM2 SM2
SM2 SM2
SM2 (P253)
10 SM2
(P260) (P252) 9 s6700-121

1 Drive Assy SNS (with 2~4) (Switching Sensor) 007K15410
2 Guide SNS
3 Plate SNS
4 Sensor Photo (Color or Black Switching Sensor) 930W00123
5 Guide Assy Link
6 Drive Assy Xero (Imaging Unit Drum Drive Assy)
7 Drive Assy Rack
8 Drive Assy M Out
9 YMC Developer Drive Assy 007K15370
10 K Developer Drive Assy 007K15380
98 Imaging Unit Link Drive (with 5~7) 604K56290
99 Kit Drive Gear (with 8x2 pcs) 604K56300
Parts List 10.1 Electrical (1/2)
SM2
1 (with 4,5,26)
SM2
5 (with 6,7,29)
SM2 6 29
26 7
2 SM2
SM2 SM2
37 SM2 36 SM7
SM2
SM2
E4 SM2
27 4 SM2 SM2
SM2
35
SM2
3 SM2 SM2
(J309) SM2
SM14
9 (with 10,11) 23
25
10
SM2 SM14 Front
24
SM2
SM2
SM2
11
12 (with 13-18)
13
(J300)
SM2 SM2
18
(J311) (J174)
(T171) SM5 17 (J173)
SM2 SM5
SM2 (T170) (P214)
22
19 32
SM15
16
14 (J175)
SM15
15
s6700-122

1 Box Assy ESS PWB (with 4, 5, 26, 28) (IP Cage)
2 Plate Window ESS
3 Screw Knurling
4 Box Assy Base
5 Image Processor Board (with rear panel, No NVRAM, 960K65211
No SD Card, No RAM) (with 6, 7, 29)
6
7
8
9 LVPS Fan Assy (with 10, 11) 101K58770
10 LVPS Fan
11 Plate LVPS Fan
12 Plate Assy LVPS Power (with 13-18) (Power Panel) 101K58761
13 Plate LVPS Power
14 Harness Assy Fin Pwr (OUTLET-J311,T171)
15 Breaker GFI Inlet
16 Wire Assy GFI Earth (J175-T170)
17 Clamp Locking
18 Harness Assy AC (J300-J173,J174)
19 Power Cord Refer to “Power
Cords” on
page 9-101.
20 --
21 --
22 PWBA EEPROM (EEPROM Board) 960K47800
23 Hard Drive 121K51060
24 RAM Memory 1GB 237E25730
RAM Memory 2GB 237E26060
25 SD Card (with system software) 237E26720
26 Clamp Locking
27 Clamp Press Rec-16
28 --
29 Support
30
31
32 Support
33
34 Clamp
35 Clamp
36 NVRAM (IP Board NVRAM IC) 960K66600
37 Cover Rear ESS
[Ref PL10.2.2]
(P315) (P301)
(P305) (P308)
(P307) (P309)
1 (with 2-5) (P303) (P306)

(P302)
2 6
(P304)
SM2
SM2
4 (P311)
SM2
5
3 (P300)
SM2 5
5 SM2 Front
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
10
9
11
SM2
12
13
SM2
SM2
22
14 15 (with 16-18,20,21,23)
23 16
20 21
* Not used
17 (P1)
(P19) (P2)
(P101)*
(P7) (P17)
SM2 (P11)
(P6)
(P20)
(P5)
SM2 (P12)
SM2 SM2 (P4)
SM2 (P15)
SM2 (P23)
SM2 SM2 (P22)
(P24)
18 SM2 (P16)
(P13)
SM2 (P9) (P21)
(P10)
SM2 (P29)* (P18) (P8)* (P3)
SM2
SM2 s6700-123

1 Box Assy LVPS (with 2~5) 100/120V (LVPS Cage) 101K62200
Box Assy LVPS (with 2~5) 230V (LVPS Cage) 101K62210
2 LVPS
3 Clamp Rlwt-2V0
4 Bush
5 Clamp Locking
6 Guide Harness Rear CTR
7 --
8 --
9 Wire Short
10 Link Rear
11 Bracket Assy Rear
12 Wire Long
13 Knob Main Switch
14 Bracket Assy Front
15 Box Assy MCU (with 16~18, 20, 21, 23)
16 Box MCU
17 Guide Harness MCU Upr
18 MCU Board 960K56300
19 --
20 Clamp Locking
21 Support
22 Holder Box MCU
23 Gasket Shield
Parts List 11.1 Harness (1/2)
(P315) (P301)
*: Not used.
(P305) (P308) [Ref PL10.2.18]
(P1)
(P309) (P19) (P2)
(P307) (P101)*
(P7) (P17)
(P306) (P11)
(P303) (P6)
(P20)
(P302) (P5)
(P12)
(P4)
(P15)
(P23)
[Ref PL10.2.2] (P22)
(P304) (P24)
(P13)
(P16)
(P9) (P21)
(P10)
(P29)* (P18) (P8)* (P3)
(P311)
(J204)
(J205) (J225)
(P300) (J224)
(J206)
(J207)
1 (J212)
(P116)
(P115)
(J305) 7
(J11)
2 (J20)
(P121)
(J23) (J404) 8
3
(J22)
(J308)
(J328)
(J306)
9
4
(P101) (J24)
(P102)
(J152) (P103)
(P105) (J802)
(P110)
10
5
(J2)
(J10)
s6700-124

1 Harness Assy TN CRUM (J11-J204,J205,206,J207) 962K73600
2 Harness Assy LV PWR (J23-J305) (LVPS Power Harness) 962K73650
3 Harness Assy ESS PWR (J306-J404) 962K73700
4 Harness Assy Video (J152-J328) 962K73850
5 Harness Assy REGI (J10-P101 ,P102, P103, P105, 962K74380
P110)
6 --
7 Exit Harness (J20-P115,P116,J212,J224,J225) 962K74461
8 Harness Assy FIN (J22-P121) 962K74481
9 Harness Assy LVPS (J24-J308) (LVPS Harness) 962K74490
10 Harness Assy ESS (J2-J802) 962K73640
Parts List 11.2 Harness (2/2)
(J106) (J108)
(J228)
(J229) (J211)
(J230) (J259)
(J231) (J201)
(J215) (J210)
(J209)
(J208)
1
4
(J12)
(J17)
(J16)
(J702) (J15)
(J151)
(J153)
(J219)
2 (J222)
(J221) (DP181)
(J303) (J260)
(J252)
(J144)
(J253)
(J13)
(J3)
5
(J315)
(J307)
(J5)
(J6)
(J21)
(J18)
(J254)
(J200)
(P100)
(J258)
(J257)
(J251)
3 (J256)
(P122)
(P120) (J250)
(P118)
(P117)
(J255) 6
(J9)
(J7)
(J19)
(J4) s6700-125
Parts List 11.2 Harnesses (2/2)

1 Harness Assy Erase/Exit (J16,J17-J106, J108, J215, 962K78800
J228, J229, J230, J231)
2 Harness Assy ROS/HV (J3, J13, PL1.3.6 Rear I/L SW, 962K74580
J151, J153, J144, J303, J702)
3 Harness Assy RH/MOT (J7,J9-P100, P117, P118, P120, 962K74590
J200, J254, J255)
4 Harness Assy CRUM/DISP (J12,J15-J201, J208, J209, 962K74600
J210, J211, J259)
5 Harness Assy LPP/MOT (J5,J6,J18,J21-DP181, J219, 962K74610
J221, J222, J252, J253, J260, J307, J315)
6 Harness Assy DISP/FSR (J4,J19-P122, J250, J251, 962K77370
J256, J257, J258)
Feeder Parts Lists
Parts List 12.1 550-Sheet Feeder
5 6
99 (with 3x2, 5, 6)
2 (with 4,7,13-18, PL12.2-PL12.4)
3 SM2 4
1 (with 2, PL12.5.1) SM2
SM2
[Ref PL12.2-PL12.4]
18 SM2
7 (with 8-12)
8
SM2 8
8
SM2
13
9
9 ST7
9 ST7
SM2 SM2
SM2 ST1
SM2
17
ST1 10
15
SM10
16 11
ST1 12
ST7 ST1
SM10 KL1
ST7
13 ST1 12
ST1
14
[Ref PL12.5.1]
Front s6700-126
Part List 12.1 550-Sheet Feeder (1/5)

1 550 Option Feeder (with 2, PL12.5.1, instructions) 059K77370
2 Feeder Assy 550 (with 4, 7, 13~18,PL12.2~PL12.4)
3 Screw Lock
4 Cover Rear
5 Plate Lock Rear Assy
6 Screw Lock Rear
7 Chute Upper Assy (with 8~12) 054K39101
8 Roll Pinch Ta
9 Spring Pinch Ta
10 Chute Upper Top
11 Chute Upper
12 Plate Magnet
13 Arm Chute
14 Cover RH Opt (right side door)
15 Chute Under
16 Cover Right
17 Cover Front
18 Cover Left
99 Optional Feeder Mounting Kit (with 3x2pcs, 5, 6) 604K65010
Parts List 12.2 Media Detect
[Ref PL12.4]
SM2
1
SM2 1 SM2
1 2
(P360) Right Cover
3
Switch
SM2
4
ST1
SM2
SM2
ST1
SM2 SM2
(P365) SM10
11 SM2
12 4 SM10
SM10
10 Low Paper
Sensor 8
(P366) 5
(P367) 6
Low Paper 7
10 50% Sensor SM2
13 13 99 (with 13x4 pcs,
9 (with 10,11) Front 14x4 pcs)
14 14
SM2 SM2
13 13
SM2
14 14
SM2 s6700-127

1 Earth Spring
2 Right Side Door Switch 110E11580
3 Bracket Sensor
4 Magnet
5 Chute Feed (Turn Chute) 054E40280
6 Chute Assy Lower
7 Guide Tray Opt
9 Holder Assy Sensor Low (with 10,11) 019K10650
11 Holder Sensor
13 Foot Assy
14 Foot Rubber
99 Kit Foot Assy (with 13x4 pcs, 14x4 pcs) 604K64990
Parts List 12.3 Electrical
(DJ181)
1
(J350)
Front
2
SM10
SM10
3
(P357) 3
SM10 10
SM10 4
3
(J357)
5 *: Not used
SM2 (P356)*
SM2 (P351)
(J355)
To Right Door Open Switch (P350)
(P355) (P353)
(J360) SM2
SM2 (P354)
(P361) (P352)
(J351)
(P358)
(J354)
(P359) (J352)
(J366) (J353) 11
(J367)
(J365)
(DP183)
12
s6700-128

1 Harness Assy Opt Top (J350-DJ181) (Upper Option 962K73730
Harness)
2 Drive Assy Opt (Feed Drive Assy) 007K15440
3 Clamp Locking
4 PWBA OPT FDR (Feeder Board) 960K56330
5 Harness Assy Opt Mot (J355-J357)
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 Clamp
11 Harness Assy Opt SW (J351, J353-J360, P361, J365, 962K78950
DP183) (Lower Option Harness)
12 Harness Assy Opt CL (J352,J354-P358, P359, J366,
J367)
Parts List 12.4 Feeder
2 29 (with 1-7,9-14,16-28)
ST1 SM8
ST1
1 6
3
(P363) Take Away
Sensor E2
SM8
Front
6
7
5
E2
E2
10
E2 E2 11 13
12
9
14
99 (with 24x2pcs,
(J359)
E5 PL 12.5.21, instruction)
(J358) (J363)
24
16
(P364)
23
22
17
(J364)
25
18 21
Tray No Paper
(J361) 24
Sensor
10 26
28 20
19 27
s6700-129
1 Cover Fdr Opt

2 Plate Sensor
3 Sensor (Take Away Sensor) 930W00123
5 Clutch Assy Take Away
6 Bearing Ball
7 Chute Fdr Opt
8 --
9 Clutch Assy Feed (Feed Clutch) 121K43561
10 Bearing Nudger
12 Lever Nudger
13 Link Actuator
14 Chute Frame Top
15 --
19 Support Nudger
20 Spring Nudger
21 Shaft Assy Feed
22 Gear Feed
23 Clutch Oneway Feed
24 Roll Assy Feed
27 Shaft Nudger
28 Harness Assy Opt Path (J361-J363,J364)
29 Feeder Assy Sub Opt (with 1~7 ,9~14,16~28) 022K76860
99 Feed & Separator Roll Kit (with 24x2pcs, PL12.5.21) 604K65030
Parts List 12.5 Universal Tray
99 (with 1, 98)
2
98 7
1 (with 2-40) 6
3
4
5
6 8
5
ST7 8
4
3 10 9
E1
19
11
18 20
[Ref PL13.5.99]
12 13 17
14 21
ST7 23
22
16
27
26 ST4
25
15 24 ST4
28
29
30 31
39 32
33
ST7
ST7
34 ST7
35
ST7
ST4 ST4
ST7
37
36
40 Front
38
s6700-147

1 Tray Assy Option (with 2~40)
2 Plate Assy Bottom
3 Gear Pb Front
4 Gear Btm Dmp Oneway
5 Shaft Pb A4
6 Gear Btm Lock Oneway
7 Stopper Pb
8 Spring Btm Up 550 A4
9 Guide Assy Side R
10 Gear Pinion
12 Guide Assy End (With 13)
14 Actuator Size
15 --
16 Plate Gear Lock
17 Lever Separator
18 Lever Latch
20 Cover Separator
25 Lever Btm Lock
26 Gear Lever Btm Lock
27 Spring Btm Lock
28 Rack Btm Lock
29 Cover Btm Up
30 Gear Btm Lock Pinion
31 Gear 40 Btm Lock
32 Gear Pb Rear
33 Link Pb
34 Cover Link
36 Actuator Pls Pb
37 Latch Tray
38 Spring Latch
39 Cover Tray Opt
40 Housing Base
41 Tray Label
98 Kit Tray label (numbers 3~6) 897E65190
99 Kit Tray Assy Option (with 1, 98) 604K65000
99 (with 10x2pcs,11,12)
10 12
10 11
1 (with 2,10-12) 13 2 (with 3-9,11-14,
PL13.2.1x2pcs,
SM2
SM2 PL13.6.1x2pcs)
13
SM2 [Ref PL13.2.1]
SM2
SM2
SM2
13
13
SM2
SM2 12
11
SM2
[Ref PL13.6.1] SM2
13
SM2
SM2 [Ref PL13.2.1]
SM2
13 SM2
13
13
SM2
SM2
SM2 3
14
SM2
[Ref PL13.6.1] 6 SM2 SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
4
SM2
5 SM3 8
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3 SM3
8 SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3
9
7 SM3
SM3
Front 7 9
s6700-131

1 1100 Option Feeder (with 2, 10-12) 059K77380
2 Feeder Assy 1100 (with 3~9,11~14, PL13.2.1x2pcs,
PL13.6.1x2pcs)
3 Cover Rear C
4 Cover Right C
5 Cover Front C
6 Cover Left C
7 Caster Front 417W41349
8 Caster Rear 417W41449
9 Foot 017E12741
10 Screw Lock
11 Plate Lock Rear Assy
12 Screw Lock Rear
13 Plate Lock Opt F
14 Frame Assy Caster
99 Optional Feeder Mounting Kit (with 10x2, 11-12) 604K65010
Parts List 13.2 Covers
1 (with 2,5,11-16, PL13.3-PL13.5)
SM2 2
SM2
SM2
[Ref PL13.3-PL13.5]
16 SM2
5 (with 6-10)
6
6
SM2 6
SM2
11
7
7 ST7
7 ST7
SM2 SM2
SM2 ST1
SM2
15
13 ST1 8
SM10 9
14 10
ST1 ST1
SM10 ST7 KL1
ST7
Front 11 10
ST1 ST1
12
s6700-143

1 Feeder Assy 550 (with 2, 5, 11~16, PL13.3~PL13.5)
2 Cover Rear
3 --
4 --
5 Chute Upper Assy (with 6~10) 054K39101
6 Roll Pinch TA
7 Spring Pinch TA
8 Chute Upper Top
9 Chute Upper
10 Plate Magnet
11 Arm Chute
12 Cover RH Opt
13 Chute Under
14 Cover Right
15 Cover Front
16 Cover Left
[Ref PL13.5]
SM2
1
1
SM2 SM2
2 Right Cover
1 Switch
(P360) 3
SM2
4
ST1
SM2
SM2
ST1
SM2 SM2
(P365) 11 SM10
SM2
12 4 SM10
8
SM10
10 Low Paper
Sensor
(P366) 5
(P367) 6
SM2 7
10
Opt Low Paper
50% Sensor 13
14
9 (with 10,11) SM2
13 13
14 Front
14
SM2 SM2
99 (with 13x4pcs,14x4pcs) 13
14
SM2
s6700-144
Part List 13.3 Media Detect

1 Earth Spring
2 Right Side Door Open Switch 110E11580
3 Bracket Sensor
4 Magnet
5 Chute Feed (Turn Chute) 054E40280
6 Chute Assy Lower
7 Guide Tray Opt
9 Holder Assy Sensor Low (with 10, 11) 019K10650
11 Holder Sensor
13 Foot
14 Foot Rubber
99 Kit Foot Assy (with 13x4 pcs, 14x4 pcs) 604K64990
(DJ181)
1
(J350)
Front
2
SM10
SM10
4
(P357) 4
SM10 3
SM10 5
4
(J357)
6 *: Not used
SM2 (P356)*
SM2 (P351)
(J355)
To Right Door Open Switch (P350)
(P355) (P353)
(J360) SM2
SM2 (P354)
(P361) (P352)
(J351)
(P358)
(J354)
(P359) (J352)
(J366) (J353) 7
(J367)
(J365)
(DP183)
8
s6700-145

1 Harness Assy Opt Top (J350-DJ181) 962K73730
2 Drive Assy Opt (Feed Drive Assy) 007K15440
3 Clamp
4 Clamp Locking
5 PWBA Opt Fdr (Feeder Board) 960K56340
6 Harness Assy Opt Mot (J355-J357)
7 Harness Assy Opt SW (J351, J353-J360, P361, J365, 962K78950
DP183)
8 Harness Assy Opt CL (J352, J354-P358, P359, J366,
J367)
2 28 (with 1-7,9-27)
ST1 SM8
ST1
1 6
3
(P363) Take Away
Sensor E2
SM8
Front
6
7
5
E2
E2
10
E2 E2 11 13
12
9
14
99 (with 23x2pcs,
(J359)
E5 PL13.6.20, instruction)
(J358) (J363)
23
15
(P364)
22
21
16
(J364)
24
17 20
Tray No Paper
(J361) 23
Sensor
10 25
27 19
18 26
s6700-146

1 Cover Fdr Opt
2 Plate Sensor
3 Take Away Sensor 930W00123
5 Clutch Assy Take Away
6 Bearing Ball
7 Chute Fdr Opt
8 --
9 Clutch Assy Feed 121K43561
10 Bearing Nudger
12 Lever Nudger
13 Link Actuator
14 Chute Frame Top
18 Support Nudger
19 Spring Nudger
20 Shaft Assy Feed
21 Gear Feed
22 Clutch Oneway Feed
23 Roll Assy Feed
26 Shaft Nudger
27 Harness Assy Opt Path (J361-J363,J364)
28 Feeder Assy Sub Opt (with 1~7, 9~27) 022K76860
99 Kit Feed Roll & Separator Roll (with 23x2pcs, Pl13.6.20) 604K65030
99 (with 1, 98)
2
98 7
1 (with 2-40) 6
3
4
5
6 8
5
ST7 8
4
3 10 9
E1
19
11
18 20
[Ref PL13.5.99]
12 13 17
14 21
ST7 23
22
16
27
26 ST4
25
15 24 ST4
28
29
30 31
39 32
33
ST7
ST7
34 ST7
35
ST7
ST4 ST4
ST7
37
36
40 Front
38
s6700-147

1 Tray Assy Option (with 2~40)
2 Plate Assy Bottom
3 Gear PB Front
4 Gear BTM Dmp Oneway
5 Shaft PB A4
6 Gear BTM Lock Oneway
7 Stopper PB
8 Spring BTM Up 550 A4
9 Guide Assy Side R
10 Gear Pinion
12 Guide Assy End
14 Actuator Size
15 Plate Gear Lock
16 Lever Separator
17 Lever Latch
19 Cover Separator
24 Lever BTM Lock
25 Gear Lever BTM Lock
26 Spring BTM Lock
27 Rack BTM Lock
28 Cover BTM Up
29 Gear BTM Lock Pinion
30 Gear 40 BTM Lock
31 Gear PB Rear
32 Link PB
33 Cover Link
35 Actuator PLS PB
36 Latch Tray
37 Spring Latch
38 Cover Tray Opt
39 Housing Base
40 Tray Label
98 Kit, Tray Label (numbers 3~6) 897E65190
99 Kit Tray Assy (with 1, 98) 604K65002
Finisher Parts
Parts List 14.1 Finisher
[Ref PL14.2.1]
9 2
Front
1 (with 2-5, 8, 9,
PL14.2-PL14.11)
5
99 (with 3, 4, 5,
PL14.3-PL14.11)
4
s6700-132
Parts List 14.1 Finisher

1 Finisher (with 2~5, 8, 9, PL14.3~PL14.11) 059K78170
2 Tray Stacker 675K86860
3 Cover Guide Tray
4 Cover Connector2
5 Cover Connector
6 --
7 --
8 Screw M4 Steel 826E28960
9 Bracket Assy Guide Add
99 Kit Finisher Assy (with 3, 4, 5, PL14.3-PL14.11) 604K65020
Parts List 14.2 Horizontal Transport
1 (with 3,10) 4
3 (with 4-8,43)
5
6
ST9 43
8 ST9
6
43 8
7 ST9 ST9
ST9
ST9 10 (with 12-14,20,
8
8 ST9
ST9 22-24,26-35,38-41,44)
12 12
45
13
15
14 (with 15-20,39)
E3 SM1 16
39 39 17
40 39 (P8863)
SM1
18
39
(J8863) 19
39
(J8864) 20 ST9 ST9
20 E1 ST9 ST9 E2
E1 32 22 E1
33 31 ST9
33 E2 20
30
33 E2 29
E2 E2
34 30
30
SM11 24
ST9 26
(J8987) 30 ST9 23
44 23
28 E2
26
38 SM11 E2
41 26 27
E2
37 E2 23
23
ST9 ST9 Front
ST9
(P8864)
36 35 (with 36,37)
Open Sensor
s6700-133
Parts List 14.2 Horizontal Transport
1 Horizontal Transport Assy (with 3,10) 022K76640
2 --
3 Cover Assy Top H-TRA (with 4~8, 43) 848K39440
4 Cover Handle
5 Cover Top H-TRA
6 Bracket Magnet A4
7 Actuator Sensor
8 Roll Assy Pinch H-TRA
9 --
10 Chute Assy Lower H-TRA (with 12~14, 20, 22~24,
26~35, 38~41,44)
11 --
12 Magnet
13 Chute Low H-TRA
14 Drive H-TRA (with 15~20, 39) (Horizontal Transport 068K64230
Drive Assy)
15 Fan A4
16 Motor Assy Pm Htu
17 Bracket Assy Motor
18 Belt Motor
19 Pulley Idler
20 Pulley Tension
21 --
22 Cover Motor
23 Bearing Htu A4
24 Roll Assy Ent
25 --
26 Roll Assy Exit
27 Spring Extension
28 Bracket Assy Tension
29 Bracket Assy Drive
30 Bearing E Cond
31 Belt Transport
32 Pulley 22t
33 Pulley Assy Oneway
34 Pulley T17
35 Bracket Assy Sensor (with 36,37) 068K64120
36 Sensor Photo
37 Bracket Sensor
38 Spring Sensor
39 Clamp Locking
40 Harness Assy HTU A4fin (J8987-j8863,j8864)
41 Bracket Guide
42 --
43 Cover Bracket
44 Spacer Htu
45 Cover Add
SM12
2 SM12
SM12
3
SM12
SM12
SM12
SM12
SM12
SM12 10
SM12
5 (with 6-8) 7
6
SM12 SM12
ST8 SM12 SM12

ST9 ST9
ST9
4
SM12
ST9 ST9 8
SM12
SM12
SM12
Front s6700-134
1 --
2 Cover Top
3 Cover Rear
4 Cover RH
5 Cover Assy Front (with 6~8) 848K39450
6 Cover Assy Front Door
7 Cover Front
8 Bracket Cover Front
9 Knob Assy Exit 003K87701
10 Handle
Parts List 14.4 Main Board
SM12
11
8 (with 9,3)
10
9 SM11
5
SM11
4
SM4
SM11 SM11
(P8873)
1 (with 2,3,14)
7
Eject Clamp
17
3 SM11 6 14
Home Sensor (P8874)
(P8870)
3
2 Stack Height
Sensor1 Front
(P8871)
3
SM12 Stack Height
3 Sensor2
SM12 Set Clamp
SM12 Home Sensor SM11
SM11
15
SM12
14
16
*: Not used
(P8987)
(P8988)
(P8989) SM4 14
SM4
(P8986) 14
SM11
SM4 SM11
(P8983) 14
SM4 13 (with 14-16)

(P8984)
SM4
12
(P8980) (P8982)
(P8990)
(P8373)*
s6700-135
Parts List 14.4 Main Board

1 Guide Assy Harness (with 2,3, 14)
2 Guide Harness 1
3 Sensor Photo (Stack Height, Set and Eject Clamp 930W00111
Home)
4 Support Stud
5 Actuator Gear Sect
6 Actuator Set Clamp Cam
7 Actuator Hight
8 Bracket Assy Sensor Height (with 9,3)
9 Bracket Assy Sensor
10 Gear Z30 R
11 Guide Harness 3
12 PWBA Main A4fin (Main Board) 960K54034
13 Bracket Assy Pwba (with 14~16)
14 Clamp Locking
15 Bracket PWBA
16 Bushing Saddle
17 Bushing Saddle
Parts List 14.5 Eject
1 (with 2-6)
5
10 (with 11-15)
SM11 6
11
4
3 SM11 E6
SM11
2
SM11 39
(P8878)
E6 38
SM11 SM11
SM11 12 38
SM4 SM4 13
E2
11 14 34
SM11 E2 27
27
SM11
16 33
37
17
E6
SM11 36
15 35
SM11 27
32
19
18
40
22
21
20
24
23 27
29
(P8877)
28 E2
E2 27
30
SM11
27
26 31
Front
25
s6700-136
Parts List 14.5 Eject

1 Motor Assy Eject Drive (with 2~6) 127K59630
2 Belt
3 Gear Pulley Z20 T49
4 Washer
5 Bracket Assy Motor
6 Motor Assy Eject
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 Bracket Assy Eject Drive (with 11-15) 068K64060
11 Bearing Sleeve
12 Bracket Cam
13 Cam Eject Clamp
14 Shaft Assy Cam
15 Bracket Assy Drive Ej
16 Gear Z38 S
17 Spring Clamp Cam
18 Gear Assy Sector A4
19 Gear Z25 S
20 Gear Z28 Z22 T38
21 Belt
22 Flange Drive Ej
23 Gear Pulley Z32l T25
24 Gear Z23l
25 Clutch Z34 (Set Clamp Clutch) 121K34631
26 Bracket Cl
27 Bearing Sleeve
28 Cam Set Clamp Move
29 Shaft Assy Set Drive
30 Gear Z31 R
31 Gear Z72 Sector
32 Shaft Guide Paper M
33 Bracket Assy Shelf R
34 Gear Z26 R
35 Gear Z25 L
36 Clutch Tl400
37 Shaft Assy Guide Paper
38 Guide Paper 240 032E32800
39 Bracket Assy Shelf F
40 Damper Solenoid
Parts List 14.6 Eject Chute
3 (with 4,9,10,13)
9 43
4 (with 5-8)
ST9
5
E6 6 12
1
(P8876)
24 (with 23,26,27)
E6 7
8 23
2 8 20
6 7 23
26
10
E6 14 28
23
10 E2
SM9 31
E6 15
SM9 27
SM4 E2
SM4
15 16 44
13 (with 14-16)
32
35
B E2 E6
45
SM11
45
E6
42
E2
35
SM11
33 ST9
41 34
39 34 Front
38
40
E2
SM4 37
E2
35
E2
36 s6700-137
Parts List 14.6 Eject Chute
1 Support Arm
2 Spring Sub Paddle
3 Roller Assy Eject A4 (with 4, 9, 10, 13) 059K61890
4 Arm Assy Paddle (with 5~8)
5 Arm Sub Paddle
6 Belt
7 Pulley T22
8 Paddle Sub 033E93330
9 Shaft Eject Clamp
11 --
12 Spring Pinch
13 Roller Assy Eject Pinch (with 14~16)
14 Bracket Eject Pinch
15 Bearing
16 Roller Eject Pinch 059K61911
20 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assy 121K43900
23 Damper
24 Chute Assy Eject (with 23, 26, 27)
25 --
26 Clamp Locking
27 Chute Eject
28 Eliminator Eject RH 105E19080
29 --
30 --
31 Roller Assy Eject
32 Shaft Assy Set Clamp
33 Bearing Powdered
34 Bearing Powdered
35 Bearing Sleeve
36 Spring Set Link
37 Gear Z18
38 Gear Assy Z25 R Oneway
39 Spacer Eject Clamp
40 Arm Assy Clamp
41 Pulley T41
42 Shaft Assy Drive Eject
43 Plate Tie Eject Pinch
44 Spring Set Clamp
45 Bearing Sleeve
Parts List 14.7 Finisher Transport
2 (with 3-7)
23 (with 9,10)
3
Front
9 SM11 10
Compile 11
Exit Sensor 12
5 (P8869)
4 4 7
6
ST9
ST9 24 14
14
E2
13 ST9 E2
16
15
SM11
SM11
SM11
SM11 (P8879)
20
17 19
18
E2 20
21
E2
E2 20
22
s6700-138
Parts List 14.7 Finisher Transport

1 Chute Assy Upper
2 Chute Assy Lower (with 3~7) 054K40183
3 Chute Fin Lower
4 Roll Pinch Ent
5 Shaft Pinch Ent
6 Spring Pinch Ent
7 Roll Assy Pinch Exit
8 --
9 Sensor Assy
10 Bracket Sensor Exit
11 Roll Assy Drive Ent
12 Roll Assy Drive Exit
13 Shaft Assy Main Paddle
14 Bearing Sleeve
15 Bracket Assy Tension2
16 Drive Assy Trans (Transport Drive Assy) 068K64172
17 Spring Tension
18 Belt
19 Pulley T30
20 Bearing Powdered
22 Gear Z42 L
23 Sensor Assy Exit (with 9,10) (Compile Tray Exit Sensor) 068K67780
24 Cap Bearing
Parts List 14.8 Compile Tray
1 (with 2-18,26,27) 5
6
4
8 9 Rear Tamper
3 Home Sensor
2
3 (P8882)
2
10
Front Tamper
9
Home Sensor
11
11 Compile Tray
(P8881) 13 No Paper Sensor
16 ST9
(P8880)
ST9
ST9 14
16
ST9
17
12 15
18
ST9 27 ST9 SM17
18 26
SM1 ST9 SM11
SM1 SM1 (P8884)
SM1 (P8883)
19 (with 20,22) SM16
20
25
(P8886)
21 (P8887)
(with 25)
SM11
SM4
SM11
SM4 22 Front
s6700-139
Parts List 14.8 Compile Tray

1 Tray Assy Compile (with 2~18, 26, 27) 050K63700
2 Guide Paper Tray
3 Spring Guide Paper
4 Guide Tamper Front A4
5 Guide Tamper Rear A4
6 Spring Tamper Rear
7 Base Tamper Rear A4
8 Base Tamper Front A4
9 Sensor Photo (Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensor) 930W00111
10 Tray Compile
11 Guide Paper Paddle
12 Guide Harness Compile Center
13 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor Assy
14 Guide Paper Compile Center
15 Bracket Compile
16 Rack Tamper
17 Bracket Motor Tamper
18 Motor Assy Tamper 127K58040
19 Holder Assy Stapler A4 (with 20,22) 019K10370
20 Stapler Assy (with 21)
21 Holder Cartridge (with 25) 050K51250
22 Bracket Stapler Low
23 --
24 --
25 Cartridge Staple
26 Guide Paper Staple
27 Guide Paper End Front A4 Fin
Parts List 14.9 Stacker
1 (with 3-9,11-13,22,29) 15
13
12
29 15
E7
SM11 11 30
3 SM11
4
5 E6
E6
SM11
E6 9
8 14 24
E6
SM12
SM1 16
SM1
5
SM11 E6
6
(P8885)
7 24
(J8885)
25 (J8986)
26 (with 10,27,28)
ST9
Stacker No
Paper Sensor
10
Front
(P8872)
27 ST9
SM11 E6
17
28
18
17
22
21 SM12
23 SM12 SM12
E7
E7
19
SM12
SM11
SM11 SM12
SM11
20
SM12
20
SM12
s6700-140
Parts List 14.9 Stacker

1 Drive Assy Stacker (with 3-9,11-13, 22, 29) 068K64010
2 --
3 Pulley T60
4 Belt
5 Bearing Powdered
6 Bracket Assy Elev
7 Motor Assy Stacker
8 Shaft Assy Worm
9 Gear Z15 Z37
10 Sensor Photo (Stacker No Paper Sensor) 930W00111
11 Spring Doc
12 Gear Doc Clutch B
13 Pulley Doc Clutch B
14 Clamp Belt
15 Bearing Carriage
16 Carriage Assy
17 Bearing Powdered
18 Shaft Assy Stacker
19 Guide Tray
20 Rack A4
21 Pulley T18
22 Belt Stacker
23 Bracket Stud
24 Bearing Sleeve
25 Harness Assy MOT3 (J8885-J8986)
26 Sensor Assy No Paper (with 10, 27, 28) 068K64461
27 Bushing Saddle
28 Bracket Sensor No Paper
29 Washer Nylon
30 Bracket Clamp
Parts List 14.10 Finisher LVPS
1 (with 2,4,13)
SM11
SM11
13 Finisher
2 Front Door
Switch 14
SM13
SM13
4
(P8889)
15
14 14
14
16
16
19 16
18
SM11
(P591)
17
SM11
SM11
10
Front 18
SM11
(P590)
SM11
SM11 s6700-141
Parts List 14.10 Finisher LVPS

1 Bracket Assy Interlock (with 2,4,13) (Front Door 068K64620
Interlock Switch)
2 Bracket Interlock
3 --
4 Magnet
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 Clamp Locking
9 --
10 LVPS Assy 105K24210
11 --
12 --
13 Switch
14 Clamp Locking
15 Clamp Locking
16 Clamp Locking
17 Bracket EME
18 Gasket
19 Guide Edge
Parts List 14.11 Finisher Harnesses
*: Not used
(P8987)
(P8988) (P591)
(P8989)
(P8986)
[Ref PL14.4.12]
(P8983) [Ref PL14.10.10]
(P8984)
(P8982)
(P8980)
(P8990)
(P8373)* (P590)
(J8886)
(J591) (J8880) (J8881)
(J8882)
1
(J8980) (J8889)
5
(J8988)
(J8873)
2 (J8874)
(J8869)
(J8872)
(J8982) (J8871)
(J8870)
(J8887)
(J8884)
(J8883)
3
(J8989)
6
(CN4)
(J8983)
(J8879) 7
(P8877)
(J8876)
(J8990)
4 (J8878)
8
(J8984) (J590)
(AC Outlet)
s6700-142
Parts List 14.11 Finisher Harnesses

1 Harness Assy LVPS (J8980-J591) 962K73190
2 Harness Assy Intl SW (J8982-J8889)
3 Harness Assy Mot1 (J8983-J8887, P8891)
4 Harness Assy Mot2 (J8984-J8876, P8877, J8878,
J8879)
5 Harness Assy SNR1 (J8988-J8886, P8890)
6 Harness Assy SNR2 (J8989-J8869, J8870, J8871,
J8872, J8873, J8874)
7 Harness Assy IF (J8990-CN4) 962K73131
8 Power Cable (J590-AC Outlet) 962K73221
Xerox Supplies and Accessories
Toner Cartridges are available in metered or regional versions. Printers are shipped
from the factory with neutral cartridges that are set for metered use at power up or
adopt the region when the first non-neutral cartridge is installed. Two regional
variants, North America / Xerox Europe (NA/XE) and Developing Markets
Operations (DMO) are available.The table lists Toner Cartridge part numbers for
metered or regional versions. Neutral appears as the cartridge type until metered
toner is enabled or a regional (NA/XE or DMO) cartridge is inserted.
Note
Toner level in the cartridge is determined by auger turns and sensors. Toner
level is set to 100% when a new cartridge is installed. Toner Cartridge life (A/
A4 pages at 5% coverage) is 12K for CMY, 18K for K for hi-cap, 15K for CMY,
21K for K for metered, and 5K for CMY, 7.1K for K for standard and neutral.
Toner Cartridge Types
Region/Type Description Capacity
NA/XE/DMO Cyan Standard Capacity 5,000

Magenta Standard Capacity 5,000
Yellow Standard Capacity 5,000
Black Standard Capacity 7,100
Cyan High Capacity 12,000
Magenta High Capacity 12,000
Yellow High Capacity 12,000
Black High Capacity 18,000
Metered Cyan Metered 15,000
Magenta Metered 15,000
Yellow Metered 15,000
Black Metered 21,000
Note
Imaging Unit life is determined by number of prints, cycles (rotation time) and
pixel count (dispense time). Life is 50K pages with 4 page per job average and
< 15% coverage.
Waste Toner status is determined by a sensor for almost full and a page count
after that for full. Life should be about 25 K A/A4 pages at 5% coverage per
toner, 20% cumulative, to almost full and another 3600 pages to full.
The Maintenance Kit life is determined by page count. Life is 150K A/A4 pages
to a near end of life warning, approximately 180K A/A4 pages to end of life
error hard stop.
Routine Maintenance and Service Items
Fuser 110V 126K32220

Fuser 220V 126K32230
Black Imaging Unit 108R00974
Cyan Imaging Unit 108R00971
Magenta Imaging Unit 108R00972
Yellow Imaging Unit 108R00973
Standard Capacity Black Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R01506
Standard Capacity Cyan Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R01503
Standard Capacity Magenta Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R01504
Standard Capacity Yellow Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R01505
High Capacity Black Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R01510
High Capacity Cyan Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R01507
High Capacity Magenta Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R01508
High Capacity Yellow Toner Cartridge for NA/XE 106R01509
Standard Capacity Black Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R01514
Standard Capacity Cyan Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R01511
Standard Capacity Magenta Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R01512
Standard Capacity Yellow Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R01513
High Capacity Black Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R01526
High Capacity Cyan Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R01523
High Capacity Magenta Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R01524
High Capacity Yellow Toner Cartridge for DMO 106R01525
Metered Black Toner Cartridge 106R01522
Metered Cyan Toner Cartridge 106R01519
Metered Magenta Toner Cartridge 106R01520
Metered Yellow Toner Cartridge 106R01521
Waste Toner Cartridge 108R00975
Maintenance Kit (Transfer Belt and Transfer Roller) 604K73140
Staple Cartridge (3 cartridges of 5K staples) 008R12941
Power Cords
Power Cord, North America (NEMA 5-15), 125 V, 15A 117E29520

Power Cord, Cable Assy, EUR, 240 V 152S06413
Power Cord, Cable Assy, UK, 240 V 152S06414
Power Cord, Denmark, 230V 152S06415
Power Cord, Australia, 230V 117E29490
Power Cord, China, 220V 117E35030
Power Cord, Argentina, 220V 117E35040
Power Cord, Switzerland, 230V 152S06416
Options/Accessories
550-Sheet Feeder 097S04150

1100-Sheet Feeder 097S04151
Finisher, 1000-Sheet Stacker, Stapler 097S04152
2GB RAM DIMM 097S04396
Hard Drive Productivity Kit, 160GB 097S04179
Printer Stand 097S04245
Service Kits
Maintenance Kit - 604K73140
Customer-Replaceable Maintenance Kit
Item Procedure
Transfer Rollera “Transfer Roller” on page 8-11
Transfer Belt “Transfer Belt” on page 8-12
Separator Rollerb “Tray Feed and Separator Roller Kit” on page 8-6
Feed Rollers “Feed Roller” on page 8-9

a. Also available as an individually spared part (604K64970).
b. Also available as an individually spared part (604K65030).
Hardware Kit - 604K56670
Hardware Kit
Parts List
Size Quantity
Fastener Type Designator

Sheet metal screw, Silver M3 x 4mm SM1 2
M3 x 6mm SM2 2
Sheet metal screw, Silver, with flange M3 x 6mm SM11 2
M3 x 8mm SM12 2
E-Ring, 3 mm (1) D3 E1 2
D4 E2 2
USB Drive with Firmware - 237E25960
USB AltBoot Thumb Drive loaded with firmware. See “Firmware Restore Using
AltBoot” on page A-5.
Repack Kit- 695K28490
A repack kit is available to package and transport or ship the print engine.
World Kits
World Kits provide localized software and documentation.
World Kit
World Kit Type Part Number
110V World Kit 650K33090
220V World Kit 650K33100
Wiring
In this chapter...
• Printer Plug/Jack Designations
• Printer Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams
• Feeder Plug/Jack Designators
• Feeder Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams
• Finisher Plug/Jack Designators
• Finisher Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams
• Wiring Diagrams
• Printer Wiring
• Feeder Wiring
• Finisher Wiring
Chapter
10
Wiring
Printer Plug/Jack Designations
This chapter contains the plug/jack designators, locator diagrams, and wiring
diagrams. The Plug/Jack Locator diagrams show the P/J locations within the
printer. Use these illustrations to locate connections called out in the
troubleshooting procedures presented in Sections 3, 4, and 5.
1. Locate the P/J connector designator in the first column of the table.
2. With this information, go to the map listed in the second column.
3. Use the coordinates to locate the connection indicated on the map by its P/J
designation number.
4. The Remarks column provides a brief description of each connection.
Printer Plug/Jack Designators
P/J Map Coordinates Remarks

1 5 B-172 Connects MCU Board and Fuser Harness
2 5 C-172 Connects MCU Board and ESS Harness
3 5 C-174 Connects MCU Board and ROS/HV Harness
4 5 A-173 Connects MCU Board and DISP/FSR Harness
5 5 A-173 Connects MCU Board and LPP/MOT Harness
8 5 C-174 No Connection
9 5 B-173 Connects MCU Board and RH/MOT Harness
10 5 C-173 Connects MCU Board and Registration Harness
11 4 F-154 Connects IP Board and Hard Drive
11 5 C-172 Connects MCU Board and TN CRUM Harness
12 4 F-154 Connects IP Board and Hard Drive
12 5 D-173 Connects MCU Board and CRUM/DISP Harness
13 5 D-173 Connects MCU Board and ROS/HV Harness
15 5 C-173 Connects MCU Board and CRUM/DISP Harness
16 5 A-173 Connects MCU Board and ERASE/EXIT Harness
17 5 C-172 Connects MCU Board and ERASE/EXIT Harness
18 5 B-173 Connects MCU Board and LPP/MOT Harness
19 5 A-172 Connects MCU Board and DISP/FSR Harness
20 5 C-172 Connects MCU Board and EXIT Harness
21 5 C-173 Connects MCU Board and LPP/MOT Harness
22 5 D-173 Connects MCU Board and FIN Harness
23 5 A-173 Connects MCU Board and LV PWR Harness
24 5 B-173 Connects MCU Board and LVPS Harness
100 6 C-183 Connects Feed Drive Assy (Switching Clutch) and RH/
MOT Harness
101 2 H-125 Connects Registration Clutch and Registration
Harness
101 5 B-172 No Connection
102 2 H-125 Connects Feed Clutch and Registration Harness
Wiring
Printer Plug/Jack Designators (Continued)

103 2 H-125 Connects Take Away Clutch and Registration Harness
105 2 H-125 Connects Registration Sensor and Registration
Harness
106 1 H-108 Connects Procon Assy and ERASE/EXIT Harness
108 1 H-108 Connects Procon Assy and ERASE/EXIT Harness
110 2 H-125 Connects REGI Unit and Registration Harness
115 2 F-119 Connects Exit Drive Assy and Exit Harness
116 2 F-120 Connects Exit Clutch and Exit Harness
117 3 F-141 Connects RH COVER Harness and RH/MOT Harness
118 3 F-141 Connects Tray 1 Feed Solenoid and RH/MOT Harness
119 3 E-136 Connects Fuser Fan and Harness Assy RH COVER
120 3 F-141 Connects RH Cover and RH/MOT Harness
121 5 F-169 Connects Printer and Finisher
122 2 H-120 Connects Invert Solenoid and DISP/FSR Harness
151 5 H-167 Connects Laser Unit and Assy ROS/HV Harness
152 5 H-168 Connects Laser Unit and VIDEO Harness
153 5 H-167 Connects Laser Unit and ROS/HV Harness
173 4 D-154 Connects GFI Breaker and AC Harness
174 4 D-154 Connects GFI Breaker and AC Harness
175 4 D-155 Connects GFI Breaker and GFI EARTH
180 2 H-121 Connects Fuser and Fuser Harness
181 4 G-156 Connects LPP/MOT Harness and Feeder
200 6 D-183 Connects Switching Sensor (K) and RH/MOT Harness
201 6 I-183 Connects Color Switching Sensor and CRUM/DISP
Harness
203 2 F-124 Connects Registration Sensor and Registration SNR
Harness
204 1 D-105 Connects Y CRUM and TN CRUM Harness
205 1 E-105 Connects M CRUM and TN CRUM Harness
206 1 F-106 Connects C CRUM and TN CRUM Harness
207 1 G-106 Connects K CRUM and TN CRUM Harness
208 1 E-107 Connects Y CRUM and CRUM/DISP Harness
209 1 F-107 Connects M CRUM and CRUM/DISP Harness
210 1 G-107 Connects C CRUM and CRUM/DISP Harness
211 1 H-108 Connects K CRUM and CRUM/DISP Harness
212 1 F-108 Connects Front Interlock Switch and Exit Harness
213 1 G-109 Connects HUM Sensor and CTD/HUM Harness
214 5 F-170 Connects EEPROM Board and ROS/HV Harness
216 1 G-109 Connects Waste Toner Box Full Sensor and CTD/HUM
217 1 H-109 Connects Front ADC Sensor and CTD SNR Harness
218 1 I-109 Connects Rear ADC Sensor and CTD SNR Harness
219 2 D-125 Connects Size Switch and LPP/MOT Harness
220 2 F-124 Connects No Paper Sensor and NPP SNR Harness
Wiring
Printer Plug/Jack Designators (Continued)

221 2 G-125 Connects Low Paper Sensor and LPP/MOT Harness
222 2 G-125 Connects Low Paper 50% Sensor and LPP/MOT
Harness
224 2 D-122 Connects Full Stack Sensor and EXIT Harness
225 2 D-122 Connects Envelope Mode Sensor and EXIT Harness
226 3 E-140 Connects Tray 1 No Paper Sensor and RH COVER
Harness
228 1 I-108 Connects Erase Lamp K and ERASE/EXIT Harness
229 1 H-107 Connects Erase Lamp C and ERASE/EXIT Harness
230 1 G-107 Connects Erase Lamp M and ERASE/EXIT Harness
231 1 F-106 Connects Erase Lamp Y and ERASE/EXIT Harness
250 6 D-181 Connects Fuser Motor and DISP/FSR Harness
251 6 F-181 Connects Xero Drive Assy and DISP/FSR Harness
252 6 G-185 Connects Color Developer Motor and LPP/MOT
Harness
253 6 F-185 Connects Black Developer Motor and LPP/MOT
Harness
254 6 C-183 Connects Transfer Belt Motor and RH/MOT Harness
255 6 D-185 Connects Feed Drive Assy and RH/MOT Harness
256 6 E-181 Connects Toner Motor K and DISP/FSR Harness
257 6 F-181 Connects Toner Motor C and DISP/FSR Harness
258 6 G-182 Connects Toner Motor M and DISP/FSR Harness
259 6 H-182 Connects Toner Motor Y and CRUM/DISP Harness
260 6 G-185 Connects Developer Drive and LPP/MOT Harness
300 4 C-155 Connects LVPS and AC Harness
301 4 D-151 Connects LVPS and I/L RH Harness
302 4 C-151 Connects LVPS and I/L FRT Harness
303 4 C-151 Connects LVPS and ROS/HV Harness
304 4 B-154 Connects LVPS and Fuser Harness
305 4 C-151 Connects LVPS and LV PWR Harness
306 4 D-151 Connects LVPS and ESS PWR Harness
307 4 C-151 Connects LVPS and LPP/MOT Harness
308 4 D-151 Connects LVPS and LVPS Harness
309 4 D-151 Connects LVPS and LVPS Fan
311 4 C-155 Connects LVPS and FIN PWR Harness
315 4 C-151 Connects LVPS and LPP/MOT Harness
320 4 F-154 Connects IP Board and ESS Harness
321 4 F-154 Connects IP Board and ESS PWR Harness
327 4 F-154 Connects IP Board and Control Panel Harness
328 4 F-154 Connects IP Board and VIDEO Harness
331 4 J-155 Connects HVPS and ROS/HV Harness
332 4 J-153 Connects HVPS and Bias Housing Assy
370 1 D-106 Connects Control Panel and Control Panel Harness
Wiring
Printer Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams
Map 1 - CRU Detection
100 A B C D E F G H I J K L
101
204 205
102 206
207
370
103
104
231
230
105
229
106
208
107 209 228
108
210 108
212
109
211
110
111
218
112 213 106
216 217
113
114
s6700-338
Wiring
Map 2 - Fuser and Feeder
101
102 116
115
103 122
104
105
180
224
106
107 225
220
108
203
109 101
102
110 219
103
111
105
110
112
113
221 222
114
s6700-339
Wiring
Map 3 - Right Door
119
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112 226
120
113
118
117
114
s6700-340
Wiring
Map 4 - LVPS and IP Board
101
308
309
102 301 306
302 S301
101
307 401
103 301
315 406
302
104
603
105
305
303
106
107
332
304
108
173
174
109
311
300 331
110
111 602
175
112 404 903
702
701
801 902
113
181
114
s6700-341
Wiring
Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit
101
102
103
104
105
153
106
151
107
152
108
109
121
110 19 1 17 2 11 144
7
6 20
111 5 12
4 15
23 22
112 24 13
16 21
113 101* 9 29* 18 10 8* 3
* No Connection
114
s6700-342
Wiring
Map 6 - Drive
251 257
101 * (CN1) 258
256 259
102
250
* (CN1)
103
104
105 200
106
254
* (CN1) 201
107
100
108
109
110
255
111
* (CN1) 253
* (CN1) 260
* (CN1) 252
112 * (CN2)
113
* The CN1 and CN2 are printed on the board.
114
s6700-343
Wiring
Feeder Plug/Jack Designators
550-Sheet Feeder Plug/Jack Designators
550-Sheet Feeder Plug/Jack Designator

181 7 F-199 Connects OPT TOP Harness and LPP/MOT Harness
183 7 G-195 Connects OPT SW Harness and OPT TOP Harness
350 7 F-194 Connects Feeder Board and OPT TOP Harness
351 7 F-194 Connects Feeder Board and OPT SW Harness
352 7 F-195 Connects Feeder Board and OPT CL Harness
354 7 E-194 Connects Feeder Board and OPT CL Harness
355 7 E-194 Connects Feeder Board and OPT MOT Harness
356 7 F-194 No Connection
357 7 C-193 Connects Feed Motor and OPT MOT Harness
358 7 E-194 Connects Take Away Clutch and OPT CL Harness
359 7 E-194 Connects Feed Clutch and OPT CL Harness
360 7 J-200 Connects RH Cover Switch and OPT SW Harness
361 7 F-193 Connects OPT PATH Harness and OPT SW Harness
363 7 H-200 Connects Take Away Sensor and OPT PATH Harness
364 7 G-200 Connects No Paper Sensor and OPT PATH Harness
365 7 F-200 Connects Size Switch and LPP/MOT Harness
366 7 H-201 Connects Low Paper Sensor and OPT CL Harness
367 7 H-201 Connects Low Paper 50% Sensor and OPT CL Harness
Wiring

181 8 F-213 Connects OPT TOP Harness and LPP/MOT Harness
183 8 G-210 Connects OPT SW Harness and OPT TOP Harness
350 8 F-208 Connects Feeder Board and OPT TOP Harness
355 8 F-209 Connects Feeder Board and OPT MOT Harness
356 8 F-208 No Connection
357 8 C-208 Connects Feed Motor and OPT MOT Harness
358 8 E-209 Connects Take Away Clutch and OPT CL Harness
359 8 E-209 Connects Feed Clutch and OPT CL Harness
360 8 J-215 Connects RH Cover Switch and OPT SW Harness
361 8 F-208 Connects OPT PATH Harness and OPT SW Harness
363 8 H-215 Connects Take Away Sensor and OPT PATH Harness
364 8 G-215 Connects No Paper Sensor and OPT PATH Harness
365 8 F-225 Connects Size Switch and LPP/MOT Harness
366 7 H-201 Connects Low Paper Sensor and OPT CL Harness
367 7 H-201 Connects Low Paper 50% Sensor and OPT CL Harness
Wiring
Feeder Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams
Map 7 - 550-Sheet Feeder
361
101 351
350
102
356
103 353
352
104
357
*(CN1)
105 358 (Yellow)
354
359 (White) 355
183
106
181
107 364
363
360
108
109
110
111
112
365
113 366 (Black) 367 (White)
* The CN1 is printed on the board.
114
s6700-344
Wiring
Map 8 - 1100-Sheet Feeder
Note
The P/J layout of the HCF is common among the upper and lower sections.
101
361
351
350
102
356
103 353
352
104
357 358 183/
*(CN1) 359 181
354
105 355
106 365 181

364
363
366
107 367 360
108
109
110
111
112
113
* The CN1 is printed on the board.
114
s6700-345
Wiring
Finisher Plug/Jack Designators
Finisher Plug/Jack Designators

590 10 G-126 Connects LVPS and POWER Harness
591 10 G-123 Connects LVPS and LVPS Harness
8373 11 I-144 No Connection
8863 9 I-108 Connects Horizontal Transport Motor and HTU Harness
8864 9 B-108 Connects Top Cover Open Sensor and HTU Harness
8869 11 E-133 Connects Compile Exit Sensor and SNR2 Harness
8870 11 D-135 Connects Eject Clamp Home Sensor and SNR2 Harness
8871 11 D-135 Connects Set Clamp Home Sensor and SNR2 Harness
8872 11 E-136 Connects Stacker No Paper Sensor and SNR2 Harness
8873 11 E-135 Connects Stack Height Sensor1 and SNR2 Harness
8874 11 E-135 Connects Stack Height Sensor2 and SNR2 Harness
8876 11 D-133 Connects Sub Paddle Solenoid and MOT2 Harness
8877 11 C-134 Connects Set Clamp Clutch and MOT2 Harness
8878 11 D-136 Connects Eject Motor and MOT2 Harness
8879 11 C-135 Connects Transport Motor and MOT2 Harness
8880 10 E-122 Connects Compile Tray No Paper Sensor and COMP1 Harness
8881 10 D-122 Connects Front Tamper Home Sensor and COMP1 Harness
8882 10 G-121 Connects Rear Tamper Home Sensor and COMP1 Harness
8883 10 F-122 Connects Rear Tamper Motor and COMP2 Harness
8884 10 G-122 Connects Front Tamper Motor and COMP2 Harness
8885 11 E-137 Connects Stacker Motor and MOT3 Harness
8886 10 E-124 Connects Stapler and SNR1 Harness
8887 10 D-124 Connects Stapler and MOT1 Harness
8889 11 G-132 Connects Front Door Switch and I/L SW Harness
8890 10 H-122 Connects Compile Tray Harness and SNR1 Harness
8891 10 H-122 Connects Compile Tray Harness and MOT1 Harness
8980 11 H-143 Connects Main Board and LVPS Harness
8982 11 J-144 Connects Main Board and Interlock Switch Harness
8983 11 J-143 Connects Main Board and MOT1 Harness
8984 11 J-143 Connects Main Board and MOT2 Harness
8986 11 I-142 Connects Main Board and MOT3 Harness
8987 11 H-142 Connects Main Board and Horizontal Transport Harness
8988 11 I-142 Connects Main Board and SNR1 Harness
8989 11 I-142 Connects Main Board and SNR2 Harness
8990 11 H-144 Connects Main Board and Interface Harness
AC 11 A-141 Connects AC Power Cable and Printer
CN4 11 A-139 Connects Interface Harness and Printer
Wiring
Finisher Plug/Jack Locator Diagrams
Map 9 - Horizontal Transport
101
102
103
104
105 8863
106
107
108
8864
109
8987
110
111
112
113
114
s6700-346
Wiring
Map 10 - Compile Tray
101
102
103
104
8882
8883
105
8884
8881
8891
106
8890
8880
107
591
8887
108
8886
109 590
110
111
112
113
114
s6700-347
Wiring
Map 11 - Drive and Main Board
101 8869
8876 8889
102
8873
103
8874
8877
104 8879
8870
105
8871 8872
106 8878
107 8885
108
CN4
109
8988 8989
110 8987
8986
AC Outlet
111 (from Printer) 8983
8980 8984
112 8982
8990 8373
113
114
s6700-348
Wiring
Wiring Diagrams
Notations Used in the Wiring Diagrams
The following table lists the symbols used in the wiring diagrams.
Symbol Description
Denotes a Plug.
s6700-319
Denotes a Jack.
s6700-320
Denotes Pin yy and Jack yy of the connector

P/Jxx Pxx and Jxx.
YY
s6700-321
Denotes a Jumper Point (JPxxx/xxx). Each end

JPxxx of the Jumper connection has a numeric
designation.
s6700-322
Denotes the parts.

PL X.Y.Z implies the item “Z” of plate (PL) “X.Y”
Fuser
in Parts List.
PL X.Y.Z
s6700-323
Denotes functional parts attached with

functional parts name.
Heater
s6700-324
Denotes the control and its outline in the

Board.
Control
s6700-325
Denotes a connection between parts with

DEVE_A harness or wires, attached with signal name/
contents.
s6700-326
Denotes function, and logic value of the signal

to operate the function (Low: L, High: H). The
CLUTCH ON(L)+24V
given voltage is for signal in high status. The
s6700-327 arrow indicates the direction of signal.
Wiring
Symbol Description
Denotes function, and logic value of the signal
EXIT SENSED(L)+3.3VDC when the function operated (Low: L, High: H).
The given voltage is for signal in high status.
s6700-328
The arrow indicates the direction of signal.
Denotes a connection between wires.
s6700-329
Denotes a Clutch or Solenoid.
s6700-330
Denotes a Motor.
s6700-331
Denotes a Photo Sensor.
s6700-332
Denotes an LED.
s6700-333
Denotes a Safety Interlock Switch.
s6700-334
Denotes an On-Off Switch (single-pole, single-

throw switch).
s6700-335
Denotes an On-Off Switch (Temperature -

normally close).
s6700-336
Denotes an NPN Photo-transistor.
s6700-337
I/L +24 VDC Denotes DC voltage when the Interlock Switch

in MCU Board turns On.
+5 VDC Denotes DC voltage.
+3.3 VDC
SG Denotes signal ground.
AG Denotes analog ground.
RTN Denotes return.
Wiring
Printer Wiring
System Connections 1/2
LVPS GFI Breaker IP Board and Control Panel

LVPS P/J300 P/J173
PL10.2.2 PL10.1.15
LVPS Fan IP Board Control Panel
PL10.1.10 P/J309 PL10.1.6 P/J702 P/J602 PL1.1.1
P/J306 P/J404
Front Interlock Switch P/J302
P/J101 (HD Power)
P/J801
PL4.1.1
P/J311 Optional P/J401 (SATA)
Right Door Interlock Switch P/J301 Finisher P/J701
PL4.1.1
P/J307 P/J181 Optional Feeder
Front Cover Switch P/J212
PL1.2.3 P/J308 P/J315
Fuser and Exit P/J305

P/J152
Fuser Rear Cover
P/J180 P/J304 P/J303 P/J153
PL7.1.5 Interlock Switch Laser Unit P/J151
P/J180S PL5.2.1
MCU Board Laser Unit

P/J24 P/J3
Fuser Fan PL10.2.18
P/J119 P/J23 P/J2
PL4.1.8
P/J1
P/J10
Registration Clutch
P/J101 PL3.3.13 Tray 1 and 2
Envelope Mode Detection Sensor Feed Clutch Feeder
P/J225 P/J20 P/J102 PL3.2.2
PL7.2.1
Stack Full Sensor Take Away Clutch
P/J224 P/J103 PL3.3.13
PL7.2.1
Exit Clutch Registration Sensor
PL7.1.1 P/J116
P/J105 P/J203 PL3.3.22
Exit Inverter Clutch Tray 2 No Paper Sensor
PL7.1.1 P/J115 P/J110 P/J220 PL3.2.11
Exit Inverter Solenoid Low Paper Sensor

PL7.3.1 P/J122 P/J19 P/J18 P/J222
PL3.1.4
Dispense and Development Low Paper 50% Sensor
P/J221 PL3.1.4
Toner Motor (Y)
P/J259
PL6.1.9 Size Switch
P/J219 PL3.1.1
Toner Motor (M)
P/J258
PL6.1.9
P/J9 P/J117 P/J226 PL4.2.14
Toner Motor (C)
P/J257
PL6.1.9
P/J118 PL4.2.32
Toner Motor (K)
P/J256
PL6.1.9
Duplex Drive Clutch
Toner CRUM (Y) P/J120 PL4.3.9
P/J204 P/J11
PL6.1.10
Switching Clutch Drive
Toner CRUM (M) P/J100
PL9.1.4
PL6.1.10 P/J205
P/J200
Toner CRUM (C) PL9.2.4
P/J206
PL6.1.10
P/J201
Toner CRUM (K) PL9.2.4
PL6.1.10 P/J207
P/J5 P/J252
CMY Developer Drive P/J260
PL9.2.9
Imaging Unit CRUM (Y) P/J208 P/J12 P/J4A P/J251 Imaging Drum Drive
PL5.2.4 PL9.2.6
P/J4B P/J250 Fuser Drive Assembly
Imaging Unit CRUM (M) P/J209 PL9.1.1
PL5.2.4
P/J6 P/J253 K Imaging Unit Motor
Imaging Unit CRUM (C) Pl9.2.10
P/J210
PL5.2.4 P/J7A P/J254 Transfer Belt Drive
PL9.1.3
Imaging Unit CRUM (K) P/J211 P/J15 P/J7B P/J255 Feed Drive Assembly
PL5.2.4 PL9.1.4
s6700-301
Wiring
System Connections 2/2
LVPS P/J311
PL10.2.2
P/J307
MCU Board
PL10.2.18
Xerographic Feed Drive

Erase Lamp (Y) P/J21 P/J181 P/J350
P/J355 P/J357
PL12.3.2 Feeder Board
P/J231 P/J17
PL5.1.2 Take Away Clutch
P/J354 P/J358 PL12.4.5
Erase Lamp (M) P/J230 Feeder
PL5.1.2 P/J359 Feed Clutch
Board PL12.4.9
Erase Lamp (C) PL12.3.4
P/J229
P/J353 P/J360
Right Cover Switch
PL5.1.2 PL12.2.2
Erase Lamp (K) P/J228 Take Away Sensor
PL5.1.2 P/J361 P/J363
PL12.4.3
Rear ADC Sensor P/J364 No Paper Sensor

P/J218 P/J108 PL12.4.18
PL5.3.5
P/J365
Size Switch
PL12.2.12
Front ADC Sensor P/J217
PL5.3.5 P/J352 P/J366 Low Paper Sensor
PL12.4.18
Waste Toner Full Sensor P/J216 P/J106 P/J16
PL5.3.13 Low Paper 50% Sensor
P/J367 PL12.4.18
Environmental Sensor P/J213
PL5.3.15
DJ181
P/J350
P/J351
DJ181
P/J350
P/J351
DJ181
DP183
DP183
DP183
DP183
DP183
DP183
P/J351
EEPROM Board
Feeder Board
Feeder Board
Feeder Board
PL10.1.22 P/J144 P/J13
Finisher
PL12.3.4
PL13.4.5
PL13.4.5
HVPS P/J22 P/J121 CN4 P/J8990
Main
HVPS Board
P/J331 PL14.4.12 550 Feeder-2 1100 Feeder 1100 Feeder
Bias Transfer PL5.2.3
Assembly P/J332 Feeder Interconnection

P/Jxxxx
Finisher s6700-302
Wiring
Printer Wire Route List
The following table lists printer wire routing shown in the diagrams on the
following pages.
Wiring Diagram Description

LVPS Connects the LVPS and MCU Board.
Connects the GFI Breaker and LVPS.
Connects the LVPS Fan and LVPS.
Connects the HARNESS ASSY I/L RH and LVPS.
Connects the HARNESS ASSY I/L FRT and LVPS.
Connects the Front Cover Interlock and MCU Board.
Feeders Connects the Registration Clutch and MCU Board.
Connects the Feed Clutch and MCU Board.
Connects the Take Away Clutch and MCU Board.
Connects the Registration Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid and MCU Board.
Connects the Exit Inverter Clutch and MCU Board.
Connects the Low Paper Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the Low Paper Sensor (50%) and MCU.
Connects the Size Switch and MCU Board.
Drive Connects the CMY Developer Drive Assy and MCU Board.
Connects the CMY Developer Drive Assy and LVPS ASSY.
Connects the Imaging Drum Drive Assy and MCU Board.
Connects the Fuser Drive Assy and MCU Board.
Connects the K Developer Drive Assy and MCU Board.
Connects the Transfer Belt Drive Assy and MCU Board.
Connects the Feed Motor and MCU Board.
Connects the Switching Clutch and MCU Board.
Connects the Black Switching Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the Color Switching Sensor and MCU Board.
Laser Unit Connects the Laser Unit and MCU Board.
Xerographic Connects the Erase LED (Y) and MCU Board.
Connects the Erase LED (M) and MCU Board.
Connects the Erase LED (C) and MCU Board.
Connects the Erase LED (K) and MCU Board.
Connects the Rear ADC Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the Front ADC Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the Waste Box Full Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the Humidity Sensor and MCU Board.
Connects the EEPROM Board and MCU Board.
Wiring

HVPS Connects the HVPS and MCU Board.
Developer Connects the Toner Motor (Y) and MCU Board.
Connects the Toner Motor (M) and MCU Board.
Connects the Toner Motor (C) and MCU Board.
Connects the Toner Motor (K) and MCU Board.
Connects the Developer CRUM (Y) and MCU Board.
Connects the Developer CRUM (M) and MCU Board.
Connects the Developer CRUM (C) and MCU Board.
Connects the Developer CRUM (K) and MCU Board.
Connects the Toner Cartridge CRUM (Y) and MCU Board.
Connects the Toner Cartridge CRUM (M) and MCU Board.
Connects the Toner Cartridge CRUM (C) and MCU Board.
Connects the Toner Cartridge CRUM (K) and MCU Board.
Fuser and Exit Connects the Fuser Fan and MCU Board.
Connects the DRIVE ASSY EXIT and MCU Board.
Connects the CHUTE ASSY EXIT and MCU Board.
Connects the CHUTE ASSY INVERT and MCU Board.
Connects the Fuser and MCU Board.
Connects the Fuser and LVPS.
IP Board Connects the IP Board and MCU Board.
Connects the Control Panel and IP Board.
Connects the LVPS and IP Board
Wiring
LVPS
Right Cover Interlock Switch MCU Board

LVPS PL4.1.1
P/J301 PL10.2.18
PL10.2.2 I/L Side IN
1
I/L Side OUT

3
Front Cover Switch Exit Harness

PL1.2.3 P/J212 PL11.1.7 P/J20
FRONT_COVER_OPEN
2 11
SG
1 12
P/J302
I/L Front IN
1
Front Interlock Harness

3
I/L Front OUT PL1.2.1
Low Voltage Power Harness +24VDC
P/J305 PL11.1.2 P/J23

+24VDC_1
1 1
+24VDC_2
2 2
+24VDC_3
3 3
SG
4 4
SG
5 5
SG
6 6
LVPS Harness
P/J308 PL11.1.9 P/J24
+24V I/L ON
1 18
+5VDC_M
2 17
SG
3 16
+3.3VDC_M
4 15
SG
5 14
HEAT_1
6 13
HEAT_2
7 12
xDEEP_SLEEP
8 11
xLVFAN_STOP
9 10
xLVFAN_LOW
10 9
ALM_FAN_LV
11 8
ZERO CROSS
12 7
MAIN_POWER_ON
13 6
xMCU_PWR_OFF
14 5
RLY_24V
15 4
I/L FRT_OPEN
16 3
I/L RH_OPEN
17 2
HEAT_EN
18 1
LVPS Fan
P/J309 PL10.1.10
24V_LVFAN
1
ALM_LVFAN
2
RTN
3
AC Harness
P/J300 PL10.1.18
LINE J173
1
NC GFI Breaker J175
2
J174 PL10.1.15 T170
NEUTRAL
3
s6700-303
Wiring
LVPS Signals
LVPS Signal Names and Function
Signal Name Description
+24V I/L ON, +5VDC M, +3.3VDC M LVPS control signals

HEAT 1~3, HEAT EN
I/L FRT OPEN,
I/L RH OPEN
DEEP SLEEP
ZERO CROSS
MAIN POWER ON
MCU PWR OFF
RLY 24V
LVFAN STOP Fan control signals
LVFAN LOW
ALM FAN LV
Wiring
Tray 1 and 2 Feeder
MCU Board Registration Harness Registration Chute Assembly

PL10.2.18 P/J10 PL11.1.5 P/J101 PL3.3.1
24V_1
1 2 1 Registration Clutch
x REGI CLH
2 1 2 PL3.3.13
P/J102
24V_1
3 2 1 Feed Clutch
x CST FEED CLH
4 1 2 PL3.2.2
P/J103
24V_1
5 2 1 Take Away Clutch
x TA CLH
6 1 2 PL3.3.12
Registration Sensor Harness
+3.3VDC P/J105 P/J203
PL3.3.12
+3.3V
7 3 1 3 Registration
SG
8 2 2 2
x REGI SNR Sensor
9 1 3 1 PL3.3.22
No Paper Sensor Harness

P/J110 P/J220
+3.3V PL3.2.12
10
SG
3 1 3 Tray 2 No Paper
11 2 2 2
x CST NO PAPER SNR Sensor
12 1 3 1 PL3.2.11
Right Cover/Motor Harness
P/J9 PL11.2.3
+3.3VDC
1 N.C.
2 N.C.
3 N.C.
P/J117
Right Cover Harness P/J226
PL4.3.16
4 6 1 3
SG
Tray 1 No Paper
5 5 2 2
MSI_ NO PAPER_SNR Sensor
6 4 3 1
PL4.2.14
+24VDC P/J118
24V_1
10 2 1 Tray 1 Feed Solenoid
x MSI FEED SOL
11 1 2 PL4.2.32
P/J120
24V_1
12 2 1 Duplex Drive Clutch
x DUP CLH
13 1 2 PL4.3.9
Low Paper/Paper Size Harness
+3.3VDC P/J18 PL11.2.5 P/J222
+3.3V
1 3
2
SG
2
Low Paper Sensor
x CST LOW PAPER SNR2 PL3.1.4
3 1
P/J221
+3.3V
4 3
5
SG
2
Low Paper 50% Sensor
x CST LOW PAPER SNR1 PL3.1.4
6 1
P/J219
CST SIZE 0
7 4
CST SIZE 1
8 3 Size Switch
SG
9 2 PL3.1.1
CST SIZE 2
10 1
s6700-304
Wiring
Tray 1 and 2 Feeder Signals
Tray 1 and 2 Feeder Signal Names and Function
REGI CLH Registration Clutch On/Off signal

CST FEED CLH Tray 2 Feed Clutch On/Off signal
TA CLH Take Away Clutch On/Off signal
REGI SNR Registration Sensor media edge detect signal
CST NO PAPER SNR Tray 2 media detect signal
MSI NO PAPER SNR Tray 1 media detect signal
MSI FEED SOL Tray 1 Feed Solenoid On/Off signal
DUP CLH Exit Inverter Clutch On/Off signal
CST LOW PAPER SNR2 Tray 2 Low Paper detect signal
CST LOW PAPER SNR1 Tray 2 Low Paper detect signal at 50%
CST SIZE 0 Size Switch signals
CST SIZE 1
CST SIZE 2
Wiring
Drive
Low Paper/Motor Harness

MCU Board P/J5 P/J252
1
PL11.2.5 ALM DVYMC MOT 7
PL10.2.18 2 CLK DVYMC MOT 6
3 xSTART DVYMC MOT 5
4 NC 4 M CMY Developer
NC
5
6 H/xL DVYMC MOT
3
2
Drive
7 +5V RTN PL9.2.9
1
LVPS Low Paper/Motor Harness
PL10.2.2 P/J315 PL11.2.5 +24V DEVE MOT
P/J260
1 1
2 RTN 2
+24VDC P/J4A
Dispense/Fuser Harness P/J251
1 RTN PL11.2.6 10
2 +24V_2 9
3 RTN 8
4 +24V_2 7
5 SG 6 M Imaging Drum
xSTART XERO MOT
6
7 ALM XERO MOT
5
4
Drive
8 CLK XERO MOT 3 PL9.2.6
9 H/xL XERO MOT 2
10 BRAKE XERO MOT 1
P/J4B RTN P/J250
1 10
2 +24V_2 9
3 RTN 8
4 +24V_2 7
5 SG 6 M Fuser Drive
xSTART FSR MOT
6
7 ALM FSR MOT
5
4
Assembly
8 CLK FSR MOT 3 PL9.1.1
9 H/xL FSR MOT 2
10 BRAKE FSR MOT 1
P/J6 RTN P/J253
1 10
2 +24V_3 9
3 RTN 8
4 +24V_3 7
5 SG 6 M K Developer Drive
6 xSTART DVK MOT 5 PL9.2.10
7 ALM DVK MOT 4
8 CLK DVK MOT 3
9 H/xL DVK MOT 2
10 NC 1
RH/Motor Harness
+24VDC P/J7A PL11.2.3 RTN P/J254
1 11
2 +24V_2 10
3 RTN 9
4 +24V_2 8
5 SG 7
6 xSTART IBT MOT 6 M Transfer Belt Drive
ALM IBT MOT
7
CLK IBT MOT
5 PL9.1.3
8 4
9 H/xL IBT MOT 3
10 CW/xCCW IBT MOT 2
11 BRAKE IBT MOT 1
P/J7B P/J255 Feed Drive Assembly

1 RTN 11
+24V_2
2
RTN
10 PL9.1.4
3 9
4 +24V_2 8
5 SG 7
xSTART PH MOT
6
ALM PH MOT
6 M Feed Motor
7 5
8 CLK PH MOT
4
9 H/xL PH MOT 3
10 CW/xCCW PH MOT
2
11 BRAKE PH MOT
1
P/J9 P/J100
+24V_1 21
14
15 xSWITCHING CLH 12 Switching Clutch
+3.3VDC P/J200 Drive Sensor Assembly PL9.2.1
16 +3.3V 3
17 SG
SWITCHING SNR K
2 Black Switching Sensor
18 1
+3.3VDC CRUM/Dispense Harness PL11.2.4 +3.3V PL9.2.4
P/J15 P/J201
1 3
2 SG 2 Color Switching Sensor
3 SWITCHING SNR FC 1 PL9.2.4
s6700-305
Wiring
Drive Signals
Drive Signal Names and Function
ALM DVYMC MOT Developer (YMC) drive control signals

CLK DVYMC MOT
START DVYMC MOT
H/xL DVYMC MOT
START XERO MOT XERO MOTOR drive control signals
ALM XERO MOT
CLK XERO MOT
H/xL XERO MOT
BRAKE XERO MOT
START FSR MOT Fuser Motor drive control signals
ALM FSR MOT
CLK FSR MOT
H/xL FSR MOT
BRAKE FSR MOT
START DVK MOT Developer Motor (K) drive control signals
ALM DVK MOT
CLK DVK MOT
H/xL DVK MOT
START IBT MOT Transfer Belt Motor drive control signals
ALM IBT MOT
CLK IBT MOT
H/xL IBT MOT
CW/xCCW IBT MOT
BRAKE IBT MOT
START PH MOT Drive control signal of the PH MOTOR
ALM PH MOT
CLK PH MOT
H/xL PH MOT
CW/xCCW PH MOT
BRAKE PH MOT
SWITCHING CLH Color Mode Switching Clutch On/Off signal
SWITCHING SNR K Color Mode Switching Sensor K detect signal of the
Feed Motor
SWITCHING SNR FC Color Mode Switching Sensor Color mode detect signal
Wiring
Laser Unit
MCU Board Laser Unit

PL10.2.18 Laser Unit Harness PL5.2.1
P/J3
PL11.2.2 P/J151
+24VDC NC
1 20 P/J154
2
xRMOT_ON
19 1
+24V
5
Polygon
3
+24V_RTN
18 2
RTN
4
Motor
+24V_3 xRMOT_ON
4 17 3 3
MPA CLK LOCK
5 16 4 2
xSOS CLK
6 15 5 1
xLD ERR
+3.3VDC 7 14
xPCONT
8 13
+3.3V
9 12 P/J155
SG SG
10 11 1 3
Vref_K /SOS SOS Board
11 10 2 2
Vref_C +3.3V
12 9 3 1
Vref_M
13 8
Vref_Y
14 7
xLD ENB
15 6
SG
16 5
PDT_K
17 4
PDT_C
18 3
PDT_M
19 2
PDT_Y
20 1
IP Board
PL10.1.6 Video Harness
P/J701
PL11.1.4 P/J152
ROS_LOOP1
1 11
VID_Y_P
2 10
VID_Y_N
3 9
VID_M_P
4 8
VID_M_N
5 7
SG
6 6
VID_C_P
7 5
VID_C_N
8 4
VID_K_P
9 3
VID_K_N
10 2
SG
11 1
Rear Interlock Switch *1

LVPS
PL10.2.2 P/J303 P/J153
I/L_+5V
1 1
GND
2 2
Laser Unit Harness
*1: Laser Safety Switch
PL11.2.2
s6700-306
Wiring
Laser Unit Signals
Laser Unit Signal Names and Function

RMOT ON Polygon motor drive control signal
MPA CLK
SOS Reference signal for scan start
Vref K, C, M, Y Emission control signal of the laser diode
LD ERR Laser diode error signal
PCONT Power control signal of the laser diode
PDT K, C, M, Y Laser Unit video signals
ROS_LOOP1
VID K, C, M, Y P/N Laser Unit video signals
SG Signal Ground
Wiring
Xerographic
MCU Board Erase Lamp Assembly

PL10.2.18 Erase/Exit Harness PL5.1.2
+3.3VDC P/J17 PL11.2.1 P/J231
xERASE Y
1 2
2
+3.3V
1
Erase Lamp (Y)
P/J230
xERASE M
3 2
4
+3.3V
1
Erase Lamp (M)
P/J229
xERASE C
5 2
6
+3.3V
1
Erase Lamp (C)
P/J228
xERASE K
7 2
8
+3.3V
1
Erase Lamp (K)
Procon Assembly
PL5.3.1
+5VDC
P/J108 ADC Sensor Harness P/J218
+5V PL5.3.4
9 10 1 5
ADC_MOB_VOUT
10 9 2 4
11
GLED
8 3 3
Rear ADC Sensor
12
ADC_MOB_VMON
7 4 2
PL5.3.5
SG
13 6 5 1
P/J217
+5V
14 5 6 5
MOB VOUT
15 4 7 4
16
GLED
3 8 3
Front ADC Sensor
17
MOB VMON
2 9 2
PL5.3.5
SG
18 1 10 1
Environmental/Waste
Erase/Exit Harness Sensor Harness
P/J16 PL11.2.1 P/J106 P/J216
SG PL5.3.2
4 7 4 3 Waste Toner Cartridge
WASTE_BOX_FULL_SNR
5 6 5 2
6
+5V
5 6 1
Full Sensor
PL5.3.13
P/J213
TEMP
7 4 7 4
8
SG
3 8 3
Temperature/Humidity
HUMI
9 2 9 2 Sensor (Sensor Hum)
+5V
10 1 10 1 PL5.3.15
Laser Unit Harness

P/J13 PL11.2.2 P/J144
+3.3VDC
XPRO_DATA
1 4
XPRO_CLK
2
+3.3V
3 EEPROM Board
3 2 PL10.1.22
SG
4 1
s6700-307
Wiring
Xerographic Signals
Xerographic Signal Names and Function
ERASE Y Yellow erase LED On/Off signal

ERASE M Mageneta erase LED On/Off signal
ERASE C Cyan erase LED On/Off signal
ERASE K Black erase LED On/Off signal
ADC MOB VOUT Rear ADC Sensor density data
GLED Rear ADC Sensor remote signal of the LED
ADC MOB VMON Rear ADC Sensor control signal
MOB VOUT Front ADC Sensor density data
GLED Front ADC Sensor remote signal of the LED
MOB VMON Front ADC Sensor control signal
WASTE BOX FULL SNR Waste Box Full Sensor detect signal
TEMP Humidity Sensor temperature data (Analog)
HUMI Humidity Sensor humidity data (Analog)
XPRO DATA EEPROM Board control signals
XPRO CLK
Wiring
HVPS
MCU Board HVPS Board Bias Transfer Roller Housing Assembly

PL10.2.18 Laser Unit Harness PL5.2.3 PL5.2.6
PL11.2.2
P/J13 P/J331
+24VDC IMONI_TR2M T590912 W/A BUR (J332)
5 12
6
DA_LD
11
T195 T590952 W/A 1st BTR CK
DA_CLK
+3.0V REF 7 10
DA_DI
8 9
9
DA_DO
8
T195 T590952 W/A 1st BTR CK
+3.0V REF
10 7
11
SG
6
T191 T590951 W/A 1st BTR YM
CLK_3(TR2_M)
12 5
CLK_2(DBAC) T191 T590951 W/A 1st BTR YM
13 4
CLK_3(T101Y)
14 3
+24V 3 F
15 2
RTN
16 1
Transfer Roller
T198
Backup Roller
BCR
1st BTR
K Developer
T194
T194
T190
Y Imaging Unit
T190
Transfer Belt s6700-308
Wiring
HVPS Signals
HVPS Signal Names and Function

IMONI TR2M HVPS control signals
DA LD
DA CLK
DA DI
DA DO
CLK 3(TR2_M)
CLK 2(DBAC)
CLK 3(T101Y)
Wiring
Dispense and Development
MCU Board CRUM/Dispense Harness Toner Motor Assembly

P/J15 P/J259 PL6.1.9
PL10.2.18 PL11.2.4 TMOT Y A
4 5
+24VDC 5 TMOT Y B
4
+24V_1 Toner Motor (Y)
6 3 M
7 TMOT Y xA 2
8 TMOT Y xB
1
Dispense/Fuser Harness
P/J19 PL11.2.6 P/J258
1 TMOT M A
5
+24VDC TMOT M B
2 4
+24V_3_F Toner Motor (M)
3 3 M
4 TMOT M xA 2
5 TMOT M xB
1
P/J257
6 TMOT C A
5
7 TMOT C B
4
+24V_3_F Toner Motor (C)
8 3 M
9 TMOT C xA 2
10 TMOT C xB
1
P/J256
11 TMOT K A
5
12 TMOT K B
4
+24V_3_F Toner Motor (K)
13 3 M
14 TMOT K xA 2
15 TMOT K xB
1
CRUM/Dispense Harness CRUM Connector PL5.2.4

+2.5VDC P/J12 PL11.2.4 P/J208
1 SG
4
2 CLK_XERO_CRUM_Y
3
3 +2.5
2
Imaging Unit CRUM (Y)
4 DATA_XERO_CRUM_Y 1
P/J209
5 SG
4
6 CLK_XERO_CRUM_M
3
7 +2.5
2
Imaging Unit CRUM (M)
8 DATA_XERO_CRUM_M 1
P/J210
9 SG
4
10 CLK_XERO_CRUM_C
3
11 +2.5
2
Imaging Unit CRUM (C)
12 DATA_XERO_CRUM_C 1
P/J211
13 SG
4
14 CLK_XERO_CRUM_K
3
15 +2.5
2
Imaging Unit CRUM (K)
16 DATA_XERO_CRUM_K 1
Toner CRUM Harness CRUM Connector PL6.1.10

+2.5VDC P/J11 PL11.1.1 P/J204
1 SG
4
2 CLK_TN_CRUM_Y
3
3 +2.5
2
Toner CRUM (Y)
4 DATA_TN_CRUM_Y 1
P/J205
5 SG
4
6 CLK_TN_CRUM_M
3
7 +2.5
2
Toner CRUM (M)
8 DATA_TN_CRUM_M 1
P/J206
9 SG
4
10 CLK_TN_CRUM_C
3
11 +2.5
2
Toner CRUM (C)
12 DATA_TN_CRUM_C 1
P/J207
13 SG
4
14 CLK_TN_CRUM_K
3
15 +2.5
2
Toner CRUM (K)
16 DATA_TN_CRUM_K 1
s6700-309
Wiring
Dispense and Development Signals
Developer Signal Names and Function

TMOT Y A Yellow Toner Motor control signals
TMOT Y B
TMOT Y xA
TMOT Y xB
TMOT M A Magenta Toner Motor control signals
TMOT MB
TMOT M xA
TMOT M xB
TMOT C A Cyan Toner Motor control signals
TMOT C B
TMOT C xA
TMOT C xB
TMOT K A Black Toner Motor control signals
TMOT K B
TMOT K xA
TMOT K xB
CLK XERO CRUM Y Yellow Developer detection signals
DATA XERO CRUM Y
CLK XERO CRUM M Magenta Developer detection signals
DATA XERO CRUM M
CLK XERO CRUM C Cyan Developer detection signals
DATA XERO CRUM_C
CLK XERO CRUM K Black Developer detection signals
DATA XERO CRUM K
CLK TN CRUM Y Yellow Toner Cartridge detection signals
DATA TN CRUM Y
CLK TN CRUM M Magenta Toner Cartridge detection signals
DATA TN CRUM M
CLK TN CRUM C Cyan Toner Cartridge detection signals
DATA TN CRUM C
CLK TN CRUM K Black Toner Cartridge detection signals
DATA TN CRUM K
Wiring
Fuser and Exit
MCU Board RH/Motor Harness Right Cover Harness Fuser Fan

PL10.2.18 P/J9 PL11.2.3 P/J117 PL4.3.16 P/J119 PL4.1.8
FAN_FUSER
7 3 4 3 1
ALM_FAN_FUSER
8 2 5 2 2
RTN
9 1 6 1 3
Inverter Chute
Dispense/Fuser Harness
P/J122 PL7.3.1
+24VDC
P/J19 PL11.2.6 +24V_3_F 2 1
16
xEXIT_SOL Inverter Solenoid
17 1 2
+3.3VDC
Exit Harness Exit Chute
P/J20 PL11.1.7 P/J225 PL7.2.1
+3.3V
1 1 3
SG
2 2 2 Envelope Mode Sensor
3 ENVE_MODE_SNR 3 1
P/J224
+3.3V
4 1 3
SG
5 2 2 Stack Full Sensor
6 FULL_STACK_SNR 3 1
+24VDC
Exit Drive Assembly
P/J116 PL7.1.1
+24V_1 2 1
7
8
xEXIT_CLH
1 2
Exit Clutch
P/J115
+24V_1 2 1
9
10
xEXIT_INV_CLH
1 2
Fuser
Fuser Harness PL7.1.5
P/J1 PL7.1.4 P/J180-S P/J123
SG
1 13 1 3 1
2
FSR_TEMP_VD
12 2 2 2
Non-Contact
3
FSR_TEMP_VC 11 3 1 3 Sensor
+3.3VDC
P/J232
4 +3.3V 10 4 3
SG
5
xFSR_EXIT SNR
9 5 2 Exit Sensor
6 8 6 1
P/J233
xFSR_CRUM_DATA
7 7 7 4
FSR_CRUM_CL
8 6 8 3
9
+3.3V
5 9 2
Fuser CRUM
SG
10 4 10 1
P/J125
FSR_STS
11 3 11 2 1
12
SG
2 12 1 2
STS
LVPS Fuser Harness

PL10.2.2 P/J304 PL7.1.4
P/J180 J400
MAIN_HEATER
1 1 1 Main Heater
J401
SUB_HEATER
2 2 2 Sub Heater
J402
LINE
3 3 3 Thermostat
s6700-310
Wiring
Fuser and Exit Signals
Fuser and Exit Signal Names and Function
FAN FUSER Fuser Fan control signals

ALM FAN FUSER
EXIT SOL Exit Solenoid On/Off signal
ENVE MODE SNR Envelope Mode Sensor detect signal
FULL STACK SNR Full Stack Sensor detect signal
EXIT CLH Exit Clutch On/Off signal
EXIT INV CLH Exit Inv Clutch On/Off signal
FSR TEMP VD Fuser temperature data (Analog)
FSR TEMP VC
FSR EXIT SNR Exit Sensor media detect signal
FSR CRUM DATA Fuser CRUM control signals
FSR CRUM CL
FSR STS Fuser heat roll surface temperature data (Analog)
Wiring
IP Board and Control Panel
IP Board IP Board Harness MCU Board

PL10.1.6 P/J801 PL11.1.10 P/J2 PL10.2.18
20 LOOP1
1
19 xUNE SYNC
2
18 SG
3
17 xPAGE SYNC Y
4
xPAGE SYNC M
16 5
xPAGE SYNC C
15 6
xPAGE SYNC K
14 7
SG
13 8
xTEST PRINT
12 9
RESERVE
11 10
COMMAND 11
10
9 STATUS 12
8 SG 13
7 xDEEP SLEEP 14
6 IOT PWR STS 15
5 SG 16
4 xMCU PWR OFF 17
3 MAIN POWER ON 18
2 xRESET 19
1 LOOP2(SG) 20
+5VDC
P/J404 IP Board Power Harness P/J306
+3.3VDC
PL11.1.3
LVPS
GND PL10.2.2
1 1
GND +5VDC
2 2
DC+5V_C +3.3VDC
3 3
DC+3.3V_C
4 4
DC+3.3V_C
5 5
Control Panel Harness
P/J702 PL1.1.2 P/J602
1
LCD_DATA_3_P
1 Control Panel
LCD_DATA_3_N PL1.1.1
2 2
LCD_SERDES_CLK7XREF_P
3 3
LCD_SERDES_CLK7XREF_N
4 4
LCD_DATA_2_P
5 5
LCD_DATA_2_N
6 6
LCD_DATA_1_P
7 7
LCD_DATA_1_N
8 8
LCD_DATA_0_P
9 9
LCD_DATA_0_N
10 10
SG
11 11
UI_COMMAND
12 12
+3.3VDC SG
13 13
UI_STATUS
14 14
SG
15 15
UI_RESET
16 16
SG
17 17
3.3V
18 18
SG
19 19
3.3V
20 20
P/J101 HD Power
12VDC
1
SG
2
SG
3
5VDC
4
P/J401 HD SATA SG
1
DP_SATA_TXC_P
2
DP_SATA_TXC_N
3
SG
4
DP_SATA_RXC_P
5
DP_SATA_RXC_N
6
SG
7
s6700-311
Wiring
IP Board and Control Panel Signals
IP Board and Control Panel Signal Names and Function
Signal name Description
UNE SYNC Signal for data

PAGE SYNC Y Registration position signal of each of image
PAGE SYNC M
PAGE SYNC C
PAGE SYNC K
TEST PRINT Test Print control signal
COMMAND IP Board command signal
STATUS MCU Board Status signal
DEEP SLEEP Deep Sleep control signal
LCD_DATA LCD video signals
LCD_SERDES Panel clock
SG Signal ground
3.3V Panel power
UI_COMMAND Panel control signals
UI_STATUS
UI_RESET
Wiring
Feeder Wiring
Feeder Wire Route List
The following describes the legend of the wiring diagrams between parts shown on
the following pages.
Feeder Wire Route List

Option Feeders Connects the Feeder Board and MCU Board.
Connects the Feeder Board and LVPS.
Connects the Feed Motor and Feeder Board.
Connects the Take Away Clutch and Feeder Board.
Connects the Feed Clutch and Feeder Board.
Connects the RH Cover Switch and Feeder Board.
Connects the Paper Path Sensor and Feeder Board.
Connects the No Paper Sensor and Feeder Board.
Connects the Size Switch and Feeder Board.
Connects the Low Paper Sensor and Feeder Board.
Connects the Low Paper Sensor (50%) and Feeder Board.
Wiring
Feeder Board
Feeder Board Top Harness LPP/Motor Harness LVPS

PL11.2.5 PL10.2.2
PL12.3.4 +24VDC P/J350 PL12.3.11 DJ181 P/J307 +24VDC
14 1 14 RTN 1
13 2 13 RTN 2
12 3 12 +24V 3
11 4 11 +24V 4
+24V
10 5 10 5
+24V 6
9 6 9
RTN
8 7 8 7
7 8 7 RTN 8
+3.3VDC
TXD_OPFDR
P/J21 +3.3VDC MCU Board
5 10 5 1
4 11 4 RXD_OPFDR 2
PL10.2.18
3 12 3 TRY SN 3
2 13 2 +3.3V 4
SG
1 14 1 5
Motor Harness Feeder Drive

+24VDC P/J355 PL12.3.5 P/J357
1 RTN 9 PL12.3.2
2 +24V 8
3 RTN 7
+24V
4
5 SG
6
5 M
Feed
xSTART OPT MOT
6
ALM_OPT_MOT
4 Motor
7 3
8 CLK OPT MOT
2
9 H/xL OPT MOT
1
+24VDC Clutch Harness
P/J354 P/J358
1 PL12.3.12 24V 21 Take Away Clutch
2 x OPT_TA_CLH 12
PL12.4.5
P/J359
24V
3
x OPT_FEED_CLH
21 Feed Clutch
4 12
PL12.4.9
Switch Harness
P/J353 PL12.3.11 P/J360
OPT_RH_COVER_SW
1
SG
2 Right Cover Switch
2 1
PL12.2.2
+3.3VDC P/J361 P/J363
3 SG 61 3
Take Away
OPT_PATH SNR
4
5 +3.3V
52
43
2
1
Sensor
PL12.4.3
+3.3V
P/J364
6 34 3
7 SG 25 2 No Paper
8 OPT NO PAPER SNR 16 1
Sensor
P/J365 PL12.4.18
9 OPT_CST_SIZE0
4
OPT_CST_SIZE1
10
SG
3 Size Switch
11 2
12 OPT_CST_SIZE2
1 PL12.2.12
+3.3VDC Clutch Harness
+24VDC P/J352 P/J366
PL12.3.12 +3.3V
1 3
2 SG 2 Low Paper Sensor 1
3 xOPT_LOW PAPER SNR2 1 PL12.2.10
+3.3V
P/J367
4 3
5 SG 2 Low Paper Sensor 2
6 xOPT_LOW PAPER SNR1 1 PL12.2.10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 P/J351
TRY SN2
Switch Harness
+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RXD
TXD
SG
PL12.3.11
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DP183
DP183 550 Feeder
s6700-312
Wiring
Feeder Interconnection
DJ181
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 DJ181
TRY SN2
+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RXD
TXD
SG
PL12.3.1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J350
Feeder Board Other wiring is the same as "550-Feeder."

PL12.3.4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 P/J351

TRY SN2
+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RXD
TXD
SG
PL12.3.11
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DP183
DP183 550 Feeder-2
DJ181
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 DJ181
TRY SN2

+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RXD
TXD
SG
PL13.4.1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J350
Feeder Board Other wiring is the same as "550-Feeder."

PL12.3.4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 P/J351

TRY SN2
+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RXD
TXD
SG
PL13.4.7
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DP183
DP183
DJ181
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 DJ181
TRY SN2

+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RXD
TXD
SG
PL13.4.1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J350
Feeder Board
PL12.3.4 Other wiring is the same as "550-Feeder."
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 P/J351
TRY SN2

+3.3V
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RXD
TXD
SG
PL13.4.7
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DP183
DP183 HCF (1100 Feeder)
s6700-313
Wiring
Feeder Signals
Optional Feeder Signal Names and Function

TXD OPFDR Optional Feeder Board control signals
RXD OPFDR
TRY SN
START OPT MOT Feed Motor control signals
ALM OPT MOT
CLK OPT MOT
H/L OPT MOT
TAKE AWAY CLUTCH Take Away Clutch On/Off signal
CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT Feed Clutch On/Off signal
OPT NO PAPER SNR No Paper Sensor detect signal
OPT CST SIZE 0 Size Switch On/Off signals. See “Media Size Detection”
OPT CST SIZE 1 on page 2-22.
OPT CST SIZE 2
OPT LOW PAPER SNR2 Option Tray Low Paper detect signal
OPT LOW PAPER SNR1 Option Tray Low Paper detect signal at 50%
Wiring
Finisher Wiring
Finisher Connections
Finisher
Main Board
PL14.4.12
Communication and Power Stacker
Printer Stacker No Paper Sensor
MCU Board P/J 8872
PL14.9.10
PL10.2.18
P/J22 P/J121 CN4 P/J8990 P/J 8870 Eject Clamp Home Sensor
PL14.4.3
P/J 8871 Set Clamp Home Sensor

PL14.4.3
LVPS
PL14.10.10 P/J 8873 Stacker Height Sensor 1
P/J590 P/J591 P/J8980 PL14.4.3
P/J 8874 Stacker Height Sensor 2

Front Door Switch PL14.4.3
P/J8889 P/J8982
PL14.10.3
P/J 8876 Solenoid
PL14.6.20
Transport and Compile Tray Clutch
P/J 8877
Horiz. Transport Open Sensor P/J8864 P/J8987 PL14.5.25
PL14.2.36
P/J 8878 Eject Motor
Horizontal Transport Motor PL14.5.6
P/J8863
PL14.2.16
P/J 8986 Stacker Motor
Compile Exit Sensor P/J8869 P/J8989 PL14.9.7
PL14.7.9
Feed Drive P/J 8879 P/J8984
PL14.7.16 Stapler
Compile Tray No Paper Sensor P/J8880 P/J8988 Stapler
PL14.8.13 PL14.8.20
Front Tamper Home Sensor P/J 8886
PL14.8.9 P/J8881
P/J 8887
Rear Tamper Home Sensor
PL14.8.9 P/J8882
Rear Tamper Motor

PL14.8.18 P/J8883 P/J8983
Front Tamper Motor

PL14.8.18 P/J 8884
s6700-314
Wiring
Finisher Wire Route List
Finisher Wire Route List

LVPS Connects the Printer and Main Board.
Connects the LVPS ASSY and Main Board.
Connects the SWITCH and Main Board.
Transport Connects the HTU-HXPORT OPEN SENSOR and Main Board.
Connects the Horizontal Transport Motor and Main Board.
Connects the Compile Exit Sensor and Main Board.
Connects the DRIVE ASSY TRANS and Main Board.
Connects the Compile Tray No Paper Sensor and Main Board.
Connects the Front Tamper Home Sensor and Main Board.
Connects the Rear Tamper Home Sensor and Main Board.
Connects the Rear Tamper Motor and Main Board.
Connects the Front Tamper Motor and Main Board.
Stacker Connects the Stacker No Paper Sensor and Main Board.
Connects the Eject Clamp Home Sensor and Main Board.
Connects the Set Clamp Home Sensor and Main Board.
Connects the Stacker Height Sensor1 and Main Board.
Connects the Stacker Height Sensor2 and Main Board.
Connects the SOLENOID ASSY and Main Board.
Connects the CLUTCH Z34 and Main Board.
Connects the Eject Motor and Main Board.
Connects the Stacker Motor and Main Board.
Stapler Connects the STAPLER ASSY and Main Board.
Wiring
Communication and Power
Printer Finisher Main Board

MCU Board PL14.4.12
PL10.2.18
Finisher Harness Finisher IF Harness
PL11.1.8 PL14.11.7
PJ22 PJ121 CN4 P/J8990
xDETECT_FIN IOT DETECT
1 1 1 1
xEXIT_SNR_FIN IOT EXIT
2 2 2 2
LVSQ_FIN PS ENB
3 3 3 3
xDETECT COMMANDER NC
4 6 6 4
TxD_FIN CMD
5 9 9 5
RxD_FIN STA
6 10 10 6
SG SG
7 11 11 6
RLY 24V NC
8 12 12
Finisher Power Harness LVPS

PL10.1.14 PL10.2.2
P/J311
OUT_LINE
1
NC
2
OUT_NUTRAL
3
T171
Finisher Power Cable LVPS Finisher LVPS Harness

PL14.11.8 PL14.10.10 PL14.11.1
J590 P/J591 P/J8980
L +24V PS
1 1 1
NC SG
2 2 2
N PS_ENB
3 3 3
SG
4 4
Front Door Switch Finisher Interlock Switch Harness

PL14.10.13 PL14.11.2
P/J8889 P/J8982
+24V PS
1 1
FIN FRONT DOOR SW
2 2
s6700-315
Wiring
Communication and Power Signals
Finisher Communication and Power Signal Names and Function

xDETECT_FIN Communication signals between MCU Board and main
xEXIT_SNR_FIN Board.
LVSQ_FIN
xDETECT
COMMANDER
TxD FIN
RxD FIN
PS_ENB LVPS control signal
FIN FRONT DOOR SW Front Door Open Switch signal
Wiring
Transport and Compile Tray
Finisher
Main Board Horizontal Transport Harness
PL14.4.12 PL14.2.40
+5VDC
P/J8987 P/J8864
1
SG
3 Horizontal Transport
2
HTU OPEN SNR
2 Open Sensor
VCC PL14.2.36
3 1
P/J8863
XPORT MOT A
11 6
XPORT MOT /A
M Horizontal Transport
12 2
XPORT MOT B
13
XPORT MOT /B
5 Motor
14 1 PL14.2.16
Finisher Sensor Harness 2
+5VDC P/J8989 PL14.11.6 P/J8869
SG
10B 3
COMP EXIT SNR
2
Compile Exit Sensor
11B
VCC PL14.7.9
12B 1
Finisher Motor Harness 2

P/J8984 PL14.11.4 P/J8879
TRANSPORT MOT B
9 4
TRANSPORT MOT /A
M Transport Drive
10 5
TRANSPORT MOT /B
11 1 PL14.7.16
TRANSPORT MOT A
12 2
Finisher Sensor Harness 1 Comp Harness 1

+5VDC PL14.11.5 PL14.8.23
P/J8988 P/J8890 P/J8880
SG
1
COM NO PAPER SNR
9 1 3 Compile Tray
2 8 2 2
VCC No Paper Sensor
3 7 3 1
PL14.8.13
P/J8881
SG
4
F TAMPER HOME SNR
6 4 3 Front Tamper
5 5 5 2
VCC Home Sensor
6 4 6 1
PL14.8.9
P/J8882
SG
7
R TAMPER HOME SNR
3 7 3 Rear Tamper
8 2 8 2
VCC Home Sensor
9 1 9 1
PL14.8.9
Finisher Motor Harness 1 Comp Harness 2
PL14.11.4 PL14.8.24
P/J8983 P/J8891 P/J8883
R TAMPER A
5 10 1 6 1
SOL 24V
6
R TAMPER /A
9 2 5 2 Rear Tamper Motor
7 8 3 4 3 M PL14.8.18
R TAMPER B
8 7 4 3 4
R TAMPER /B
9 6 5 1 6
P/J8884
F TAMPER A
10 5 6 6 1
SOL 24V
11
F TAMPER /A
4 7 5 2 Front Tamper Motor
12 3 8 4 3 M PL14.8.18
F TAMPER B
13 2 9 3 4
F TAMPER /B
14 1 10 1 6
s6700-316
Wiring
Transport and Compile Tray Signals
Transport and Compile Tray Signal Names and Function

HTU OPEN SNR Horizontal Transport Interlock detection signal
XPORT MOT A Horizontal Transport Motor control signals
XPORT MOT /A
XPORT MOT B
XPORT MOT /B
COMP EXIT SNR Compile Exit Sensor media detection signal
TRANSPORT MOT A Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY TRANS.
TRANSPORT MOT /A
TRANSPORT MOT B
TRANSPORT MOT /B
COM NO PAPER SNR Compile Tray No Paper Sensor detection signal
F TAMPER HOME SNR Front Tamper Home Sensor home position signal
R TAMPER HOME SNR Rear Tamper Home Sensor home position signal
R TAMPER A Rear Tamper motor control signals.
R TAMPER /A
R TAMPER B
R TAMPER /B
F TAMPER A Front Tamper motor control signals
F TAMPER /A
F TAMPER B
F TAMPER /B
Wiring
Stacker
Finisher Main Board

PL13.4.12 Finisher Sensor Harness 2
+5VDC PL14.11.6
P/J8989 P/J8872
SG
4A 3
STACK NO PAPER SNR Stacker No Paper Sensor
5A 2
VCC
PL14.9.10
6A 1
P/J8870
SG
10A 3
EJECT CLAMP HOME SNR Eject Clamp Home Sensor
11A 2
VCC
PL14.4.3
12A 1
P/J8871
SG
1B 3
SET CLAMP HOME SNR Set Clamp Home Sensor
2B 2
VCC
PL14.4.3
3B 1
P/J8873
SG
4B 3
STACK HEIGHT SNR1 Stacker Height Sensor 1
5B 2
VCC
PL14.4.3
6B 1
P/J8874
SG
7B 3
STACK HEIGHT SNR2 Stacker Height Sensor2
8B 2
VCC
PL14.4.3
9B 1
+24VDC
P/J8984 PL14.11.4 P/J8876
SOL 24V
1 1 Solenoid
SUB PAD SOL
2 2 PL14.6.20
P/J8877
SOL 24V
3 2 1 Clutch
SET CLAMP CLUTCH
4 1 2 PL14.5.25
P/J8878
EJECT MOT B
5 1
EJECT MOT /B
6 3 Eject Motor
EJECT MOT A M PL14.5.6
7 4
EJECT MOT /A
8 6

P/J8986 PL14.9.25 P/J8878
STACKER MOT A
1 1
STACKER MOT / A
2 2 Stacker Motor
STACKER MOT B M PL14.9.7
3 5
STACKER MOT / B
4 6
s6700-317
Wiring
Stacker Signals
Stacker Signal Names and Function

STACK NO PAPER SNR Stacker No Paper Sensor detection signal
EJECT CLAMP HOME Eject Clamp Home Sensor home position detection
SNR signal
SET CLAMP HOME SNR Set Clamp Home Sensor home position detection
signal
STACK HEIGHT SNR1 Stacker Height Sensor1 detection signal
STACK HEIGHT SNR2 Stacker Height Sensor2 detection signal
SUB PAD SOL Sub Paddle Solenoid On/Off control signal
SET CLAMP CLUTCH Set Clamp Clutch On/Off control signal
EJECT MOT A Eject Motor control signals
EJECT MOT /A
EJECT MOT B
EJECT MOT /B
STACKER MOT A Stacker Motor control signals
STACKER MOT /A
STACKER MOT B
STACKER MOT /B
Wiring
Stapler
Finisher Stapler
Main Board PL14.8.20
PL14.4.12 Finisher Motor Harness 1
PL14.11.3
P/J8983 P/J8887
STAPLE CW(+)
1 1
STAPLE CW(+)
2 2
STAPLE CCW(-) M Staple Motor
3 3
STAPLE CCW(-)
4 4
Finisher Sensor Harness 1 Staple

PL14.11.5 Home
P/J8988 P/J8886
10
VCC
5
Sensor
STAPLE HOME SNR
11 4 Self
SELF PRIMING SNR
12 3 Priming
LOW STAPLE SNR
13 2 Sensor
SG
14 1
Low
Staple
Sensor
s6700-318
Stapler Signals
Stapler Signal Names and Function
Signal name Description

STAPLE CW(+) Staple Motor control signals
STAPLE CCW(-)
STAPLE HOME SNR Staple Home Sensor home position detection signal
LOW STAPLE SNR Low Staple Sensor detection signal.
Reference
In this chapter...
• Media Guidelines
• Firmware Update
• Service Diagnostics Summary
• NVM Parametric Values
• Obtaining Serial Back Channel Traces
• Mode Select Port
• CRU End of Life Behavior
• Acronyms and Abbreviations
Appendix
A
Reference
Media Guidelines
Print media is paper, transparencies, labels, envelopes, coated paper and several
other types. The printer prints on a variety of print media. Selecting the
appropriate print media for the printer helps avoid printing problems. This section
describes how to select, store, and load print media.
For the best results in color, a 75 g/m2 (20 lb.) xerographic, long grain paper is
recommended. For the best results in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb.)
xerographic, long grain paper.
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package,
and load the paper accordingly.
Paper Characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and printer reliability. Use
these guidelines when evaluating the customer’s paper stock.
Weight
The trays automatically feed paper weights from 60 to 220 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb.
bond) grain long. Paper lighter than 60 g/m2 (16 lb.) might not feed properly, and
could cause paper jams. For best performance, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb. bond) grain
long paper.
Curl
Curl is the tendency of media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can cause
feeding problems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes through the printer,
where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper unwrapped in humid
conditions, even in the paper tray, can contribute to curling prior to printing and
cause feeding problems.
Smoothness
The degree of surface smoothness directly affects print quality. If the paper is too
rough, the toner does not fuse to the paper properly, resulting in poor print quality.
If the paper is too smooth, it can cause feeding problems. Smoothness between
150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print quality.
Moisture Content
The amount of moisture in the paper affects both print quality and the ability of
the printer to feed the paper properly. Paper should remain in its original
packaging until loaded. This limits the exposure of the paper to moisture changes
that can degrade its performance.
A-2 Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
Reference
Grain Direction
Grain refers to the alignment of paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either
long, running the length of the paper, or short, running the width of the paper. For
60 to 135 g/m2 (16 to 36 lb. bond) paper, long grain fibers are recommended. For
papers heavier than 135 g/m2 (36 lb. bond), short grain is preferred.
Fiber Content
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100% chemically pulped wood.
Paper containing fibers such as cotton possess characteristics that can result in
degraded paper handling.
Recommended Paper
Refer to the Phaser 6700 Recommended Media List (RML) for media approved for
use in this product. Print the Paper Tips page for information about supported
media types and general guidelines for media handling.
Unacceptable Paper
The following paper types are not recommended:
• Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper, also
known as carbonless papers, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon
required (NCR) paper
• Preprinted papers with chemicals affected by Fuser temperatures

• Preprinted forms that require registration (the print location on the page)
greater than ±0.09 in., such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms. In
some cases, the application can adjust registration to successfully print on
these forms.
• Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, thermal papers
• Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers or curled papers
• Recycled papers containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that do not
meet DIN 19 309
• Multiple-part forms or documents
• Perforated or pre-cut label paper
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only A-3
Reference
Firmware Update
Note
When performing an upgrade, clone customer configuration settings before
upgrading the firmware.
Cloning Printer Configuration with CWIS
Cloning stores system configuration data in a .dlm file. The .dlm file is used to
duplicate one system’s configuration onto another printer or restore configuration
data after a service procedure. All printers sharing a clone file must have the same
software version. Select all default information when creating the clone file.
To create a clone file:
1. In a web browser, enter the printer IP address.
2. In the upper right corner, click login.
3. From the top menu, click Properties.
4. Under the Configuration Overview > Cloning page, click View,
5. Verify all boxes on the Cloning page are checked.
6. Click the Clone button.
7. A progress bar is displayed on the bottom of the page.
8. Right-click the Cloning.dlm link to save the file to appropriate location.
Firmware Update Using CWIS
Note
Download the correct firmware file from the Xerox support web site.
1. Enter the printer’s IP address in your browser’s address box.

2. From the top menu, click the Properties button.
3. From the Properties menu on the left, expand General Setup.
4. Under Machine Software, select Manual Upgrade.
5. Click the Browse button to locate the .dlm file.
6. Click the Open button.
7. Click the Install Software button to download the firmware to the printer.
12. A progress bar appears on the bottom of the web browser.
13. A File has been submitted window appears on screen.
14. The Control Panel displays the Software Upgrade screen to indicate
subsystem update progress.
15. When the firmware update process is complete, the printer will reboot.
Reference
Firmware Restore Using AltBoot
AltBoot restores system firmware. Use this procedure when the printer has
corrupted software, hangs during power up or continually reboots. AltBoot resets
system configuration to its default values. Restore customer settings after the
system returns to Ready To Print.
Caution
Do not attempt AltBoot restoration on printers equipped with a Hard Drive
using data encryption without first consulting with the Customer on the need
to temporarily disable data encryption to preserve Hard Drive data. Data
encryption stores the decryption key on the SD Card. During AltBoot, the
decryption key is overwritten on the SD Card.
If printer function prevents decryption of Hard Drive data, loss of the

decryption key following an AltBoot renders all Hard Drive data inaccessible.
Replace the SD Card and Hard Drive to restore printer functionality.
Caution
Do not reboot or turn Off the printer during the restore process. The printer
automatically reboots when the process is complete.
To prepare the USB thumb drive for an AltBoot restore, create an ALTBOOT folder,
in the root directory. The folder name must be all uppercase. Next, using Notepad
or similar utility, create a zero-length file in the ALTBOOT folder called
FORCED_UPGRADE with no extension. Again, this file must reside in the ALTBOOT
folder and be named exactly as shown. Finally, copy the latest firmware file (*.dlm)
to the ALTBOOT folder.
1. Turn the printer Off.
2. Insert the prepared USB thumb drive in the USB Port on the printer’s rear
panel.
3. Turn the printer On. The printer reads the USB port and begins the restore
process.
a. The splash screen displays the ENERGY STAR logo while the printer reads
the thumb drive.
b. The restore process begins with Check Firmware Version being displayed.
c. Next, the Software Upgrade screen is displayed. Depending on the system
configuration (Trays, Finisher) the process can require approximately 20
minutes. The Software Upgrade screen changes to reflect the current
subsystem being restored.
d. After the firmware update process is complete, the AltBoot Complete
screen is displayed instructing you to remove the USB thumb drive.
4. Remove the USB thumb drive from the printer’s USB Port.
5. Wait for the printer to reboot and print a software upgrade report and
Configuration page indicating the process is complete.
Reference
Service Diagnostics Summary
The Services Diagnostics menu provides access to these diagnostic routines.
Service Diagnostic Routines
Test Control Panel Display Test Description

General Info Lists key system and network information
■ Product Code
■ Serial Number
■ Total Images
■ IPv4 Address
■ IPv6 Address
■ System Software Version
Service Info Provides information required during the servicing of the system.
dc104 Usage ■ Serial Number Provides usage counts for the
Counters ■ Color Impressions listed items.
■ Black Impressions
■ Total Impressions
■ Maintenance Impressions
■ Black Maintenance
Impressions
■ Color Maintenance
Impressions
■ Sheets (total)
■ 2-sided Sheets
dc108 ■ System Software Version Provides software version
Software ■ SW Upgrade information for installed
Version ■ NC (Network Controller) modules.
■ NC OS
■ LUI
■ Marking Engine
■ Finisher (if installed)
■ Option Trays (if installed)
dc122 Fault Chain Link Lists the last 60 faults.
History Description
Date & Time
dc135 CRU/ Name of CRU Provides access to each CRU/
HFSI % Remaining HFSI and displays remaining life
Reset HFSI information. Non-CRUM life
counters can be reset:
Maintenance Kit
■ Transfer Belt
■ Transfer Roller
■ Feed Rollers
dc612 Print Test Pattern List. Each print: Provides test patterns for the
Test Pattern ■ Number of Copies (1 - 99) service provider to use while
■ Source Tray troubleshooting print-quality
■ Print Mode (simplex/duplex) problems.
Reference
Service Diagnostic Routines (Continued)

Diagnostics Provides access to specific component controls and test patterns.
dc140 Component Name Provides the ability to monitor
Analog Status analog inputs for diagnostic
Monitor Range troubleshooting.
Value
dc330 Chain-Link, I/O, Description Test listed components.
Component Chain (of target component)
Control
dc711 ■ Exit Roller Tests the operation of multiple
Roller Tests ■ Duplex Roller transport components
■ Registration Roller operating together.
■ Tray 2 ~ 6 Feed Rollers
■ Tray 2 ~ 6 Take Away Rollers
dc741 Tray 2 ~ 6 Paper Size Switch Test Monitors Size Switch outputs
Paper Size SW0, SW1, SW2.
Switch
Adjustments Used modify or change a NVM parameter.
dc131 NVM Enter NVM ID, then Read Review and modify parameters
Read/Write NVM ID, Description, Value, stored in NVM. Refer to “NVM
Default Parametric Values” on page A-9.
Edit value, then Write.
dc 301 NVM Domain: Controller, Engine, Allows the user to reset to
Initialization Finisher factory defaults all applicable
NVM Data: Usr, System. All NVM within a specified domain.
dc361 NVM Location Saves or restores NVM
Save and Serial Number parameters to their previous
Restore Date values following replacement of
Platform the SD Card, IP Board EEPROM
or MCU Board EEPROM.
dc701 Fuser Standard, Photo Calibrates Fusing temperature
Temp Setup Select media type to match engine speed and
Adjust +/- 6 and Write to NVM. media type.
dc909 Select media type Adjust the Transfer Roller bias
Calibrate for Adjust +/- 6 and Write to NVM. voltage to compensate for thick
Paper Type or specialty media.
dc960 Standard Altitude Adjust the Transfer Roller bias
Altitude Medium Altitude voltage to compensate for
Adjustment High Altitude locations where the altitude
Write exceeds 1500 meters.
Reference
Service Diagnostic Routines (Continued)

Maintenance Provides maintenance routines, CRU/HFSI usage and Fault logs.
dc122 Fault Chain Link Provides the most recent (last
History Description 60) Faults including:
Date & Time Chain Link
Description
Last Occurrence
dc135 CRU/ Type Provides access to each CRU/
HFSI Status Name HFSI and displays remaining
and Reset % Remaining life. Non-CRUM items counters
Reset HFSI can be reset:
Maintenance Kit
■ Transfer Belt
■ Transfer Roller
■ Feed Rollers
dc137 Disable Enables or disables PagePack

PagePack Enable feature.
PagePack Pass code
Call Closeout Provides the ability to exit Diagnostics and clear specific counters.
Call Closeout Reset Counters Exits the Service Diagnostics
Exit Only menu.
Exit and Reboot
Reference
NVM Parametric Values

The table below lists several characteristics of system NVM parameters. Use dc131
to adjust NVM parameters as directed by a service procedure or observed system
behavior.
Caution
Adjustments to NVM parameters not listed is not recommend and could
significantly impact the functionality of the printer.
Note
Enter the NVM ID as two numbers in the two numeric input fields of the
dc131 NVM Read/Write screen. As an example, enter NVM ID 742-006 as 742
in one field and 6 in the other. Omit leading zeros.
Initialize
NVM ID Component Description Default Range Units Notes Y/N
742-006 Lead Registration User Correction Value 0 -15~15 4 lines Up/ Down Margin Adjust N
One step = 4 lines
Max Adjustment = ±2.5mm
742-500 Feed Counter T1 0 NA PV Counter N
742-504 Feed Counter T2 0 NA PV Counter N
742-508 Duplex Feed Counter 0 NA PV Counter N
742-512 Frequency of Exit Jam 0 NA Counter N
742-516 M/C PV Counter (FC) 0 NA PV Counter N
742-520 M/C PV Counter (Total) 0 NA PV Counter N
742-524 JAM History (1:After JAM occurrence) 0 0~1 Counter N
742-525 Side Reg Adj Value Side 1 T1 0 -32~32 4 dots Side to Side Margin Adjust N
One step = 4 Dots
Max Adjustment = ±5.5mm
742-537 OHP SNR SW 0 0~1 On/Off Not used on 6700 N
742-538 Full Stack SNR SW 1 0~1 On/Off N
742-539 Regi Loop T1 Media1 Full speed 0 -50~50 1ms Regi Loop N
742-540 Regi Loop T1 Media1 1/2 speed 0 -50~50 1ms Regi Loop N
Reference
Initialize
742-548 Regi Loop Tray2 Media1 Full speed 0 -50~50 1ms Regi Loop N
742-549 Regi Loop Tray2 Media1 1/2 speed 0 -50~50 1ms Regi Loop N
742-557 Regi Loop Tray3 - 6 Media1 Full speed 0 -50~50 1ms Regi Loop N
742-558 Regi Loop Tray3 - 6 Media1 1/2 speed 0 -50~50 1ms Regi Loop N
742-566 Regi Loop Dup Media1 Full speed 0 -50~50 1ms Regi Loop N
742-567 Regi Loop Dup Media1 1/2 speed 0 -50~50 1ms Regi Loop N
742-575 Low Paper Sw 1 0~1 On/Off N
742-578 T3 Feed PV Counter 0 NA PV Counter N
Reference
Initialize
746-002 ROS LD Fixed Value Y 106 0~255 LD Power Y
746-003 ROS LD Fixed Value M 106 0~255 LD Power Y
746-004 ROS LD Fixed Value C 106 0~255 LD Power Y
746-005 ROS LD Fixed Value K 114 0~255 LD Power Y
746-015 2BTR Counter Reset (0:No 1:Yes (Default) 1 0~1 Count Y
746-059 1st BTR Fixed Current Full speed YMC 141 0~255 uA Y
746-060 1st BTR Fixed Current Full speed K 151 0~255 uA Y
746-061 1st BTR Fixed Current Full speed single K 151 0~255 uA Y
746-062 1st BTR Fixed Current 1/2 speed YMC 72 0~255 uA Y
746-063 1st BTR Fixed Current 1/2 speed K 85 0~255 uA Y
746-064 1st BTR Fixed Current 1/2 speed single K 85 0~255 uA Y
746-065 1st BTR Fixed Current 1/3 speed YMC 53 0~255 uA Y
746-066 1st BTR Fixed Current 1/3 speed K 68 0~255 uA Y
746-067 1st BTR Fixed Current 1/3 speed single K 68 0~255 uA Y
746-508 High Alt Mode 0 0~8 0 = No correction Y
746-509 High Alt Mode 01 8 V 500m Y
746-510 High Alt Mode 02 16 V 1000m Y
746-511 High Alt Mode 03 23 V 1500m Y
746-512 High Alt Mode 04 31 V "2000m (Medium Altitude) Y
746-513 High Alt Mode 05 39 V 2500m Y
746-514 High Alt Mode 06 47 V "3000m (High Altitude) Y
746-515 High Alt Mode 07 55 V 3500m Y
746-516 High Alt Mode 08 62 V 4000m Y
746-517 2BTR Offset Adj Plain-L 0 -6~6 V Not used N
746-518 2BTR Offset Adj Plain-H 0 -6~6 V Plain Paper N
746-519 2BTR Offset Adj Thicker 0 -6~6 V "Heavyweight,Letterhead N
746-520 2BTR Offset Adj Recycled 0 -6~6 V Recycled Paper N
746-521 2BTR Offset Adj Heavier L 0 -6~6 V Cardstock N
746-522 2BTR Offset Adj Heavier H 0 -6~6 V Heavyweight Cardstock N
746-523 2BTR Offset Adj Label-L 0 -6~6 V Not used N
746-524 2BTR Offset Adj Label-H 0 -6~6 V Labels N
746-525 2BTR Offset Adj OHP 0 -6~6 V Transparency N
746-526 2BTR Offset Adj Envelope 0 -6~6 V Envelopes N
746-527 2BTR Offset Adj Postcard 0 -6~6 V Not used N
746-528 2BTR Offset Adj Coated-L 0 -6~6 V Not used N
746-529 2BTR Offset Adj Coated-M 0 -6~6 V Glossy Cardstock N
746-530 2BTR Offset Adj Coated-H 0 -6~6 V "Heavy Glossy Cardstock N
746-531 2BTR Offset Adj Custom-1 0 -6~6 V Custom 1 N
Reference
Initialize
746-535 Approx Media Selection - 2BTR Custom1 0 0~13 V N
746-538 2BTR High Alt Adj Mode 01 0 -15~15 0~500m Y
746-539 2BTR High Alt Adj Mode 02 0 -15~15 501~1000m Y
746-540 2BTR High Alt Adj Mode 03 -1 -15~15 1001~1500m Y
752-824 Skew K1 Y 16 0~255 Y
752-825 Skew K1 Y 16 0~255 Y
752-826 Skew K1 M 16 0~255 Y
752-827 Skew K1 M 16 0~255 Y
752-828 Skew K1 C 16 0~255 Y
752-829 Skew K1 C 16 0~255 Y
752-830 Skew K1 K 16 0~255 Y
752-831 Skew K1 K 16 0~255 Y
752-832 Skew K2 Y 8 0~255 Y
752-833 Skew K2 Y 8 0~255 Y
752-834 Skew K2 M 8 0~255 Y
752-835 Skew K2 M 8 0~255 Y
752-836 Skew K2 C 8 0~255 Y
752-837 Skew K2 C 8 0~255 Y
752-838 Skew K2 K 8 0~255 Y
752-839 Skew K2 K 8 0~255 Y
Reference
Obtaining Serial Back Channel Traces
In rare cases the printer may exhibit unusual behavior that is difficult to
troubleshoot. In such cases, if feasible, it can be useful to obtain a back channel
trace from the printer’s Serial Debug Port. The back channel trace, lists step-by-
step what the printer is doing during the boot up phase up to the point that an
error occurs or the printer enters the ready to print state. The trace may offer clues
to help troubleshoot the problem. If the printer is experiencing erratic, intermittent
or other problems that defy the normal troubleshooting procedures outlined in
this manual you may be requested by engineering to capture a back channel trace
for analysis.
Required equipment:
• Computer with a serial port
• Serial Cable, part number: 600T80374
• Level Adaptor, part number: 600T80375
To obtain a trace:
1. Turn Off the printer.
2. Connect the Serial Cable and Level Adaptor, then connect the Serial Cable to
your PC. Serial port settings are COM1, 115200 Bits per second, 8 Data bits, no
Parity, 1 stop bit, and Xon/ Xoff Flow control.
3. Connect the Level Adaptor to the Serial Port (J903 on the IP Board), accessible
from the Rear Panel, with adapter’s THIS SIDE UP label facing out from the
printer’s Rear Panel.
TH
SID IS
E
UP
s7500-510
4. Start up a terminal program such as in Window’s HyperTerminal (usually

located in Programs -> Accessories -> Communications -> HyperTerminal).
Verify the serial port settings are correct.
5. Turn On the printer.
6. The trace should appear in the terminal window. Examine the trace to
troubleshoot the problem. Save the trace as a file, if necessary.
Note
If your PC has a Windows 7 operating system, HyperTerminal is not preloaded.
An alternative software is TeraTerm 2.3
Reference
Mode Select Port
The Mode Select Port (J602 on the IP Board), accessible from the Rear Panel, is a 6-
pin header used to place the printer in different operational modes or reset the IP
Board.
These modes are set by connecting one or more pins to ground. The six pins are
arranged in numeric order with Pin 1 at the top of the connector. Pins 1 and 6 are
tied to a common ground with the Rear Panel. Pins 2 through 5, when grounded,
set the printer to the mode indicated in the following table.
Caution
To reset the IP Board, momentarily short pins 5 and 6, then immediately re-
open the connection. Shorting pins 5 and 6 for more than a few seconds could
damage the IP Board.
Mode Select Port Settings
Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6
Printer Reset GND X GND

Customer GND X GND
• Reset is a hardware reset of the Image Processor Board resulting in a system

reboot.
• Customer Mode is the normal mode for printing. The Serial Debug Port is
receiving PostScript back channel information.
Reference
CRU End of Life Behavior
The printer is equipped with CRUMs that read and write data into MCU and IP
Board NVRAM. CRUMs reside within Toner Cartridges, Imaging Units and Fuser.
The toner CRUM identifies the type of Toner Cartridge (Standard, Meter or High
Capacity). The CRUMs contain an OTP part to record new or used cartridge.
Rotation count, pixel count and page count are stored in the Toner Cartridge
CRUM.
Customer Replaceable Unit Life Behavior
Control New Life data

Panel CRU Count Life data also
Message detect Low Hard Stop Reset to 0 stored in stored
Toner Low / Out CRUM 80% Yes /by New Toner MCU CRUM
Cartridge ADC SNR estimated controllera Cartridge Board
pages NVRAM
remaining
Imaging Low / Out CRUM 80% Yes (120%) / New MCU CRUM
Unit by controller Imaging Board
(pages) Unit NVRAM
Transfer No No 80% 133% / On Control MCU -
Belt controller stop Panel Board
(pages) NVRAM
Fuser No CRUM 80% 125% / New Fuser MCU CRUM
(pages) controller stop Board
NVRAM
Transfer Yes No 80% 133%/ On Control MCU -
Roller controller stop Panel Board
NVRAM
Waste Yes No 90% by Controller New MCU -
Toner Waste stops cartridge Board
Cartridge Toner considering (and some NVRAM
Sensor remaining pages
pagesb at end printed)
of life
Pick No No No No None None -
Roller
Stapler Out No No New None -
Cartridge cartridge
a. Able to continue printing B/W if CMY are empty
b. Max pixels and pages are 17,302.92 x 106 pixels (1200 x 1200 dpi) or 3,600 pages
Reference
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Acronym Description
A3 Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69 inches) x 420 millimeters

(16.54 inches).
A4 Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 inches) x 297 millimeters (11.69
inches).
A5 Paper size 148 millimeters (5.82 inches) x 210 millimeters (2.10
inches).
AC Alternating Current is type of current available at power source
for the printer.
ADC Automatic Density Control
AMPV Average Monthly Print Volume
APC Auto Power Control
ASSY Assembly
ATM Adobe Type Manager
BCR Bias Charge Roller
BOOTP Boot Parameter Protocol
BTR Bias Transfer Roller
CCD Charge Coupled Device (Photoelectric Converter)
CCW Counter-Clock Wise
CMYK Toner colors for the printer:
Y=yellow, C=cyan, M=magenta, K=black
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit
CRUM Customer Replaceable Unit Meter/Memory
CST Cassette
dB Decibel
DC Direct Current
DDNS Dynamic Domain Name System
DDR2 DIMM Double Data Rate Dual In-Line Memory Module
DEV Developer
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DPI Dots Per Inch
DRV Drive
DUP Duplex
Duplex 2-sided printing
EA Emulsion Aggregation (Toner)
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
Reference
Acronym Description
ESD Electrostatic Discharge. A transfer of charge between bodies at

different electrostactic potential.
ESS Image process controller
FCC Federal Communications Commission
FDR Feeder
FPOT First Print Output Time
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
GB Giga Byte
GDI Graphics Device Interface
GND Ground
HARN Harness
HCF High-Capacity Feeder
HDD Hard Disk Drive
HUM Humidity
HV High Voltage
HVPS High-Voltage Power Supply
Hz Hertz (cycles per second)
IDT Intermediate Drum Transfer
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
I/F Interface
IIT Image Input Terminal - ADF, Scanner
IOT Image Output Terminal - the printer
IP Image Processor
KB Kilo Byte
LAN Local Area Network
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LD Laser Diode
LED Light Emitting Diode
LEF Long-Edge Feed
LPD Line Printer Daemon
LPR Line Printer Remote
LTR Letter Size Paper (8.5 x 11 inches)
LVPS Low-Voltage Power Supply
MB Mega Byte
MCU Machine Control Unit (Engine Control Board)
MHz Mega Hertz
MIB Management Information Base
Reference
Acronym Description
MM Millimeters
MOT Motor
MPT Multi-Purpose Tray
NCS Non-Contact Sensor
NVM Non-Volatile Memory
NVRAM Non-Volatile Random Access Memory
OHP Overhead Paper (Transparency)
OPT Optional
OS Operating System
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PCL Printer Command Language
PDL Page Description Language
P/J Plug Jack (electrical connections)
PJL Printer Job Language
PL Parts List
POP3 Post Office Protocol version 3
PPD PostScript Printer Description
PPM Pages Per Minute
PWBA Printed Wiring Board Assembly
RAM Random Access Memory
RH Relative Humidity
RMS Root Mean Square Voltage
ROM Read-Only Memory
ROS Raster Output Scanner - Laser Unit
SEF Short-Edge Feed
SMB Server Message Block
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SNR Sensor
SOL Solenoid
SOS Start of Scan
TDC Toner Density Control
TNR Toner
UI User Interface
USB Universal Serial Bus
WINS Wireless Integrated Network Sensor
Index
right door
removal, 8-223
Right Side Door Open Switch
part number, 9-71
Right Side Door Switch
testing, 4-57
sensor locations, 2-28
Size Switch
Numerics part number, 9-71
testing, 4-55
1100-Sheet Feeder take away clutch
Casters testing, 4-59
part number, 9-67 Take Away Sensor
removal, 8-217 part number, 9-75
Feed and Seperator Roller testing, 4-53
part number, 9-75 Turn Chute
Feed Clutch part number, 9-71
part number, 9-75 Upper Chute Assembly
testing, 4-60 part number, 9-69
Feed Drive removal, 8-221
testing, 4-58 upper feeder
Feed Drive Assembly removal, 8-219
part number, 9-73 Upper Option Harness
Feeder Assembly part number, 9-73
part number, 9-75 550-Sheet Feeder
Feeder Board Feed Chute
part number, 9-73 removal, 8-192
removal, 8-228 Feed Clutch
Feet part number, 9-63
part number, 9-67, 9-71 removal, 8-205
removal, 8-218 testing, 4-60
front cover Feed Drive
left cover Feed Drive Assembly
Low Paper Sensor removal, 8-199
part number, 9-71 Feeder Assembly
Low Paper Sensor Assembly removal, 8-209
part number, 9-71 Feeder Board
lower front cover part number, 9-61
removal, 8-215 removal, 8-200
lower left cover Feet
Lower Option Harness removal, 8-197
part number, 9-73 Low Paper Sensor
lower rear cover part number, 9-59
lower right cover testing, 4-56
removal, 8-214 Low Paper Sensor Assembly
Mounting Kit, 9-67 part number, 9-59
No Paper Actuator Lower Option Harness
part number, 9-75 part number, 9-61
No Paper Sensor removal, 8-201
part number, 9-75 Mounting Kit
part number, 9-67 No Paper Actuator
rear cover part number, 9-63
removal, 8-211 No Paper Sensor
right cover part number, 9-63
Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only I–1
testing, 4-54 location, 2-57
rear cover removal, 8-145
removal, 8-188 Black Switching Sensor Assembly
Right Door Open Switch part number, 9-47
Right Side Door Switch Blank prints, 5-12
part number, 9-59 Boot sequence, 4-4
testing, 4-57 Bottom Plate Release Block
sensor locations, 2-28 part number, 9-13
Size Switch removal, 8-32
part number, 9-59
removal, 8-196
testing, 4-55 C
take away clutch
removal, 8-203
testing, 4-59 Calibrate
Take Away Sensor Control Panel, 6-8
part number, 9-63 Chute Assy (Tray 1)
testing, 4-53 removal, 8-50
Turn Chute Cloning, A-4
part number, 9-59 Color registration
removal, 8-194 alignment error, 5-5
Upper Chute Assembly troubleshooting, 5-30
part number, 9-57 Color Switching Sensor
Upper Option Harness location, 2-57
testing, 4-33
Compile Tray
A part number, 9-91
removal, 8-271
AC Compile Tray No Paper Sensor
power consumption, 1-13 part number, 9-93
power requirements, 1-13 No Paper Sensor
troubleshooting, 4-80 removal, 8-282
Accessories, 9-102 operation, 2-91
Actuator, right door interlock, 9-19 part number, 9-93
ADC Sensor, 2-44 removal, 8-277
cleaning, 7-3 Tamper Motor
operation, 2-80, 2-81 part number, 9-93
removal, 8-98 Compile Tray Exit Sensor, 2-94
AltBoot, A-5 location, 2-90
file structure, A-5 part number, 9-91
procedure, A-5 removal, 8-271
AltBoot Thumb Drive, 9-103 testing, 4-61
Compile Tray No Paper Sensor, 2-96
part number, 9-93
B removal, 8-282
testing, 4-62
Control Panel, 1-7
Back channel trace, A-13 calibration, 6-8
Background contamination, 5-24 cleaning, 7-3
Banding, 5-16 location, 2-75
Bias Housing Assembly part number, 9-5
removal, 8-84 special functions, 1-8
Black print, 5-14 testing, 6-8
I–2 Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual
troubleshooting, 4-77 part number, 9-37
Control Panel Harness removal, 8-121
part number, 9-5 testing, 4-23
removal, 8-64 Environmental Sensor, 2-45
CRUM, 2-19 part number, 9-31
CRUM Connector removal, 8-101
part number, 9-29 Erase Lamp, 2-49
removal, 8-88 operation, 2-11
CRUM Reader Board part number, 9-27
removal, 8-108 Erase LED
CSE login, 4-7 testing, 4-49
Curl, A-2 Errors, 3-5
Exit Assembly, 2-55
components, 2-55
D operation, 2-36
Exit Chute Assembly
part number, 9-37
Developer Drive Assemblies removal, 8-123
testing, 4-50 Exit Clutch, 2-55
Dispense Assembly Exit Cover
Drive Gear Kit Exit Drive Assembly
Duplex Drive Clutch, 2-56 testing, 4-44
testing, 4-39 Exit harness
Duplex Gate, 2-37 part number, 9-53
operation, 2-37 Exit Inverter Clutch, 2-55
Duplex Handle Exit Inverter Solenoid, 2-37, 2-55
part number, 9-25 operation, 2-38
Duplex Roller removal, 8-126
location, 2-56 Exit Roller
removal, 8-58 Exit Sensor
testing, 4-22
E
F
EEPROM Board
location, 2-75 Fasteners, 8-5
operation, 2-77 Feed Clutch, 2-43
part number, 9-49 Feed Clutch (Tray 1)
Eject Clamp Home Sensor, 2-107 removal, 8-55
part number, 9-85 Feed Clutch (Tray 2)
testing, 4-65 testing, 4-42
Eject Drive Assembly Feed Drive Assembly
part number, 9-87 operation, 2-66, 2-85
Eject Motor, 2-105 removal, 8-140
Eject Pinch Roller, 9-89 testing, 4-38
operation, 2-91 Feed Roller, 2-32
Eject Roller part number, 9-21
Eject Roller Assembly Feed Rollers
Envelope Mode, 2-21 Feed Solenoid (Tray 1)
Envelope Mode Detection Sensor, 2-21
Feeder Horizontal Transport Cover Open Sensor
sensors, 2-28 part number, 9-81
Feeder Assembly (Tray 2) removal, 8-238
part number, 9-15 Horizontal Transport Drive
Feeder Board Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly
Finisher, 2-87 testing, 4-73
Compile Tray Horizontal Transport Open Switch
operation, 2-91 testing, 4-70
part number, 9-93 interface cable
Compile Tray Exit Sensor Lower Chute Assembly
removal, 8-271 LVPS
testing, 4-61 location, 2-110
Compile Tray No Paper Sensor part number, 9-97
eject chute assembly Main Board
removal, 8-267 location, 2-110
Eject Clamp Home Sensor part number, 9-85
removal, 8-249 main paddle shaft
Eject Drive Assembly media path, 2-89
part number, 9-87 Paper Guide
Eject Drive Bracket removal, 8-258
removal, 8-255 power cable
eject motor part number, 9-99
testing, 4-75 rear cover
Eject Pinch Roller removal, 8-240
part number, 9-89 Rear Tamper Home Sensor
Eject Roller Assembly RearTamper Home Sensor
entry drive roller removal, 8-229
removal, 8-272 right cover
exit drive roller removal, 8-241
removal, 8-273 sensor locations, 2-29
Exit Knob Set Clamp Clutch
Front Cover testing, 4-75
part number, 9-83 Set Clamp Home Sensor
front door part number, 9-85
Front Door Interlock Switch testing, 4-66
part number, 9-97 Stack Height Sensor
Front Door Switch, 2-110 testing, 4-68
Front Tamper Home Sensor Stacker Drive Assembly
Horizontal Transport Stacker No Paper Sensor
removal, 8-287 Fuser
testing, 4-67 componets, 2-53
Stacker Tray envelope mode, 2-21
part number, 9-79 harness
stacker tray guide cover removal, 8-115
Staple Cartridge part number, 9-35
Stapler Assembly reset life counter, 6-7
part number, 9-93 sheet/envelope switching, 2-54
removal, 8-284 temperature regulation, 2-82
Sub Paddle unfused image, 5-29
part number, 9-89 Fuser Drive Assembly
removal, 8-262 location, 2-57
Sub Paddle Solenoid operation, 2-62
Tamper Motor Fuser Fan
part number, 9-93 location, 2-75
top cover testing, 4-36
removal, 8-239
part number, 9-91 G
removal, 8-275
Transport Motor
location, 2-90 GFI Breaker, 2-76
Finisher Port Cover Ghosting
part number, 9-9 troubleshooting, 5-23
removal, 8-31 Grain, A-3
Firmware update, A-4
FPOT, 1-15
Front Door H
part number, 9-7
removal, 8-26 Hard Drive
Front Door Interlock Switch part number, 9-49
location, 2-75 removal, 8-187
operation, 2-76 Horizontal Transport
part number, 9-7 Cover Open Sensor
Front Door Open Switch Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly
location, 2-75 part number, 8-236, 9-81
operation, 2-76 media path, 2-89
testing, 4-24 Top Cover
Front Tamper Home Sensor, 2-96 part number, 9-81
removal, 8-280 Horizontal Transport Cover Open Sensor, 2-93
testing, 4-63 Horizontal Transport Drive Assembly, 2-93
Front Tamper Motor, 2-97 testing, 4-73
Full Stack Actuator Horizontal Transport Open Switch
removal, 8-122 HVPS
Full Stack Sensor, 2-55 location, 2-75
part number, 9-37 operation, 2-76
part number, 9-9
I Low Paper Sensor
operation, 2-23
Image area, 5-37 part number, 9-13
Image Processor Board removal, 8-70
location, 2-75 testing, 4-30
operation, 2-77 Lower Finisher Docking Cover
Imaging Unit part number, 9-9
components, 2-4, 2-49 removal, 8-28
CRUM Lower Inner Front Cover
operation, 2-7 removal, 8-27
part number, 9-27, 9-101 lower right cover
Imaging Unit Guide LVPS
Imaging Unit Link Drive part number, 9-51
removal, 8-175 LVPS Cage
Inner Frame Assembly removal, 8-182
part number, 9-41 LVPS Fan
pivot shaft, 9-41 location, 2-75
Interlock Switch removal, 8-153
troubleshooting, 4-83 testing, 4-37
Invert Chute Assembly LVPS harness
Inverter Chute Assembly LVPS Power harness
removal, 8-125
IP Board
NVRAM, 9-49
part number, 9-49
M
removal, 8-150
IP Board Power harness Main Board
IP Cage part number, 9-85
removal, 8-179 Maintenance items, 8-6
Maintenance Kit, 7-5
part number, 9-27
MCU Board
K location, 2-75
operation, 2-76
K Developer Drive Assembly part number, 9-51
removal, 8-171 MCU Bracket
Media
curl, A-2
L damage, 5-27
grain, A-3
moisture content, A-2
Laser Lens Cleaner
registration, 2-35
part number, 9-7
texture, A-2
using, 7-4
weight, A-2
Laser Unit
Media path, 2-31
components, 2-45
Memory
operation, 2-5
maximum, 1-15
part number, 9-29
minimum, 1-15
removal, 8-93
specifications, 1-15
Left Cover
supported types, 1-8 Power Panel
part number, 9-49
removal, 8-154
N Printer
configurations, 1-3
drive locations, 2-57
Network image defects, 5-9
settings, 4-88 moving, 7-6
No Paper Actuator (Tray 1) operating modes, 2-79
part number, 9-21 printer life, 1-14
No Paper Actuator (Tray 2) serial number, 9-2
part number, 9-15 Printer Feet
No Paper Sensor, 2-23 Printer Stand, 9-102
part number, 9-15 Procon Assembly
No Paper Sensor (Tray 1) part number, 9-31
part number, 9-21
removal, 8-51
testing, 4-28
No Paper Sensor (Tray 2) R
operation, 2-25
removal, 8-36 RAM Memory
Nudger Roller, 2-32 removal, 8-187
NVM value Rear Cover
initialization, 6-5 part number, 9-9
read/write, 6-5 removal, 8-31
save and restore, 6-6 Rear Cover Interlock Switch
NVRAM location, 2-75
location, 2-77 operation, 2-76
removal, 8-161
Rear Tamper Home Sensor, 2-96
O part number, 9-93
removal, 8-281
testing, 4-63
Operating Modes, 2-79 Rear Tamper Motor, 2-97
Option Feeder Tray Registration Chute
Optional Feeder, 1-9 removal, 8-49
Optional Feeder Mount Kit Registration Clutch, 2-40
Output Tray removal, 8-38
removal, 8-21 Registration harness
Stack Full Sensor part number, 9-53
operation, 2-27 Registration Sensor, 2-26
location, 2-19
part number, 9-17
P removal, 8-39
testing, 4-26
Paddle Arm Solenoid, 2-96 Registration Sensor Actuator
Paper Guide part number, 9-17
Paper Tips, 1-2 Repack Kit, 9-103
part number, 9-67, 9-89 Repeating defects
Photo Sensor troubleshooting, 5-21
part number, 9-13 Right Door
Power Cord, 9-101 harness
Power On Self Test, 4-5 stopper strap
part number, 9-19 Sheet Mode, 2-21
Right Door Assembly Size Switch
removal, 8-46 locations, 2-19
Right Door Interlock Actuator part number, 9-13
Right Door Interlock Switch Skew
location, 2-75 troubleshooting, 5-25
operation, 2-76 Specifications
part number, 9-19 electrical, 1-13
removal, 8-72 functional, 1-14
testing, 4-25 image, 5-37
memory, 1-15
Spots, 5-20
S Stack Full Sensor, 2-27
Stack Height Sensor, 2-101
part number, 9-85
SD Card removal, 8-247
location, 2-77 testing, 4-68
part number, 9-49 Stacker Drive Assembly, 2-103
Sensor part number, 9-95
ADC, 2-44 removal, 8-285
Environmental, 2-45 testing, 4-76
finisher, 2-29 Stacker No Paper Sensor, 2-102
functions, 2-17 part number, 9-95
Interlock, 2-76 removal, 8-287
level sensing, 2-23 testing, 4-67
Low Paper, 2-43 Stacker Tray
No Paper, 2-43 operation, 2-101
optional feeder, 2-28 part number, 9-79
Registration, 2-40 removal, 8-232
Size Switch, 2-43 Staple Cartridge
Stack Full, 2-27 part number, 9-93
types, 2-18 removal, 8-18
Waste Toner Full, 2-45 Stapler Assembly, 2-100
Sensors low staple sensor, 2-99
process control, 2-20 testing, 4-64
switching sensors, 2-20 operation, 2-101
Separator Holder, 2-41 part number, 9-93
Separator Roller, 2-33 self priming sensor, 2-99
Separator Roller (Tray 1) staple home sensor, 2-99
Separator Roller (Tray 2-6) staple motor, 2-99
Seperator Assembly (Tray 1) Stopper Strap
Serial number, 9-2 Sub Paddle
format, 9-2 part number, 9-89
location, 9-2 removal, 8-262
Set Clamp Clutch Sub Paddle Solenoid
operation, 2-92 part number, 9-89
testing, 4-75 Switching Sensors, 2-70
Set Clamp Home Sensor, 2-108 System Software
removal, 8-248
testing, 4-66
removal, 8-275
T Transport Motor, 2-94
Tray
Take Away Clutch, 2-34 components, 2-41
Take Away Clutch (Tray 2) label
removal, 8-37 option
Take Away Roller, 2-40 paper level detection, 2-23
Tamper Motor Separator Spring
removal, 8-283 Separator Spring Holder
Tamping, 2-98 Stacker
Technical support, 1-2 part number, 9-79
Test print removal, 8-232
black 50%, 5-34 Tray 1
CMYK sample print, 5-32 components, 2-40
cyan 50%, 5-32 operation, 2-32
magenta 50%, 5-33 Separator Roller
yellow 50%, 5-33 removal, 8-8
Texture, A-2 Tray 1 Chute Assy
Thermistors, 2-19 removal, 8-50
Toner Cartridge Tray 1 Cover
life, 2-48 part number, 9-19
part number, 2-48, 9-101 removal, 8-45
removal, 8-18 Tray 1 Feed Solenoid, 2-40
types, 2-48 removal, 8-55
Toner Cartridges, 2-47 testing, 4-41
Toner CRUM harness Tray 2
Toner Dispense Assembly Tray Bottom Plate Release Block
part number, 9-33 Turn Chute
Toner Motors, 2-48
Top Cover
part number, 9-5
removal, 8-19
U
Transfer Belt
components, 2-50 Unfused image, 5-29
drive, 2-64 Upper Finisher Docking Cover
latch, 2-51 part number, 9-9
removal, 8-12 upper front cover
waste toner transport, 2-16 removal, 8-24
Transfer Belt Bias Assembly Upper Inner Front Cover
Transfer Belt Drive Assembly Upper Option Harness
operation, 2-64 part number, 9-61
part number, 9-45
removal, 8-135
testing, 4-52 V
Transfer Roller
operation, 2-12
Video Harness
part number, 9-25
part number, 9-53
removal, 8-11
removal, 8-156
Voids, 5-19
part number, 9-91
part number, 9-31
W removal, 8-100
testing, 4-34
Warm up time, 1-14
Waste Auger
operation, 2-16, 2-68
part number, 9-33
Y
removal, 8-110
Waste Toner Cartridge YMC Developer Drive Assembly
operation, 2-16, 2-68 part number, 9-47
Waste Toner Full Sensor, 2-45
I – 10 Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

Xerox Phaser 6700 SM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Xerox Phaser 6700 SM

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Xerox Phaser 6700 SM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Phaser® 6700

Color Laser Printer

Xerox Internal-Use Only

First Printing: September 2011 Xerox Internal Use Only

© 2011 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved.

ii Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

About this Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii

Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual iii

iv Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

Major Finisher Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-93

3 Error Messages and Codes

Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual v

Staple Cartridge is Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-91

vi Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

Service Diagnostics Tests and Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual vii

Optional Feeder Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

6 Adjustments and Calibrations

Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only ix

Service Diagnostic NVRAM Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

7 Cleaning and Maintenance

8 Service Parts Disassembly

x Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual

Feeder / Registration Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34

Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xi

Fuser Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-130

Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-227

Parts List 3.3 Feeder/Registration Assembly (3/3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16

Map 5 - MCU Board and Laser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xv

The Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual contains these sections:

Danger invisible laser radiation when open. Avoid direct

Hot surface on or in the printer. Use caution to avoid personal

Use caution (or draws attention to a particular component).

It may take 30 minutes for the Fuser to cool down.

Do not touch the item.

Do not expose the item to sunlight.

Do not expose the item to light.

Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual Xerox Internal Use Only xv

Disconnect the Power Cord in the following cases:

• if the power cord or plug is frayed or otherwise damaged,

• if any liquid or foreign material is spilled into the product,

• if the printer is exposed to any excess moisture,

• if you suspect that the product needs servicing or repair,

• whenever you clean the product.

Some semiconductor components, and the respective sub-assemblies that contain

• Do not use freon-propelled chemicals. These can generate electrical charges

• Do not remove a replacement component or electrical sub-assembly from its

• Minimize body motions when handling unpacked replacement devices.

• Handle ICs and Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memories (EPROM’s)

• Pay attention to the direction of parts when mounting or inserting them on

Class 1 Laser Product

Servicing Mechanical Components

Servicing Fuser Components

Xerox has tested this product to electromagnetic emission and immunity

United States (FCC Regulations)

• Increase the separation between the printer and the receiver.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

xx Xerox Internal Use Only Phaser 6700 Printer Service Manual